File: | src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/liblldbPluginTypeSystem/../../../llvm/lldb/source/Plugins/TypeSystem/Clang/TypeSystemClang.cpp |
Warning: | line 3157, column 33 Called C++ object pointer is null |
Press '?' to see keyboard shortcuts
Keyboard shortcuts:
1 | //===-- TypeSystemClang.cpp -----------------------------------------------===// | |||
2 | // | |||
3 | // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions. | |||
4 | // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information. | |||
5 | // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception | |||
6 | // | |||
7 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// | |||
8 | ||||
9 | #include "TypeSystemClang.h" | |||
10 | ||||
11 | #include "llvm/Support/FormatAdapters.h" | |||
12 | #include "llvm/Support/FormatVariadic.h" | |||
13 | ||||
14 | #include <mutex> | |||
15 | #include <string> | |||
16 | #include <vector> | |||
17 | ||||
18 | #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" | |||
19 | #include "clang/AST/ASTImporter.h" | |||
20 | #include "clang/AST/Attr.h" | |||
21 | #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" | |||
22 | #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" | |||
23 | #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" | |||
24 | #include "clang/AST/Mangle.h" | |||
25 | #include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h" | |||
26 | #include "clang/AST/Type.h" | |||
27 | #include "clang/AST/VTableBuilder.h" | |||
28 | #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h" | |||
29 | #include "clang/Basic/Diagnostic.h" | |||
30 | #include "clang/Basic/FileManager.h" | |||
31 | #include "clang/Basic/FileSystemOptions.h" | |||
32 | #include "clang/Basic/LangStandard.h" | |||
33 | #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" | |||
34 | #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" | |||
35 | #include "clang/Basic/TargetOptions.h" | |||
36 | #include "clang/Frontend/FrontendOptions.h" | |||
37 | #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" | |||
38 | #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearchOptions.h" | |||
39 | #include "clang/Lex/ModuleMap.h" | |||
40 | #include "clang/Sema/Sema.h" | |||
41 | ||||
42 | #include "llvm/Support/Signals.h" | |||
43 | #include "llvm/Support/Threading.h" | |||
44 | ||||
45 | #include "Plugins/ExpressionParser/Clang/ClangASTImporter.h" | |||
46 | #include "Plugins/ExpressionParser/Clang/ClangASTMetadata.h" | |||
47 | #include "Plugins/ExpressionParser/Clang/ClangExternalASTSourceCallbacks.h" | |||
48 | #include "Plugins/ExpressionParser/Clang/ClangFunctionCaller.h" | |||
49 | #include "Plugins/ExpressionParser/Clang/ClangPersistentVariables.h" | |||
50 | #include "Plugins/ExpressionParser/Clang/ClangUserExpression.h" | |||
51 | #include "Plugins/ExpressionParser/Clang/ClangUtil.h" | |||
52 | #include "Plugins/ExpressionParser/Clang/ClangUtilityFunction.h" | |||
53 | #include "lldb/Utility/ArchSpec.h" | |||
54 | #include "lldb/Utility/Flags.h" | |||
55 | ||||
56 | #include "lldb/Core/DumpDataExtractor.h" | |||
57 | #include "lldb/Core/Module.h" | |||
58 | #include "lldb/Core/PluginManager.h" | |||
59 | #include "lldb/Core/StreamFile.h" | |||
60 | #include "lldb/Core/ThreadSafeDenseMap.h" | |||
61 | #include "lldb/Core/UniqueCStringMap.h" | |||
62 | #include "lldb/Symbol/ObjectFile.h" | |||
63 | #include "lldb/Symbol/SymbolFile.h" | |||
64 | #include "lldb/Target/ExecutionContext.h" | |||
65 | #include "lldb/Target/Language.h" | |||
66 | #include "lldb/Target/Process.h" | |||
67 | #include "lldb/Target/Target.h" | |||
68 | #include "lldb/Utility/DataExtractor.h" | |||
69 | #include "lldb/Utility/LLDBAssert.h" | |||
70 | #include "lldb/Utility/Log.h" | |||
71 | #include "lldb/Utility/RegularExpression.h" | |||
72 | #include "lldb/Utility/Scalar.h" | |||
73 | ||||
74 | #include "Plugins/LanguageRuntime/ObjC/ObjCLanguageRuntime.h" | |||
75 | #include "Plugins/SymbolFile/DWARF/DWARFASTParserClang.h" | |||
76 | #include "Plugins/SymbolFile/PDB/PDBASTParser.h" | |||
77 | ||||
78 | #include <cstdio> | |||
79 | ||||
80 | #include <mutex> | |||
81 | ||||
82 | using namespace lldb; | |||
83 | using namespace lldb_private; | |||
84 | using namespace clang; | |||
85 | using llvm::StringSwitch; | |||
86 | ||||
87 | LLDB_PLUGIN_DEFINE(TypeSystemClang)namespace lldb_private { void lldb_initialize_TypeSystemClang () { TypeSystemClang::Initialize(); } void lldb_terminate_TypeSystemClang () { TypeSystemClang::Terminate(); } } | |||
88 | ||||
89 | namespace { | |||
90 | static void VerifyDecl(clang::Decl *decl) { | |||
91 | assert(decl && "VerifyDecl called with nullptr?")((void)0); | |||
92 | #ifndef NDEBUG1 | |||
93 | // We don't care about the actual access value here but only want to trigger | |||
94 | // that Clang calls its internal Decl::AccessDeclContextSanity check. | |||
95 | decl->getAccess(); | |||
96 | #endif | |||
97 | } | |||
98 | ||||
99 | static inline bool | |||
100 | TypeSystemClangSupportsLanguage(lldb::LanguageType language) { | |||
101 | return language == eLanguageTypeUnknown || // Clang is the default type system | |||
102 | lldb_private::Language::LanguageIsC(language) || | |||
103 | lldb_private::Language::LanguageIsCPlusPlus(language) || | |||
104 | lldb_private::Language::LanguageIsObjC(language) || | |||
105 | lldb_private::Language::LanguageIsPascal(language) || | |||
106 | // Use Clang for Rust until there is a proper language plugin for it | |||
107 | language == eLanguageTypeRust || | |||
108 | language == eLanguageTypeExtRenderScript || | |||
109 | // Use Clang for D until there is a proper language plugin for it | |||
110 | language == eLanguageTypeD || | |||
111 | // Open Dylan compiler debug info is designed to be Clang-compatible | |||
112 | language == eLanguageTypeDylan; | |||
113 | } | |||
114 | ||||
115 | // Checks whether m1 is an overload of m2 (as opposed to an override). This is | |||
116 | // called by addOverridesForMethod to distinguish overrides (which share a | |||
117 | // vtable entry) from overloads (which require distinct entries). | |||
118 | bool isOverload(clang::CXXMethodDecl *m1, clang::CXXMethodDecl *m2) { | |||
119 | // FIXME: This should detect covariant return types, but currently doesn't. | |||
120 | lldbassert(&m1->getASTContext() == &m2->getASTContext() &&lldb_private::lldb_assert(static_cast<bool>(&m1-> getASTContext() == &m2->getASTContext() && "Methods should have the same AST context" ), "&m1->getASTContext() == &m2->getASTContext() && \"Methods should have the same AST context\"" , __FUNCTION__, "/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/liblldbPluginTypeSystem/../../../llvm/lldb/source/Plugins/TypeSystem/Clang/TypeSystemClang.cpp" , 121) | |||
121 | "Methods should have the same AST context")lldb_private::lldb_assert(static_cast<bool>(&m1-> getASTContext() == &m2->getASTContext() && "Methods should have the same AST context" ), "&m1->getASTContext() == &m2->getASTContext() && \"Methods should have the same AST context\"" , __FUNCTION__, "/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/liblldbPluginTypeSystem/../../../llvm/lldb/source/Plugins/TypeSystem/Clang/TypeSystemClang.cpp" , 121); | |||
122 | clang::ASTContext &context = m1->getASTContext(); | |||
123 | ||||
124 | const auto *m1Type = llvm::cast<clang::FunctionProtoType>( | |||
125 | context.getCanonicalType(m1->getType())); | |||
126 | ||||
127 | const auto *m2Type = llvm::cast<clang::FunctionProtoType>( | |||
128 | context.getCanonicalType(m2->getType())); | |||
129 | ||||
130 | auto compareArgTypes = [&context](const clang::QualType &m1p, | |||
131 | const clang::QualType &m2p) { | |||
132 | return context.hasSameType(m1p.getUnqualifiedType(), | |||
133 | m2p.getUnqualifiedType()); | |||
134 | }; | |||
135 | ||||
136 | // FIXME: In C++14 and later, we can just pass m2Type->param_type_end() | |||
137 | // as a fourth parameter to std::equal(). | |||
138 | return (m1->getNumParams() != m2->getNumParams()) || | |||
139 | !std::equal(m1Type->param_type_begin(), m1Type->param_type_end(), | |||
140 | m2Type->param_type_begin(), compareArgTypes); | |||
141 | } | |||
142 | ||||
143 | // If decl is a virtual method, walk the base classes looking for methods that | |||
144 | // decl overrides. This table of overridden methods is used by IRGen to | |||
145 | // determine the vtable layout for decl's parent class. | |||
146 | void addOverridesForMethod(clang::CXXMethodDecl *decl) { | |||
147 | if (!decl->isVirtual()) | |||
148 | return; | |||
149 | ||||
150 | clang::CXXBasePaths paths; | |||
151 | llvm::SmallVector<clang::NamedDecl *, 4> decls; | |||
152 | ||||
153 | auto find_overridden_methods = | |||
154 | [&decls, decl](const clang::CXXBaseSpecifier *specifier, | |||
155 | clang::CXXBasePath &path) { | |||
156 | if (auto *base_record = llvm::dyn_cast<clang::CXXRecordDecl>( | |||
157 | specifier->getType()->getAs<clang::RecordType>()->getDecl())) { | |||
158 | ||||
159 | clang::DeclarationName name = decl->getDeclName(); | |||
160 | ||||
161 | // If this is a destructor, check whether the base class destructor is | |||
162 | // virtual. | |||
163 | if (name.getNameKind() == clang::DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) | |||
164 | if (auto *baseDtorDecl = base_record->getDestructor()) { | |||
165 | if (baseDtorDecl->isVirtual()) { | |||
166 | decls.push_back(baseDtorDecl); | |||
167 | return true; | |||
168 | } else | |||
169 | return false; | |||
170 | } | |||
171 | ||||
172 | // Otherwise, search for name in the base class. | |||
173 | for (path.Decls = base_record->lookup(name).begin(); | |||
174 | path.Decls != path.Decls.end(); ++path.Decls) { | |||
175 | if (auto *method_decl = | |||
176 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::CXXMethodDecl>(*path.Decls)) | |||
177 | if (method_decl->isVirtual() && !isOverload(decl, method_decl)) { | |||
178 | decls.push_back(method_decl); | |||
179 | return true; | |||
180 | } | |||
181 | } | |||
182 | } | |||
183 | ||||
184 | return false; | |||
185 | }; | |||
186 | ||||
187 | if (decl->getParent()->lookupInBases(find_overridden_methods, paths)) { | |||
188 | for (auto *overridden_decl : decls) | |||
189 | decl->addOverriddenMethod( | |||
190 | llvm::cast<clang::CXXMethodDecl>(overridden_decl)); | |||
191 | } | |||
192 | } | |||
193 | } | |||
194 | ||||
195 | static lldb::addr_t GetVTableAddress(Process &process, | |||
196 | VTableContextBase &vtable_ctx, | |||
197 | ValueObject &valobj, | |||
198 | const ASTRecordLayout &record_layout) { | |||
199 | // Retrieve type info | |||
200 | CompilerType pointee_type; | |||
201 | CompilerType this_type(valobj.GetCompilerType()); | |||
202 | uint32_t type_info = this_type.GetTypeInfo(&pointee_type); | |||
203 | if (!type_info) | |||
204 | return LLDB_INVALID_ADDRESS0xffffffffffffffffULL; | |||
205 | ||||
206 | // Check if it's a pointer or reference | |||
207 | bool ptr_or_ref = false; | |||
208 | if (type_info & (eTypeIsPointer | eTypeIsReference)) { | |||
209 | ptr_or_ref = true; | |||
210 | type_info = pointee_type.GetTypeInfo(); | |||
211 | } | |||
212 | ||||
213 | // We process only C++ classes | |||
214 | const uint32_t cpp_class = eTypeIsClass | eTypeIsCPlusPlus; | |||
215 | if ((type_info & cpp_class) != cpp_class) | |||
216 | return LLDB_INVALID_ADDRESS0xffffffffffffffffULL; | |||
217 | ||||
218 | // Calculate offset to VTable pointer | |||
219 | lldb::offset_t vbtable_ptr_offset = | |||
220 | vtable_ctx.isMicrosoft() ? record_layout.getVBPtrOffset().getQuantity() | |||
221 | : 0; | |||
222 | ||||
223 | if (ptr_or_ref) { | |||
224 | // We have a pointer / ref to object, so read | |||
225 | // VTable pointer from process memory | |||
226 | ||||
227 | if (valobj.GetAddressTypeOfChildren() != eAddressTypeLoad) | |||
228 | return LLDB_INVALID_ADDRESS0xffffffffffffffffULL; | |||
229 | ||||
230 | auto vbtable_ptr_addr = valobj.GetValueAsUnsigned(LLDB_INVALID_ADDRESS0xffffffffffffffffULL); | |||
231 | if (vbtable_ptr_addr == LLDB_INVALID_ADDRESS0xffffffffffffffffULL) | |||
232 | return LLDB_INVALID_ADDRESS0xffffffffffffffffULL; | |||
233 | ||||
234 | vbtable_ptr_addr += vbtable_ptr_offset; | |||
235 | ||||
236 | Status err; | |||
237 | return process.ReadPointerFromMemory(vbtable_ptr_addr, err); | |||
238 | } | |||
239 | ||||
240 | // We have an object already read from process memory, | |||
241 | // so just extract VTable pointer from it | |||
242 | ||||
243 | DataExtractor data; | |||
244 | Status err; | |||
245 | auto size = valobj.GetData(data, err); | |||
246 | if (err.Fail() || vbtable_ptr_offset + data.GetAddressByteSize() > size) | |||
247 | return LLDB_INVALID_ADDRESS0xffffffffffffffffULL; | |||
248 | ||||
249 | return data.GetAddress(&vbtable_ptr_offset); | |||
250 | } | |||
251 | ||||
252 | static int64_t ReadVBaseOffsetFromVTable(Process &process, | |||
253 | VTableContextBase &vtable_ctx, | |||
254 | lldb::addr_t vtable_ptr, | |||
255 | const CXXRecordDecl *cxx_record_decl, | |||
256 | const CXXRecordDecl *base_class_decl) { | |||
257 | if (vtable_ctx.isMicrosoft()) { | |||
258 | clang::MicrosoftVTableContext &msoft_vtable_ctx = | |||
259 | static_cast<clang::MicrosoftVTableContext &>(vtable_ctx); | |||
260 | ||||
261 | // Get the index into the virtual base table. The | |||
262 | // index is the index in uint32_t from vbtable_ptr | |||
263 | const unsigned vbtable_index = | |||
264 | msoft_vtable_ctx.getVBTableIndex(cxx_record_decl, base_class_decl); | |||
265 | const lldb::addr_t base_offset_addr = vtable_ptr + vbtable_index * 4; | |||
266 | Status err; | |||
267 | return process.ReadSignedIntegerFromMemory(base_offset_addr, 4, INT64_MAX0x7fffffffffffffffLL, | |||
268 | err); | |||
269 | } | |||
270 | ||||
271 | clang::ItaniumVTableContext &itanium_vtable_ctx = | |||
272 | static_cast<clang::ItaniumVTableContext &>(vtable_ctx); | |||
273 | ||||
274 | clang::CharUnits base_offset_offset = | |||
275 | itanium_vtable_ctx.getVirtualBaseOffsetOffset(cxx_record_decl, | |||
276 | base_class_decl); | |||
277 | const lldb::addr_t base_offset_addr = | |||
278 | vtable_ptr + base_offset_offset.getQuantity(); | |||
279 | const uint32_t base_offset_size = process.GetAddressByteSize(); | |||
280 | Status err; | |||
281 | return process.ReadSignedIntegerFromMemory(base_offset_addr, base_offset_size, | |||
282 | INT64_MAX0x7fffffffffffffffLL, err); | |||
283 | } | |||
284 | ||||
285 | static bool GetVBaseBitOffset(VTableContextBase &vtable_ctx, | |||
286 | ValueObject &valobj, | |||
287 | const ASTRecordLayout &record_layout, | |||
288 | const CXXRecordDecl *cxx_record_decl, | |||
289 | const CXXRecordDecl *base_class_decl, | |||
290 | int32_t &bit_offset) { | |||
291 | ExecutionContext exe_ctx(valobj.GetExecutionContextRef()); | |||
292 | Process *process = exe_ctx.GetProcessPtr(); | |||
293 | if (!process) | |||
294 | return false; | |||
295 | ||||
296 | lldb::addr_t vtable_ptr = | |||
297 | GetVTableAddress(*process, vtable_ctx, valobj, record_layout); | |||
298 | if (vtable_ptr == LLDB_INVALID_ADDRESS0xffffffffffffffffULL) | |||
299 | return false; | |||
300 | ||||
301 | auto base_offset = ReadVBaseOffsetFromVTable( | |||
302 | *process, vtable_ctx, vtable_ptr, cxx_record_decl, base_class_decl); | |||
303 | if (base_offset == INT64_MAX0x7fffffffffffffffLL) | |||
304 | return false; | |||
305 | ||||
306 | bit_offset = base_offset * 8; | |||
307 | ||||
308 | return true; | |||
309 | } | |||
310 | ||||
311 | typedef lldb_private::ThreadSafeDenseMap<clang::ASTContext *, TypeSystemClang *> | |||
312 | ClangASTMap; | |||
313 | ||||
314 | static ClangASTMap &GetASTMap() { | |||
315 | static ClangASTMap *g_map_ptr = nullptr; | |||
316 | static llvm::once_flag g_once_flag; | |||
317 | llvm::call_once(g_once_flag, []() { | |||
318 | g_map_ptr = new ClangASTMap(); // leaked on purpose to avoid spins | |||
319 | }); | |||
320 | return *g_map_ptr; | |||
321 | } | |||
322 | ||||
323 | TypePayloadClang::TypePayloadClang(OptionalClangModuleID owning_module, | |||
324 | bool is_complete_objc_class) | |||
325 | : m_payload(owning_module.GetValue()) { | |||
326 | SetIsCompleteObjCClass(is_complete_objc_class); | |||
327 | } | |||
328 | ||||
329 | void TypePayloadClang::SetOwningModule(OptionalClangModuleID id) { | |||
330 | assert(id.GetValue() < ObjCClassBit)((void)0); | |||
331 | bool is_complete = IsCompleteObjCClass(); | |||
332 | m_payload = id.GetValue(); | |||
333 | SetIsCompleteObjCClass(is_complete); | |||
334 | } | |||
335 | ||||
336 | static void SetMemberOwningModule(clang::Decl *member, | |||
337 | const clang::Decl *parent) { | |||
338 | if (!member || !parent) | |||
339 | return; | |||
340 | ||||
341 | OptionalClangModuleID id(parent->getOwningModuleID()); | |||
342 | if (!id.HasValue()) | |||
343 | return; | |||
344 | ||||
345 | member->setFromASTFile(); | |||
346 | member->setOwningModuleID(id.GetValue()); | |||
347 | member->setModuleOwnershipKind(clang::Decl::ModuleOwnershipKind::Visible); | |||
348 | if (llvm::isa<clang::NamedDecl>(member)) | |||
349 | if (auto *dc = llvm::dyn_cast<clang::DeclContext>(parent)) { | |||
350 | dc->setHasExternalVisibleStorage(true); | |||
351 | // This triggers ExternalASTSource::FindExternalVisibleDeclsByName() to be | |||
352 | // called when searching for members. | |||
353 | dc->setHasExternalLexicalStorage(true); | |||
354 | } | |||
355 | } | |||
356 | ||||
357 | char TypeSystemClang::ID; | |||
358 | ||||
359 | bool TypeSystemClang::IsOperator(llvm::StringRef name, | |||
360 | clang::OverloadedOperatorKind &op_kind) { | |||
361 | // All operators have to start with "operator". | |||
362 | if (!name.consume_front("operator")) | |||
363 | return false; | |||
364 | ||||
365 | // Remember if there was a space after "operator". This is necessary to | |||
366 | // check for collisions with strangely named functions like "operatorint()". | |||
367 | bool space_after_operator = name.consume_front(" "); | |||
368 | ||||
369 | op_kind = StringSwitch<clang::OverloadedOperatorKind>(name) | |||
370 | .Case("+", clang::OO_Plus) | |||
371 | .Case("+=", clang::OO_PlusEqual) | |||
372 | .Case("++", clang::OO_PlusPlus) | |||
373 | .Case("-", clang::OO_Minus) | |||
374 | .Case("-=", clang::OO_MinusEqual) | |||
375 | .Case("--", clang::OO_MinusMinus) | |||
376 | .Case("->", clang::OO_Arrow) | |||
377 | .Case("->*", clang::OO_ArrowStar) | |||
378 | .Case("*", clang::OO_Star) | |||
379 | .Case("*=", clang::OO_StarEqual) | |||
380 | .Case("/", clang::OO_Slash) | |||
381 | .Case("/=", clang::OO_SlashEqual) | |||
382 | .Case("%", clang::OO_Percent) | |||
383 | .Case("%=", clang::OO_PercentEqual) | |||
384 | .Case("^", clang::OO_Caret) | |||
385 | .Case("^=", clang::OO_CaretEqual) | |||
386 | .Case("&", clang::OO_Amp) | |||
387 | .Case("&=", clang::OO_AmpEqual) | |||
388 | .Case("&&", clang::OO_AmpAmp) | |||
389 | .Case("|", clang::OO_Pipe) | |||
390 | .Case("|=", clang::OO_PipeEqual) | |||
391 | .Case("||", clang::OO_PipePipe) | |||
392 | .Case("~", clang::OO_Tilde) | |||
393 | .Case("!", clang::OO_Exclaim) | |||
394 | .Case("!=", clang::OO_ExclaimEqual) | |||
395 | .Case("=", clang::OO_Equal) | |||
396 | .Case("==", clang::OO_EqualEqual) | |||
397 | .Case("<", clang::OO_Less) | |||
398 | .Case("<<", clang::OO_LessLess) | |||
399 | .Case("<<=", clang::OO_LessLessEqual) | |||
400 | .Case("<=", clang::OO_LessEqual) | |||
401 | .Case(">", clang::OO_Greater) | |||
402 | .Case(">>", clang::OO_GreaterGreater) | |||
403 | .Case(">>=", clang::OO_GreaterGreaterEqual) | |||
404 | .Case(">=", clang::OO_GreaterEqual) | |||
405 | .Case("()", clang::OO_Call) | |||
406 | .Case("[]", clang::OO_Subscript) | |||
407 | .Case(",", clang::OO_Comma) | |||
408 | .Default(clang::NUM_OVERLOADED_OPERATORS); | |||
409 | ||||
410 | // We found a fitting operator, so we can exit now. | |||
411 | if (op_kind != clang::NUM_OVERLOADED_OPERATORS) | |||
412 | return true; | |||
413 | ||||
414 | // After the "operator " or "operator" part is something unknown. This means | |||
415 | // it's either one of the named operators (new/delete), a conversion operator | |||
416 | // (e.g. operator bool) or a function which name starts with "operator" | |||
417 | // (e.g. void operatorbool). | |||
418 | ||||
419 | // If it's a function that starts with operator it can't have a space after | |||
420 | // "operator" because identifiers can't contain spaces. | |||
421 | // E.g. "operator int" (conversion operator) | |||
422 | // vs. "operatorint" (function with colliding name). | |||
423 | if (!space_after_operator) | |||
424 | return false; // not an operator. | |||
425 | ||||
426 | // Now the operator is either one of the named operators or a conversion | |||
427 | // operator. | |||
428 | op_kind = StringSwitch<clang::OverloadedOperatorKind>(name) | |||
429 | .Case("new", clang::OO_New) | |||
430 | .Case("new[]", clang::OO_Array_New) | |||
431 | .Case("delete", clang::OO_Delete) | |||
432 | .Case("delete[]", clang::OO_Array_Delete) | |||
433 | // conversion operators hit this case. | |||
434 | .Default(clang::NUM_OVERLOADED_OPERATORS); | |||
435 | ||||
436 | return true; | |||
437 | } | |||
438 | ||||
439 | clang::AccessSpecifier | |||
440 | TypeSystemClang::ConvertAccessTypeToAccessSpecifier(AccessType access) { | |||
441 | switch (access) { | |||
442 | default: | |||
443 | break; | |||
444 | case eAccessNone: | |||
445 | return AS_none; | |||
446 | case eAccessPublic: | |||
447 | return AS_public; | |||
448 | case eAccessPrivate: | |||
449 | return AS_private; | |||
450 | case eAccessProtected: | |||
451 | return AS_protected; | |||
452 | } | |||
453 | return AS_none; | |||
454 | } | |||
455 | ||||
456 | static void ParseLangArgs(LangOptions &Opts, InputKind IK, const char *triple) { | |||
457 | // FIXME: Cleanup per-file based stuff. | |||
458 | ||||
459 | // Set some properties which depend solely on the input kind; it would be | |||
460 | // nice to move these to the language standard, and have the driver resolve | |||
461 | // the input kind + language standard. | |||
462 | if (IK.getLanguage() == clang::Language::Asm) { | |||
463 | Opts.AsmPreprocessor = 1; | |||
464 | } else if (IK.isObjectiveC()) { | |||
465 | Opts.ObjC = 1; | |||
466 | } | |||
467 | ||||
468 | LangStandard::Kind LangStd = LangStandard::lang_unspecified; | |||
469 | ||||
470 | if (LangStd == LangStandard::lang_unspecified) { | |||
471 | // Based on the base language, pick one. | |||
472 | switch (IK.getLanguage()) { | |||
473 | case clang::Language::Unknown: | |||
474 | case clang::Language::LLVM_IR: | |||
475 | case clang::Language::RenderScript: | |||
476 | llvm_unreachable("Invalid input kind!")__builtin_unreachable(); | |||
477 | case clang::Language::OpenCL: | |||
478 | LangStd = LangStandard::lang_opencl10; | |||
479 | break; | |||
480 | case clang::Language::OpenCLCXX: | |||
481 | LangStd = LangStandard::lang_openclcpp; | |||
482 | break; | |||
483 | case clang::Language::CUDA: | |||
484 | LangStd = LangStandard::lang_cuda; | |||
485 | break; | |||
486 | case clang::Language::Asm: | |||
487 | case clang::Language::C: | |||
488 | case clang::Language::ObjC: | |||
489 | LangStd = LangStandard::lang_gnu99; | |||
490 | break; | |||
491 | case clang::Language::CXX: | |||
492 | case clang::Language::ObjCXX: | |||
493 | LangStd = LangStandard::lang_gnucxx98; | |||
494 | break; | |||
495 | case clang::Language::HIP: | |||
496 | LangStd = LangStandard::lang_hip; | |||
497 | break; | |||
498 | } | |||
499 | } | |||
500 | ||||
501 | const LangStandard &Std = LangStandard::getLangStandardForKind(LangStd); | |||
502 | Opts.LineComment = Std.hasLineComments(); | |||
503 | Opts.C99 = Std.isC99(); | |||
504 | Opts.CPlusPlus = Std.isCPlusPlus(); | |||
505 | Opts.CPlusPlus11 = Std.isCPlusPlus11(); | |||
506 | Opts.Digraphs = Std.hasDigraphs(); | |||
507 | Opts.GNUMode = Std.isGNUMode(); | |||
508 | Opts.GNUInline = !Std.isC99(); | |||
509 | Opts.HexFloats = Std.hasHexFloats(); | |||
510 | Opts.ImplicitInt = Std.hasImplicitInt(); | |||
511 | ||||
512 | Opts.WChar = true; | |||
513 | ||||
514 | // OpenCL has some additional defaults. | |||
515 | if (LangStd == LangStandard::lang_opencl10) { | |||
516 | Opts.OpenCL = 1; | |||
517 | Opts.AltiVec = 1; | |||
518 | Opts.CXXOperatorNames = 1; | |||
519 | Opts.setLaxVectorConversions(LangOptions::LaxVectorConversionKind::All); | |||
520 | } | |||
521 | ||||
522 | // OpenCL and C++ both have bool, true, false keywords. | |||
523 | Opts.Bool = Opts.OpenCL || Opts.CPlusPlus; | |||
524 | ||||
525 | Opts.setValueVisibilityMode(DefaultVisibility); | |||
526 | ||||
527 | // Mimicing gcc's behavior, trigraphs are only enabled if -trigraphs is | |||
528 | // specified, or -std is set to a conforming mode. | |||
529 | Opts.Trigraphs = !Opts.GNUMode; | |||
530 | Opts.CharIsSigned = ArchSpec(triple).CharIsSignedByDefault(); | |||
531 | Opts.OptimizeSize = 0; | |||
532 | ||||
533 | // FIXME: Eliminate this dependency. | |||
534 | // unsigned Opt = | |||
535 | // Args.hasArg(OPT_Os) ? 2 : getLastArgIntValue(Args, OPT_O, 0, Diags); | |||
536 | // Opts.Optimize = Opt != 0; | |||
537 | unsigned Opt = 0; | |||
538 | ||||
539 | // This is the __NO_INLINE__ define, which just depends on things like the | |||
540 | // optimization level and -fno-inline, not actually whether the backend has | |||
541 | // inlining enabled. | |||
542 | // | |||
543 | // FIXME: This is affected by other options (-fno-inline). | |||
544 | Opts.NoInlineDefine = !Opt; | |||
545 | ||||
546 | // This is needed to allocate the extra space for the owning module | |||
547 | // on each decl. | |||
548 | Opts.ModulesLocalVisibility = 1; | |||
549 | } | |||
550 | ||||
551 | TypeSystemClang::TypeSystemClang(llvm::StringRef name, | |||
552 | llvm::Triple target_triple) { | |||
553 | m_display_name = name.str(); | |||
554 | if (!target_triple.str().empty()) | |||
555 | SetTargetTriple(target_triple.str()); | |||
556 | // The caller didn't pass an ASTContext so create a new one for this | |||
557 | // TypeSystemClang. | |||
558 | CreateASTContext(); | |||
559 | } | |||
560 | ||||
561 | TypeSystemClang::TypeSystemClang(llvm::StringRef name, | |||
562 | ASTContext &existing_ctxt) { | |||
563 | m_display_name = name.str(); | |||
564 | SetTargetTriple(existing_ctxt.getTargetInfo().getTriple().str()); | |||
565 | ||||
566 | m_ast_up.reset(&existing_ctxt); | |||
567 | GetASTMap().Insert(&existing_ctxt, this); | |||
568 | } | |||
569 | ||||
570 | // Destructor | |||
571 | TypeSystemClang::~TypeSystemClang() { Finalize(); } | |||
572 | ||||
573 | ConstString TypeSystemClang::GetPluginNameStatic() { | |||
574 | return ConstString("clang"); | |||
575 | } | |||
576 | ||||
577 | ConstString TypeSystemClang::GetPluginName() { | |||
578 | return TypeSystemClang::GetPluginNameStatic(); | |||
579 | } | |||
580 | ||||
581 | uint32_t TypeSystemClang::GetPluginVersion() { return 1; } | |||
582 | ||||
583 | lldb::TypeSystemSP TypeSystemClang::CreateInstance(lldb::LanguageType language, | |||
584 | lldb_private::Module *module, | |||
585 | Target *target) { | |||
586 | if (!TypeSystemClangSupportsLanguage(language)) | |||
587 | return lldb::TypeSystemSP(); | |||
588 | ArchSpec arch; | |||
589 | if (module) | |||
590 | arch = module->GetArchitecture(); | |||
591 | else if (target) | |||
592 | arch = target->GetArchitecture(); | |||
593 | ||||
594 | if (!arch.IsValid()) | |||
595 | return lldb::TypeSystemSP(); | |||
596 | ||||
597 | llvm::Triple triple = arch.GetTriple(); | |||
598 | // LLVM wants this to be set to iOS or MacOSX; if we're working on | |||
599 | // a bare-boards type image, change the triple for llvm's benefit. | |||
600 | if (triple.getVendor() == llvm::Triple::Apple && | |||
601 | triple.getOS() == llvm::Triple::UnknownOS) { | |||
602 | if (triple.getArch() == llvm::Triple::arm || | |||
603 | triple.getArch() == llvm::Triple::aarch64 || | |||
604 | triple.getArch() == llvm::Triple::aarch64_32 || | |||
605 | triple.getArch() == llvm::Triple::thumb) { | |||
606 | triple.setOS(llvm::Triple::IOS); | |||
607 | } else { | |||
608 | triple.setOS(llvm::Triple::MacOSX); | |||
609 | } | |||
610 | } | |||
611 | ||||
612 | if (module) { | |||
613 | std::string ast_name = | |||
614 | "ASTContext for '" + module->GetFileSpec().GetPath() + "'"; | |||
615 | return std::make_shared<TypeSystemClang>(ast_name, triple); | |||
616 | } else if (target && target->IsValid()) | |||
617 | return std::make_shared<ScratchTypeSystemClang>(*target, triple); | |||
618 | return lldb::TypeSystemSP(); | |||
619 | } | |||
620 | ||||
621 | LanguageSet TypeSystemClang::GetSupportedLanguagesForTypes() { | |||
622 | LanguageSet languages; | |||
623 | languages.Insert(lldb::eLanguageTypeC89); | |||
624 | languages.Insert(lldb::eLanguageTypeC); | |||
625 | languages.Insert(lldb::eLanguageTypeC11); | |||
626 | languages.Insert(lldb::eLanguageTypeC_plus_plus); | |||
627 | languages.Insert(lldb::eLanguageTypeC99); | |||
628 | languages.Insert(lldb::eLanguageTypeObjC); | |||
629 | languages.Insert(lldb::eLanguageTypeObjC_plus_plus); | |||
630 | languages.Insert(lldb::eLanguageTypeC_plus_plus_03); | |||
631 | languages.Insert(lldb::eLanguageTypeC_plus_plus_11); | |||
632 | languages.Insert(lldb::eLanguageTypeC11); | |||
633 | languages.Insert(lldb::eLanguageTypeC_plus_plus_14); | |||
634 | return languages; | |||
635 | } | |||
636 | ||||
637 | LanguageSet TypeSystemClang::GetSupportedLanguagesForExpressions() { | |||
638 | LanguageSet languages; | |||
639 | languages.Insert(lldb::eLanguageTypeC_plus_plus); | |||
640 | languages.Insert(lldb::eLanguageTypeObjC_plus_plus); | |||
641 | languages.Insert(lldb::eLanguageTypeC_plus_plus_03); | |||
642 | languages.Insert(lldb::eLanguageTypeC_plus_plus_11); | |||
643 | languages.Insert(lldb::eLanguageTypeC_plus_plus_14); | |||
644 | return languages; | |||
645 | } | |||
646 | ||||
647 | void TypeSystemClang::Initialize() { | |||
648 | PluginManager::RegisterPlugin( | |||
649 | GetPluginNameStatic(), "clang base AST context plug-in", CreateInstance, | |||
650 | GetSupportedLanguagesForTypes(), GetSupportedLanguagesForExpressions()); | |||
651 | } | |||
652 | ||||
653 | void TypeSystemClang::Terminate() { | |||
654 | PluginManager::UnregisterPlugin(CreateInstance); | |||
655 | } | |||
656 | ||||
657 | void TypeSystemClang::Finalize() { | |||
658 | assert(m_ast_up)((void)0); | |||
659 | GetASTMap().Erase(m_ast_up.get()); | |||
660 | if (!m_ast_owned) | |||
661 | m_ast_up.release(); | |||
662 | ||||
663 | m_builtins_up.reset(); | |||
664 | m_selector_table_up.reset(); | |||
665 | m_identifier_table_up.reset(); | |||
666 | m_target_info_up.reset(); | |||
667 | m_target_options_rp.reset(); | |||
668 | m_diagnostics_engine_up.reset(); | |||
669 | m_source_manager_up.reset(); | |||
670 | m_language_options_up.reset(); | |||
671 | } | |||
672 | ||||
673 | void TypeSystemClang::setSema(Sema *s) { | |||
674 | // Ensure that the new sema actually belongs to our ASTContext. | |||
675 | assert(s == nullptr || &s->getASTContext() == m_ast_up.get())((void)0); | |||
676 | m_sema = s; | |||
677 | } | |||
678 | ||||
679 | const char *TypeSystemClang::GetTargetTriple() { | |||
680 | return m_target_triple.c_str(); | |||
681 | } | |||
682 | ||||
683 | void TypeSystemClang::SetTargetTriple(llvm::StringRef target_triple) { | |||
684 | m_target_triple = target_triple.str(); | |||
685 | } | |||
686 | ||||
687 | void TypeSystemClang::SetExternalSource( | |||
688 | llvm::IntrusiveRefCntPtr<ExternalASTSource> &ast_source_up) { | |||
689 | ASTContext &ast = getASTContext(); | |||
690 | ast.getTranslationUnitDecl()->setHasExternalLexicalStorage(true); | |||
691 | ast.setExternalSource(ast_source_up); | |||
692 | } | |||
693 | ||||
694 | ASTContext &TypeSystemClang::getASTContext() { | |||
695 | assert(m_ast_up)((void)0); | |||
696 | return *m_ast_up; | |||
697 | } | |||
698 | ||||
699 | class NullDiagnosticConsumer : public DiagnosticConsumer { | |||
700 | public: | |||
701 | NullDiagnosticConsumer() { | |||
702 | m_log = lldb_private::GetLogIfAllCategoriesSet(LIBLLDB_LOG_EXPRESSIONS(1u << 8)); | |||
703 | } | |||
704 | ||||
705 | void HandleDiagnostic(DiagnosticsEngine::Level DiagLevel, | |||
706 | const clang::Diagnostic &info) override { | |||
707 | if (m_log) { | |||
708 | llvm::SmallVector<char, 32> diag_str(10); | |||
709 | info.FormatDiagnostic(diag_str); | |||
710 | diag_str.push_back('\0'); | |||
711 | LLDB_LOGF(m_log, "Compiler diagnostic: %s\n", diag_str.data())do { ::lldb_private::Log *log_private = (m_log); if (log_private ) log_private->Printf("Compiler diagnostic: %s\n", diag_str .data()); } while (0); | |||
712 | } | |||
713 | } | |||
714 | ||||
715 | DiagnosticConsumer *clone(DiagnosticsEngine &Diags) const { | |||
716 | return new NullDiagnosticConsumer(); | |||
717 | } | |||
718 | ||||
719 | private: | |||
720 | Log *m_log; | |||
721 | }; | |||
722 | ||||
723 | void TypeSystemClang::CreateASTContext() { | |||
724 | assert(!m_ast_up)((void)0); | |||
725 | m_ast_owned = true; | |||
726 | ||||
727 | m_language_options_up = std::make_unique<LangOptions>(); | |||
728 | ParseLangArgs(*m_language_options_up, clang::Language::ObjCXX, | |||
729 | GetTargetTriple()); | |||
730 | ||||
731 | m_identifier_table_up = | |||
732 | std::make_unique<IdentifierTable>(*m_language_options_up, nullptr); | |||
733 | m_builtins_up = std::make_unique<Builtin::Context>(); | |||
734 | ||||
735 | m_selector_table_up = std::make_unique<SelectorTable>(); | |||
736 | ||||
737 | clang::FileSystemOptions file_system_options; | |||
738 | m_file_manager_up = std::make_unique<clang::FileManager>( | |||
739 | file_system_options, FileSystem::Instance().GetVirtualFileSystem()); | |||
740 | ||||
741 | llvm::IntrusiveRefCntPtr<DiagnosticIDs> diag_id_sp(new DiagnosticIDs()); | |||
742 | m_diagnostics_engine_up = | |||
743 | std::make_unique<DiagnosticsEngine>(diag_id_sp, new DiagnosticOptions()); | |||
744 | ||||
745 | m_source_manager_up = std::make_unique<clang::SourceManager>( | |||
746 | *m_diagnostics_engine_up, *m_file_manager_up); | |||
747 | m_ast_up = std::make_unique<ASTContext>( | |||
748 | *m_language_options_up, *m_source_manager_up, *m_identifier_table_up, | |||
749 | *m_selector_table_up, *m_builtins_up, TU_Complete); | |||
750 | ||||
751 | m_diagnostic_consumer_up = std::make_unique<NullDiagnosticConsumer>(); | |||
752 | m_ast_up->getDiagnostics().setClient(m_diagnostic_consumer_up.get(), false); | |||
753 | ||||
754 | // This can be NULL if we don't know anything about the architecture or if | |||
755 | // the target for an architecture isn't enabled in the llvm/clang that we | |||
756 | // built | |||
757 | TargetInfo *target_info = getTargetInfo(); | |||
758 | if (target_info) | |||
759 | m_ast_up->InitBuiltinTypes(*target_info); | |||
760 | ||||
761 | GetASTMap().Insert(m_ast_up.get(), this); | |||
762 | ||||
763 | llvm::IntrusiveRefCntPtr<clang::ExternalASTSource> ast_source_up( | |||
764 | new ClangExternalASTSourceCallbacks(*this)); | |||
765 | SetExternalSource(ast_source_up); | |||
766 | } | |||
767 | ||||
768 | TypeSystemClang *TypeSystemClang::GetASTContext(clang::ASTContext *ast) { | |||
769 | TypeSystemClang *clang_ast = GetASTMap().Lookup(ast); | |||
770 | return clang_ast; | |||
771 | } | |||
772 | ||||
773 | clang::MangleContext *TypeSystemClang::getMangleContext() { | |||
774 | if (m_mangle_ctx_up == nullptr) | |||
775 | m_mangle_ctx_up.reset(getASTContext().createMangleContext()); | |||
776 | return m_mangle_ctx_up.get(); | |||
777 | } | |||
778 | ||||
779 | std::shared_ptr<clang::TargetOptions> &TypeSystemClang::getTargetOptions() { | |||
780 | if (m_target_options_rp == nullptr && !m_target_triple.empty()) { | |||
781 | m_target_options_rp = std::make_shared<clang::TargetOptions>(); | |||
782 | if (m_target_options_rp != nullptr) | |||
783 | m_target_options_rp->Triple = m_target_triple; | |||
784 | } | |||
785 | return m_target_options_rp; | |||
786 | } | |||
787 | ||||
788 | TargetInfo *TypeSystemClang::getTargetInfo() { | |||
789 | // target_triple should be something like "x86_64-apple-macosx" | |||
790 | if (m_target_info_up == nullptr && !m_target_triple.empty()) | |||
791 | m_target_info_up.reset(TargetInfo::CreateTargetInfo( | |||
792 | getASTContext().getDiagnostics(), getTargetOptions())); | |||
793 | return m_target_info_up.get(); | |||
794 | } | |||
795 | ||||
796 | #pragma mark Basic Types | |||
797 | ||||
798 | static inline bool QualTypeMatchesBitSize(const uint64_t bit_size, | |||
799 | ASTContext &ast, QualType qual_type) { | |||
800 | uint64_t qual_type_bit_size = ast.getTypeSize(qual_type); | |||
801 | return qual_type_bit_size == bit_size; | |||
802 | } | |||
803 | ||||
804 | CompilerType | |||
805 | TypeSystemClang::GetBuiltinTypeForEncodingAndBitSize(Encoding encoding, | |||
806 | size_t bit_size) { | |||
807 | ASTContext &ast = getASTContext(); | |||
808 | switch (encoding) { | |||
809 | case eEncodingInvalid: | |||
810 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.VoidPtrTy)) | |||
811 | return GetType(ast.VoidPtrTy); | |||
812 | break; | |||
813 | ||||
814 | case eEncodingUint: | |||
815 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.UnsignedCharTy)) | |||
816 | return GetType(ast.UnsignedCharTy); | |||
817 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.UnsignedShortTy)) | |||
818 | return GetType(ast.UnsignedShortTy); | |||
819 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.UnsignedIntTy)) | |||
820 | return GetType(ast.UnsignedIntTy); | |||
821 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.UnsignedLongTy)) | |||
822 | return GetType(ast.UnsignedLongTy); | |||
823 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.UnsignedLongLongTy)) | |||
824 | return GetType(ast.UnsignedLongLongTy); | |||
825 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.UnsignedInt128Ty)) | |||
826 | return GetType(ast.UnsignedInt128Ty); | |||
827 | break; | |||
828 | ||||
829 | case eEncodingSint: | |||
830 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.SignedCharTy)) | |||
831 | return GetType(ast.SignedCharTy); | |||
832 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.ShortTy)) | |||
833 | return GetType(ast.ShortTy); | |||
834 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.IntTy)) | |||
835 | return GetType(ast.IntTy); | |||
836 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.LongTy)) | |||
837 | return GetType(ast.LongTy); | |||
838 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.LongLongTy)) | |||
839 | return GetType(ast.LongLongTy); | |||
840 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.Int128Ty)) | |||
841 | return GetType(ast.Int128Ty); | |||
842 | break; | |||
843 | ||||
844 | case eEncodingIEEE754: | |||
845 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.FloatTy)) | |||
846 | return GetType(ast.FloatTy); | |||
847 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.DoubleTy)) | |||
848 | return GetType(ast.DoubleTy); | |||
849 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.LongDoubleTy)) | |||
850 | return GetType(ast.LongDoubleTy); | |||
851 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.HalfTy)) | |||
852 | return GetType(ast.HalfTy); | |||
853 | break; | |||
854 | ||||
855 | case eEncodingVector: | |||
856 | // Sanity check that bit_size is a multiple of 8's. | |||
857 | if (bit_size && !(bit_size & 0x7u)) | |||
858 | return GetType(ast.getExtVectorType(ast.UnsignedCharTy, bit_size / 8)); | |||
859 | break; | |||
860 | } | |||
861 | ||||
862 | return CompilerType(); | |||
863 | } | |||
864 | ||||
865 | lldb::BasicType | |||
866 | TypeSystemClang::GetBasicTypeEnumeration(ConstString name) { | |||
867 | if (name) { | |||
868 | typedef UniqueCStringMap<lldb::BasicType> TypeNameToBasicTypeMap; | |||
869 | static TypeNameToBasicTypeMap g_type_map; | |||
870 | static llvm::once_flag g_once_flag; | |||
871 | llvm::call_once(g_once_flag, []() { | |||
872 | // "void" | |||
873 | g_type_map.Append(ConstString("void"), eBasicTypeVoid); | |||
874 | ||||
875 | // "char" | |||
876 | g_type_map.Append(ConstString("char"), eBasicTypeChar); | |||
877 | g_type_map.Append(ConstString("signed char"), eBasicTypeSignedChar); | |||
878 | g_type_map.Append(ConstString("unsigned char"), eBasicTypeUnsignedChar); | |||
879 | g_type_map.Append(ConstString("wchar_t"), eBasicTypeWChar); | |||
880 | g_type_map.Append(ConstString("signed wchar_t"), eBasicTypeSignedWChar); | |||
881 | g_type_map.Append(ConstString("unsigned wchar_t"), | |||
882 | eBasicTypeUnsignedWChar); | |||
883 | // "short" | |||
884 | g_type_map.Append(ConstString("short"), eBasicTypeShort); | |||
885 | g_type_map.Append(ConstString("short int"), eBasicTypeShort); | |||
886 | g_type_map.Append(ConstString("unsigned short"), eBasicTypeUnsignedShort); | |||
887 | g_type_map.Append(ConstString("unsigned short int"), | |||
888 | eBasicTypeUnsignedShort); | |||
889 | ||||
890 | // "int" | |||
891 | g_type_map.Append(ConstString("int"), eBasicTypeInt); | |||
892 | g_type_map.Append(ConstString("signed int"), eBasicTypeInt); | |||
893 | g_type_map.Append(ConstString("unsigned int"), eBasicTypeUnsignedInt); | |||
894 | g_type_map.Append(ConstString("unsigned"), eBasicTypeUnsignedInt); | |||
895 | ||||
896 | // "long" | |||
897 | g_type_map.Append(ConstString("long"), eBasicTypeLong); | |||
898 | g_type_map.Append(ConstString("long int"), eBasicTypeLong); | |||
899 | g_type_map.Append(ConstString("unsigned long"), eBasicTypeUnsignedLong); | |||
900 | g_type_map.Append(ConstString("unsigned long int"), | |||
901 | eBasicTypeUnsignedLong); | |||
902 | ||||
903 | // "long long" | |||
904 | g_type_map.Append(ConstString("long long"), eBasicTypeLongLong); | |||
905 | g_type_map.Append(ConstString("long long int"), eBasicTypeLongLong); | |||
906 | g_type_map.Append(ConstString("unsigned long long"), | |||
907 | eBasicTypeUnsignedLongLong); | |||
908 | g_type_map.Append(ConstString("unsigned long long int"), | |||
909 | eBasicTypeUnsignedLongLong); | |||
910 | ||||
911 | // "int128" | |||
912 | g_type_map.Append(ConstString("__int128_t"), eBasicTypeInt128); | |||
913 | g_type_map.Append(ConstString("__uint128_t"), eBasicTypeUnsignedInt128); | |||
914 | ||||
915 | // Miscellaneous | |||
916 | g_type_map.Append(ConstString("bool"), eBasicTypeBool); | |||
917 | g_type_map.Append(ConstString("float"), eBasicTypeFloat); | |||
918 | g_type_map.Append(ConstString("double"), eBasicTypeDouble); | |||
919 | g_type_map.Append(ConstString("long double"), eBasicTypeLongDouble); | |||
920 | g_type_map.Append(ConstString("id"), eBasicTypeObjCID); | |||
921 | g_type_map.Append(ConstString("SEL"), eBasicTypeObjCSel); | |||
922 | g_type_map.Append(ConstString("nullptr"), eBasicTypeNullPtr); | |||
923 | g_type_map.Sort(); | |||
924 | }); | |||
925 | ||||
926 | return g_type_map.Find(name, eBasicTypeInvalid); | |||
927 | } | |||
928 | return eBasicTypeInvalid; | |||
929 | } | |||
930 | ||||
931 | uint32_t TypeSystemClang::GetPointerByteSize() { | |||
932 | if (m_pointer_byte_size == 0) | |||
933 | if (auto size = GetBasicType(lldb::eBasicTypeVoid) | |||
934 | .GetPointerType() | |||
935 | .GetByteSize(nullptr)) | |||
936 | m_pointer_byte_size = *size; | |||
937 | return m_pointer_byte_size; | |||
938 | } | |||
939 | ||||
940 | CompilerType TypeSystemClang::GetBasicType(lldb::BasicType basic_type) { | |||
941 | clang::ASTContext &ast = getASTContext(); | |||
942 | ||||
943 | lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t clang_type = | |||
944 | GetOpaqueCompilerType(&ast, basic_type); | |||
945 | ||||
946 | if (clang_type) | |||
947 | return CompilerType(this, clang_type); | |||
948 | return CompilerType(); | |||
949 | } | |||
950 | ||||
951 | CompilerType TypeSystemClang::GetBuiltinTypeForDWARFEncodingAndBitSize( | |||
952 | llvm::StringRef type_name, uint32_t dw_ate, uint32_t bit_size) { | |||
953 | ASTContext &ast = getASTContext(); | |||
954 | ||||
955 | switch (dw_ate) { | |||
956 | default: | |||
957 | break; | |||
958 | ||||
959 | case DW_ATE_address: | |||
960 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.VoidPtrTy)) | |||
961 | return GetType(ast.VoidPtrTy); | |||
962 | break; | |||
963 | ||||
964 | case DW_ATE_boolean: | |||
965 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.BoolTy)) | |||
966 | return GetType(ast.BoolTy); | |||
967 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.UnsignedCharTy)) | |||
968 | return GetType(ast.UnsignedCharTy); | |||
969 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.UnsignedShortTy)) | |||
970 | return GetType(ast.UnsignedShortTy); | |||
971 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.UnsignedIntTy)) | |||
972 | return GetType(ast.UnsignedIntTy); | |||
973 | break; | |||
974 | ||||
975 | case DW_ATE_lo_user: | |||
976 | // This has been seen to mean DW_AT_complex_integer | |||
977 | if (type_name.contains("complex")) { | |||
978 | CompilerType complex_int_clang_type = | |||
979 | GetBuiltinTypeForDWARFEncodingAndBitSize("int", DW_ATE_signed, | |||
980 | bit_size / 2); | |||
981 | return GetType( | |||
982 | ast.getComplexType(ClangUtil::GetQualType(complex_int_clang_type))); | |||
983 | } | |||
984 | break; | |||
985 | ||||
986 | case DW_ATE_complex_float: | |||
987 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.FloatComplexTy)) | |||
988 | return GetType(ast.FloatComplexTy); | |||
989 | else if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.DoubleComplexTy)) | |||
990 | return GetType(ast.DoubleComplexTy); | |||
991 | else if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.LongDoubleComplexTy)) | |||
992 | return GetType(ast.LongDoubleComplexTy); | |||
993 | else { | |||
994 | CompilerType complex_float_clang_type = | |||
995 | GetBuiltinTypeForDWARFEncodingAndBitSize("float", DW_ATE_float, | |||
996 | bit_size / 2); | |||
997 | return GetType( | |||
998 | ast.getComplexType(ClangUtil::GetQualType(complex_float_clang_type))); | |||
999 | } | |||
1000 | break; | |||
1001 | ||||
1002 | case DW_ATE_float: | |||
1003 | if (type_name == "float" && | |||
1004 | QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.FloatTy)) | |||
1005 | return GetType(ast.FloatTy); | |||
1006 | if (type_name == "double" && | |||
1007 | QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.DoubleTy)) | |||
1008 | return GetType(ast.DoubleTy); | |||
1009 | if (type_name == "long double" && | |||
1010 | QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.LongDoubleTy)) | |||
1011 | return GetType(ast.LongDoubleTy); | |||
1012 | // Fall back to not requiring a name match | |||
1013 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.FloatTy)) | |||
1014 | return GetType(ast.FloatTy); | |||
1015 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.DoubleTy)) | |||
1016 | return GetType(ast.DoubleTy); | |||
1017 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.LongDoubleTy)) | |||
1018 | return GetType(ast.LongDoubleTy); | |||
1019 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.HalfTy)) | |||
1020 | return GetType(ast.HalfTy); | |||
1021 | break; | |||
1022 | ||||
1023 | case DW_ATE_signed: | |||
1024 | if (!type_name.empty()) { | |||
1025 | if (type_name == "wchar_t" && | |||
1026 | QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.WCharTy) && | |||
1027 | (getTargetInfo() && | |||
1028 | TargetInfo::isTypeSigned(getTargetInfo()->getWCharType()))) | |||
1029 | return GetType(ast.WCharTy); | |||
1030 | if (type_name == "void" && | |||
1031 | QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.VoidTy)) | |||
1032 | return GetType(ast.VoidTy); | |||
1033 | if (type_name.contains("long long") && | |||
1034 | QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.LongLongTy)) | |||
1035 | return GetType(ast.LongLongTy); | |||
1036 | if (type_name.contains("long") && | |||
1037 | QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.LongTy)) | |||
1038 | return GetType(ast.LongTy); | |||
1039 | if (type_name.contains("short") && | |||
1040 | QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.ShortTy)) | |||
1041 | return GetType(ast.ShortTy); | |||
1042 | if (type_name.contains("char")) { | |||
1043 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.CharTy)) | |||
1044 | return GetType(ast.CharTy); | |||
1045 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.SignedCharTy)) | |||
1046 | return GetType(ast.SignedCharTy); | |||
1047 | } | |||
1048 | if (type_name.contains("int")) { | |||
1049 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.IntTy)) | |||
1050 | return GetType(ast.IntTy); | |||
1051 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.Int128Ty)) | |||
1052 | return GetType(ast.Int128Ty); | |||
1053 | } | |||
1054 | } | |||
1055 | // We weren't able to match up a type name, just search by size | |||
1056 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.CharTy)) | |||
1057 | return GetType(ast.CharTy); | |||
1058 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.ShortTy)) | |||
1059 | return GetType(ast.ShortTy); | |||
1060 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.IntTy)) | |||
1061 | return GetType(ast.IntTy); | |||
1062 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.LongTy)) | |||
1063 | return GetType(ast.LongTy); | |||
1064 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.LongLongTy)) | |||
1065 | return GetType(ast.LongLongTy); | |||
1066 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.Int128Ty)) | |||
1067 | return GetType(ast.Int128Ty); | |||
1068 | break; | |||
1069 | ||||
1070 | case DW_ATE_signed_char: | |||
1071 | if (ast.getLangOpts().CharIsSigned && type_name == "char") { | |||
1072 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.CharTy)) | |||
1073 | return GetType(ast.CharTy); | |||
1074 | } | |||
1075 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.SignedCharTy)) | |||
1076 | return GetType(ast.SignedCharTy); | |||
1077 | break; | |||
1078 | ||||
1079 | case DW_ATE_unsigned: | |||
1080 | if (!type_name.empty()) { | |||
1081 | if (type_name == "wchar_t") { | |||
1082 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.WCharTy)) { | |||
1083 | if (!(getTargetInfo() && | |||
1084 | TargetInfo::isTypeSigned(getTargetInfo()->getWCharType()))) | |||
1085 | return GetType(ast.WCharTy); | |||
1086 | } | |||
1087 | } | |||
1088 | if (type_name.contains("long long")) { | |||
1089 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.UnsignedLongLongTy)) | |||
1090 | return GetType(ast.UnsignedLongLongTy); | |||
1091 | } else if (type_name.contains("long")) { | |||
1092 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.UnsignedLongTy)) | |||
1093 | return GetType(ast.UnsignedLongTy); | |||
1094 | } else if (type_name.contains("short")) { | |||
1095 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.UnsignedShortTy)) | |||
1096 | return GetType(ast.UnsignedShortTy); | |||
1097 | } else if (type_name.contains("char")) { | |||
1098 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.UnsignedCharTy)) | |||
1099 | return GetType(ast.UnsignedCharTy); | |||
1100 | } else if (type_name.contains("int")) { | |||
1101 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.UnsignedIntTy)) | |||
1102 | return GetType(ast.UnsignedIntTy); | |||
1103 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.UnsignedInt128Ty)) | |||
1104 | return GetType(ast.UnsignedInt128Ty); | |||
1105 | } | |||
1106 | } | |||
1107 | // We weren't able to match up a type name, just search by size | |||
1108 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.UnsignedCharTy)) | |||
1109 | return GetType(ast.UnsignedCharTy); | |||
1110 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.UnsignedShortTy)) | |||
1111 | return GetType(ast.UnsignedShortTy); | |||
1112 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.UnsignedIntTy)) | |||
1113 | return GetType(ast.UnsignedIntTy); | |||
1114 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.UnsignedLongTy)) | |||
1115 | return GetType(ast.UnsignedLongTy); | |||
1116 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.UnsignedLongLongTy)) | |||
1117 | return GetType(ast.UnsignedLongLongTy); | |||
1118 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.UnsignedInt128Ty)) | |||
1119 | return GetType(ast.UnsignedInt128Ty); | |||
1120 | break; | |||
1121 | ||||
1122 | case DW_ATE_unsigned_char: | |||
1123 | if (!ast.getLangOpts().CharIsSigned && type_name == "char") { | |||
1124 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.CharTy)) | |||
1125 | return GetType(ast.CharTy); | |||
1126 | } | |||
1127 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.UnsignedCharTy)) | |||
1128 | return GetType(ast.UnsignedCharTy); | |||
1129 | if (QualTypeMatchesBitSize(bit_size, ast, ast.UnsignedShortTy)) | |||
1130 | return GetType(ast.UnsignedShortTy); | |||
1131 | break; | |||
1132 | ||||
1133 | case DW_ATE_imaginary_float: | |||
1134 | break; | |||
1135 | ||||
1136 | case DW_ATE_UTF: | |||
1137 | switch (bit_size) { | |||
1138 | case 8: | |||
1139 | return GetType(ast.Char8Ty); | |||
1140 | case 16: | |||
1141 | return GetType(ast.Char16Ty); | |||
1142 | case 32: | |||
1143 | return GetType(ast.Char32Ty); | |||
1144 | default: | |||
1145 | if (!type_name.empty()) { | |||
1146 | if (type_name == "char16_t") | |||
1147 | return GetType(ast.Char16Ty); | |||
1148 | if (type_name == "char32_t") | |||
1149 | return GetType(ast.Char32Ty); | |||
1150 | if (type_name == "char8_t") | |||
1151 | return GetType(ast.Char8Ty); | |||
1152 | } | |||
1153 | } | |||
1154 | break; | |||
1155 | } | |||
1156 | // This assert should fire for anything that we don't catch above so we know | |||
1157 | // to fix any issues we run into. | |||
1158 | if (!type_name.empty()) { | |||
1159 | std::string type_name_str = type_name.str(); | |||
1160 | Host::SystemLog(Host::eSystemLogError, | |||
1161 | "error: need to add support for DW_TAG_base_type '%s' " | |||
1162 | "encoded with DW_ATE = 0x%x, bit_size = %u\n", | |||
1163 | type_name_str.c_str(), dw_ate, bit_size); | |||
1164 | } else { | |||
1165 | Host::SystemLog(Host::eSystemLogError, "error: need to add support for " | |||
1166 | "DW_TAG_base_type encoded with " | |||
1167 | "DW_ATE = 0x%x, bit_size = %u\n", | |||
1168 | dw_ate, bit_size); | |||
1169 | } | |||
1170 | return CompilerType(); | |||
1171 | } | |||
1172 | ||||
1173 | CompilerType TypeSystemClang::GetCStringType(bool is_const) { | |||
1174 | ASTContext &ast = getASTContext(); | |||
1175 | QualType char_type(ast.CharTy); | |||
1176 | ||||
1177 | if (is_const) | |||
1178 | char_type.addConst(); | |||
1179 | ||||
1180 | return GetType(ast.getPointerType(char_type)); | |||
1181 | } | |||
1182 | ||||
1183 | bool TypeSystemClang::AreTypesSame(CompilerType type1, CompilerType type2, | |||
1184 | bool ignore_qualifiers) { | |||
1185 | TypeSystemClang *ast = | |||
1186 | llvm::dyn_cast_or_null<TypeSystemClang>(type1.GetTypeSystem()); | |||
1187 | if (!ast || ast != type2.GetTypeSystem()) | |||
1188 | return false; | |||
1189 | ||||
1190 | if (type1.GetOpaqueQualType() == type2.GetOpaqueQualType()) | |||
1191 | return true; | |||
1192 | ||||
1193 | QualType type1_qual = ClangUtil::GetQualType(type1); | |||
1194 | QualType type2_qual = ClangUtil::GetQualType(type2); | |||
1195 | ||||
1196 | if (ignore_qualifiers) { | |||
1197 | type1_qual = type1_qual.getUnqualifiedType(); | |||
1198 | type2_qual = type2_qual.getUnqualifiedType(); | |||
1199 | } | |||
1200 | ||||
1201 | return ast->getASTContext().hasSameType(type1_qual, type2_qual); | |||
1202 | } | |||
1203 | ||||
1204 | CompilerType TypeSystemClang::GetTypeForDecl(void *opaque_decl) { | |||
1205 | if (!opaque_decl) | |||
1206 | return CompilerType(); | |||
1207 | ||||
1208 | clang::Decl *decl = static_cast<clang::Decl *>(opaque_decl); | |||
1209 | if (auto *named_decl = llvm::dyn_cast<clang::NamedDecl>(decl)) | |||
1210 | return GetTypeForDecl(named_decl); | |||
1211 | return CompilerType(); | |||
1212 | } | |||
1213 | ||||
1214 | CompilerDeclContext TypeSystemClang::CreateDeclContext(DeclContext *ctx) { | |||
1215 | // Check that the DeclContext actually belongs to this ASTContext. | |||
1216 | assert(&ctx->getParentASTContext() == &getASTContext())((void)0); | |||
1217 | return CompilerDeclContext(this, ctx); | |||
1218 | } | |||
1219 | ||||
1220 | CompilerType TypeSystemClang::GetTypeForDecl(clang::NamedDecl *decl) { | |||
1221 | if (clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *interface_decl = | |||
1222 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl>(decl)) | |||
1223 | return GetTypeForDecl(interface_decl); | |||
1224 | if (clang::TagDecl *tag_decl = llvm::dyn_cast<clang::TagDecl>(decl)) | |||
1225 | return GetTypeForDecl(tag_decl); | |||
1226 | return CompilerType(); | |||
1227 | } | |||
1228 | ||||
1229 | CompilerType TypeSystemClang::GetTypeForDecl(TagDecl *decl) { | |||
1230 | return GetType(getASTContext().getTagDeclType(decl)); | |||
1231 | } | |||
1232 | ||||
1233 | CompilerType TypeSystemClang::GetTypeForDecl(ObjCInterfaceDecl *decl) { | |||
1234 | return GetType(getASTContext().getObjCInterfaceType(decl)); | |||
1235 | } | |||
1236 | ||||
1237 | #pragma mark Structure, Unions, Classes | |||
1238 | ||||
1239 | void TypeSystemClang::SetOwningModule(clang::Decl *decl, | |||
1240 | OptionalClangModuleID owning_module) { | |||
1241 | if (!decl || !owning_module.HasValue()) | |||
1242 | return; | |||
1243 | ||||
1244 | decl->setFromASTFile(); | |||
1245 | decl->setOwningModuleID(owning_module.GetValue()); | |||
1246 | decl->setModuleOwnershipKind(clang::Decl::ModuleOwnershipKind::Visible); | |||
1247 | } | |||
1248 | ||||
1249 | OptionalClangModuleID | |||
1250 | TypeSystemClang::GetOrCreateClangModule(llvm::StringRef name, | |||
1251 | OptionalClangModuleID parent, | |||
1252 | bool is_framework, bool is_explicit) { | |||
1253 | // Get the external AST source which holds the modules. | |||
1254 | auto *ast_source = llvm::dyn_cast_or_null<ClangExternalASTSourceCallbacks>( | |||
1255 | getASTContext().getExternalSource()); | |||
1256 | assert(ast_source && "external ast source was lost")((void)0); | |||
1257 | if (!ast_source) | |||
1258 | return {}; | |||
1259 | ||||
1260 | // Lazily initialize the module map. | |||
1261 | if (!m_header_search_up) { | |||
1262 | auto HSOpts = std::make_shared<clang::HeaderSearchOptions>(); | |||
1263 | m_header_search_up = std::make_unique<clang::HeaderSearch>( | |||
1264 | HSOpts, *m_source_manager_up, *m_diagnostics_engine_up, | |||
1265 | *m_language_options_up, m_target_info_up.get()); | |||
1266 | m_module_map_up = std::make_unique<clang::ModuleMap>( | |||
1267 | *m_source_manager_up, *m_diagnostics_engine_up, *m_language_options_up, | |||
1268 | m_target_info_up.get(), *m_header_search_up); | |||
1269 | } | |||
1270 | ||||
1271 | // Get or create the module context. | |||
1272 | bool created; | |||
1273 | clang::Module *module; | |||
1274 | auto parent_desc = ast_source->getSourceDescriptor(parent.GetValue()); | |||
1275 | std::tie(module, created) = m_module_map_up->findOrCreateModule( | |||
1276 | name, parent_desc ? parent_desc->getModuleOrNull() : nullptr, | |||
1277 | is_framework, is_explicit); | |||
1278 | if (!created) | |||
1279 | return ast_source->GetIDForModule(module); | |||
1280 | ||||
1281 | return ast_source->RegisterModule(module); | |||
1282 | } | |||
1283 | ||||
1284 | CompilerType TypeSystemClang::CreateRecordType( | |||
1285 | clang::DeclContext *decl_ctx, OptionalClangModuleID owning_module, | |||
1286 | AccessType access_type, llvm::StringRef name, int kind, | |||
1287 | LanguageType language, ClangASTMetadata *metadata, bool exports_symbols) { | |||
1288 | ASTContext &ast = getASTContext(); | |||
1289 | ||||
1290 | if (decl_ctx == nullptr) | |||
1291 | decl_ctx = ast.getTranslationUnitDecl(); | |||
1292 | ||||
1293 | if (language == eLanguageTypeObjC || | |||
1294 | language == eLanguageTypeObjC_plus_plus) { | |||
1295 | bool isForwardDecl = true; | |||
1296 | bool isInternal = false; | |||
1297 | return CreateObjCClass(name, decl_ctx, owning_module, isForwardDecl, | |||
1298 | isInternal, metadata); | |||
1299 | } | |||
1300 | ||||
1301 | // NOTE: Eventually CXXRecordDecl will be merged back into RecordDecl and | |||
1302 | // we will need to update this code. I was told to currently always use the | |||
1303 | // CXXRecordDecl class since we often don't know from debug information if | |||
1304 | // something is struct or a class, so we default to always use the more | |||
1305 | // complete definition just in case. | |||
1306 | ||||
1307 | bool has_name = !name.empty(); | |||
1308 | CXXRecordDecl *decl = CXXRecordDecl::CreateDeserialized(ast, 0); | |||
1309 | decl->setTagKind(static_cast<TagDecl::TagKind>(kind)); | |||
1310 | decl->setDeclContext(decl_ctx); | |||
1311 | if (has_name) | |||
1312 | decl->setDeclName(&ast.Idents.get(name)); | |||
1313 | SetOwningModule(decl, owning_module); | |||
1314 | ||||
1315 | if (!has_name) { | |||
1316 | // In C++ a lambda is also represented as an unnamed class. This is | |||
1317 | // different from an *anonymous class* that the user wrote: | |||
1318 | // | |||
1319 | // struct A { | |||
1320 | // // anonymous class (GNU/MSVC extension) | |||
1321 | // struct { | |||
1322 | // int x; | |||
1323 | // }; | |||
1324 | // // unnamed class within a class | |||
1325 | // struct { | |||
1326 | // int y; | |||
1327 | // } B; | |||
1328 | // }; | |||
1329 | // | |||
1330 | // void f() { | |||
1331 | // // unammed class outside of a class | |||
1332 | // struct { | |||
1333 | // int z; | |||
1334 | // } C; | |||
1335 | // } | |||
1336 | // | |||
1337 | // Anonymous classes is a GNU/MSVC extension that clang supports. It | |||
1338 | // requires the anonymous class be embedded within a class. So the new | |||
1339 | // heuristic verifies this condition. | |||
1340 | if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(decl_ctx) && exports_symbols) | |||
1341 | decl->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); | |||
1342 | } | |||
1343 | ||||
1344 | if (decl) { | |||
1345 | if (metadata) | |||
1346 | SetMetadata(decl, *metadata); | |||
1347 | ||||
1348 | if (access_type != eAccessNone) | |||
1349 | decl->setAccess(ConvertAccessTypeToAccessSpecifier(access_type)); | |||
1350 | ||||
1351 | if (decl_ctx) | |||
1352 | decl_ctx->addDecl(decl); | |||
1353 | ||||
1354 | return GetType(ast.getTagDeclType(decl)); | |||
1355 | } | |||
1356 | return CompilerType(); | |||
1357 | } | |||
1358 | ||||
1359 | namespace { | |||
1360 | /// Returns true iff the given TemplateArgument should be represented as an | |||
1361 | /// NonTypeTemplateParmDecl in the AST. | |||
1362 | bool IsValueParam(const clang::TemplateArgument &argument) { | |||
1363 | return argument.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Integral; | |||
1364 | } | |||
1365 | } | |||
1366 | ||||
1367 | static TemplateParameterList *CreateTemplateParameterList( | |||
1368 | ASTContext &ast, | |||
1369 | const TypeSystemClang::TemplateParameterInfos &template_param_infos, | |||
1370 | llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 8> &template_param_decls) { | |||
1371 | const bool parameter_pack = false; | |||
1372 | const bool is_typename = false; | |||
1373 | const unsigned depth = 0; | |||
1374 | const size_t num_template_params = template_param_infos.args.size(); | |||
1375 | DeclContext *const decl_context = | |||
1376 | ast.getTranslationUnitDecl(); // Is this the right decl context?, | |||
1377 | for (size_t i = 0; i < num_template_params; ++i) { | |||
1378 | const char *name = template_param_infos.names[i]; | |||
1379 | ||||
1380 | IdentifierInfo *identifier_info = nullptr; | |||
1381 | if (name && name[0]) | |||
1382 | identifier_info = &ast.Idents.get(name); | |||
1383 | if (IsValueParam(template_param_infos.args[i])) { | |||
1384 | QualType template_param_type = | |||
1385 | template_param_infos.args[i].getIntegralType(); | |||
1386 | template_param_decls.push_back(NonTypeTemplateParmDecl::Create( | |||
1387 | ast, decl_context, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), depth, i, | |||
1388 | identifier_info, template_param_type, parameter_pack, | |||
1389 | ast.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(template_param_type))); | |||
1390 | } else { | |||
1391 | template_param_decls.push_back(TemplateTypeParmDecl::Create( | |||
1392 | ast, decl_context, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), depth, i, | |||
1393 | identifier_info, is_typename, parameter_pack)); | |||
1394 | } | |||
1395 | } | |||
1396 | ||||
1397 | if (template_param_infos.packed_args) { | |||
1398 | IdentifierInfo *identifier_info = nullptr; | |||
1399 | if (template_param_infos.pack_name && template_param_infos.pack_name[0]) | |||
1400 | identifier_info = &ast.Idents.get(template_param_infos.pack_name); | |||
1401 | const bool parameter_pack_true = true; | |||
1402 | ||||
1403 | if (!template_param_infos.packed_args->args.empty() && | |||
1404 | IsValueParam(template_param_infos.packed_args->args[0])) { | |||
1405 | QualType template_param_type = | |||
1406 | template_param_infos.packed_args->args[0].getIntegralType(); | |||
1407 | template_param_decls.push_back(NonTypeTemplateParmDecl::Create( | |||
1408 | ast, decl_context, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), depth, | |||
1409 | num_template_params, identifier_info, template_param_type, | |||
1410 | parameter_pack_true, | |||
1411 | ast.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(template_param_type))); | |||
1412 | } else { | |||
1413 | template_param_decls.push_back(TemplateTypeParmDecl::Create( | |||
1414 | ast, decl_context, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), depth, | |||
1415 | num_template_params, identifier_info, is_typename, | |||
1416 | parameter_pack_true)); | |||
1417 | } | |||
1418 | } | |||
1419 | clang::Expr *const requires_clause = nullptr; // TODO: Concepts | |||
1420 | TemplateParameterList *template_param_list = TemplateParameterList::Create( | |||
1421 | ast, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), template_param_decls, | |||
1422 | SourceLocation(), requires_clause); | |||
1423 | return template_param_list; | |||
1424 | } | |||
1425 | ||||
1426 | clang::FunctionTemplateDecl *TypeSystemClang::CreateFunctionTemplateDecl( | |||
1427 | clang::DeclContext *decl_ctx, OptionalClangModuleID owning_module, | |||
1428 | clang::FunctionDecl *func_decl, | |||
1429 | const TemplateParameterInfos &template_param_infos) { | |||
1430 | // /// Create a function template node. | |||
1431 | ASTContext &ast = getASTContext(); | |||
1432 | ||||
1433 | llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 8> template_param_decls; | |||
1434 | TemplateParameterList *template_param_list = CreateTemplateParameterList( | |||
1435 | ast, template_param_infos, template_param_decls); | |||
1436 | FunctionTemplateDecl *func_tmpl_decl = | |||
1437 | FunctionTemplateDecl::CreateDeserialized(ast, 0); | |||
1438 | func_tmpl_decl->setDeclContext(decl_ctx); | |||
1439 | func_tmpl_decl->setLocation(func_decl->getLocation()); | |||
1440 | func_tmpl_decl->setDeclName(func_decl->getDeclName()); | |||
1441 | func_tmpl_decl->init(func_decl, template_param_list); | |||
1442 | SetOwningModule(func_tmpl_decl, owning_module); | |||
1443 | ||||
1444 | for (size_t i = 0, template_param_decl_count = template_param_decls.size(); | |||
1445 | i < template_param_decl_count; ++i) { | |||
1446 | // TODO: verify which decl context we should put template_param_decls into.. | |||
1447 | template_param_decls[i]->setDeclContext(func_decl); | |||
1448 | } | |||
1449 | // Function templates inside a record need to have an access specifier. | |||
1450 | // It doesn't matter what access specifier we give the template as LLDB | |||
1451 | // anyway allows accessing everything inside a record. | |||
1452 | if (decl_ctx->isRecord()) | |||
1453 | func_tmpl_decl->setAccess(clang::AccessSpecifier::AS_public); | |||
1454 | ||||
1455 | return func_tmpl_decl; | |||
1456 | } | |||
1457 | ||||
1458 | void TypeSystemClang::CreateFunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo( | |||
1459 | FunctionDecl *func_decl, clang::FunctionTemplateDecl *func_tmpl_decl, | |||
1460 | const TemplateParameterInfos &infos) { | |||
1461 | TemplateArgumentList *template_args_ptr = | |||
1462 | TemplateArgumentList::CreateCopy(func_decl->getASTContext(), infos.args); | |||
1463 | ||||
1464 | func_decl->setFunctionTemplateSpecialization(func_tmpl_decl, | |||
1465 | template_args_ptr, nullptr); | |||
1466 | } | |||
1467 | ||||
1468 | /// Returns true if the given template parameter can represent the given value. | |||
1469 | /// For example, `typename T` can represent `int` but not integral values such | |||
1470 | /// as `int I = 3`. | |||
1471 | static bool TemplateParameterAllowsValue(NamedDecl *param, | |||
1472 | const TemplateArgument &value) { | |||
1473 | if (auto *type_param = llvm::dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(param)) { | |||
1474 | // Compare the argument kind, i.e. ensure that <typename> != <int>. | |||
1475 | if (value.getKind() != TemplateArgument::Type) | |||
1476 | return false; | |||
1477 | } else if (auto *type_param = | |||
1478 | llvm::dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(param)) { | |||
1479 | // Compare the argument kind, i.e. ensure that <typename> != <int>. | |||
1480 | if (!IsValueParam(value)) | |||
1481 | return false; | |||
1482 | // Compare the integral type, i.e. ensure that <int> != <char>. | |||
1483 | if (type_param->getType() != value.getIntegralType()) | |||
1484 | return false; | |||
1485 | } else { | |||
1486 | // There is no way to create other parameter decls at the moment, so we | |||
1487 | // can't reach this case during normal LLDB usage. Log that this happened | |||
1488 | // and assert. | |||
1489 | Log *log = lldb_private::GetLogIfAllCategoriesSet(LIBLLDB_LOG_EXPRESSIONS(1u << 8)); | |||
1490 | LLDB_LOG(log,do { ::lldb_private::Log *log_private = (log); if (log_private ) log_private->Format("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/liblldbPluginTypeSystem/../../../llvm/lldb/source/Plugins/TypeSystem/Clang/TypeSystemClang.cpp" , __func__, "Don't know how to compare template parameter to passed" " value. Decl kind of parameter is: {0}", param->getDeclKindName ()); } while (0) | |||
1491 | "Don't know how to compare template parameter to passed"do { ::lldb_private::Log *log_private = (log); if (log_private ) log_private->Format("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/liblldbPluginTypeSystem/../../../llvm/lldb/source/Plugins/TypeSystem/Clang/TypeSystemClang.cpp" , __func__, "Don't know how to compare template parameter to passed" " value. Decl kind of parameter is: {0}", param->getDeclKindName ()); } while (0) | |||
1492 | " value. Decl kind of parameter is: {0}",do { ::lldb_private::Log *log_private = (log); if (log_private ) log_private->Format("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/liblldbPluginTypeSystem/../../../llvm/lldb/source/Plugins/TypeSystem/Clang/TypeSystemClang.cpp" , __func__, "Don't know how to compare template parameter to passed" " value. Decl kind of parameter is: {0}", param->getDeclKindName ()); } while (0) | |||
1493 | param->getDeclKindName())do { ::lldb_private::Log *log_private = (log); if (log_private ) log_private->Format("/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/liblldbPluginTypeSystem/../../../llvm/lldb/source/Plugins/TypeSystem/Clang/TypeSystemClang.cpp" , __func__, "Don't know how to compare template parameter to passed" " value. Decl kind of parameter is: {0}", param->getDeclKindName ()); } while (0); | |||
1494 | lldbassert(false && "Can't compare this TemplateParmDecl subclass")lldb_private::lldb_assert(static_cast<bool>(false && "Can't compare this TemplateParmDecl subclass"), "false && \"Can't compare this TemplateParmDecl subclass\"" , __FUNCTION__, "/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/liblldbPluginTypeSystem/../../../llvm/lldb/source/Plugins/TypeSystem/Clang/TypeSystemClang.cpp" , 1494); | |||
1495 | // In release builds just fall back to marking the parameter as not | |||
1496 | // accepting the value so that we don't try to fit an instantiation to a | |||
1497 | // template that doesn't fit. E.g., avoid that `S<1>` is being connected to | |||
1498 | // `template<typename T> struct S;`. | |||
1499 | return false; | |||
1500 | } | |||
1501 | return true; | |||
1502 | } | |||
1503 | ||||
1504 | /// Returns true if the given class template declaration could produce an | |||
1505 | /// instantiation with the specified values. | |||
1506 | /// For example, `<typename T>` allows the arguments `float`, but not for | |||
1507 | /// example `bool, float` or `3` (as an integer parameter value). | |||
1508 | static bool ClassTemplateAllowsToInstantiationArgs( | |||
1509 | ClassTemplateDecl *class_template_decl, | |||
1510 | const TypeSystemClang::TemplateParameterInfos &instantiation_values) { | |||
1511 | ||||
1512 | TemplateParameterList ¶ms = *class_template_decl->getTemplateParameters(); | |||
1513 | ||||
1514 | // Save some work by iterating only once over the found parameters and | |||
1515 | // calculate the information related to parameter packs. | |||
1516 | ||||
1517 | // Contains the first pack parameter (or non if there are none). | |||
1518 | llvm::Optional<NamedDecl *> pack_parameter; | |||
1519 | // Contains the number of non-pack parameters. | |||
1520 | size_t non_pack_params = params.size(); | |||
1521 | for (size_t i = 0; i < params.size(); ++i) { | |||
1522 | NamedDecl *param = params.getParam(i); | |||
1523 | if (param->isParameterPack()) { | |||
1524 | pack_parameter = param; | |||
1525 | non_pack_params = i; | |||
1526 | break; | |||
1527 | } | |||
1528 | } | |||
1529 | ||||
1530 | // The found template needs to have compatible non-pack template arguments. | |||
1531 | // E.g., ensure that <typename, typename> != <typename>. | |||
1532 | // The pack parameters are compared later. | |||
1533 | if (non_pack_params != instantiation_values.args.size()) | |||
1534 | return false; | |||
1535 | ||||
1536 | // Ensure that <typename...> != <typename>. | |||
1537 | if (pack_parameter.hasValue() != instantiation_values.hasParameterPack()) | |||
1538 | return false; | |||
1539 | ||||
1540 | // Compare the first pack parameter that was found with the first pack | |||
1541 | // parameter value. The special case of having an empty parameter pack value | |||
1542 | // always fits to a pack parameter. | |||
1543 | // E.g., ensure that <int...> != <typename...>. | |||
1544 | if (pack_parameter && !instantiation_values.packed_args->args.empty() && | |||
1545 | !TemplateParameterAllowsValue( | |||
1546 | *pack_parameter, instantiation_values.packed_args->args.front())) | |||
1547 | return false; | |||
1548 | ||||
1549 | // Compare all the non-pack parameters now. | |||
1550 | // E.g., ensure that <int> != <long>. | |||
1551 | for (const auto pair : llvm::zip_first(instantiation_values.args, params)) { | |||
1552 | const TemplateArgument &passed_arg = std::get<0>(pair); | |||
1553 | NamedDecl *found_param = std::get<1>(pair); | |||
1554 | if (!TemplateParameterAllowsValue(found_param, passed_arg)) | |||
1555 | return false; | |||
1556 | } | |||
1557 | ||||
1558 | return class_template_decl; | |||
1559 | } | |||
1560 | ||||
1561 | ClassTemplateDecl *TypeSystemClang::CreateClassTemplateDecl( | |||
1562 | DeclContext *decl_ctx, OptionalClangModuleID owning_module, | |||
1563 | lldb::AccessType access_type, const char *class_name, int kind, | |||
1564 | const TemplateParameterInfos &template_param_infos) { | |||
1565 | ASTContext &ast = getASTContext(); | |||
1566 | ||||
1567 | ClassTemplateDecl *class_template_decl = nullptr; | |||
1568 | if (decl_ctx == nullptr) | |||
1569 | decl_ctx = ast.getTranslationUnitDecl(); | |||
1570 | ||||
1571 | IdentifierInfo &identifier_info = ast.Idents.get(class_name); | |||
1572 | DeclarationName decl_name(&identifier_info); | |||
1573 | ||||
1574 | // Search the AST for an existing ClassTemplateDecl that could be reused. | |||
1575 | clang::DeclContext::lookup_result result = decl_ctx->lookup(decl_name); | |||
1576 | for (NamedDecl *decl : result) { | |||
1577 | class_template_decl = dyn_cast<clang::ClassTemplateDecl>(decl); | |||
1578 | if (!class_template_decl) | |||
1579 | continue; | |||
1580 | // The class template has to be able to represents the instantiation | |||
1581 | // values we received. Without this we might end up putting an instantiation | |||
1582 | // with arguments such as <int, int> to a template such as: | |||
1583 | // template<typename T> struct S; | |||
1584 | // Connecting the instantiation to an incompatible template could cause | |||
1585 | // problems later on. | |||
1586 | if (!ClassTemplateAllowsToInstantiationArgs(class_template_decl, | |||
1587 | template_param_infos)) | |||
1588 | continue; | |||
1589 | return class_template_decl; | |||
1590 | } | |||
1591 | ||||
1592 | llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 8> template_param_decls; | |||
1593 | ||||
1594 | TemplateParameterList *template_param_list = CreateTemplateParameterList( | |||
1595 | ast, template_param_infos, template_param_decls); | |||
1596 | ||||
1597 | CXXRecordDecl *template_cxx_decl = CXXRecordDecl::CreateDeserialized(ast, 0); | |||
1598 | template_cxx_decl->setTagKind(static_cast<TagDecl::TagKind>(kind)); | |||
1599 | // What decl context do we use here? TU? The actual decl context? | |||
1600 | template_cxx_decl->setDeclContext(decl_ctx); | |||
1601 | template_cxx_decl->setDeclName(decl_name); | |||
1602 | SetOwningModule(template_cxx_decl, owning_module); | |||
1603 | ||||
1604 | for (size_t i = 0, template_param_decl_count = template_param_decls.size(); | |||
1605 | i < template_param_decl_count; ++i) { | |||
1606 | template_param_decls[i]->setDeclContext(template_cxx_decl); | |||
1607 | } | |||
1608 | ||||
1609 | // With templated classes, we say that a class is templated with | |||
1610 | // specializations, but that the bare class has no functions. | |||
1611 | // template_cxx_decl->startDefinition(); | |||
1612 | // template_cxx_decl->completeDefinition(); | |||
1613 | ||||
1614 | class_template_decl = ClassTemplateDecl::CreateDeserialized(ast, 0); | |||
1615 | // What decl context do we use here? TU? The actual decl context? | |||
1616 | class_template_decl->setDeclContext(decl_ctx); | |||
1617 | class_template_decl->setDeclName(decl_name); | |||
1618 | class_template_decl->init(template_cxx_decl, template_param_list); | |||
1619 | template_cxx_decl->setDescribedClassTemplate(class_template_decl); | |||
1620 | SetOwningModule(class_template_decl, owning_module); | |||
1621 | ||||
1622 | if (class_template_decl) { | |||
1623 | if (access_type != eAccessNone) | |||
1624 | class_template_decl->setAccess( | |||
1625 | ConvertAccessTypeToAccessSpecifier(access_type)); | |||
1626 | ||||
1627 | decl_ctx->addDecl(class_template_decl); | |||
1628 | ||||
1629 | VerifyDecl(class_template_decl); | |||
1630 | } | |||
1631 | ||||
1632 | return class_template_decl; | |||
1633 | } | |||
1634 | ||||
1635 | TemplateTemplateParmDecl * | |||
1636 | TypeSystemClang::CreateTemplateTemplateParmDecl(const char *template_name) { | |||
1637 | ASTContext &ast = getASTContext(); | |||
1638 | ||||
1639 | auto *decl_ctx = ast.getTranslationUnitDecl(); | |||
1640 | ||||
1641 | IdentifierInfo &identifier_info = ast.Idents.get(template_name); | |||
1642 | llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 8> template_param_decls; | |||
1643 | ||||
1644 | TypeSystemClang::TemplateParameterInfos template_param_infos; | |||
1645 | TemplateParameterList *template_param_list = CreateTemplateParameterList( | |||
1646 | ast, template_param_infos, template_param_decls); | |||
1647 | ||||
1648 | // LLDB needs to create those decls only to be able to display a | |||
1649 | // type that includes a template template argument. Only the name matters for | |||
1650 | // this purpose, so we use dummy values for the other characteristics of the | |||
1651 | // type. | |||
1652 | return TemplateTemplateParmDecl::Create( | |||
1653 | ast, decl_ctx, SourceLocation(), | |||
1654 | /*Depth*/ 0, /*Position*/ 0, | |||
1655 | /*IsParameterPack*/ false, &identifier_info, template_param_list); | |||
1656 | } | |||
1657 | ||||
1658 | ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl * | |||
1659 | TypeSystemClang::CreateClassTemplateSpecializationDecl( | |||
1660 | DeclContext *decl_ctx, OptionalClangModuleID owning_module, | |||
1661 | ClassTemplateDecl *class_template_decl, int kind, | |||
1662 | const TemplateParameterInfos &template_param_infos) { | |||
1663 | ASTContext &ast = getASTContext(); | |||
1664 | llvm::SmallVector<clang::TemplateArgument, 2> args( | |||
1665 | template_param_infos.args.size() + | |||
1666 | (template_param_infos.packed_args ? 1 : 0)); | |||
1667 | std::copy(template_param_infos.args.begin(), template_param_infos.args.end(), | |||
1668 | args.begin()); | |||
1669 | if (template_param_infos.packed_args) { | |||
1670 | args[args.size() - 1] = TemplateArgument::CreatePackCopy( | |||
1671 | ast, template_param_infos.packed_args->args); | |||
1672 | } | |||
1673 | ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *class_template_specialization_decl = | |||
1674 | ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl::CreateDeserialized(ast, 0); | |||
1675 | class_template_specialization_decl->setTagKind( | |||
1676 | static_cast<TagDecl::TagKind>(kind)); | |||
1677 | class_template_specialization_decl->setDeclContext(decl_ctx); | |||
1678 | class_template_specialization_decl->setInstantiationOf(class_template_decl); | |||
1679 | class_template_specialization_decl->setTemplateArgs( | |||
1680 | TemplateArgumentList::CreateCopy(ast, args)); | |||
1681 | ast.getTypeDeclType(class_template_specialization_decl, nullptr); | |||
1682 | class_template_specialization_decl->setDeclName( | |||
1683 | class_template_decl->getDeclName()); | |||
1684 | SetOwningModule(class_template_specialization_decl, owning_module); | |||
1685 | decl_ctx->addDecl(class_template_specialization_decl); | |||
1686 | ||||
1687 | class_template_specialization_decl->setSpecializationKind( | |||
1688 | TSK_ExplicitSpecialization); | |||
1689 | ||||
1690 | return class_template_specialization_decl; | |||
1691 | } | |||
1692 | ||||
1693 | CompilerType TypeSystemClang::CreateClassTemplateSpecializationType( | |||
1694 | ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *class_template_specialization_decl) { | |||
1695 | if (class_template_specialization_decl) { | |||
1696 | ASTContext &ast = getASTContext(); | |||
1697 | return GetType(ast.getTagDeclType(class_template_specialization_decl)); | |||
1698 | } | |||
1699 | return CompilerType(); | |||
1700 | } | |||
1701 | ||||
1702 | static inline bool check_op_param(bool is_method, | |||
1703 | clang::OverloadedOperatorKind op_kind, | |||
1704 | bool unary, bool binary, | |||
1705 | uint32_t num_params) { | |||
1706 | // Special-case call since it can take any number of operands | |||
1707 | if (op_kind == OO_Call) | |||
1708 | return true; | |||
1709 | ||||
1710 | // The parameter count doesn't include "this" | |||
1711 | if (is_method) | |||
1712 | ++num_params; | |||
1713 | if (num_params == 1) | |||
1714 | return unary; | |||
1715 | if (num_params == 2) | |||
1716 | return binary; | |||
1717 | else | |||
1718 | return false; | |||
1719 | } | |||
1720 | ||||
1721 | bool TypeSystemClang::CheckOverloadedOperatorKindParameterCount( | |||
1722 | bool is_method, clang::OverloadedOperatorKind op_kind, | |||
1723 | uint32_t num_params) { | |||
1724 | switch (op_kind) { | |||
1725 | default: | |||
1726 | break; | |||
1727 | // C++ standard allows any number of arguments to new/delete | |||
1728 | case OO_New: | |||
1729 | case OO_Array_New: | |||
1730 | case OO_Delete: | |||
1731 | case OO_Array_Delete: | |||
1732 | return true; | |||
1733 | } | |||
1734 | ||||
1735 | #define OVERLOADED_OPERATOR(Name, Spelling, Token, Unary, Binary, MemberOnly) \ | |||
1736 | case OO_##Name: \ | |||
1737 | return check_op_param(is_method, op_kind, Unary, Binary, num_params); | |||
1738 | switch (op_kind) { | |||
1739 | #include "clang/Basic/OperatorKinds.def" | |||
1740 | default: | |||
1741 | break; | |||
1742 | } | |||
1743 | return false; | |||
1744 | } | |||
1745 | ||||
1746 | clang::AccessSpecifier | |||
1747 | TypeSystemClang::UnifyAccessSpecifiers(clang::AccessSpecifier lhs, | |||
1748 | clang::AccessSpecifier rhs) { | |||
1749 | // Make the access equal to the stricter of the field and the nested field's | |||
1750 | // access | |||
1751 | if (lhs == AS_none || rhs == AS_none) | |||
1752 | return AS_none; | |||
1753 | if (lhs == AS_private || rhs == AS_private) | |||
1754 | return AS_private; | |||
1755 | if (lhs == AS_protected || rhs == AS_protected) | |||
1756 | return AS_protected; | |||
1757 | return AS_public; | |||
1758 | } | |||
1759 | ||||
1760 | bool TypeSystemClang::FieldIsBitfield(FieldDecl *field, | |||
1761 | uint32_t &bitfield_bit_size) { | |||
1762 | ASTContext &ast = getASTContext(); | |||
1763 | if (field == nullptr) | |||
1764 | return false; | |||
1765 | ||||
1766 | if (field->isBitField()) { | |||
1767 | Expr *bit_width_expr = field->getBitWidth(); | |||
1768 | if (bit_width_expr) { | |||
1769 | if (Optional<llvm::APSInt> bit_width_apsint = | |||
1770 | bit_width_expr->getIntegerConstantExpr(ast)) { | |||
1771 | bitfield_bit_size = bit_width_apsint->getLimitedValue(UINT32_MAX0xffffffffU); | |||
1772 | return true; | |||
1773 | } | |||
1774 | } | |||
1775 | } | |||
1776 | return false; | |||
1777 | } | |||
1778 | ||||
1779 | bool TypeSystemClang::RecordHasFields(const RecordDecl *record_decl) { | |||
1780 | if (record_decl == nullptr) | |||
1781 | return false; | |||
1782 | ||||
1783 | if (!record_decl->field_empty()) | |||
1784 | return true; | |||
1785 | ||||
1786 | // No fields, lets check this is a CXX record and check the base classes | |||
1787 | const CXXRecordDecl *cxx_record_decl = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(record_decl); | |||
1788 | if (cxx_record_decl) { | |||
1789 | CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator base_class, base_class_end; | |||
1790 | for (base_class = cxx_record_decl->bases_begin(), | |||
1791 | base_class_end = cxx_record_decl->bases_end(); | |||
1792 | base_class != base_class_end; ++base_class) { | |||
1793 | const CXXRecordDecl *base_class_decl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>( | |||
1794 | base_class->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()); | |||
1795 | if (RecordHasFields(base_class_decl)) | |||
1796 | return true; | |||
1797 | } | |||
1798 | } | |||
1799 | return false; | |||
1800 | } | |||
1801 | ||||
1802 | #pragma mark Objective-C Classes | |||
1803 | ||||
1804 | CompilerType TypeSystemClang::CreateObjCClass( | |||
1805 | llvm::StringRef name, clang::DeclContext *decl_ctx, | |||
1806 | OptionalClangModuleID owning_module, bool isForwardDecl, bool isInternal, | |||
1807 | ClangASTMetadata *metadata) { | |||
1808 | ASTContext &ast = getASTContext(); | |||
1809 | assert(!name.empty())((void)0); | |||
1810 | if (!decl_ctx) | |||
1811 | decl_ctx = ast.getTranslationUnitDecl(); | |||
1812 | ||||
1813 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *decl = ObjCInterfaceDecl::CreateDeserialized(ast, 0); | |||
1814 | decl->setDeclContext(decl_ctx); | |||
1815 | decl->setDeclName(&ast.Idents.get(name)); | |||
1816 | /*isForwardDecl,*/ | |||
1817 | decl->setImplicit(isInternal); | |||
1818 | SetOwningModule(decl, owning_module); | |||
1819 | ||||
1820 | if (decl && metadata) | |||
1821 | SetMetadata(decl, *metadata); | |||
1822 | ||||
1823 | return GetType(ast.getObjCInterfaceType(decl)); | |||
1824 | } | |||
1825 | ||||
1826 | static inline bool BaseSpecifierIsEmpty(const CXXBaseSpecifier *b) { | |||
1827 | return !TypeSystemClang::RecordHasFields(b->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl()); | |||
1828 | } | |||
1829 | ||||
1830 | uint32_t | |||
1831 | TypeSystemClang::GetNumBaseClasses(const CXXRecordDecl *cxx_record_decl, | |||
1832 | bool omit_empty_base_classes) { | |||
1833 | uint32_t num_bases = 0; | |||
1834 | if (cxx_record_decl) { | |||
1835 | if (omit_empty_base_classes) { | |||
1836 | CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator base_class, base_class_end; | |||
1837 | for (base_class = cxx_record_decl->bases_begin(), | |||
1838 | base_class_end = cxx_record_decl->bases_end(); | |||
1839 | base_class != base_class_end; ++base_class) { | |||
1840 | // Skip empty base classes | |||
1841 | if (BaseSpecifierIsEmpty(base_class)) | |||
1842 | continue; | |||
1843 | ++num_bases; | |||
1844 | } | |||
1845 | } else | |||
1846 | num_bases = cxx_record_decl->getNumBases(); | |||
1847 | } | |||
1848 | return num_bases; | |||
1849 | } | |||
1850 | ||||
1851 | #pragma mark Namespace Declarations | |||
1852 | ||||
1853 | NamespaceDecl *TypeSystemClang::GetUniqueNamespaceDeclaration( | |||
1854 | const char *name, clang::DeclContext *decl_ctx, | |||
1855 | OptionalClangModuleID owning_module, bool is_inline) { | |||
1856 | NamespaceDecl *namespace_decl = nullptr; | |||
1857 | ASTContext &ast = getASTContext(); | |||
1858 | TranslationUnitDecl *translation_unit_decl = ast.getTranslationUnitDecl(); | |||
1859 | if (!decl_ctx) | |||
1860 | decl_ctx = translation_unit_decl; | |||
1861 | ||||
1862 | if (name) { | |||
1863 | IdentifierInfo &identifier_info = ast.Idents.get(name); | |||
1864 | DeclarationName decl_name(&identifier_info); | |||
1865 | clang::DeclContext::lookup_result result = decl_ctx->lookup(decl_name); | |||
1866 | for (NamedDecl *decl : result) { | |||
1867 | namespace_decl = dyn_cast<clang::NamespaceDecl>(decl); | |||
1868 | if (namespace_decl) | |||
1869 | return namespace_decl; | |||
1870 | } | |||
1871 | ||||
1872 | namespace_decl = | |||
1873 | NamespaceDecl::Create(ast, decl_ctx, is_inline, SourceLocation(), | |||
1874 | SourceLocation(), &identifier_info, nullptr); | |||
1875 | ||||
1876 | decl_ctx->addDecl(namespace_decl); | |||
1877 | } else { | |||
1878 | if (decl_ctx == translation_unit_decl) { | |||
1879 | namespace_decl = translation_unit_decl->getAnonymousNamespace(); | |||
1880 | if (namespace_decl) | |||
1881 | return namespace_decl; | |||
1882 | ||||
1883 | namespace_decl = | |||
1884 | NamespaceDecl::Create(ast, decl_ctx, false, SourceLocation(), | |||
1885 | SourceLocation(), nullptr, nullptr); | |||
1886 | translation_unit_decl->setAnonymousNamespace(namespace_decl); | |||
1887 | translation_unit_decl->addDecl(namespace_decl); | |||
1888 | assert(namespace_decl == translation_unit_decl->getAnonymousNamespace())((void)0); | |||
1889 | } else { | |||
1890 | NamespaceDecl *parent_namespace_decl = cast<NamespaceDecl>(decl_ctx); | |||
1891 | if (parent_namespace_decl) { | |||
1892 | namespace_decl = parent_namespace_decl->getAnonymousNamespace(); | |||
1893 | if (namespace_decl) | |||
1894 | return namespace_decl; | |||
1895 | namespace_decl = | |||
1896 | NamespaceDecl::Create(ast, decl_ctx, false, SourceLocation(), | |||
1897 | SourceLocation(), nullptr, nullptr); | |||
1898 | parent_namespace_decl->setAnonymousNamespace(namespace_decl); | |||
1899 | parent_namespace_decl->addDecl(namespace_decl); | |||
1900 | assert(namespace_decl ==((void)0) | |||
1901 | parent_namespace_decl->getAnonymousNamespace())((void)0); | |||
1902 | } else { | |||
1903 | assert(false && "GetUniqueNamespaceDeclaration called with no name and "((void)0) | |||
1904 | "no namespace as decl_ctx")((void)0); | |||
1905 | } | |||
1906 | } | |||
1907 | } | |||
1908 | // Note: namespaces can span multiple modules, so perhaps this isn't a good | |||
1909 | // idea. | |||
1910 | SetOwningModule(namespace_decl, owning_module); | |||
1911 | ||||
1912 | VerifyDecl(namespace_decl); | |||
1913 | return namespace_decl; | |||
1914 | } | |||
1915 | ||||
1916 | clang::BlockDecl * | |||
1917 | TypeSystemClang::CreateBlockDeclaration(clang::DeclContext *ctx, | |||
1918 | OptionalClangModuleID owning_module) { | |||
1919 | if (ctx) { | |||
1920 | clang::BlockDecl *decl = | |||
1921 | clang::BlockDecl::CreateDeserialized(getASTContext(), 0); | |||
1922 | decl->setDeclContext(ctx); | |||
1923 | ctx->addDecl(decl); | |||
1924 | SetOwningModule(decl, owning_module); | |||
1925 | return decl; | |||
1926 | } | |||
1927 | return nullptr; | |||
1928 | } | |||
1929 | ||||
1930 | clang::DeclContext *FindLCABetweenDecls(clang::DeclContext *left, | |||
1931 | clang::DeclContext *right, | |||
1932 | clang::DeclContext *root) { | |||
1933 | if (root == nullptr) | |||
1934 | return nullptr; | |||
1935 | ||||
1936 | std::set<clang::DeclContext *> path_left; | |||
1937 | for (clang::DeclContext *d = left; d != nullptr; d = d->getParent()) | |||
1938 | path_left.insert(d); | |||
1939 | ||||
1940 | for (clang::DeclContext *d = right; d != nullptr; d = d->getParent()) | |||
1941 | if (path_left.find(d) != path_left.end()) | |||
1942 | return d; | |||
1943 | ||||
1944 | return nullptr; | |||
1945 | } | |||
1946 | ||||
1947 | clang::UsingDirectiveDecl *TypeSystemClang::CreateUsingDirectiveDeclaration( | |||
1948 | clang::DeclContext *decl_ctx, OptionalClangModuleID owning_module, | |||
1949 | clang::NamespaceDecl *ns_decl) { | |||
1950 | if (decl_ctx && ns_decl) { | |||
1951 | auto *translation_unit = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); | |||
1952 | clang::UsingDirectiveDecl *using_decl = clang::UsingDirectiveDecl::Create( | |||
1953 | getASTContext(), decl_ctx, clang::SourceLocation(), | |||
1954 | clang::SourceLocation(), clang::NestedNameSpecifierLoc(), | |||
1955 | clang::SourceLocation(), ns_decl, | |||
1956 | FindLCABetweenDecls(decl_ctx, ns_decl, | |||
1957 | translation_unit)); | |||
1958 | decl_ctx->addDecl(using_decl); | |||
1959 | SetOwningModule(using_decl, owning_module); | |||
1960 | return using_decl; | |||
1961 | } | |||
1962 | return nullptr; | |||
1963 | } | |||
1964 | ||||
1965 | clang::UsingDecl * | |||
1966 | TypeSystemClang::CreateUsingDeclaration(clang::DeclContext *current_decl_ctx, | |||
1967 | OptionalClangModuleID owning_module, | |||
1968 | clang::NamedDecl *target) { | |||
1969 | if (current_decl_ctx && target) { | |||
1970 | clang::UsingDecl *using_decl = clang::UsingDecl::Create( | |||
1971 | getASTContext(), current_decl_ctx, clang::SourceLocation(), | |||
1972 | clang::NestedNameSpecifierLoc(), clang::DeclarationNameInfo(), false); | |||
1973 | SetOwningModule(using_decl, owning_module); | |||
1974 | clang::UsingShadowDecl *shadow_decl = clang::UsingShadowDecl::Create( | |||
1975 | getASTContext(), current_decl_ctx, clang::SourceLocation(), | |||
1976 | target->getDeclName(), using_decl, target); | |||
1977 | SetOwningModule(shadow_decl, owning_module); | |||
1978 | using_decl->addShadowDecl(shadow_decl); | |||
1979 | current_decl_ctx->addDecl(using_decl); | |||
1980 | return using_decl; | |||
1981 | } | |||
1982 | return nullptr; | |||
1983 | } | |||
1984 | ||||
1985 | clang::VarDecl *TypeSystemClang::CreateVariableDeclaration( | |||
1986 | clang::DeclContext *decl_context, OptionalClangModuleID owning_module, | |||
1987 | const char *name, clang::QualType type) { | |||
1988 | if (decl_context) { | |||
1989 | clang::VarDecl *var_decl = | |||
1990 | clang::VarDecl::CreateDeserialized(getASTContext(), 0); | |||
1991 | var_decl->setDeclContext(decl_context); | |||
1992 | if (name && name[0]) | |||
1993 | var_decl->setDeclName(&getASTContext().Idents.getOwn(name)); | |||
1994 | var_decl->setType(type); | |||
1995 | SetOwningModule(var_decl, owning_module); | |||
1996 | var_decl->setAccess(clang::AS_public); | |||
1997 | decl_context->addDecl(var_decl); | |||
1998 | return var_decl; | |||
1999 | } | |||
2000 | return nullptr; | |||
2001 | } | |||
2002 | ||||
2003 | lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t | |||
2004 | TypeSystemClang::GetOpaqueCompilerType(clang::ASTContext *ast, | |||
2005 | lldb::BasicType basic_type) { | |||
2006 | switch (basic_type) { | |||
2007 | case eBasicTypeVoid: | |||
2008 | return ast->VoidTy.getAsOpaquePtr(); | |||
2009 | case eBasicTypeChar: | |||
2010 | return ast->CharTy.getAsOpaquePtr(); | |||
2011 | case eBasicTypeSignedChar: | |||
2012 | return ast->SignedCharTy.getAsOpaquePtr(); | |||
2013 | case eBasicTypeUnsignedChar: | |||
2014 | return ast->UnsignedCharTy.getAsOpaquePtr(); | |||
2015 | case eBasicTypeWChar: | |||
2016 | return ast->getWCharType().getAsOpaquePtr(); | |||
2017 | case eBasicTypeSignedWChar: | |||
2018 | return ast->getSignedWCharType().getAsOpaquePtr(); | |||
2019 | case eBasicTypeUnsignedWChar: | |||
2020 | return ast->getUnsignedWCharType().getAsOpaquePtr(); | |||
2021 | case eBasicTypeChar16: | |||
2022 | return ast->Char16Ty.getAsOpaquePtr(); | |||
2023 | case eBasicTypeChar32: | |||
2024 | return ast->Char32Ty.getAsOpaquePtr(); | |||
2025 | case eBasicTypeShort: | |||
2026 | return ast->ShortTy.getAsOpaquePtr(); | |||
2027 | case eBasicTypeUnsignedShort: | |||
2028 | return ast->UnsignedShortTy.getAsOpaquePtr(); | |||
2029 | case eBasicTypeInt: | |||
2030 | return ast->IntTy.getAsOpaquePtr(); | |||
2031 | case eBasicTypeUnsignedInt: | |||
2032 | return ast->UnsignedIntTy.getAsOpaquePtr(); | |||
2033 | case eBasicTypeLong: | |||
2034 | return ast->LongTy.getAsOpaquePtr(); | |||
2035 | case eBasicTypeUnsignedLong: | |||
2036 | return ast->UnsignedLongTy.getAsOpaquePtr(); | |||
2037 | case eBasicTypeLongLong: | |||
2038 | return ast->LongLongTy.getAsOpaquePtr(); | |||
2039 | case eBasicTypeUnsignedLongLong: | |||
2040 | return ast->UnsignedLongLongTy.getAsOpaquePtr(); | |||
2041 | case eBasicTypeInt128: | |||
2042 | return ast->Int128Ty.getAsOpaquePtr(); | |||
2043 | case eBasicTypeUnsignedInt128: | |||
2044 | return ast->UnsignedInt128Ty.getAsOpaquePtr(); | |||
2045 | case eBasicTypeBool: | |||
2046 | return ast->BoolTy.getAsOpaquePtr(); | |||
2047 | case eBasicTypeHalf: | |||
2048 | return ast->HalfTy.getAsOpaquePtr(); | |||
2049 | case eBasicTypeFloat: | |||
2050 | return ast->FloatTy.getAsOpaquePtr(); | |||
2051 | case eBasicTypeDouble: | |||
2052 | return ast->DoubleTy.getAsOpaquePtr(); | |||
2053 | case eBasicTypeLongDouble: | |||
2054 | return ast->LongDoubleTy.getAsOpaquePtr(); | |||
2055 | case eBasicTypeFloatComplex: | |||
2056 | return ast->FloatComplexTy.getAsOpaquePtr(); | |||
2057 | case eBasicTypeDoubleComplex: | |||
2058 | return ast->DoubleComplexTy.getAsOpaquePtr(); | |||
2059 | case eBasicTypeLongDoubleComplex: | |||
2060 | return ast->LongDoubleComplexTy.getAsOpaquePtr(); | |||
2061 | case eBasicTypeObjCID: | |||
2062 | return ast->getObjCIdType().getAsOpaquePtr(); | |||
2063 | case eBasicTypeObjCClass: | |||
2064 | return ast->getObjCClassType().getAsOpaquePtr(); | |||
2065 | case eBasicTypeObjCSel: | |||
2066 | return ast->getObjCSelType().getAsOpaquePtr(); | |||
2067 | case eBasicTypeNullPtr: | |||
2068 | return ast->NullPtrTy.getAsOpaquePtr(); | |||
2069 | default: | |||
2070 | return nullptr; | |||
2071 | } | |||
2072 | } | |||
2073 | ||||
2074 | #pragma mark Function Types | |||
2075 | ||||
2076 | clang::DeclarationName | |||
2077 | TypeSystemClang::GetDeclarationName(llvm::StringRef name, | |||
2078 | const CompilerType &function_clang_type) { | |||
2079 | clang::OverloadedOperatorKind op_kind = clang::NUM_OVERLOADED_OPERATORS; | |||
2080 | if (!IsOperator(name, op_kind) || op_kind == clang::NUM_OVERLOADED_OPERATORS) | |||
2081 | return DeclarationName(&getASTContext().Idents.get( | |||
2082 | name)); // Not operator, but a regular function. | |||
2083 | ||||
2084 | // Check the number of operator parameters. Sometimes we have seen bad DWARF | |||
2085 | // that doesn't correctly describe operators and if we try to create a method | |||
2086 | // and add it to the class, clang will assert and crash, so we need to make | |||
2087 | // sure things are acceptable. | |||
2088 | clang::QualType method_qual_type(ClangUtil::GetQualType(function_clang_type)); | |||
2089 | const clang::FunctionProtoType *function_type = | |||
2090 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::FunctionProtoType>(method_qual_type.getTypePtr()); | |||
2091 | if (function_type == nullptr) | |||
2092 | return clang::DeclarationName(); | |||
2093 | ||||
2094 | const bool is_method = false; | |||
2095 | const unsigned int num_params = function_type->getNumParams(); | |||
2096 | if (!TypeSystemClang::CheckOverloadedOperatorKindParameterCount( | |||
2097 | is_method, op_kind, num_params)) | |||
2098 | return clang::DeclarationName(); | |||
2099 | ||||
2100 | return getASTContext().DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(op_kind); | |||
2101 | } | |||
2102 | ||||
2103 | PrintingPolicy TypeSystemClang::GetTypePrintingPolicy() { | |||
2104 | clang::PrintingPolicy printing_policy(getASTContext().getPrintingPolicy()); | |||
2105 | printing_policy.SuppressTagKeyword = true; | |||
2106 | // Inline namespaces are important for some type formatters (e.g., libc++ | |||
2107 | // and libstdc++ are differentiated by their inline namespaces). | |||
2108 | printing_policy.SuppressInlineNamespace = false; | |||
2109 | printing_policy.SuppressUnwrittenScope = false; | |||
2110 | // Default arguments are also always important for type formatters. Otherwise | |||
2111 | // we would need to always specify two type names for the setups where we do | |||
2112 | // know the default arguments and where we don't know default arguments. | |||
2113 | // | |||
2114 | // For example, without this we would need to have formatters for both: | |||
2115 | // std::basic_string<char> | |||
2116 | // and | |||
2117 | // std::basic_string<char, std::char_traits<char>, std::allocator<char> > | |||
2118 | // to support setups where LLDB was able to reconstruct default arguments | |||
2119 | // (and we then would have suppressed them from the type name) and also setups | |||
2120 | // where LLDB wasn't able to reconstruct the default arguments. | |||
2121 | printing_policy.SuppressDefaultTemplateArgs = false; | |||
2122 | return printing_policy; | |||
2123 | } | |||
2124 | ||||
2125 | std::string TypeSystemClang::GetTypeNameForDecl(const NamedDecl *named_decl) { | |||
2126 | clang::PrintingPolicy printing_policy = GetTypePrintingPolicy(); | |||
2127 | std::string result; | |||
2128 | llvm::raw_string_ostream os(result); | |||
2129 | named_decl->printQualifiedName(os, printing_policy); | |||
2130 | return result; | |||
2131 | } | |||
2132 | ||||
2133 | FunctionDecl *TypeSystemClang::CreateFunctionDeclaration( | |||
2134 | clang::DeclContext *decl_ctx, OptionalClangModuleID owning_module, | |||
2135 | llvm::StringRef name, const CompilerType &function_clang_type, | |||
2136 | clang::StorageClass storage, bool is_inline) { | |||
2137 | FunctionDecl *func_decl = nullptr; | |||
2138 | ASTContext &ast = getASTContext(); | |||
2139 | if (!decl_ctx) | |||
2140 | decl_ctx = ast.getTranslationUnitDecl(); | |||
2141 | ||||
2142 | const bool hasWrittenPrototype = true; | |||
2143 | const bool isConstexprSpecified = false; | |||
2144 | ||||
2145 | clang::DeclarationName declarationName = | |||
2146 | GetDeclarationName(name, function_clang_type); | |||
2147 | func_decl = FunctionDecl::CreateDeserialized(ast, 0); | |||
2148 | func_decl->setDeclContext(decl_ctx); | |||
2149 | func_decl->setDeclName(declarationName); | |||
2150 | func_decl->setType(ClangUtil::GetQualType(function_clang_type)); | |||
2151 | func_decl->setStorageClass(storage); | |||
2152 | func_decl->setInlineSpecified(is_inline); | |||
2153 | func_decl->setHasWrittenPrototype(hasWrittenPrototype); | |||
2154 | func_decl->setConstexprKind(isConstexprSpecified | |||
2155 | ? ConstexprSpecKind::Constexpr | |||
2156 | : ConstexprSpecKind::Unspecified); | |||
2157 | SetOwningModule(func_decl, owning_module); | |||
2158 | if (func_decl) | |||
2159 | decl_ctx->addDecl(func_decl); | |||
2160 | ||||
2161 | VerifyDecl(func_decl); | |||
2162 | ||||
2163 | return func_decl; | |||
2164 | } | |||
2165 | ||||
2166 | CompilerType | |||
2167 | TypeSystemClang::CreateFunctionType(const CompilerType &result_type, | |||
2168 | const CompilerType *args, unsigned num_args, | |||
2169 | bool is_variadic, unsigned type_quals, | |||
2170 | clang::CallingConv cc) { | |||
2171 | if (!result_type || !ClangUtil::IsClangType(result_type)) | |||
2172 | return CompilerType(); // invalid return type | |||
2173 | ||||
2174 | std::vector<QualType> qual_type_args; | |||
2175 | if (num_args > 0 && args == nullptr) | |||
2176 | return CompilerType(); // invalid argument array passed in | |||
2177 | ||||
2178 | // Verify that all arguments are valid and the right type | |||
2179 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < num_args; ++i) { | |||
2180 | if (args[i]) { | |||
2181 | // Make sure we have a clang type in args[i] and not a type from another | |||
2182 | // language whose name might match | |||
2183 | const bool is_clang_type = ClangUtil::IsClangType(args[i]); | |||
2184 | lldbassert(is_clang_type)lldb_private::lldb_assert(static_cast<bool>(is_clang_type ), "is_clang_type", __FUNCTION__, "/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/liblldbPluginTypeSystem/../../../llvm/lldb/source/Plugins/TypeSystem/Clang/TypeSystemClang.cpp" , 2184); | |||
2185 | if (is_clang_type) | |||
2186 | qual_type_args.push_back(ClangUtil::GetQualType(args[i])); | |||
2187 | else | |||
2188 | return CompilerType(); // invalid argument type (must be a clang type) | |||
2189 | } else | |||
2190 | return CompilerType(); // invalid argument type (empty) | |||
2191 | } | |||
2192 | ||||
2193 | // TODO: Detect calling convention in DWARF? | |||
2194 | FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo proto_info; | |||
2195 | proto_info.ExtInfo = cc; | |||
2196 | proto_info.Variadic = is_variadic; | |||
2197 | proto_info.ExceptionSpec = EST_None; | |||
2198 | proto_info.TypeQuals = clang::Qualifiers::fromFastMask(type_quals); | |||
2199 | proto_info.RefQualifier = RQ_None; | |||
2200 | ||||
2201 | return GetType(getASTContext().getFunctionType( | |||
2202 | ClangUtil::GetQualType(result_type), qual_type_args, proto_info)); | |||
2203 | } | |||
2204 | ||||
2205 | ParmVarDecl *TypeSystemClang::CreateParameterDeclaration( | |||
2206 | clang::DeclContext *decl_ctx, OptionalClangModuleID owning_module, | |||
2207 | const char *name, const CompilerType ¶m_type, int storage, | |||
2208 | bool add_decl) { | |||
2209 | ASTContext &ast = getASTContext(); | |||
2210 | auto *decl = ParmVarDecl::CreateDeserialized(ast, 0); | |||
2211 | decl->setDeclContext(decl_ctx); | |||
2212 | if (name && name[0]) | |||
2213 | decl->setDeclName(&ast.Idents.get(name)); | |||
2214 | decl->setType(ClangUtil::GetQualType(param_type)); | |||
2215 | decl->setStorageClass(static_cast<clang::StorageClass>(storage)); | |||
2216 | SetOwningModule(decl, owning_module); | |||
2217 | if (add_decl) | |||
2218 | decl_ctx->addDecl(decl); | |||
2219 | ||||
2220 | return decl; | |||
2221 | } | |||
2222 | ||||
2223 | void TypeSystemClang::SetFunctionParameters( | |||
2224 | FunctionDecl *function_decl, llvm::ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> params) { | |||
2225 | if (function_decl) | |||
2226 | function_decl->setParams(params); | |||
2227 | } | |||
2228 | ||||
2229 | CompilerType | |||
2230 | TypeSystemClang::CreateBlockPointerType(const CompilerType &function_type) { | |||
2231 | QualType block_type = m_ast_up->getBlockPointerType( | |||
2232 | clang::QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(function_type.GetOpaqueQualType())); | |||
2233 | ||||
2234 | return GetType(block_type); | |||
2235 | } | |||
2236 | ||||
2237 | #pragma mark Array Types | |||
2238 | ||||
2239 | CompilerType TypeSystemClang::CreateArrayType(const CompilerType &element_type, | |||
2240 | size_t element_count, | |||
2241 | bool is_vector) { | |||
2242 | if (element_type.IsValid()) { | |||
2243 | ASTContext &ast = getASTContext(); | |||
2244 | ||||
2245 | if (is_vector) { | |||
2246 | return GetType(ast.getExtVectorType(ClangUtil::GetQualType(element_type), | |||
2247 | element_count)); | |||
2248 | } else { | |||
2249 | ||||
2250 | llvm::APInt ap_element_count(64, element_count); | |||
2251 | if (element_count == 0) { | |||
2252 | return GetType(ast.getIncompleteArrayType( | |||
2253 | ClangUtil::GetQualType(element_type), clang::ArrayType::Normal, 0)); | |||
2254 | } else { | |||
2255 | return GetType(ast.getConstantArrayType( | |||
2256 | ClangUtil::GetQualType(element_type), ap_element_count, nullptr, | |||
2257 | clang::ArrayType::Normal, 0)); | |||
2258 | } | |||
2259 | } | |||
2260 | } | |||
2261 | return CompilerType(); | |||
2262 | } | |||
2263 | ||||
2264 | CompilerType TypeSystemClang::CreateStructForIdentifier( | |||
2265 | ConstString type_name, | |||
2266 | const std::initializer_list<std::pair<const char *, CompilerType>> | |||
2267 | &type_fields, | |||
2268 | bool packed) { | |||
2269 | CompilerType type; | |||
2270 | if (!type_name.IsEmpty() && | |||
2271 | (type = GetTypeForIdentifier<clang::CXXRecordDecl>(type_name)) | |||
2272 | .IsValid()) { | |||
2273 | lldbassert(0 && "Trying to create a type for an existing name")lldb_private::lldb_assert(static_cast<bool>(0 && "Trying to create a type for an existing name"), "0 && \"Trying to create a type for an existing name\"" , __FUNCTION__, "/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/liblldbPluginTypeSystem/../../../llvm/lldb/source/Plugins/TypeSystem/Clang/TypeSystemClang.cpp" , 2273); | |||
2274 | return type; | |||
2275 | } | |||
2276 | ||||
2277 | type = CreateRecordType(nullptr, OptionalClangModuleID(), lldb::eAccessPublic, | |||
2278 | type_name.GetCString(), clang::TTK_Struct, | |||
2279 | lldb::eLanguageTypeC); | |||
2280 | StartTagDeclarationDefinition(type); | |||
2281 | for (const auto &field : type_fields) | |||
2282 | AddFieldToRecordType(type, field.first, field.second, lldb::eAccessPublic, | |||
2283 | 0); | |||
2284 | if (packed) | |||
2285 | SetIsPacked(type); | |||
2286 | CompleteTagDeclarationDefinition(type); | |||
2287 | return type; | |||
2288 | } | |||
2289 | ||||
2290 | CompilerType TypeSystemClang::GetOrCreateStructForIdentifier( | |||
2291 | ConstString type_name, | |||
2292 | const std::initializer_list<std::pair<const char *, CompilerType>> | |||
2293 | &type_fields, | |||
2294 | bool packed) { | |||
2295 | CompilerType type; | |||
2296 | if ((type = GetTypeForIdentifier<clang::CXXRecordDecl>(type_name)).IsValid()) | |||
2297 | return type; | |||
2298 | ||||
2299 | return CreateStructForIdentifier(type_name, type_fields, packed); | |||
2300 | } | |||
2301 | ||||
2302 | #pragma mark Enumeration Types | |||
2303 | ||||
2304 | CompilerType TypeSystemClang::CreateEnumerationType( | |||
2305 | const char *name, clang::DeclContext *decl_ctx, | |||
2306 | OptionalClangModuleID owning_module, const Declaration &decl, | |||
2307 | const CompilerType &integer_clang_type, bool is_scoped) { | |||
2308 | // TODO: Do something intelligent with the Declaration object passed in | |||
2309 | // like maybe filling in the SourceLocation with it... | |||
2310 | ASTContext &ast = getASTContext(); | |||
2311 | ||||
2312 | // TODO: ask about these... | |||
2313 | // const bool IsFixed = false; | |||
2314 | EnumDecl *enum_decl = EnumDecl::CreateDeserialized(ast, 0); | |||
2315 | enum_decl->setDeclContext(decl_ctx); | |||
2316 | if (name && name[0]) | |||
2317 | enum_decl->setDeclName(&ast.Idents.get(name)); | |||
2318 | enum_decl->setScoped(is_scoped); | |||
2319 | enum_decl->setScopedUsingClassTag(is_scoped); | |||
2320 | enum_decl->setFixed(false); | |||
2321 | SetOwningModule(enum_decl, owning_module); | |||
2322 | if (enum_decl) { | |||
2323 | if (decl_ctx) | |||
2324 | decl_ctx->addDecl(enum_decl); | |||
2325 | ||||
2326 | // TODO: check if we should be setting the promotion type too? | |||
2327 | enum_decl->setIntegerType(ClangUtil::GetQualType(integer_clang_type)); | |||
2328 | ||||
2329 | enum_decl->setAccess(AS_public); // TODO respect what's in the debug info | |||
2330 | ||||
2331 | return GetType(ast.getTagDeclType(enum_decl)); | |||
2332 | } | |||
2333 | return CompilerType(); | |||
2334 | } | |||
2335 | ||||
2336 | CompilerType TypeSystemClang::GetIntTypeFromBitSize(size_t bit_size, | |||
2337 | bool is_signed) { | |||
2338 | clang::ASTContext &ast = getASTContext(); | |||
2339 | ||||
2340 | if (is_signed) { | |||
2341 | if (bit_size == ast.getTypeSize(ast.SignedCharTy)) | |||
2342 | return GetType(ast.SignedCharTy); | |||
2343 | ||||
2344 | if (bit_size == ast.getTypeSize(ast.ShortTy)) | |||
2345 | return GetType(ast.ShortTy); | |||
2346 | ||||
2347 | if (bit_size == ast.getTypeSize(ast.IntTy)) | |||
2348 | return GetType(ast.IntTy); | |||
2349 | ||||
2350 | if (bit_size == ast.getTypeSize(ast.LongTy)) | |||
2351 | return GetType(ast.LongTy); | |||
2352 | ||||
2353 | if (bit_size == ast.getTypeSize(ast.LongLongTy)) | |||
2354 | return GetType(ast.LongLongTy); | |||
2355 | ||||
2356 | if (bit_size == ast.getTypeSize(ast.Int128Ty)) | |||
2357 | return GetType(ast.Int128Ty); | |||
2358 | } else { | |||
2359 | if (bit_size == ast.getTypeSize(ast.UnsignedCharTy)) | |||
2360 | return GetType(ast.UnsignedCharTy); | |||
2361 | ||||
2362 | if (bit_size == ast.getTypeSize(ast.UnsignedShortTy)) | |||
2363 | return GetType(ast.UnsignedShortTy); | |||
2364 | ||||
2365 | if (bit_size == ast.getTypeSize(ast.UnsignedIntTy)) | |||
2366 | return GetType(ast.UnsignedIntTy); | |||
2367 | ||||
2368 | if (bit_size == ast.getTypeSize(ast.UnsignedLongTy)) | |||
2369 | return GetType(ast.UnsignedLongTy); | |||
2370 | ||||
2371 | if (bit_size == ast.getTypeSize(ast.UnsignedLongLongTy)) | |||
2372 | return GetType(ast.UnsignedLongLongTy); | |||
2373 | ||||
2374 | if (bit_size == ast.getTypeSize(ast.UnsignedInt128Ty)) | |||
2375 | return GetType(ast.UnsignedInt128Ty); | |||
2376 | } | |||
2377 | return CompilerType(); | |||
2378 | } | |||
2379 | ||||
2380 | CompilerType TypeSystemClang::GetPointerSizedIntType(bool is_signed) { | |||
2381 | return GetIntTypeFromBitSize( | |||
2382 | getASTContext().getTypeSize(getASTContext().VoidPtrTy), is_signed); | |||
2383 | } | |||
2384 | ||||
2385 | void TypeSystemClang::DumpDeclContextHiearchy(clang::DeclContext *decl_ctx) { | |||
2386 | if (decl_ctx) { | |||
2387 | DumpDeclContextHiearchy(decl_ctx->getParent()); | |||
2388 | ||||
2389 | clang::NamedDecl *named_decl = llvm::dyn_cast<clang::NamedDecl>(decl_ctx); | |||
2390 | if (named_decl) { | |||
2391 | printf("%20s: %s\n", decl_ctx->getDeclKindName(), | |||
2392 | named_decl->getDeclName().getAsString().c_str()); | |||
2393 | } else { | |||
2394 | printf("%20s\n", decl_ctx->getDeclKindName()); | |||
2395 | } | |||
2396 | } | |||
2397 | } | |||
2398 | ||||
2399 | void TypeSystemClang::DumpDeclHiearchy(clang::Decl *decl) { | |||
2400 | if (decl == nullptr) | |||
2401 | return; | |||
2402 | DumpDeclContextHiearchy(decl->getDeclContext()); | |||
2403 | ||||
2404 | clang::RecordDecl *record_decl = llvm::dyn_cast<clang::RecordDecl>(decl); | |||
2405 | if (record_decl) { | |||
2406 | printf("%20s: %s%s\n", decl->getDeclKindName(), | |||
2407 | record_decl->getDeclName().getAsString().c_str(), | |||
2408 | record_decl->isInjectedClassName() ? " (injected class name)" : ""); | |||
2409 | ||||
2410 | } else { | |||
2411 | clang::NamedDecl *named_decl = llvm::dyn_cast<clang::NamedDecl>(decl); | |||
2412 | if (named_decl) { | |||
2413 | printf("%20s: %s\n", decl->getDeclKindName(), | |||
2414 | named_decl->getDeclName().getAsString().c_str()); | |||
2415 | } else { | |||
2416 | printf("%20s\n", decl->getDeclKindName()); | |||
2417 | } | |||
2418 | } | |||
2419 | } | |||
2420 | ||||
2421 | bool TypeSystemClang::DeclsAreEquivalent(clang::Decl *lhs_decl, | |||
2422 | clang::Decl *rhs_decl) { | |||
2423 | if (lhs_decl && rhs_decl) { | |||
2424 | // Make sure the decl kinds match first | |||
2425 | const clang::Decl::Kind lhs_decl_kind = lhs_decl->getKind(); | |||
2426 | const clang::Decl::Kind rhs_decl_kind = rhs_decl->getKind(); | |||
2427 | ||||
2428 | if (lhs_decl_kind == rhs_decl_kind) { | |||
2429 | // Now check that the decl contexts kinds are all equivalent before we | |||
2430 | // have to check any names of the decl contexts... | |||
2431 | clang::DeclContext *lhs_decl_ctx = lhs_decl->getDeclContext(); | |||
2432 | clang::DeclContext *rhs_decl_ctx = rhs_decl->getDeclContext(); | |||
2433 | if (lhs_decl_ctx && rhs_decl_ctx) { | |||
2434 | while (true) { | |||
2435 | if (lhs_decl_ctx && rhs_decl_ctx) { | |||
2436 | const clang::Decl::Kind lhs_decl_ctx_kind = | |||
2437 | lhs_decl_ctx->getDeclKind(); | |||
2438 | const clang::Decl::Kind rhs_decl_ctx_kind = | |||
2439 | rhs_decl_ctx->getDeclKind(); | |||
2440 | if (lhs_decl_ctx_kind == rhs_decl_ctx_kind) { | |||
2441 | lhs_decl_ctx = lhs_decl_ctx->getParent(); | |||
2442 | rhs_decl_ctx = rhs_decl_ctx->getParent(); | |||
2443 | ||||
2444 | if (lhs_decl_ctx == nullptr && rhs_decl_ctx == nullptr) | |||
2445 | break; | |||
2446 | } else | |||
2447 | return false; | |||
2448 | } else | |||
2449 | return false; | |||
2450 | } | |||
2451 | ||||
2452 | // Now make sure the name of the decls match | |||
2453 | clang::NamedDecl *lhs_named_decl = | |||
2454 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::NamedDecl>(lhs_decl); | |||
2455 | clang::NamedDecl *rhs_named_decl = | |||
2456 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::NamedDecl>(rhs_decl); | |||
2457 | if (lhs_named_decl && rhs_named_decl) { | |||
2458 | clang::DeclarationName lhs_decl_name = lhs_named_decl->getDeclName(); | |||
2459 | clang::DeclarationName rhs_decl_name = rhs_named_decl->getDeclName(); | |||
2460 | if (lhs_decl_name.getNameKind() == rhs_decl_name.getNameKind()) { | |||
2461 | if (lhs_decl_name.getAsString() != rhs_decl_name.getAsString()) | |||
2462 | return false; | |||
2463 | } else | |||
2464 | return false; | |||
2465 | } else | |||
2466 | return false; | |||
2467 | ||||
2468 | // We know that the decl context kinds all match, so now we need to | |||
2469 | // make sure the names match as well | |||
2470 | lhs_decl_ctx = lhs_decl->getDeclContext(); | |||
2471 | rhs_decl_ctx = rhs_decl->getDeclContext(); | |||
2472 | while (true) { | |||
2473 | switch (lhs_decl_ctx->getDeclKind()) { | |||
2474 | case clang::Decl::TranslationUnit: | |||
2475 | // We don't care about the translation unit names | |||
2476 | return true; | |||
2477 | default: { | |||
2478 | clang::NamedDecl *lhs_named_decl = | |||
2479 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::NamedDecl>(lhs_decl_ctx); | |||
2480 | clang::NamedDecl *rhs_named_decl = | |||
2481 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::NamedDecl>(rhs_decl_ctx); | |||
2482 | if (lhs_named_decl && rhs_named_decl) { | |||
2483 | clang::DeclarationName lhs_decl_name = | |||
2484 | lhs_named_decl->getDeclName(); | |||
2485 | clang::DeclarationName rhs_decl_name = | |||
2486 | rhs_named_decl->getDeclName(); | |||
2487 | if (lhs_decl_name.getNameKind() == rhs_decl_name.getNameKind()) { | |||
2488 | if (lhs_decl_name.getAsString() != rhs_decl_name.getAsString()) | |||
2489 | return false; | |||
2490 | } else | |||
2491 | return false; | |||
2492 | } else | |||
2493 | return false; | |||
2494 | } break; | |||
2495 | } | |||
2496 | lhs_decl_ctx = lhs_decl_ctx->getParent(); | |||
2497 | rhs_decl_ctx = rhs_decl_ctx->getParent(); | |||
2498 | } | |||
2499 | } | |||
2500 | } | |||
2501 | } | |||
2502 | return false; | |||
2503 | } | |||
2504 | bool TypeSystemClang::GetCompleteDecl(clang::ASTContext *ast, | |||
2505 | clang::Decl *decl) { | |||
2506 | if (!decl) | |||
2507 | return false; | |||
2508 | ||||
2509 | ExternalASTSource *ast_source = ast->getExternalSource(); | |||
2510 | ||||
2511 | if (!ast_source) | |||
2512 | return false; | |||
2513 | ||||
2514 | if (clang::TagDecl *tag_decl = llvm::dyn_cast<clang::TagDecl>(decl)) { | |||
2515 | if (tag_decl->isCompleteDefinition()) | |||
2516 | return true; | |||
2517 | ||||
2518 | if (!tag_decl->hasExternalLexicalStorage()) | |||
2519 | return false; | |||
2520 | ||||
2521 | ast_source->CompleteType(tag_decl); | |||
2522 | ||||
2523 | return !tag_decl->getTypeForDecl()->isIncompleteType(); | |||
2524 | } else if (clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *objc_interface_decl = | |||
2525 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl>(decl)) { | |||
2526 | if (objc_interface_decl->getDefinition()) | |||
2527 | return true; | |||
2528 | ||||
2529 | if (!objc_interface_decl->hasExternalLexicalStorage()) | |||
2530 | return false; | |||
2531 | ||||
2532 | ast_source->CompleteType(objc_interface_decl); | |||
2533 | ||||
2534 | return !objc_interface_decl->getTypeForDecl()->isIncompleteType(); | |||
2535 | } else { | |||
2536 | return false; | |||
2537 | } | |||
2538 | } | |||
2539 | ||||
2540 | void TypeSystemClang::SetMetadataAsUserID(const clang::Decl *decl, | |||
2541 | user_id_t user_id) { | |||
2542 | ClangASTMetadata meta_data; | |||
2543 | meta_data.SetUserID(user_id); | |||
2544 | SetMetadata(decl, meta_data); | |||
2545 | } | |||
2546 | ||||
2547 | void TypeSystemClang::SetMetadataAsUserID(const clang::Type *type, | |||
2548 | user_id_t user_id) { | |||
2549 | ClangASTMetadata meta_data; | |||
2550 | meta_data.SetUserID(user_id); | |||
2551 | SetMetadata(type, meta_data); | |||
2552 | } | |||
2553 | ||||
2554 | void TypeSystemClang::SetMetadata(const clang::Decl *object, | |||
2555 | ClangASTMetadata &metadata) { | |||
2556 | m_decl_metadata[object] = metadata; | |||
2557 | } | |||
2558 | ||||
2559 | void TypeSystemClang::SetMetadata(const clang::Type *object, | |||
2560 | ClangASTMetadata &metadata) { | |||
2561 | m_type_metadata[object] = metadata; | |||
2562 | } | |||
2563 | ||||
2564 | ClangASTMetadata *TypeSystemClang::GetMetadata(const clang::Decl *object) { | |||
2565 | auto It = m_decl_metadata.find(object); | |||
2566 | if (It != m_decl_metadata.end()) | |||
2567 | return &It->second; | |||
2568 | return nullptr; | |||
2569 | } | |||
2570 | ||||
2571 | ClangASTMetadata *TypeSystemClang::GetMetadata(const clang::Type *object) { | |||
2572 | auto It = m_type_metadata.find(object); | |||
2573 | if (It != m_type_metadata.end()) | |||
2574 | return &It->second; | |||
2575 | return nullptr; | |||
2576 | } | |||
2577 | ||||
2578 | clang::DeclContext * | |||
2579 | TypeSystemClang::GetDeclContextForType(const CompilerType &type) { | |||
2580 | return GetDeclContextForType(ClangUtil::GetQualType(type)); | |||
2581 | } | |||
2582 | ||||
2583 | /// Aggressively desugar the provided type, skipping past various kinds of | |||
2584 | /// syntactic sugar and other constructs one typically wants to ignore. | |||
2585 | /// The \p mask argument allows one to skip certain kinds of simplifications, | |||
2586 | /// when one wishes to handle a certain kind of type directly. | |||
2587 | static QualType | |||
2588 | RemoveWrappingTypes(QualType type, ArrayRef<clang::Type::TypeClass> mask = {}) { | |||
2589 | while (true) { | |||
2590 | if (find(mask, type->getTypeClass()) != mask.end()) | |||
2591 | return type; | |||
2592 | switch (type->getTypeClass()) { | |||
2593 | // This is not fully correct as _Atomic is more than sugar, but it is | |||
2594 | // sufficient for the purposes we care about. | |||
2595 | case clang::Type::Atomic: | |||
2596 | type = cast<clang::AtomicType>(type)->getValueType(); | |||
2597 | break; | |||
2598 | case clang::Type::Auto: | |||
2599 | case clang::Type::Decltype: | |||
2600 | case clang::Type::Elaborated: | |||
2601 | case clang::Type::Paren: | |||
2602 | case clang::Type::SubstTemplateTypeParm: | |||
2603 | case clang::Type::TemplateSpecialization: | |||
2604 | case clang::Type::Typedef: | |||
2605 | case clang::Type::TypeOf: | |||
2606 | case clang::Type::TypeOfExpr: | |||
2607 | type = type->getLocallyUnqualifiedSingleStepDesugaredType(); | |||
2608 | break; | |||
2609 | default: | |||
2610 | return type; | |||
2611 | } | |||
2612 | } | |||
2613 | } | |||
2614 | ||||
2615 | clang::DeclContext * | |||
2616 | TypeSystemClang::GetDeclContextForType(clang::QualType type) { | |||
2617 | if (type.isNull()) | |||
2618 | return nullptr; | |||
2619 | ||||
2620 | clang::QualType qual_type = RemoveWrappingTypes(type.getCanonicalType()); | |||
2621 | const clang::Type::TypeClass type_class = qual_type->getTypeClass(); | |||
2622 | switch (type_class) { | |||
2623 | case clang::Type::ObjCInterface: | |||
2624 | return llvm::cast<clang::ObjCObjectType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()) | |||
2625 | ->getInterface(); | |||
2626 | case clang::Type::ObjCObjectPointer: | |||
2627 | return GetDeclContextForType( | |||
2628 | llvm::cast<clang::ObjCObjectPointerType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()) | |||
2629 | ->getPointeeType()); | |||
2630 | case clang::Type::Record: | |||
2631 | return llvm::cast<clang::RecordType>(qual_type)->getDecl(); | |||
2632 | case clang::Type::Enum: | |||
2633 | return llvm::cast<clang::EnumType>(qual_type)->getDecl(); | |||
2634 | default: | |||
2635 | break; | |||
2636 | } | |||
2637 | // No DeclContext in this type... | |||
2638 | return nullptr; | |||
2639 | } | |||
2640 | ||||
2641 | static bool GetCompleteQualType(clang::ASTContext *ast, | |||
2642 | clang::QualType qual_type, | |||
2643 | bool allow_completion = true) { | |||
2644 | qual_type = RemoveWrappingTypes(qual_type); | |||
2645 | const clang::Type::TypeClass type_class = qual_type->getTypeClass(); | |||
2646 | switch (type_class) { | |||
2647 | case clang::Type::ConstantArray: | |||
2648 | case clang::Type::IncompleteArray: | |||
2649 | case clang::Type::VariableArray: { | |||
2650 | const clang::ArrayType *array_type = | |||
2651 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::ArrayType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | |||
2652 | ||||
2653 | if (array_type) | |||
2654 | return GetCompleteQualType(ast, array_type->getElementType(), | |||
2655 | allow_completion); | |||
2656 | } break; | |||
2657 | case clang::Type::Record: { | |||
2658 | clang::CXXRecordDecl *cxx_record_decl = qual_type->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); | |||
2659 | if (cxx_record_decl) { | |||
2660 | if (cxx_record_decl->hasExternalLexicalStorage()) { | |||
2661 | const bool is_complete = cxx_record_decl->isCompleteDefinition(); | |||
2662 | const bool fields_loaded = | |||
2663 | cxx_record_decl->hasLoadedFieldsFromExternalStorage(); | |||
2664 | if (is_complete && fields_loaded) | |||
2665 | return true; | |||
2666 | ||||
2667 | if (!allow_completion) | |||
2668 | return false; | |||
2669 | ||||
2670 | // Call the field_begin() accessor to for it to use the external source | |||
2671 | // to load the fields... | |||
2672 | clang::ExternalASTSource *external_ast_source = | |||
2673 | ast->getExternalSource(); | |||
2674 | if (external_ast_source) { | |||
2675 | external_ast_source->CompleteType(cxx_record_decl); | |||
2676 | if (cxx_record_decl->isCompleteDefinition()) { | |||
2677 | cxx_record_decl->field_begin(); | |||
2678 | cxx_record_decl->setHasLoadedFieldsFromExternalStorage(true); | |||
2679 | } | |||
2680 | } | |||
2681 | } | |||
2682 | } | |||
2683 | const clang::TagType *tag_type = | |||
2684 | llvm::cast<clang::TagType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | |||
2685 | return !tag_type->isIncompleteType(); | |||
2686 | } break; | |||
2687 | ||||
2688 | case clang::Type::Enum: { | |||
2689 | const clang::TagType *tag_type = | |||
2690 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::TagType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | |||
2691 | if (tag_type) { | |||
2692 | clang::TagDecl *tag_decl = tag_type->getDecl(); | |||
2693 | if (tag_decl) { | |||
2694 | if (tag_decl->getDefinition()) | |||
2695 | return true; | |||
2696 | ||||
2697 | if (!allow_completion) | |||
2698 | return false; | |||
2699 | ||||
2700 | if (tag_decl->hasExternalLexicalStorage()) { | |||
2701 | if (ast) { | |||
2702 | clang::ExternalASTSource *external_ast_source = | |||
2703 | ast->getExternalSource(); | |||
2704 | if (external_ast_source) { | |||
2705 | external_ast_source->CompleteType(tag_decl); | |||
2706 | return !tag_type->isIncompleteType(); | |||
2707 | } | |||
2708 | } | |||
2709 | } | |||
2710 | return false; | |||
2711 | } | |||
2712 | } | |||
2713 | ||||
2714 | } break; | |||
2715 | case clang::Type::ObjCObject: | |||
2716 | case clang::Type::ObjCInterface: { | |||
2717 | const clang::ObjCObjectType *objc_class_type = | |||
2718 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::ObjCObjectType>(qual_type); | |||
2719 | if (objc_class_type) { | |||
2720 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *class_interface_decl = | |||
2721 | objc_class_type->getInterface(); | |||
2722 | // We currently can't complete objective C types through the newly added | |||
2723 | // ASTContext because it only supports TagDecl objects right now... | |||
2724 | if (class_interface_decl) { | |||
2725 | if (class_interface_decl->getDefinition()) | |||
2726 | return true; | |||
2727 | ||||
2728 | if (!allow_completion) | |||
2729 | return false; | |||
2730 | ||||
2731 | if (class_interface_decl->hasExternalLexicalStorage()) { | |||
2732 | if (ast) { | |||
2733 | clang::ExternalASTSource *external_ast_source = | |||
2734 | ast->getExternalSource(); | |||
2735 | if (external_ast_source) { | |||
2736 | external_ast_source->CompleteType(class_interface_decl); | |||
2737 | return !objc_class_type->isIncompleteType(); | |||
2738 | } | |||
2739 | } | |||
2740 | } | |||
2741 | return false; | |||
2742 | } | |||
2743 | } | |||
2744 | } break; | |||
2745 | ||||
2746 | case clang::Type::Attributed: | |||
2747 | return GetCompleteQualType( | |||
2748 | ast, llvm::cast<clang::AttributedType>(qual_type)->getModifiedType(), | |||
2749 | allow_completion); | |||
2750 | ||||
2751 | default: | |||
2752 | break; | |||
2753 | } | |||
2754 | ||||
2755 | return true; | |||
2756 | } | |||
2757 | ||||
2758 | static clang::ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl | |||
2759 | ConvertAccessTypeToObjCIvarAccessControl(AccessType access) { | |||
2760 | switch (access) { | |||
2761 | case eAccessNone: | |||
2762 | return clang::ObjCIvarDecl::None; | |||
2763 | case eAccessPublic: | |||
2764 | return clang::ObjCIvarDecl::Public; | |||
2765 | case eAccessPrivate: | |||
2766 | return clang::ObjCIvarDecl::Private; | |||
2767 | case eAccessProtected: | |||
2768 | return clang::ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; | |||
2769 | case eAccessPackage: | |||
2770 | return clang::ObjCIvarDecl::Package; | |||
2771 | } | |||
2772 | return clang::ObjCIvarDecl::None; | |||
2773 | } | |||
2774 | ||||
2775 | // Tests | |||
2776 | ||||
2777 | #ifndef NDEBUG1 | |||
2778 | bool TypeSystemClang::Verify(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | |||
2779 | return !type || llvm::isa<clang::Type>(GetQualType(type).getTypePtr()); | |||
2780 | } | |||
2781 | #endif | |||
2782 | ||||
2783 | bool TypeSystemClang::IsAggregateType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | |||
2784 | clang::QualType qual_type(RemoveWrappingTypes(GetCanonicalQualType(type))); | |||
2785 | ||||
2786 | const clang::Type::TypeClass type_class = qual_type->getTypeClass(); | |||
2787 | switch (type_class) { | |||
2788 | case clang::Type::IncompleteArray: | |||
2789 | case clang::Type::VariableArray: | |||
2790 | case clang::Type::ConstantArray: | |||
2791 | case clang::Type::ExtVector: | |||
2792 | case clang::Type::Vector: | |||
2793 | case clang::Type::Record: | |||
2794 | case clang::Type::ObjCObject: | |||
2795 | case clang::Type::ObjCInterface: | |||
2796 | return true; | |||
2797 | default: | |||
2798 | break; | |||
2799 | } | |||
2800 | // The clang type does have a value | |||
2801 | return false; | |||
2802 | } | |||
2803 | ||||
2804 | bool TypeSystemClang::IsAnonymousType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | |||
2805 | clang::QualType qual_type(RemoveWrappingTypes(GetCanonicalQualType(type))); | |||
2806 | ||||
2807 | const clang::Type::TypeClass type_class = qual_type->getTypeClass(); | |||
2808 | switch (type_class) { | |||
2809 | case clang::Type::Record: { | |||
2810 | if (const clang::RecordType *record_type = | |||
2811 | llvm::dyn_cast_or_null<clang::RecordType>( | |||
2812 | qual_type.getTypePtrOrNull())) { | |||
2813 | if (const clang::RecordDecl *record_decl = record_type->getDecl()) { | |||
2814 | return record_decl->isAnonymousStructOrUnion(); | |||
2815 | } | |||
2816 | } | |||
2817 | break; | |||
2818 | } | |||
2819 | default: | |||
2820 | break; | |||
2821 | } | |||
2822 | // The clang type does have a value | |||
2823 | return false; | |||
2824 | } | |||
2825 | ||||
2826 | bool TypeSystemClang::IsArrayType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, | |||
2827 | CompilerType *element_type_ptr, | |||
2828 | uint64_t *size, bool *is_incomplete) { | |||
2829 | clang::QualType qual_type(RemoveWrappingTypes(GetCanonicalQualType(type))); | |||
2830 | ||||
2831 | const clang::Type::TypeClass type_class = qual_type->getTypeClass(); | |||
2832 | switch (type_class) { | |||
2833 | default: | |||
2834 | break; | |||
2835 | ||||
2836 | case clang::Type::ConstantArray: | |||
2837 | if (element_type_ptr) | |||
2838 | element_type_ptr->SetCompilerType( | |||
2839 | this, llvm::cast<clang::ConstantArrayType>(qual_type) | |||
2840 | ->getElementType() | |||
2841 | .getAsOpaquePtr()); | |||
2842 | if (size) | |||
2843 | *size = llvm::cast<clang::ConstantArrayType>(qual_type) | |||
2844 | ->getSize() | |||
2845 | .getLimitedValue(ULLONG_MAX(9223372036854775807LL*2ULL+1ULL)); | |||
2846 | if (is_incomplete) | |||
2847 | *is_incomplete = false; | |||
2848 | return true; | |||
2849 | ||||
2850 | case clang::Type::IncompleteArray: | |||
2851 | if (element_type_ptr) | |||
2852 | element_type_ptr->SetCompilerType( | |||
2853 | this, llvm::cast<clang::IncompleteArrayType>(qual_type) | |||
2854 | ->getElementType() | |||
2855 | .getAsOpaquePtr()); | |||
2856 | if (size) | |||
2857 | *size = 0; | |||
2858 | if (is_incomplete) | |||
2859 | *is_incomplete = true; | |||
2860 | return true; | |||
2861 | ||||
2862 | case clang::Type::VariableArray: | |||
2863 | if (element_type_ptr) | |||
2864 | element_type_ptr->SetCompilerType( | |||
2865 | this, llvm::cast<clang::VariableArrayType>(qual_type) | |||
2866 | ->getElementType() | |||
2867 | .getAsOpaquePtr()); | |||
2868 | if (size) | |||
2869 | *size = 0; | |||
2870 | if (is_incomplete) | |||
2871 | *is_incomplete = false; | |||
2872 | return true; | |||
2873 | ||||
2874 | case clang::Type::DependentSizedArray: | |||
2875 | if (element_type_ptr) | |||
2876 | element_type_ptr->SetCompilerType( | |||
2877 | this, llvm::cast<clang::DependentSizedArrayType>(qual_type) | |||
2878 | ->getElementType() | |||
2879 | .getAsOpaquePtr()); | |||
2880 | if (size) | |||
2881 | *size = 0; | |||
2882 | if (is_incomplete) | |||
2883 | *is_incomplete = false; | |||
2884 | return true; | |||
2885 | } | |||
2886 | if (element_type_ptr) | |||
2887 | element_type_ptr->Clear(); | |||
2888 | if (size) | |||
2889 | *size = 0; | |||
2890 | if (is_incomplete) | |||
2891 | *is_incomplete = false; | |||
2892 | return false; | |||
2893 | } | |||
2894 | ||||
2895 | bool TypeSystemClang::IsVectorType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, | |||
2896 | CompilerType *element_type, uint64_t *size) { | |||
2897 | clang::QualType qual_type(GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | |||
2898 | ||||
2899 | const clang::Type::TypeClass type_class = qual_type->getTypeClass(); | |||
2900 | switch (type_class) { | |||
2901 | case clang::Type::Vector: { | |||
2902 | const clang::VectorType *vector_type = | |||
2903 | qual_type->getAs<clang::VectorType>(); | |||
2904 | if (vector_type) { | |||
2905 | if (size) | |||
2906 | *size = vector_type->getNumElements(); | |||
2907 | if (element_type) | |||
2908 | *element_type = GetType(vector_type->getElementType()); | |||
2909 | } | |||
2910 | return true; | |||
2911 | } break; | |||
2912 | case clang::Type::ExtVector: { | |||
2913 | const clang::ExtVectorType *ext_vector_type = | |||
2914 | qual_type->getAs<clang::ExtVectorType>(); | |||
2915 | if (ext_vector_type) { | |||
2916 | if (size) | |||
2917 | *size = ext_vector_type->getNumElements(); | |||
2918 | if (element_type) | |||
2919 | *element_type = | |||
2920 | CompilerType(this, ext_vector_type->getElementType().getAsOpaquePtr()); | |||
2921 | } | |||
2922 | return true; | |||
2923 | } | |||
2924 | default: | |||
2925 | break; | |||
2926 | } | |||
2927 | return false; | |||
2928 | } | |||
2929 | ||||
2930 | bool TypeSystemClang::IsRuntimeGeneratedType( | |||
2931 | lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | |||
2932 | clang::DeclContext *decl_ctx = GetDeclContextForType(GetQualType(type)); | |||
2933 | if (!decl_ctx) | |||
2934 | return false; | |||
2935 | ||||
2936 | if (!llvm::isa<clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl>(decl_ctx)) | |||
2937 | return false; | |||
2938 | ||||
2939 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *result_iface_decl = | |||
2940 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl>(decl_ctx); | |||
2941 | ||||
2942 | ClangASTMetadata *ast_metadata = GetMetadata(result_iface_decl); | |||
2943 | if (!ast_metadata) | |||
2944 | return false; | |||
2945 | return (ast_metadata->GetISAPtr() != 0); | |||
2946 | } | |||
2947 | ||||
2948 | bool TypeSystemClang::IsCharType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | |||
2949 | return GetQualType(type).getUnqualifiedType()->isCharType(); | |||
2950 | } | |||
2951 | ||||
2952 | bool TypeSystemClang::IsCompleteType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | |||
2953 | const bool allow_completion = false; | |||
2954 | return GetCompleteQualType(&getASTContext(), GetQualType(type), | |||
2955 | allow_completion); | |||
2956 | } | |||
2957 | ||||
2958 | bool TypeSystemClang::IsConst(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | |||
2959 | return GetQualType(type).isConstQualified(); | |||
2960 | } | |||
2961 | ||||
2962 | bool TypeSystemClang::IsCStringType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, | |||
2963 | uint32_t &length) { | |||
2964 | CompilerType pointee_or_element_clang_type; | |||
2965 | length = 0; | |||
2966 | Flags type_flags(GetTypeInfo(type, &pointee_or_element_clang_type)); | |||
2967 | ||||
2968 | if (!pointee_or_element_clang_type.IsValid()) | |||
2969 | return false; | |||
2970 | ||||
2971 | if (type_flags.AnySet(eTypeIsArray | eTypeIsPointer)) { | |||
2972 | if (pointee_or_element_clang_type.IsCharType()) { | |||
2973 | if (type_flags.Test(eTypeIsArray)) { | |||
2974 | // We know the size of the array and it could be a C string since it is | |||
2975 | // an array of characters | |||
2976 | length = llvm::cast<clang::ConstantArrayType>( | |||
2977 | GetCanonicalQualType(type).getTypePtr()) | |||
2978 | ->getSize() | |||
2979 | .getLimitedValue(); | |||
2980 | } | |||
2981 | return true; | |||
2982 | } | |||
2983 | } | |||
2984 | return false; | |||
2985 | } | |||
2986 | ||||
2987 | bool TypeSystemClang::IsFunctionType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | |||
2988 | if (type) { | |||
2989 | clang::QualType qual_type = RemoveWrappingTypes(GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | |||
2990 | ||||
2991 | if (qual_type->isFunctionType()) { | |||
2992 | return true; | |||
2993 | } | |||
2994 | ||||
2995 | const clang::Type::TypeClass type_class = qual_type->getTypeClass(); | |||
2996 | switch (type_class) { | |||
2997 | default: | |||
2998 | break; | |||
2999 | case clang::Type::LValueReference: | |||
3000 | case clang::Type::RValueReference: { | |||
3001 | const clang::ReferenceType *reference_type = | |||
3002 | llvm::cast<clang::ReferenceType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | |||
3003 | if (reference_type) | |||
3004 | return IsFunctionType( | |||
3005 | reference_type->getPointeeType().getAsOpaquePtr()); | |||
3006 | } break; | |||
3007 | } | |||
3008 | } | |||
3009 | return false; | |||
3010 | } | |||
3011 | ||||
3012 | // Used to detect "Homogeneous Floating-point Aggregates" | |||
3013 | uint32_t | |||
3014 | TypeSystemClang::IsHomogeneousAggregate(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, | |||
3015 | CompilerType *base_type_ptr) { | |||
3016 | if (!type) | |||
3017 | return 0; | |||
3018 | ||||
3019 | clang::QualType qual_type(RemoveWrappingTypes(GetCanonicalQualType(type))); | |||
3020 | const clang::Type::TypeClass type_class = qual_type->getTypeClass(); | |||
3021 | switch (type_class) { | |||
3022 | case clang::Type::Record: | |||
3023 | if (GetCompleteType(type)) { | |||
3024 | const clang::CXXRecordDecl *cxx_record_decl = | |||
3025 | qual_type->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); | |||
3026 | if (cxx_record_decl) { | |||
3027 | if (cxx_record_decl->getNumBases() || cxx_record_decl->isDynamicClass()) | |||
3028 | return 0; | |||
3029 | } | |||
3030 | const clang::RecordType *record_type = | |||
3031 | llvm::cast<clang::RecordType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | |||
3032 | if (record_type) { | |||
3033 | const clang::RecordDecl *record_decl = record_type->getDecl(); | |||
3034 | if (record_decl) { | |||
3035 | // We are looking for a structure that contains only floating point | |||
3036 | // types | |||
3037 | clang::RecordDecl::field_iterator field_pos, | |||
3038 | field_end = record_decl->field_end(); | |||
3039 | uint32_t num_fields = 0; | |||
3040 | bool is_hva = false; | |||
3041 | bool is_hfa = false; | |||
3042 | clang::QualType base_qual_type; | |||
3043 | uint64_t base_bitwidth = 0; | |||
3044 | for (field_pos = record_decl->field_begin(); field_pos != field_end; | |||
3045 | ++field_pos) { | |||
3046 | clang::QualType field_qual_type = field_pos->getType(); | |||
3047 | uint64_t field_bitwidth = getASTContext().getTypeSize(qual_type); | |||
3048 | if (field_qual_type->isFloatingType()) { | |||
3049 | if (field_qual_type->isComplexType()) | |||
3050 | return 0; | |||
3051 | else { | |||
3052 | if (num_fields == 0) | |||
3053 | base_qual_type = field_qual_type; | |||
3054 | else { | |||
3055 | if (is_hva) | |||
3056 | return 0; | |||
3057 | is_hfa = true; | |||
3058 | if (field_qual_type.getTypePtr() != | |||
3059 | base_qual_type.getTypePtr()) | |||
3060 | return 0; | |||
3061 | } | |||
3062 | } | |||
3063 | } else if (field_qual_type->isVectorType() || | |||
3064 | field_qual_type->isExtVectorType()) { | |||
3065 | if (num_fields == 0) { | |||
3066 | base_qual_type = field_qual_type; | |||
3067 | base_bitwidth = field_bitwidth; | |||
3068 | } else { | |||
3069 | if (is_hfa) | |||
3070 | return 0; | |||
3071 | is_hva = true; | |||
3072 | if (base_bitwidth != field_bitwidth) | |||
3073 | return 0; | |||
3074 | if (field_qual_type.getTypePtr() != base_qual_type.getTypePtr()) | |||
3075 | return 0; | |||
3076 | } | |||
3077 | } else | |||
3078 | return 0; | |||
3079 | ++num_fields; | |||
3080 | } | |||
3081 | if (base_type_ptr) | |||
3082 | *base_type_ptr = CompilerType(this, base_qual_type.getAsOpaquePtr()); | |||
3083 | return num_fields; | |||
3084 | } | |||
3085 | } | |||
3086 | } | |||
3087 | break; | |||
3088 | ||||
3089 | default: | |||
3090 | break; | |||
3091 | } | |||
3092 | return 0; | |||
3093 | } | |||
3094 | ||||
3095 | size_t TypeSystemClang::GetNumberOfFunctionArguments( | |||
3096 | lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | |||
3097 | if (type) { | |||
3098 | clang::QualType qual_type(GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | |||
3099 | const clang::FunctionProtoType *func = | |||
3100 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::FunctionProtoType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | |||
3101 | if (func) | |||
3102 | return func->getNumParams(); | |||
3103 | } | |||
3104 | return 0; | |||
3105 | } | |||
3106 | ||||
3107 | CompilerType | |||
3108 | TypeSystemClang::GetFunctionArgumentAtIndex(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, | |||
3109 | const size_t index) { | |||
3110 | if (type) { | |||
3111 | clang::QualType qual_type(GetQualType(type)); | |||
3112 | const clang::FunctionProtoType *func = | |||
3113 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::FunctionProtoType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | |||
3114 | if (func) { | |||
3115 | if (index < func->getNumParams()) | |||
3116 | return CompilerType(this, func->getParamType(index).getAsOpaquePtr()); | |||
3117 | } | |||
3118 | } | |||
3119 | return CompilerType(); | |||
3120 | } | |||
3121 | ||||
3122 | bool TypeSystemClang::IsFunctionPointerType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | |||
3123 | if (type) { | |||
3124 | clang::QualType qual_type = RemoveWrappingTypes(GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | |||
3125 | ||||
3126 | if (qual_type->isFunctionPointerType()) | |||
3127 | return true; | |||
3128 | ||||
3129 | const clang::Type::TypeClass type_class = qual_type->getTypeClass(); | |||
3130 | switch (type_class) { | |||
3131 | default: | |||
3132 | break; | |||
3133 | ||||
3134 | case clang::Type::LValueReference: | |||
3135 | case clang::Type::RValueReference: { | |||
3136 | const clang::ReferenceType *reference_type = | |||
3137 | llvm::cast<clang::ReferenceType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | |||
3138 | if (reference_type) | |||
3139 | return IsFunctionPointerType( | |||
3140 | reference_type->getPointeeType().getAsOpaquePtr()); | |||
3141 | } break; | |||
3142 | } | |||
3143 | } | |||
3144 | return false; | |||
3145 | } | |||
3146 | ||||
3147 | bool TypeSystemClang::IsBlockPointerType( | |||
3148 | lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, | |||
3149 | CompilerType *function_pointer_type_ptr) { | |||
3150 | if (type) { | |||
| ||||
3151 | clang::QualType qual_type = RemoveWrappingTypes(GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | |||
3152 | ||||
3153 | if (qual_type->isBlockPointerType()) { | |||
3154 | if (function_pointer_type_ptr) { | |||
3155 | const clang::BlockPointerType *block_pointer_type = | |||
3156 | qual_type->getAs<clang::BlockPointerType>(); | |||
3157 | QualType pointee_type = block_pointer_type->getPointeeType(); | |||
| ||||
3158 | QualType function_pointer_type = m_ast_up->getPointerType(pointee_type); | |||
3159 | *function_pointer_type_ptr = | |||
3160 | CompilerType(this, function_pointer_type.getAsOpaquePtr()); | |||
3161 | } | |||
3162 | return true; | |||
3163 | } | |||
3164 | ||||
3165 | const clang::Type::TypeClass type_class = qual_type->getTypeClass(); | |||
3166 | switch (type_class) { | |||
3167 | default: | |||
3168 | break; | |||
3169 | ||||
3170 | case clang::Type::LValueReference: | |||
3171 | case clang::Type::RValueReference: { | |||
3172 | const clang::ReferenceType *reference_type = | |||
3173 | llvm::cast<clang::ReferenceType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | |||
3174 | if (reference_type) | |||
3175 | return IsBlockPointerType( | |||
3176 | reference_type->getPointeeType().getAsOpaquePtr(), | |||
3177 | function_pointer_type_ptr); | |||
3178 | } break; | |||
3179 | } | |||
3180 | } | |||
3181 | return false; | |||
3182 | } | |||
3183 | ||||
3184 | bool TypeSystemClang::IsIntegerType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, | |||
3185 | bool &is_signed) { | |||
3186 | if (!type) | |||
3187 | return false; | |||
3188 | ||||
3189 | clang::QualType qual_type(GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | |||
3190 | const clang::BuiltinType *builtin_type = | |||
3191 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::BuiltinType>(qual_type->getCanonicalTypeInternal()); | |||
3192 | ||||
3193 | if (builtin_type) { | |||
3194 | if (builtin_type->isInteger()) { | |||
3195 | is_signed = builtin_type->isSignedInteger(); | |||
3196 | return true; | |||
3197 | } | |||
3198 | } | |||
3199 | ||||
3200 | return false; | |||
3201 | } | |||
3202 | ||||
3203 | bool TypeSystemClang::IsEnumerationType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, | |||
3204 | bool &is_signed) { | |||
3205 | if (type) { | |||
3206 | const clang::EnumType *enum_type = llvm::dyn_cast<clang::EnumType>( | |||
3207 | GetCanonicalQualType(type)->getCanonicalTypeInternal()); | |||
3208 | ||||
3209 | if (enum_type) { | |||
3210 | IsIntegerType(enum_type->getDecl()->getIntegerType().getAsOpaquePtr(), | |||
3211 | is_signed); | |||
3212 | return true; | |||
3213 | } | |||
3214 | } | |||
3215 | ||||
3216 | return false; | |||
3217 | } | |||
3218 | ||||
3219 | bool TypeSystemClang::IsScopedEnumerationType( | |||
3220 | lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | |||
3221 | if (type) { | |||
3222 | const clang::EnumType *enum_type = llvm::dyn_cast<clang::EnumType>( | |||
3223 | GetCanonicalQualType(type)->getCanonicalTypeInternal()); | |||
3224 | ||||
3225 | if (enum_type) { | |||
3226 | return enum_type->isScopedEnumeralType(); | |||
3227 | } | |||
3228 | } | |||
3229 | ||||
3230 | return false; | |||
3231 | } | |||
3232 | ||||
3233 | bool TypeSystemClang::IsPointerType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, | |||
3234 | CompilerType *pointee_type) { | |||
3235 | if (type) { | |||
3236 | clang::QualType qual_type = RemoveWrappingTypes(GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | |||
3237 | const clang::Type::TypeClass type_class = qual_type->getTypeClass(); | |||
3238 | switch (type_class) { | |||
3239 | case clang::Type::Builtin: | |||
3240 | switch (llvm::cast<clang::BuiltinType>(qual_type)->getKind()) { | |||
3241 | default: | |||
3242 | break; | |||
3243 | case clang::BuiltinType::ObjCId: | |||
3244 | case clang::BuiltinType::ObjCClass: | |||
3245 | return true; | |||
3246 | } | |||
3247 | return false; | |||
3248 | case clang::Type::ObjCObjectPointer: | |||
3249 | if (pointee_type) | |||
3250 | pointee_type->SetCompilerType( | |||
3251 | this, llvm::cast<clang::ObjCObjectPointerType>(qual_type) | |||
3252 | ->getPointeeType() | |||
3253 | .getAsOpaquePtr()); | |||
3254 | return true; | |||
3255 | case clang::Type::BlockPointer: | |||
3256 | if (pointee_type) | |||
3257 | pointee_type->SetCompilerType( | |||
3258 | this, llvm::cast<clang::BlockPointerType>(qual_type) | |||
3259 | ->getPointeeType() | |||
3260 | .getAsOpaquePtr()); | |||
3261 | return true; | |||
3262 | case clang::Type::Pointer: | |||
3263 | if (pointee_type) | |||
3264 | pointee_type->SetCompilerType(this, | |||
3265 | llvm::cast<clang::PointerType>(qual_type) | |||
3266 | ->getPointeeType() | |||
3267 | .getAsOpaquePtr()); | |||
3268 | return true; | |||
3269 | case clang::Type::MemberPointer: | |||
3270 | if (pointee_type) | |||
3271 | pointee_type->SetCompilerType( | |||
3272 | this, llvm::cast<clang::MemberPointerType>(qual_type) | |||
3273 | ->getPointeeType() | |||
3274 | .getAsOpaquePtr()); | |||
3275 | return true; | |||
3276 | default: | |||
3277 | break; | |||
3278 | } | |||
3279 | } | |||
3280 | if (pointee_type) | |||
3281 | pointee_type->Clear(); | |||
3282 | return false; | |||
3283 | } | |||
3284 | ||||
3285 | bool TypeSystemClang::IsPointerOrReferenceType( | |||
3286 | lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, CompilerType *pointee_type) { | |||
3287 | if (type) { | |||
3288 | clang::QualType qual_type = RemoveWrappingTypes(GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | |||
3289 | const clang::Type::TypeClass type_class = qual_type->getTypeClass(); | |||
3290 | switch (type_class) { | |||
3291 | case clang::Type::Builtin: | |||
3292 | switch (llvm::cast<clang::BuiltinType>(qual_type)->getKind()) { | |||
3293 | default: | |||
3294 | break; | |||
3295 | case clang::BuiltinType::ObjCId: | |||
3296 | case clang::BuiltinType::ObjCClass: | |||
3297 | return true; | |||
3298 | } | |||
3299 | return false; | |||
3300 | case clang::Type::ObjCObjectPointer: | |||
3301 | if (pointee_type) | |||
3302 | pointee_type->SetCompilerType( | |||
3303 | this, llvm::cast<clang::ObjCObjectPointerType>(qual_type) | |||
3304 | ->getPointeeType().getAsOpaquePtr()); | |||
3305 | return true; | |||
3306 | case clang::Type::BlockPointer: | |||
3307 | if (pointee_type) | |||
3308 | pointee_type->SetCompilerType( | |||
3309 | this, llvm::cast<clang::BlockPointerType>(qual_type) | |||
3310 | ->getPointeeType() | |||
3311 | .getAsOpaquePtr()); | |||
3312 | return true; | |||
3313 | case clang::Type::Pointer: | |||
3314 | if (pointee_type) | |||
3315 | pointee_type->SetCompilerType(this, | |||
3316 | llvm::cast<clang::PointerType>(qual_type) | |||
3317 | ->getPointeeType() | |||
3318 | .getAsOpaquePtr()); | |||
3319 | return true; | |||
3320 | case clang::Type::MemberPointer: | |||
3321 | if (pointee_type) | |||
3322 | pointee_type->SetCompilerType( | |||
3323 | this, llvm::cast<clang::MemberPointerType>(qual_type) | |||
3324 | ->getPointeeType() | |||
3325 | .getAsOpaquePtr()); | |||
3326 | return true; | |||
3327 | case clang::Type::LValueReference: | |||
3328 | if (pointee_type) | |||
3329 | pointee_type->SetCompilerType( | |||
3330 | this, llvm::cast<clang::LValueReferenceType>(qual_type) | |||
3331 | ->desugar() | |||
3332 | .getAsOpaquePtr()); | |||
3333 | return true; | |||
3334 | case clang::Type::RValueReference: | |||
3335 | if (pointee_type) | |||
3336 | pointee_type->SetCompilerType( | |||
3337 | this, llvm::cast<clang::RValueReferenceType>(qual_type) | |||
3338 | ->desugar() | |||
3339 | .getAsOpaquePtr()); | |||
3340 | return true; | |||
3341 | default: | |||
3342 | break; | |||
3343 | } | |||
3344 | } | |||
3345 | if (pointee_type) | |||
3346 | pointee_type->Clear(); | |||
3347 | return false; | |||
3348 | } | |||
3349 | ||||
3350 | bool TypeSystemClang::IsReferenceType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, | |||
3351 | CompilerType *pointee_type, | |||
3352 | bool *is_rvalue) { | |||
3353 | if (type) { | |||
3354 | clang::QualType qual_type = RemoveWrappingTypes(GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | |||
3355 | const clang::Type::TypeClass type_class = qual_type->getTypeClass(); | |||
3356 | ||||
3357 | switch (type_class) { | |||
3358 | case clang::Type::LValueReference: | |||
3359 | if (pointee_type) | |||
3360 | pointee_type->SetCompilerType( | |||
3361 | this, llvm::cast<clang::LValueReferenceType>(qual_type) | |||
3362 | ->desugar() | |||
3363 | .getAsOpaquePtr()); | |||
3364 | if (is_rvalue) | |||
3365 | *is_rvalue = false; | |||
3366 | return true; | |||
3367 | case clang::Type::RValueReference: | |||
3368 | if (pointee_type) | |||
3369 | pointee_type->SetCompilerType( | |||
3370 | this, llvm::cast<clang::RValueReferenceType>(qual_type) | |||
3371 | ->desugar() | |||
3372 | .getAsOpaquePtr()); | |||
3373 | if (is_rvalue) | |||
3374 | *is_rvalue = true; | |||
3375 | return true; | |||
3376 | ||||
3377 | default: | |||
3378 | break; | |||
3379 | } | |||
3380 | } | |||
3381 | if (pointee_type) | |||
3382 | pointee_type->Clear(); | |||
3383 | return false; | |||
3384 | } | |||
3385 | ||||
3386 | bool TypeSystemClang::IsFloatingPointType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, | |||
3387 | uint32_t &count, bool &is_complex) { | |||
3388 | if (type) { | |||
3389 | clang::QualType qual_type(GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | |||
3390 | ||||
3391 | if (const clang::BuiltinType *BT = llvm::dyn_cast<clang::BuiltinType>( | |||
3392 | qual_type->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) { | |||
3393 | clang::BuiltinType::Kind kind = BT->getKind(); | |||
3394 | if (kind >= clang::BuiltinType::Float && | |||
3395 | kind <= clang::BuiltinType::LongDouble) { | |||
3396 | count = 1; | |||
3397 | is_complex = false; | |||
3398 | return true; | |||
3399 | } | |||
3400 | } else if (const clang::ComplexType *CT = | |||
3401 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::ComplexType>( | |||
3402 | qual_type->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) { | |||
3403 | if (IsFloatingPointType(CT->getElementType().getAsOpaquePtr(), count, | |||
3404 | is_complex)) { | |||
3405 | count = 2; | |||
3406 | is_complex = true; | |||
3407 | return true; | |||
3408 | } | |||
3409 | } else if (const clang::VectorType *VT = llvm::dyn_cast<clang::VectorType>( | |||
3410 | qual_type->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) { | |||
3411 | if (IsFloatingPointType(VT->getElementType().getAsOpaquePtr(), count, | |||
3412 | is_complex)) { | |||
3413 | count = VT->getNumElements(); | |||
3414 | is_complex = false; | |||
3415 | return true; | |||
3416 | } | |||
3417 | } | |||
3418 | } | |||
3419 | count = 0; | |||
3420 | is_complex = false; | |||
3421 | return false; | |||
3422 | } | |||
3423 | ||||
3424 | bool TypeSystemClang::IsDefined(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | |||
3425 | if (!type) | |||
3426 | return false; | |||
3427 | ||||
3428 | clang::QualType qual_type(GetQualType(type)); | |||
3429 | const clang::TagType *tag_type = | |||
3430 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::TagType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | |||
3431 | if (tag_type) { | |||
3432 | clang::TagDecl *tag_decl = tag_type->getDecl(); | |||
3433 | if (tag_decl) | |||
3434 | return tag_decl->isCompleteDefinition(); | |||
3435 | return false; | |||
3436 | } else { | |||
3437 | const clang::ObjCObjectType *objc_class_type = | |||
3438 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::ObjCObjectType>(qual_type); | |||
3439 | if (objc_class_type) { | |||
3440 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *class_interface_decl = | |||
3441 | objc_class_type->getInterface(); | |||
3442 | if (class_interface_decl) | |||
3443 | return class_interface_decl->getDefinition() != nullptr; | |||
3444 | return false; | |||
3445 | } | |||
3446 | } | |||
3447 | return true; | |||
3448 | } | |||
3449 | ||||
3450 | bool TypeSystemClang::IsObjCClassType(const CompilerType &type) { | |||
3451 | if (ClangUtil::IsClangType(type)) { | |||
3452 | clang::QualType qual_type(ClangUtil::GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | |||
3453 | ||||
3454 | const clang::ObjCObjectPointerType *obj_pointer_type = | |||
3455 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::ObjCObjectPointerType>(qual_type); | |||
3456 | ||||
3457 | if (obj_pointer_type) | |||
3458 | return obj_pointer_type->isObjCClassType(); | |||
3459 | } | |||
3460 | return false; | |||
3461 | } | |||
3462 | ||||
3463 | bool TypeSystemClang::IsObjCObjectOrInterfaceType(const CompilerType &type) { | |||
3464 | if (ClangUtil::IsClangType(type)) | |||
3465 | return ClangUtil::GetCanonicalQualType(type)->isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType(); | |||
3466 | return false; | |||
3467 | } | |||
3468 | ||||
3469 | bool TypeSystemClang::IsClassType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | |||
3470 | if (!type) | |||
3471 | return false; | |||
3472 | clang::QualType qual_type(GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | |||
3473 | const clang::Type::TypeClass type_class = qual_type->getTypeClass(); | |||
3474 | return (type_class == clang::Type::Record); | |||
3475 | } | |||
3476 | ||||
3477 | bool TypeSystemClang::IsEnumType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | |||
3478 | if (!type) | |||
3479 | return false; | |||
3480 | clang::QualType qual_type(GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | |||
3481 | const clang::Type::TypeClass type_class = qual_type->getTypeClass(); | |||
3482 | return (type_class == clang::Type::Enum); | |||
3483 | } | |||
3484 | ||||
3485 | bool TypeSystemClang::IsPolymorphicClass(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | |||
3486 | if (type) { | |||
3487 | clang::QualType qual_type(GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | |||
3488 | const clang::Type::TypeClass type_class = qual_type->getTypeClass(); | |||
3489 | switch (type_class) { | |||
3490 | case clang::Type::Record: | |||
3491 | if (GetCompleteType(type)) { | |||
3492 | const clang::RecordType *record_type = | |||
3493 | llvm::cast<clang::RecordType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | |||
3494 | const clang::RecordDecl *record_decl = record_type->getDecl(); | |||
3495 | if (record_decl) { | |||
3496 | const clang::CXXRecordDecl *cxx_record_decl = | |||
3497 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::CXXRecordDecl>(record_decl); | |||
3498 | if (cxx_record_decl) | |||
3499 | return cxx_record_decl->isPolymorphic(); | |||
3500 | } | |||
3501 | } | |||
3502 | break; | |||
3503 | ||||
3504 | default: | |||
3505 | break; | |||
3506 | } | |||
3507 | } | |||
3508 | return false; | |||
3509 | } | |||
3510 | ||||
3511 | bool TypeSystemClang::IsPossibleDynamicType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, | |||
3512 | CompilerType *dynamic_pointee_type, | |||
3513 | bool check_cplusplus, | |||
3514 | bool check_objc) { | |||
3515 | clang::QualType pointee_qual_type; | |||
3516 | if (type) { | |||
3517 | clang::QualType qual_type = RemoveWrappingTypes(GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | |||
3518 | bool success = false; | |||
3519 | const clang::Type::TypeClass type_class = qual_type->getTypeClass(); | |||
3520 | switch (type_class) { | |||
3521 | case clang::Type::Builtin: | |||
3522 | if (check_objc && | |||
3523 | llvm::cast<clang::BuiltinType>(qual_type)->getKind() == | |||
3524 | clang::BuiltinType::ObjCId) { | |||
3525 | if (dynamic_pointee_type) | |||
3526 | dynamic_pointee_type->SetCompilerType(this, type); | |||
3527 | return true; | |||
3528 | } | |||
3529 | break; | |||
3530 | ||||
3531 | case clang::Type::ObjCObjectPointer: | |||
3532 | if (check_objc) { | |||
3533 | if (const auto *objc_pointee_type = | |||
3534 | qual_type->getPointeeType().getTypePtrOrNull()) { | |||
3535 | if (const auto *objc_object_type = | |||
3536 | llvm::dyn_cast_or_null<clang::ObjCObjectType>( | |||
3537 | objc_pointee_type)) { | |||
3538 | if (objc_object_type->isObjCClass()) | |||
3539 | return false; | |||
3540 | } | |||
3541 | } | |||
3542 | if (dynamic_pointee_type) | |||
3543 | dynamic_pointee_type->SetCompilerType( | |||
3544 | this, llvm::cast<clang::ObjCObjectPointerType>(qual_type) | |||
3545 | ->getPointeeType() | |||
3546 | .getAsOpaquePtr()); | |||
3547 | return true; | |||
3548 | } | |||
3549 | break; | |||
3550 | ||||
3551 | case clang::Type::Pointer: | |||
3552 | pointee_qual_type = | |||
3553 | llvm::cast<clang::PointerType>(qual_type)->getPointeeType(); | |||
3554 | success = true; | |||
3555 | break; | |||
3556 | ||||
3557 | case clang::Type::LValueReference: | |||
3558 | case clang::Type::RValueReference: | |||
3559 | pointee_qual_type = | |||
3560 | llvm::cast<clang::ReferenceType>(qual_type)->getPointeeType(); | |||
3561 | success = true; | |||
3562 | break; | |||
3563 | ||||
3564 | default: | |||
3565 | break; | |||
3566 | } | |||
3567 | ||||
3568 | if (success) { | |||
3569 | // Check to make sure what we are pointing too is a possible dynamic C++ | |||
3570 | // type We currently accept any "void *" (in case we have a class that | |||
3571 | // has been watered down to an opaque pointer) and virtual C++ classes. | |||
3572 | const clang::Type::TypeClass pointee_type_class = | |||
3573 | pointee_qual_type.getCanonicalType()->getTypeClass(); | |||
3574 | switch (pointee_type_class) { | |||
3575 | case clang::Type::Builtin: | |||
3576 | switch (llvm::cast<clang::BuiltinType>(pointee_qual_type)->getKind()) { | |||
3577 | case clang::BuiltinType::UnknownAny: | |||
3578 | case clang::BuiltinType::Void: | |||
3579 | if (dynamic_pointee_type) | |||
3580 | dynamic_pointee_type->SetCompilerType( | |||
3581 | this, pointee_qual_type.getAsOpaquePtr()); | |||
3582 | return true; | |||
3583 | default: | |||
3584 | break; | |||
3585 | } | |||
3586 | break; | |||
3587 | ||||
3588 | case clang::Type::Record: | |||
3589 | if (check_cplusplus) { | |||
3590 | clang::CXXRecordDecl *cxx_record_decl = | |||
3591 | pointee_qual_type->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); | |||
3592 | if (cxx_record_decl) { | |||
3593 | bool is_complete = cxx_record_decl->isCompleteDefinition(); | |||
3594 | ||||
3595 | if (is_complete) | |||
3596 | success = cxx_record_decl->isDynamicClass(); | |||
3597 | else { | |||
3598 | ClangASTMetadata *metadata = GetMetadata(cxx_record_decl); | |||
3599 | if (metadata) | |||
3600 | success = metadata->GetIsDynamicCXXType(); | |||
3601 | else { | |||
3602 | is_complete = GetType(pointee_qual_type).GetCompleteType(); | |||
3603 | if (is_complete) | |||
3604 | success = cxx_record_decl->isDynamicClass(); | |||
3605 | else | |||
3606 | success = false; | |||
3607 | } | |||
3608 | } | |||
3609 | ||||
3610 | if (success) { | |||
3611 | if (dynamic_pointee_type) | |||
3612 | dynamic_pointee_type->SetCompilerType( | |||
3613 | this, pointee_qual_type.getAsOpaquePtr()); | |||
3614 | return true; | |||
3615 | } | |||
3616 | } | |||
3617 | } | |||
3618 | break; | |||
3619 | ||||
3620 | case clang::Type::ObjCObject: | |||
3621 | case clang::Type::ObjCInterface: | |||
3622 | if (check_objc) { | |||
3623 | if (dynamic_pointee_type) | |||
3624 | dynamic_pointee_type->SetCompilerType( | |||
3625 | this, pointee_qual_type.getAsOpaquePtr()); | |||
3626 | return true; | |||
3627 | } | |||
3628 | break; | |||
3629 | ||||
3630 | default: | |||
3631 | break; | |||
3632 | } | |||
3633 | } | |||
3634 | } | |||
3635 | if (dynamic_pointee_type) | |||
3636 | dynamic_pointee_type->Clear(); | |||
3637 | return false; | |||
3638 | } | |||
3639 | ||||
3640 | bool TypeSystemClang::IsScalarType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | |||
3641 | if (!type) | |||
3642 | return false; | |||
3643 | ||||
3644 | return (GetTypeInfo(type, nullptr) & eTypeIsScalar) != 0; | |||
3645 | } | |||
3646 | ||||
3647 | bool TypeSystemClang::IsTypedefType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | |||
3648 | if (!type) | |||
3649 | return false; | |||
3650 | return RemoveWrappingTypes(GetQualType(type), {clang::Type::Typedef}) | |||
3651 | ->getTypeClass() == clang::Type::Typedef; | |||
3652 | } | |||
3653 | ||||
3654 | bool TypeSystemClang::IsVoidType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | |||
3655 | if (!type) | |||
3656 | return false; | |||
3657 | return GetCanonicalQualType(type)->isVoidType(); | |||
3658 | } | |||
3659 | ||||
3660 | bool TypeSystemClang::CanPassInRegisters(const CompilerType &type) { | |||
3661 | if (auto *record_decl = | |||
3662 | TypeSystemClang::GetAsRecordDecl(type)) { | |||
3663 | return record_decl->canPassInRegisters(); | |||
3664 | } | |||
3665 | return false; | |||
3666 | } | |||
3667 | ||||
3668 | bool TypeSystemClang::SupportsLanguage(lldb::LanguageType language) { | |||
3669 | return TypeSystemClangSupportsLanguage(language); | |||
3670 | } | |||
3671 | ||||
3672 | Optional<std::string> | |||
3673 | TypeSystemClang::GetCXXClassName(const CompilerType &type) { | |||
3674 | if (!type) | |||
3675 | return llvm::None; | |||
3676 | ||||
3677 | clang::QualType qual_type(ClangUtil::GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | |||
3678 | if (qual_type.isNull()) | |||
3679 | return llvm::None; | |||
3680 | ||||
3681 | clang::CXXRecordDecl *cxx_record_decl = qual_type->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); | |||
3682 | if (!cxx_record_decl) | |||
3683 | return llvm::None; | |||
3684 | ||||
3685 | return std::string(cxx_record_decl->getIdentifier()->getNameStart()); | |||
3686 | } | |||
3687 | ||||
3688 | bool TypeSystemClang::IsCXXClassType(const CompilerType &type) { | |||
3689 | if (!type) | |||
3690 | return false; | |||
3691 | ||||
3692 | clang::QualType qual_type(ClangUtil::GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | |||
3693 | return !qual_type.isNull() && qual_type->getAsCXXRecordDecl() != nullptr; | |||
3694 | } | |||
3695 | ||||
3696 | bool TypeSystemClang::IsBeingDefined(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | |||
3697 | if (!type) | |||
3698 | return false; | |||
3699 | clang::QualType qual_type(GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | |||
3700 | const clang::TagType *tag_type = llvm::dyn_cast<clang::TagType>(qual_type); | |||
3701 | if (tag_type) | |||
3702 | return tag_type->isBeingDefined(); | |||
3703 | return false; | |||
3704 | } | |||
3705 | ||||
3706 | bool TypeSystemClang::IsObjCObjectPointerType(const CompilerType &type, | |||
3707 | CompilerType *class_type_ptr) { | |||
3708 | if (!ClangUtil::IsClangType(type)) | |||
3709 | return false; | |||
3710 | ||||
3711 | clang::QualType qual_type(ClangUtil::GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | |||
3712 | ||||
3713 | if (!qual_type.isNull() && qual_type->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { | |||
3714 | if (class_type_ptr) { | |||
3715 | if (!qual_type->isObjCClassType() && !qual_type->isObjCIdType()) { | |||
3716 | const clang::ObjCObjectPointerType *obj_pointer_type = | |||
3717 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::ObjCObjectPointerType>(qual_type); | |||
3718 | if (obj_pointer_type == nullptr) | |||
3719 | class_type_ptr->Clear(); | |||
3720 | else | |||
3721 | class_type_ptr->SetCompilerType( | |||
3722 | type.GetTypeSystem(), | |||
3723 | clang::QualType(obj_pointer_type->getInterfaceType(), 0) | |||
3724 | .getAsOpaquePtr()); | |||
3725 | } | |||
3726 | } | |||
3727 | return true; | |||
3728 | } | |||
3729 | if (class_type_ptr) | |||
3730 | class_type_ptr->Clear(); | |||
3731 | return false; | |||
3732 | } | |||
3733 | ||||
3734 | // Type Completion | |||
3735 | ||||
3736 | bool TypeSystemClang::GetCompleteType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | |||
3737 | if (!type) | |||
3738 | return false; | |||
3739 | const bool allow_completion = true; | |||
3740 | return GetCompleteQualType(&getASTContext(), GetQualType(type), | |||
3741 | allow_completion); | |||
3742 | } | |||
3743 | ||||
3744 | ConstString TypeSystemClang::GetTypeName(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | |||
3745 | if (!type) | |||
3746 | return ConstString(); | |||
3747 | ||||
3748 | clang::QualType qual_type(GetQualType(type)); | |||
3749 | ||||
3750 | // Remove certain type sugar from the name. Sugar such as elaborated types | |||
3751 | // or template types which only serve to improve diagnostics shouldn't | |||
3752 | // act as their own types from the user's perspective (e.g., formatter | |||
3753 | // shouldn't format a variable differently depending on how the ser has | |||
3754 | // specified the type. '::Type' and 'Type' should behave the same). | |||
3755 | // Typedefs and atomic derived types are not removed as they are actually | |||
3756 | // useful for identifiying specific types. | |||
3757 | qual_type = RemoveWrappingTypes(qual_type, | |||
3758 | {clang::Type::Typedef, clang::Type::Atomic}); | |||
3759 | ||||
3760 | // For a typedef just return the qualified name. | |||
3761 | if (const auto *typedef_type = qual_type->getAs<clang::TypedefType>()) { | |||
3762 | const clang::TypedefNameDecl *typedef_decl = typedef_type->getDecl(); | |||
3763 | return ConstString(GetTypeNameForDecl(typedef_decl)); | |||
3764 | } | |||
3765 | ||||
3766 | return ConstString(qual_type.getAsString(GetTypePrintingPolicy())); | |||
3767 | } | |||
3768 | ||||
3769 | ConstString | |||
3770 | TypeSystemClang::GetDisplayTypeName(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | |||
3771 | if (!type) | |||
3772 | return ConstString(); | |||
3773 | ||||
3774 | clang::QualType qual_type(GetQualType(type)); | |||
3775 | clang::PrintingPolicy printing_policy(getASTContext().getPrintingPolicy()); | |||
3776 | printing_policy.SuppressTagKeyword = true; | |||
3777 | printing_policy.SuppressScope = false; | |||
3778 | printing_policy.SuppressUnwrittenScope = true; | |||
3779 | printing_policy.SuppressInlineNamespace = true; | |||
3780 | return ConstString(qual_type.getAsString(printing_policy)); | |||
3781 | } | |||
3782 | ||||
3783 | uint32_t | |||
3784 | TypeSystemClang::GetTypeInfo(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, | |||
3785 | CompilerType *pointee_or_element_clang_type) { | |||
3786 | if (!type) | |||
3787 | return 0; | |||
3788 | ||||
3789 | if (pointee_or_element_clang_type) | |||
3790 | pointee_or_element_clang_type->Clear(); | |||
3791 | ||||
3792 | clang::QualType qual_type = | |||
3793 | RemoveWrappingTypes(GetQualType(type), {clang::Type::Typedef}); | |||
3794 | ||||
3795 | const clang::Type::TypeClass type_class = qual_type->getTypeClass(); | |||
3796 | switch (type_class) { | |||
3797 | case clang::Type::Attributed: | |||
3798 | return GetTypeInfo( | |||
3799 | qual_type->getAs<clang::AttributedType>() | |||
3800 | ->getModifiedType().getAsOpaquePtr(), | |||
3801 | pointee_or_element_clang_type); | |||
3802 | case clang::Type::Builtin: { | |||
3803 | const clang::BuiltinType *builtin_type = llvm::dyn_cast<clang::BuiltinType>( | |||
3804 | qual_type->getCanonicalTypeInternal()); | |||
3805 | ||||
3806 | uint32_t builtin_type_flags = eTypeIsBuiltIn | eTypeHasValue; | |||
3807 | switch (builtin_type->getKind()) { | |||
3808 | case clang::BuiltinType::ObjCId: | |||
3809 | case clang::BuiltinType::ObjCClass: | |||
3810 | if (pointee_or_element_clang_type) | |||
3811 | pointee_or_element_clang_type->SetCompilerType( | |||
3812 | this, getASTContext().ObjCBuiltinClassTy.getAsOpaquePtr()); | |||
3813 | builtin_type_flags |= eTypeIsPointer | eTypeIsObjC; | |||
3814 | break; | |||
3815 | ||||
3816 | case clang::BuiltinType::ObjCSel: | |||
3817 | if (pointee_or_element_clang_type) | |||
3818 | pointee_or_element_clang_type->SetCompilerType( | |||
3819 | this, getASTContext().CharTy.getAsOpaquePtr()); | |||
3820 | builtin_type_flags |= eTypeIsPointer | eTypeIsObjC; | |||
3821 | break; | |||
3822 | ||||
3823 | case clang::BuiltinType::Bool: | |||
3824 | case clang::BuiltinType::Char_U: | |||
3825 | case clang::BuiltinType::UChar: | |||
3826 | case clang::BuiltinType::WChar_U: | |||
3827 | case clang::BuiltinType::Char16: | |||
3828 | case clang::BuiltinType::Char32: | |||
3829 | case clang::BuiltinType::UShort: | |||
3830 | case clang::BuiltinType::UInt: | |||
3831 | case clang::BuiltinType::ULong: | |||
3832 | case clang::BuiltinType::ULongLong: | |||
3833 | case clang::BuiltinType::UInt128: | |||
3834 | case clang::BuiltinType::Char_S: | |||
3835 | case clang::BuiltinType::SChar: | |||
3836 | case clang::BuiltinType::WChar_S: | |||
3837 | case clang::BuiltinType::Short: | |||
3838 | case clang::BuiltinType::Int: | |||
3839 | case clang::BuiltinType::Long: | |||
3840 | case clang::BuiltinType::LongLong: | |||
3841 | case clang::BuiltinType::Int128: | |||
3842 | case clang::BuiltinType::Float: | |||
3843 | case clang::BuiltinType::Double: | |||
3844 | case clang::BuiltinType::LongDouble: | |||
3845 | builtin_type_flags |= eTypeIsScalar; | |||
3846 | if (builtin_type->isInteger()) { | |||
3847 | builtin_type_flags |= eTypeIsInteger; | |||
3848 | if (builtin_type->isSignedInteger()) | |||
3849 | builtin_type_flags |= eTypeIsSigned; | |||
3850 | } else if (builtin_type->isFloatingPoint()) | |||
3851 | builtin_type_flags |= eTypeIsFloat; | |||
3852 | break; | |||
3853 | default: | |||
3854 | break; | |||
3855 | } | |||
3856 | return builtin_type_flags; | |||
3857 | } | |||
3858 | ||||
3859 | case clang::Type::BlockPointer: | |||
3860 | if (pointee_or_element_clang_type) | |||
3861 | pointee_or_element_clang_type->SetCompilerType( | |||
3862 | this, qual_type->getPointeeType().getAsOpaquePtr()); | |||
3863 | return eTypeIsPointer | eTypeHasChildren | eTypeIsBlock; | |||
3864 | ||||
3865 | case clang::Type::Complex: { | |||
3866 | uint32_t complex_type_flags = | |||
3867 | eTypeIsBuiltIn | eTypeHasValue | eTypeIsComplex; | |||
3868 | const clang::ComplexType *complex_type = llvm::dyn_cast<clang::ComplexType>( | |||
3869 | qual_type->getCanonicalTypeInternal()); | |||
3870 | if (complex_type) { | |||
3871 | clang::QualType complex_element_type(complex_type->getElementType()); | |||
3872 | if (complex_element_type->isIntegerType()) | |||
3873 | complex_type_flags |= eTypeIsFloat; | |||
3874 | else if (complex_element_type->isFloatingType()) | |||
3875 | complex_type_flags |= eTypeIsInteger; | |||
3876 | } | |||
3877 | return complex_type_flags; | |||
3878 | } break; | |||
3879 | ||||
3880 | case clang::Type::ConstantArray: | |||
3881 | case clang::Type::DependentSizedArray: | |||
3882 | case clang::Type::IncompleteArray: | |||
3883 | case clang::Type::VariableArray: | |||
3884 | if (pointee_or_element_clang_type) | |||
3885 | pointee_or_element_clang_type->SetCompilerType( | |||
3886 | this, llvm::cast<clang::ArrayType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()) | |||
3887 | ->getElementType() | |||
3888 | .getAsOpaquePtr()); | |||
3889 | return eTypeHasChildren | eTypeIsArray; | |||
3890 | ||||
3891 | case clang::Type::DependentName: | |||
3892 | return 0; | |||
3893 | case clang::Type::DependentSizedExtVector: | |||
3894 | return eTypeHasChildren | eTypeIsVector; | |||
3895 | case clang::Type::DependentTemplateSpecialization: | |||
3896 | return eTypeIsTemplate; | |||
3897 | ||||
3898 | case clang::Type::Enum: | |||
3899 | if (pointee_or_element_clang_type) | |||
3900 | pointee_or_element_clang_type->SetCompilerType( | |||
3901 | this, llvm::cast<clang::EnumType>(qual_type) | |||
3902 | ->getDecl() | |||
3903 | ->getIntegerType() | |||
3904 | .getAsOpaquePtr()); | |||
3905 | return eTypeIsEnumeration | eTypeHasValue; | |||
3906 | ||||
3907 | case clang::Type::FunctionProto: | |||
3908 | return eTypeIsFuncPrototype | eTypeHasValue; | |||
3909 | case clang::Type::FunctionNoProto: | |||
3910 | return eTypeIsFuncPrototype | eTypeHasValue; | |||
3911 | case clang::Type::InjectedClassName: | |||
3912 | return 0; | |||
3913 | ||||
3914 | case clang::Type::LValueReference: | |||
3915 | case clang::Type::RValueReference: | |||
3916 | if (pointee_or_element_clang_type) | |||
3917 | pointee_or_element_clang_type->SetCompilerType( | |||
3918 | this, llvm::cast<clang::ReferenceType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()) | |||
3919 | ->getPointeeType() | |||
3920 | .getAsOpaquePtr()); | |||
3921 | return eTypeHasChildren | eTypeIsReference | eTypeHasValue; | |||
3922 | ||||
3923 | case clang::Type::MemberPointer: | |||
3924 | return eTypeIsPointer | eTypeIsMember | eTypeHasValue; | |||
3925 | ||||
3926 | case clang::Type::ObjCObjectPointer: | |||
3927 | if (pointee_or_element_clang_type) | |||
3928 | pointee_or_element_clang_type->SetCompilerType( | |||
3929 | this, qual_type->getPointeeType().getAsOpaquePtr()); | |||
3930 | return eTypeHasChildren | eTypeIsObjC | eTypeIsClass | eTypeIsPointer | | |||
3931 | eTypeHasValue; | |||
3932 | ||||
3933 | case clang::Type::ObjCObject: | |||
3934 | return eTypeHasChildren | eTypeIsObjC | eTypeIsClass; | |||
3935 | case clang::Type::ObjCInterface: | |||
3936 | return eTypeHasChildren | eTypeIsObjC | eTypeIsClass; | |||
3937 | ||||
3938 | case clang::Type::Pointer: | |||
3939 | if (pointee_or_element_clang_type) | |||
3940 | pointee_or_element_clang_type->SetCompilerType( | |||
3941 | this, qual_type->getPointeeType().getAsOpaquePtr()); | |||
3942 | return eTypeHasChildren | eTypeIsPointer | eTypeHasValue; | |||
3943 | ||||
3944 | case clang::Type::Record: | |||
3945 | if (qual_type->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) | |||
3946 | return eTypeHasChildren | eTypeIsClass | eTypeIsCPlusPlus; | |||
3947 | else | |||
3948 | return eTypeHasChildren | eTypeIsStructUnion; | |||
3949 | break; | |||
3950 | case clang::Type::SubstTemplateTypeParm: | |||
3951 | return eTypeIsTemplate; | |||
3952 | case clang::Type::TemplateTypeParm: | |||
3953 | return eTypeIsTemplate; | |||
3954 | case clang::Type::TemplateSpecialization: | |||
3955 | return eTypeIsTemplate; | |||
3956 | ||||
3957 | case clang::Type::Typedef: | |||
3958 | return eTypeIsTypedef | GetType(llvm::cast<clang::TypedefType>(qual_type) | |||
3959 | ->getDecl() | |||
3960 | ->getUnderlyingType()) | |||
3961 | .GetTypeInfo(pointee_or_element_clang_type); | |||
3962 | case clang::Type::UnresolvedUsing: | |||
3963 | return 0; | |||
3964 | ||||
3965 | case clang::Type::ExtVector: | |||
3966 | case clang::Type::Vector: { | |||
3967 | uint32_t vector_type_flags = eTypeHasChildren | eTypeIsVector; | |||
3968 | const clang::VectorType *vector_type = llvm::dyn_cast<clang::VectorType>( | |||
3969 | qual_type->getCanonicalTypeInternal()); | |||
3970 | if (vector_type) { | |||
3971 | if (vector_type->isIntegerType()) | |||
3972 | vector_type_flags |= eTypeIsFloat; | |||
3973 | else if (vector_type->isFloatingType()) | |||
3974 | vector_type_flags |= eTypeIsInteger; | |||
3975 | } | |||
3976 | return vector_type_flags; | |||
3977 | } | |||
3978 | default: | |||
3979 | return 0; | |||
3980 | } | |||
3981 | return 0; | |||
3982 | } | |||
3983 | ||||
3984 | lldb::LanguageType | |||
3985 | TypeSystemClang::GetMinimumLanguage(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | |||
3986 | if (!type) | |||
3987 | return lldb::eLanguageTypeC; | |||
3988 | ||||
3989 | // If the type is a reference, then resolve it to what it refers to first: | |||
3990 | clang::QualType qual_type(GetCanonicalQualType(type).getNonReferenceType()); | |||
3991 | if (qual_type->isAnyPointerType()) { | |||
3992 | if (qual_type->isObjCObjectPointerType()) | |||
3993 | return lldb::eLanguageTypeObjC; | |||
3994 | if (qual_type->getPointeeCXXRecordDecl()) | |||
3995 | return lldb::eLanguageTypeC_plus_plus; | |||
3996 | ||||
3997 | clang::QualType pointee_type(qual_type->getPointeeType()); | |||
3998 | if (pointee_type->getPointeeCXXRecordDecl()) | |||
3999 | return lldb::eLanguageTypeC_plus_plus; | |||
4000 | if (pointee_type->isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType()) | |||
4001 | return lldb::eLanguageTypeObjC; | |||
4002 | if (pointee_type->isObjCClassType()) | |||
4003 | return lldb::eLanguageTypeObjC; | |||
4004 | if (pointee_type.getTypePtr() == | |||
4005 | getASTContext().ObjCBuiltinIdTy.getTypePtr()) | |||
4006 | return lldb::eLanguageTypeObjC; | |||
4007 | } else { | |||
4008 | if (qual_type->isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType()) | |||
4009 | return lldb::eLanguageTypeObjC; | |||
4010 | if (qual_type->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) | |||
4011 | return lldb::eLanguageTypeC_plus_plus; | |||
4012 | switch (qual_type->getTypeClass()) { | |||
4013 | default: | |||
4014 | break; | |||
4015 | case clang::Type::Builtin: | |||
4016 | switch (llvm::cast<clang::BuiltinType>(qual_type)->getKind()) { | |||
4017 | default: | |||
4018 | case clang::BuiltinType::Void: | |||
4019 | case clang::BuiltinType::Bool: | |||
4020 | case clang::BuiltinType::Char_U: | |||
4021 | case clang::BuiltinType::UChar: | |||
4022 | case clang::BuiltinType::WChar_U: | |||
4023 | case clang::BuiltinType::Char16: | |||
4024 | case clang::BuiltinType::Char32: | |||
4025 | case clang::BuiltinType::UShort: | |||
4026 | case clang::BuiltinType::UInt: | |||
4027 | case clang::BuiltinType::ULong: | |||
4028 | case clang::BuiltinType::ULongLong: | |||
4029 | case clang::BuiltinType::UInt128: | |||
4030 | case clang::BuiltinType::Char_S: | |||
4031 | case clang::BuiltinType::SChar: | |||
4032 | case clang::BuiltinType::WChar_S: | |||
4033 | case clang::BuiltinType::Short: | |||
4034 | case clang::BuiltinType::Int: | |||
4035 | case clang::BuiltinType::Long: | |||
4036 | case clang::BuiltinType::LongLong: | |||
4037 | case clang::BuiltinType::Int128: | |||
4038 | case clang::BuiltinType::Float: | |||
4039 | case clang::BuiltinType::Double: | |||
4040 | case clang::BuiltinType::LongDouble: | |||
4041 | break; | |||
4042 | ||||
4043 | case clang::BuiltinType::NullPtr: | |||
4044 | return eLanguageTypeC_plus_plus; | |||
4045 | ||||
4046 | case clang::BuiltinType::ObjCId: | |||
4047 | case clang::BuiltinType::ObjCClass: | |||
4048 | case clang::BuiltinType::ObjCSel: | |||
4049 | return eLanguageTypeObjC; | |||
4050 | ||||
4051 | case clang::BuiltinType::Dependent: | |||
4052 | case clang::BuiltinType::Overload: | |||
4053 | case clang::BuiltinType::BoundMember: | |||
4054 | case clang::BuiltinType::UnknownAny: | |||
4055 | break; | |||
4056 | } | |||
4057 | break; | |||
4058 | case clang::Type::Typedef: | |||
4059 | return GetType(llvm::cast<clang::TypedefType>(qual_type) | |||
4060 | ->getDecl() | |||
4061 | ->getUnderlyingType()) | |||
4062 | .GetMinimumLanguage(); | |||
4063 | } | |||
4064 | } | |||
4065 | return lldb::eLanguageTypeC; | |||
4066 | } | |||
4067 | ||||
4068 | lldb::TypeClass | |||
4069 | TypeSystemClang::GetTypeClass(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | |||
4070 | if (!type) | |||
4071 | return lldb::eTypeClassInvalid; | |||
4072 | ||||
4073 | clang::QualType qual_type = | |||
4074 | RemoveWrappingTypes(GetQualType(type), {clang::Type::Typedef}); | |||
4075 | ||||
4076 | switch (qual_type->getTypeClass()) { | |||
4077 | case clang::Type::Atomic: | |||
4078 | case clang::Type::Auto: | |||
4079 | case clang::Type::Decltype: | |||
4080 | case clang::Type::Elaborated: | |||
4081 | case clang::Type::Paren: | |||
4082 | case clang::Type::TypeOf: | |||
4083 | case clang::Type::TypeOfExpr: | |||
4084 | llvm_unreachable("Handled in RemoveWrappingTypes!")__builtin_unreachable(); | |||
4085 | case clang::Type::UnaryTransform: | |||
4086 | break; | |||
4087 | case clang::Type::FunctionNoProto: | |||
4088 | return lldb::eTypeClassFunction; | |||
4089 | case clang::Type::FunctionProto: | |||
4090 | return lldb::eTypeClassFunction; | |||
4091 | case clang::Type::IncompleteArray: | |||
4092 | return lldb::eTypeClassArray; | |||
4093 | case clang::Type::VariableArray: | |||
4094 | return lldb::eTypeClassArray; | |||
4095 | case clang::Type::ConstantArray: | |||
4096 | return lldb::eTypeClassArray; | |||
4097 | case clang::Type::DependentSizedArray: | |||
4098 | return lldb::eTypeClassArray; | |||
4099 | case clang::Type::DependentSizedExtVector: | |||
4100 | return lldb::eTypeClassVector; | |||
4101 | case clang::Type::DependentVector: | |||
4102 | return lldb::eTypeClassVector; | |||
4103 | case clang::Type::ExtVector: | |||
4104 | return lldb::eTypeClassVector; | |||
4105 | case clang::Type::Vector: | |||
4106 | return lldb::eTypeClassVector; | |||
4107 | case clang::Type::Builtin: | |||
4108 | // Ext-Int is just an integer type. | |||
4109 | case clang::Type::ExtInt: | |||
4110 | case clang::Type::DependentExtInt: | |||
4111 | return lldb::eTypeClassBuiltin; | |||
4112 | case clang::Type::ObjCObjectPointer: | |||
4113 | return lldb::eTypeClassObjCObjectPointer; | |||
4114 | case clang::Type::BlockPointer: | |||
4115 | return lldb::eTypeClassBlockPointer; | |||
4116 | case clang::Type::Pointer: | |||
4117 | return lldb::eTypeClassPointer; | |||
4118 | case clang::Type::LValueReference: | |||
4119 | return lldb::eTypeClassReference; | |||
4120 | case clang::Type::RValueReference: | |||
4121 | return lldb::eTypeClassReference; | |||
4122 | case clang::Type::MemberPointer: | |||
4123 | return lldb::eTypeClassMemberPointer; | |||
4124 | case clang::Type::Complex: | |||
4125 | if (qual_type->isComplexType()) | |||
4126 | return lldb::eTypeClassComplexFloat; | |||
4127 | else | |||
4128 | return lldb::eTypeClassComplexInteger; | |||
4129 | case clang::Type::ObjCObject: | |||
4130 | return lldb::eTypeClassObjCObject; | |||
4131 | case clang::Type::ObjCInterface: | |||
4132 | return lldb::eTypeClassObjCInterface; | |||
4133 | case clang::Type::Record: { | |||
4134 | const clang::RecordType *record_type = | |||
4135 | llvm::cast<clang::RecordType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | |||
4136 | const clang::RecordDecl *record_decl = record_type->getDecl(); | |||
4137 | if (record_decl->isUnion()) | |||
4138 | return lldb::eTypeClassUnion; | |||
4139 | else if (record_decl->isStruct()) | |||
4140 | return lldb::eTypeClassStruct; | |||
4141 | else | |||
4142 | return lldb::eTypeClassClass; | |||
4143 | } break; | |||
4144 | case clang::Type::Enum: | |||
4145 | return lldb::eTypeClassEnumeration; | |||
4146 | case clang::Type::Typedef: | |||
4147 | return lldb::eTypeClassTypedef; | |||
4148 | case clang::Type::UnresolvedUsing: | |||
4149 | break; | |||
4150 | ||||
4151 | case clang::Type::Attributed: | |||
4152 | break; | |||
4153 | case clang::Type::TemplateTypeParm: | |||
4154 | break; | |||
4155 | case clang::Type::SubstTemplateTypeParm: | |||
4156 | break; | |||
4157 | case clang::Type::SubstTemplateTypeParmPack: | |||
4158 | break; | |||
4159 | case clang::Type::InjectedClassName: | |||
4160 | break; | |||
4161 | case clang::Type::DependentName: | |||
4162 | break; | |||
4163 | case clang::Type::DependentTemplateSpecialization: | |||
4164 | break; | |||
4165 | case clang::Type::PackExpansion: | |||
4166 | break; | |||
4167 | ||||
4168 | case clang::Type::TemplateSpecialization: | |||
4169 | break; | |||
4170 | case clang::Type::DeducedTemplateSpecialization: | |||
4171 | break; | |||
4172 | case clang::Type::Pipe: | |||
4173 | break; | |||
4174 | ||||
4175 | // pointer type decayed from an array or function type. | |||
4176 | case clang::Type::Decayed: | |||
4177 | break; | |||
4178 | case clang::Type::Adjusted: | |||
4179 | break; | |||
4180 | case clang::Type::ObjCTypeParam: | |||
4181 | break; | |||
4182 | ||||
4183 | case clang::Type::DependentAddressSpace: | |||
4184 | break; | |||
4185 | case clang::Type::MacroQualified: | |||
4186 | break; | |||
4187 | ||||
4188 | // Matrix types that we're not sure how to display at the moment. | |||
4189 | case clang::Type::ConstantMatrix: | |||
4190 | case clang::Type::DependentSizedMatrix: | |||
4191 | break; | |||
4192 | } | |||
4193 | // We don't know hot to display this type... | |||
4194 | return lldb::eTypeClassOther; | |||
4195 | } | |||
4196 | ||||
4197 | unsigned TypeSystemClang::GetTypeQualifiers(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | |||
4198 | if (type) | |||
4199 | return GetQualType(type).getQualifiers().getCVRQualifiers(); | |||
4200 | return 0; | |||
4201 | } | |||
4202 | ||||
4203 | // Creating related types | |||
4204 | ||||
4205 | CompilerType | |||
4206 | TypeSystemClang::GetArrayElementType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, | |||
4207 | ExecutionContextScope *exe_scope) { | |||
4208 | if (type) { | |||
4209 | clang::QualType qual_type(GetQualType(type)); | |||
4210 | ||||
4211 | const clang::Type *array_eletype = | |||
4212 | qual_type.getTypePtr()->getArrayElementTypeNoTypeQual(); | |||
4213 | ||||
4214 | if (!array_eletype) | |||
4215 | return CompilerType(); | |||
4216 | ||||
4217 | return GetType(clang::QualType(array_eletype, 0)); | |||
4218 | } | |||
4219 | return CompilerType(); | |||
4220 | } | |||
4221 | ||||
4222 | CompilerType TypeSystemClang::GetArrayType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, | |||
4223 | uint64_t size) { | |||
4224 | if (type) { | |||
4225 | clang::QualType qual_type(GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | |||
4226 | clang::ASTContext &ast_ctx = getASTContext(); | |||
4227 | if (size != 0) | |||
4228 | return GetType(ast_ctx.getConstantArrayType( | |||
4229 | qual_type, llvm::APInt(64, size), nullptr, | |||
4230 | clang::ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier::Normal, 0)); | |||
4231 | else | |||
4232 | return GetType(ast_ctx.getIncompleteArrayType( | |||
4233 | qual_type, clang::ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier::Normal, 0)); | |||
4234 | } | |||
4235 | ||||
4236 | return CompilerType(); | |||
4237 | } | |||
4238 | ||||
4239 | CompilerType | |||
4240 | TypeSystemClang::GetCanonicalType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | |||
4241 | if (type) | |||
4242 | return GetType(GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | |||
4243 | return CompilerType(); | |||
4244 | } | |||
4245 | ||||
4246 | static clang::QualType GetFullyUnqualifiedType_Impl(clang::ASTContext *ast, | |||
4247 | clang::QualType qual_type) { | |||
4248 | if (qual_type->isPointerType()) | |||
4249 | qual_type = ast->getPointerType( | |||
4250 | GetFullyUnqualifiedType_Impl(ast, qual_type->getPointeeType())); | |||
4251 | else | |||
4252 | qual_type = qual_type.getUnqualifiedType(); | |||
4253 | qual_type.removeLocalConst(); | |||
4254 | qual_type.removeLocalRestrict(); | |||
4255 | qual_type.removeLocalVolatile(); | |||
4256 | return qual_type; | |||
4257 | } | |||
4258 | ||||
4259 | CompilerType | |||
4260 | TypeSystemClang::GetFullyUnqualifiedType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | |||
4261 | if (type) | |||
4262 | return GetType( | |||
4263 | GetFullyUnqualifiedType_Impl(&getASTContext(), GetQualType(type))); | |||
4264 | return CompilerType(); | |||
4265 | } | |||
4266 | ||||
4267 | CompilerType | |||
4268 | TypeSystemClang::GetEnumerationIntegerType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | |||
4269 | if (type) | |||
4270 | return GetEnumerationIntegerType(GetType(GetCanonicalQualType(type))); | |||
4271 | return CompilerType(); | |||
4272 | } | |||
4273 | ||||
4274 | int TypeSystemClang::GetFunctionArgumentCount( | |||
4275 | lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | |||
4276 | if (type) { | |||
4277 | const clang::FunctionProtoType *func = | |||
4278 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::FunctionProtoType>(GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | |||
4279 | if (func) | |||
4280 | return func->getNumParams(); | |||
4281 | } | |||
4282 | return -1; | |||
4283 | } | |||
4284 | ||||
4285 | CompilerType TypeSystemClang::GetFunctionArgumentTypeAtIndex( | |||
4286 | lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, size_t idx) { | |||
4287 | if (type) { | |||
4288 | const clang::FunctionProtoType *func = | |||
4289 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::FunctionProtoType>(GetQualType(type)); | |||
4290 | if (func) { | |||
4291 | const uint32_t num_args = func->getNumParams(); | |||
4292 | if (idx < num_args) | |||
4293 | return GetType(func->getParamType(idx)); | |||
4294 | } | |||
4295 | } | |||
4296 | return CompilerType(); | |||
4297 | } | |||
4298 | ||||
4299 | CompilerType | |||
4300 | TypeSystemClang::GetFunctionReturnType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | |||
4301 | if (type) { | |||
4302 | clang::QualType qual_type(GetQualType(type)); | |||
4303 | const clang::FunctionProtoType *func = | |||
4304 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::FunctionProtoType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | |||
4305 | if (func) | |||
4306 | return GetType(func->getReturnType()); | |||
4307 | } | |||
4308 | return CompilerType(); | |||
4309 | } | |||
4310 | ||||
4311 | size_t | |||
4312 | TypeSystemClang::GetNumMemberFunctions(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | |||
4313 | size_t num_functions = 0; | |||
4314 | if (type) { | |||
4315 | clang::QualType qual_type = RemoveWrappingTypes(GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | |||
4316 | switch (qual_type->getTypeClass()) { | |||
4317 | case clang::Type::Record: | |||
4318 | if (GetCompleteQualType(&getASTContext(), qual_type)) { | |||
4319 | const clang::RecordType *record_type = | |||
4320 | llvm::cast<clang::RecordType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | |||
4321 | const clang::RecordDecl *record_decl = record_type->getDecl(); | |||
4322 | assert(record_decl)((void)0); | |||
4323 | const clang::CXXRecordDecl *cxx_record_decl = | |||
4324 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::CXXRecordDecl>(record_decl); | |||
4325 | if (cxx_record_decl) | |||
4326 | num_functions = std::distance(cxx_record_decl->method_begin(), | |||
4327 | cxx_record_decl->method_end()); | |||
4328 | } | |||
4329 | break; | |||
4330 | ||||
4331 | case clang::Type::ObjCObjectPointer: { | |||
4332 | const clang::ObjCObjectPointerType *objc_class_type = | |||
4333 | qual_type->getAs<clang::ObjCObjectPointerType>(); | |||
4334 | const clang::ObjCInterfaceType *objc_interface_type = | |||
4335 | objc_class_type->getInterfaceType(); | |||
4336 | if (objc_interface_type && | |||
4337 | GetCompleteType(static_cast<lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t>( | |||
4338 | const_cast<clang::ObjCInterfaceType *>(objc_interface_type)))) { | |||
4339 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *class_interface_decl = | |||
4340 | objc_interface_type->getDecl(); | |||
4341 | if (class_interface_decl) { | |||
4342 | num_functions = std::distance(class_interface_decl->meth_begin(), | |||
4343 | class_interface_decl->meth_end()); | |||
4344 | } | |||
4345 | } | |||
4346 | break; | |||
4347 | } | |||
4348 | ||||
4349 | case clang::Type::ObjCObject: | |||
4350 | case clang::Type::ObjCInterface: | |||
4351 | if (GetCompleteType(type)) { | |||
4352 | const clang::ObjCObjectType *objc_class_type = | |||
4353 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::ObjCObjectType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | |||
4354 | if (objc_class_type) { | |||
4355 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *class_interface_decl = | |||
4356 | objc_class_type->getInterface(); | |||
4357 | if (class_interface_decl) | |||
4358 | num_functions = std::distance(class_interface_decl->meth_begin(), | |||
4359 | class_interface_decl->meth_end()); | |||
4360 | } | |||
4361 | } | |||
4362 | break; | |||
4363 | ||||
4364 | default: | |||
4365 | break; | |||
4366 | } | |||
4367 | } | |||
4368 | return num_functions; | |||
4369 | } | |||
4370 | ||||
4371 | TypeMemberFunctionImpl | |||
4372 | TypeSystemClang::GetMemberFunctionAtIndex(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, | |||
4373 | size_t idx) { | |||
4374 | std::string name; | |||
4375 | MemberFunctionKind kind(MemberFunctionKind::eMemberFunctionKindUnknown); | |||
4376 | CompilerType clang_type; | |||
4377 | CompilerDecl clang_decl; | |||
4378 | if (type) { | |||
4379 | clang::QualType qual_type = RemoveWrappingTypes(GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | |||
4380 | switch (qual_type->getTypeClass()) { | |||
4381 | case clang::Type::Record: | |||
4382 | if (GetCompleteQualType(&getASTContext(), qual_type)) { | |||
4383 | const clang::RecordType *record_type = | |||
4384 | llvm::cast<clang::RecordType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | |||
4385 | const clang::RecordDecl *record_decl = record_type->getDecl(); | |||
4386 | assert(record_decl)((void)0); | |||
4387 | const clang::CXXRecordDecl *cxx_record_decl = | |||
4388 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::CXXRecordDecl>(record_decl); | |||
4389 | if (cxx_record_decl) { | |||
4390 | auto method_iter = cxx_record_decl->method_begin(); | |||
4391 | auto method_end = cxx_record_decl->method_end(); | |||
4392 | if (idx < | |||
4393 | static_cast<size_t>(std::distance(method_iter, method_end))) { | |||
4394 | std::advance(method_iter, idx); | |||
4395 | clang::CXXMethodDecl *cxx_method_decl = | |||
4396 | method_iter->getCanonicalDecl(); | |||
4397 | if (cxx_method_decl) { | |||
4398 | name = cxx_method_decl->getDeclName().getAsString(); | |||
4399 | if (cxx_method_decl->isStatic()) | |||
4400 | kind = lldb::eMemberFunctionKindStaticMethod; | |||
4401 | else if (llvm::isa<clang::CXXConstructorDecl>(cxx_method_decl)) | |||
4402 | kind = lldb::eMemberFunctionKindConstructor; | |||
4403 | else if (llvm::isa<clang::CXXDestructorDecl>(cxx_method_decl)) | |||
4404 | kind = lldb::eMemberFunctionKindDestructor; | |||
4405 | else | |||
4406 | kind = lldb::eMemberFunctionKindInstanceMethod; | |||
4407 | clang_type = GetType(cxx_method_decl->getType()); | |||
4408 | clang_decl = GetCompilerDecl(cxx_method_decl); | |||
4409 | } | |||
4410 | } | |||
4411 | } | |||
4412 | } | |||
4413 | break; | |||
4414 | ||||
4415 | case clang::Type::ObjCObjectPointer: { | |||
4416 | const clang::ObjCObjectPointerType *objc_class_type = | |||
4417 | qual_type->getAs<clang::ObjCObjectPointerType>(); | |||
4418 | const clang::ObjCInterfaceType *objc_interface_type = | |||
4419 | objc_class_type->getInterfaceType(); | |||
4420 | if (objc_interface_type && | |||
4421 | GetCompleteType(static_cast<lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t>( | |||
4422 | const_cast<clang::ObjCInterfaceType *>(objc_interface_type)))) { | |||
4423 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *class_interface_decl = | |||
4424 | objc_interface_type->getDecl(); | |||
4425 | if (class_interface_decl) { | |||
4426 | auto method_iter = class_interface_decl->meth_begin(); | |||
4427 | auto method_end = class_interface_decl->meth_end(); | |||
4428 | if (idx < | |||
4429 | static_cast<size_t>(std::distance(method_iter, method_end))) { | |||
4430 | std::advance(method_iter, idx); | |||
4431 | clang::ObjCMethodDecl *objc_method_decl = | |||
4432 | method_iter->getCanonicalDecl(); | |||
4433 | if (objc_method_decl) { | |||
4434 | clang_decl = GetCompilerDecl(objc_method_decl); | |||
4435 | name = objc_method_decl->getSelector().getAsString(); | |||
4436 | if (objc_method_decl->isClassMethod()) | |||
4437 | kind = lldb::eMemberFunctionKindStaticMethod; | |||
4438 | else | |||
4439 | kind = lldb::eMemberFunctionKindInstanceMethod; | |||
4440 | } | |||
4441 | } | |||
4442 | } | |||
4443 | } | |||
4444 | break; | |||
4445 | } | |||
4446 | ||||
4447 | case clang::Type::ObjCObject: | |||
4448 | case clang::Type::ObjCInterface: | |||
4449 | if (GetCompleteType(type)) { | |||
4450 | const clang::ObjCObjectType *objc_class_type = | |||
4451 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::ObjCObjectType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | |||
4452 | if (objc_class_type) { | |||
4453 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *class_interface_decl = | |||
4454 | objc_class_type->getInterface(); | |||
4455 | if (class_interface_decl) { | |||
4456 | auto method_iter = class_interface_decl->meth_begin(); | |||
4457 | auto method_end = class_interface_decl->meth_end(); | |||
4458 | if (idx < | |||
4459 | static_cast<size_t>(std::distance(method_iter, method_end))) { | |||
4460 | std::advance(method_iter, idx); | |||
4461 | clang::ObjCMethodDecl *objc_method_decl = | |||
4462 | method_iter->getCanonicalDecl(); | |||
4463 | if (objc_method_decl) { | |||
4464 | clang_decl = GetCompilerDecl(objc_method_decl); | |||
4465 | name = objc_method_decl->getSelector().getAsString(); | |||
4466 | if (objc_method_decl->isClassMethod()) | |||
4467 | kind = lldb::eMemberFunctionKindStaticMethod; | |||
4468 | else | |||
4469 | kind = lldb::eMemberFunctionKindInstanceMethod; | |||
4470 | } | |||
4471 | } | |||
4472 | } | |||
4473 | } | |||
4474 | } | |||
4475 | break; | |||
4476 | ||||
4477 | default: | |||
4478 | break; | |||
4479 | } | |||
4480 | } | |||
4481 | ||||
4482 | if (kind == eMemberFunctionKindUnknown) | |||
4483 | return TypeMemberFunctionImpl(); | |||
4484 | else | |||
4485 | return TypeMemberFunctionImpl(clang_type, clang_decl, name, kind); | |||
4486 | } | |||
4487 | ||||
4488 | CompilerType | |||
4489 | TypeSystemClang::GetNonReferenceType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | |||
4490 | if (type) | |||
4491 | return GetType(GetQualType(type).getNonReferenceType()); | |||
4492 | return CompilerType(); | |||
4493 | } | |||
4494 | ||||
4495 | CompilerType | |||
4496 | TypeSystemClang::GetPointeeType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | |||
4497 | if (type) { | |||
4498 | clang::QualType qual_type(GetQualType(type)); | |||
4499 | return GetType(qual_type.getTypePtr()->getPointeeType()); | |||
4500 | } | |||
4501 | return CompilerType(); | |||
4502 | } | |||
4503 | ||||
4504 | CompilerType | |||
4505 | TypeSystemClang::GetPointerType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | |||
4506 | if (type) { | |||
4507 | clang::QualType qual_type(GetQualType(type)); | |||
4508 | ||||
4509 | switch (qual_type.getDesugaredType(getASTContext())->getTypeClass()) { | |||
4510 | case clang::Type::ObjCObject: | |||
4511 | case clang::Type::ObjCInterface: | |||
4512 | return GetType(getASTContext().getObjCObjectPointerType(qual_type)); | |||
4513 | ||||
4514 | default: | |||
4515 | return GetType(getASTContext().getPointerType(qual_type)); | |||
4516 | } | |||
4517 | } | |||
4518 | return CompilerType(); | |||
4519 | } | |||
4520 | ||||
4521 | CompilerType | |||
4522 | TypeSystemClang::GetLValueReferenceType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | |||
4523 | if (type) | |||
4524 | return GetType(getASTContext().getLValueReferenceType(GetQualType(type))); | |||
4525 | else | |||
4526 | return CompilerType(); | |||
4527 | } | |||
4528 | ||||
4529 | CompilerType | |||
4530 | TypeSystemClang::GetRValueReferenceType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | |||
4531 | if (type) | |||
4532 | return GetType(getASTContext().getRValueReferenceType(GetQualType(type))); | |||
4533 | else | |||
4534 | return CompilerType(); | |||
4535 | } | |||
4536 | ||||
4537 | CompilerType TypeSystemClang::GetAtomicType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | |||
4538 | if (!type) | |||
4539 | return CompilerType(); | |||
4540 | return GetType(getASTContext().getAtomicType(GetQualType(type))); | |||
4541 | } | |||
4542 | ||||
4543 | CompilerType | |||
4544 | TypeSystemClang::AddConstModifier(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | |||
4545 | if (type) { | |||
4546 | clang::QualType result(GetQualType(type)); | |||
4547 | result.addConst(); | |||
4548 | return GetType(result); | |||
4549 | } | |||
4550 | return CompilerType(); | |||
4551 | } | |||
4552 | ||||
4553 | CompilerType | |||
4554 | TypeSystemClang::AddVolatileModifier(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | |||
4555 | if (type) { | |||
4556 | clang::QualType result(GetQualType(type)); | |||
4557 | result.addVolatile(); | |||
4558 | return GetType(result); | |||
4559 | } | |||
4560 | return CompilerType(); | |||
4561 | } | |||
4562 | ||||
4563 | CompilerType | |||
4564 | TypeSystemClang::AddRestrictModifier(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | |||
4565 | if (type) { | |||
4566 | clang::QualType result(GetQualType(type)); | |||
4567 | result.addRestrict(); | |||
4568 | return GetType(result); | |||
4569 | } | |||
4570 | return CompilerType(); | |||
4571 | } | |||
4572 | ||||
4573 | CompilerType TypeSystemClang::CreateTypedef( | |||
4574 | lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, const char *typedef_name, | |||
4575 | const CompilerDeclContext &compiler_decl_ctx, uint32_t payload) { | |||
4576 | if (type && typedef_name && typedef_name[0]) { | |||
4577 | clang::ASTContext &clang_ast = getASTContext(); | |||
4578 | clang::QualType qual_type(GetQualType(type)); | |||
4579 | ||||
4580 | clang::DeclContext *decl_ctx = | |||
4581 | TypeSystemClang::DeclContextGetAsDeclContext(compiler_decl_ctx); | |||
4582 | if (!decl_ctx) | |||
4583 | decl_ctx = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); | |||
4584 | ||||
4585 | clang::TypedefDecl *decl = | |||
4586 | clang::TypedefDecl::CreateDeserialized(clang_ast, 0); | |||
4587 | decl->setDeclContext(decl_ctx); | |||
4588 | decl->setDeclName(&clang_ast.Idents.get(typedef_name)); | |||
4589 | decl->setTypeSourceInfo(clang_ast.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(qual_type)); | |||
4590 | decl_ctx->addDecl(decl); | |||
4591 | SetOwningModule(decl, TypePayloadClang(payload).GetOwningModule()); | |||
4592 | ||||
4593 | clang::TagDecl *tdecl = nullptr; | |||
4594 | if (!qual_type.isNull()) { | |||
4595 | if (const clang::RecordType *rt = qual_type->getAs<clang::RecordType>()) | |||
4596 | tdecl = rt->getDecl(); | |||
4597 | if (const clang::EnumType *et = qual_type->getAs<clang::EnumType>()) | |||
4598 | tdecl = et->getDecl(); | |||
4599 | } | |||
4600 | ||||
4601 | // Check whether this declaration is an anonymous struct, union, or enum, | |||
4602 | // hidden behind a typedef. If so, we try to check whether we have a | |||
4603 | // typedef tag to attach to the original record declaration | |||
4604 | if (tdecl && !tdecl->getIdentifier() && !tdecl->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) | |||
4605 | tdecl->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(decl); | |||
4606 | ||||
4607 | decl->setAccess(clang::AS_public); // TODO respect proper access specifier | |||
4608 | ||||
4609 | // Get a uniqued clang::QualType for the typedef decl type | |||
4610 | return GetType(clang_ast.getTypedefType(decl)); | |||
4611 | } | |||
4612 | return CompilerType(); | |||
4613 | } | |||
4614 | ||||
4615 | CompilerType | |||
4616 | TypeSystemClang::GetTypedefedType(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | |||
4617 | if (type) { | |||
4618 | const clang::TypedefType *typedef_type = llvm::dyn_cast<clang::TypedefType>( | |||
4619 | RemoveWrappingTypes(GetQualType(type), {clang::Type::Typedef})); | |||
4620 | if (typedef_type) | |||
4621 | return GetType(typedef_type->getDecl()->getUnderlyingType()); | |||
4622 | } | |||
4623 | return CompilerType(); | |||
4624 | } | |||
4625 | ||||
4626 | // Create related types using the current type's AST | |||
4627 | ||||
4628 | CompilerType TypeSystemClang::GetBasicTypeFromAST(lldb::BasicType basic_type) { | |||
4629 | return TypeSystemClang::GetBasicType(basic_type); | |||
4630 | } | |||
4631 | // Exploring the type | |||
4632 | ||||
4633 | const llvm::fltSemantics & | |||
4634 | TypeSystemClang::GetFloatTypeSemantics(size_t byte_size) { | |||
4635 | clang::ASTContext &ast = getASTContext(); | |||
4636 | const size_t bit_size = byte_size * 8; | |||
4637 | if (bit_size == ast.getTypeSize(ast.FloatTy)) | |||
4638 | return ast.getFloatTypeSemantics(ast.FloatTy); | |||
4639 | else if (bit_size == ast.getTypeSize(ast.DoubleTy)) | |||
4640 | return ast.getFloatTypeSemantics(ast.DoubleTy); | |||
4641 | else if (bit_size == ast.getTypeSize(ast.LongDoubleTy)) | |||
4642 | return ast.getFloatTypeSemantics(ast.LongDoubleTy); | |||
4643 | else if (bit_size == ast.getTypeSize(ast.HalfTy)) | |||
4644 | return ast.getFloatTypeSemantics(ast.HalfTy); | |||
4645 | return llvm::APFloatBase::Bogus(); | |||
4646 | } | |||
4647 | ||||
4648 | Optional<uint64_t> | |||
4649 | TypeSystemClang::GetBitSize(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, | |||
4650 | ExecutionContextScope *exe_scope) { | |||
4651 | if (GetCompleteType(type)) { | |||
4652 | clang::QualType qual_type(GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | |||
4653 | const clang::Type::TypeClass type_class = qual_type->getTypeClass(); | |||
4654 | switch (type_class) { | |||
4655 | case clang::Type::Record: | |||
4656 | if (GetCompleteType(type)) | |||
4657 | return getASTContext().getTypeSize(qual_type); | |||
4658 | else | |||
4659 | return None; | |||
4660 | break; | |||
4661 | ||||
4662 | case clang::Type::ObjCInterface: | |||
4663 | case clang::Type::ObjCObject: { | |||
4664 | ExecutionContext exe_ctx(exe_scope); | |||
4665 | Process *process = exe_ctx.GetProcessPtr(); | |||
4666 | if (process) { | |||
4667 | ObjCLanguageRuntime *objc_runtime = ObjCLanguageRuntime::Get(*process); | |||
4668 | if (objc_runtime) { | |||
4669 | uint64_t bit_size = 0; | |||
4670 | if (objc_runtime->GetTypeBitSize(GetType(qual_type), bit_size)) | |||
4671 | return bit_size; | |||
4672 | } | |||
4673 | } else { | |||
4674 | static bool g_printed = false; | |||
4675 | if (!g_printed) { | |||
4676 | StreamString s; | |||
4677 | DumpTypeDescription(type, &s); | |||
4678 | ||||
4679 | llvm::outs() << "warning: trying to determine the size of type "; | |||
4680 | llvm::outs() << s.GetString() << "\n"; | |||
4681 | llvm::outs() << "without a valid ExecutionContext. this is not " | |||
4682 | "reliable. please file a bug against LLDB.\n"; | |||
4683 | llvm::outs() << "backtrace:\n"; | |||
4684 | llvm::sys::PrintStackTrace(llvm::outs()); | |||
4685 | llvm::outs() << "\n"; | |||
4686 | g_printed = true; | |||
4687 | } | |||
4688 | } | |||
4689 | } | |||
4690 | LLVM_FALLTHROUGH[[gnu::fallthrough]]; | |||
4691 | default: | |||
4692 | const uint32_t bit_size = getASTContext().getTypeSize(qual_type); | |||
4693 | if (bit_size == 0) { | |||
4694 | if (qual_type->isIncompleteArrayType()) | |||
4695 | return getASTContext().getTypeSize( | |||
4696 | qual_type->getArrayElementTypeNoTypeQual() | |||
4697 | ->getCanonicalTypeUnqualified()); | |||
4698 | } | |||
4699 | if (qual_type->isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType()) | |||
4700 | return bit_size + | |||
4701 | getASTContext().getTypeSize(getASTContext().ObjCBuiltinClassTy); | |||
4702 | // Function types actually have a size of 0, that's not an error. | |||
4703 | if (qual_type->isFunctionProtoType()) | |||
4704 | return bit_size; | |||
4705 | if (bit_size) | |||
4706 | return bit_size; | |||
4707 | } | |||
4708 | } | |||
4709 | return None; | |||
4710 | } | |||
4711 | ||||
4712 | llvm::Optional<size_t> | |||
4713 | TypeSystemClang::GetTypeBitAlign(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, | |||
4714 | ExecutionContextScope *exe_scope) { | |||
4715 | if (GetCompleteType(type)) | |||
4716 | return getASTContext().getTypeAlign(GetQualType(type)); | |||
4717 | return {}; | |||
4718 | } | |||
4719 | ||||
4720 | lldb::Encoding TypeSystemClang::GetEncoding(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, | |||
4721 | uint64_t &count) { | |||
4722 | if (!type) | |||
4723 | return lldb::eEncodingInvalid; | |||
4724 | ||||
4725 | count = 1; | |||
4726 | clang::QualType qual_type = RemoveWrappingTypes(GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | |||
4727 | ||||
4728 | switch (qual_type->getTypeClass()) { | |||
4729 | case clang::Type::Atomic: | |||
4730 | case clang::Type::Auto: | |||
4731 | case clang::Type::Decltype: | |||
4732 | case clang::Type::Elaborated: | |||
4733 | case clang::Type::Paren: | |||
4734 | case clang::Type::Typedef: | |||
4735 | case clang::Type::TypeOf: | |||
4736 | case clang::Type::TypeOfExpr: | |||
4737 | llvm_unreachable("Handled in RemoveWrappingTypes!")__builtin_unreachable(); | |||
4738 | ||||
4739 | case clang::Type::UnaryTransform: | |||
4740 | break; | |||
4741 | ||||
4742 | case clang::Type::FunctionNoProto: | |||
4743 | case clang::Type::FunctionProto: | |||
4744 | break; | |||
4745 | ||||
4746 | case clang::Type::IncompleteArray: | |||
4747 | case clang::Type::VariableArray: | |||
4748 | break; | |||
4749 | ||||
4750 | case clang::Type::ConstantArray: | |||
4751 | break; | |||
4752 | ||||
4753 | case clang::Type::DependentVector: | |||
4754 | case clang::Type::ExtVector: | |||
4755 | case clang::Type::Vector: | |||
4756 | // TODO: Set this to more than one??? | |||
4757 | break; | |||
4758 | ||||
4759 | case clang::Type::ExtInt: | |||
4760 | case clang::Type::DependentExtInt: | |||
4761 | return qual_type->isUnsignedIntegerType() ? lldb::eEncodingUint | |||
4762 | : lldb::eEncodingSint; | |||
4763 | ||||
4764 | case clang::Type::Builtin: | |||
4765 | switch (llvm::cast<clang::BuiltinType>(qual_type)->getKind()) { | |||
4766 | case clang::BuiltinType::Void: | |||
4767 | break; | |||
4768 | ||||
4769 | case clang::BuiltinType::Char_S: | |||
4770 | case clang::BuiltinType::SChar: | |||
4771 | case clang::BuiltinType::WChar_S: | |||
4772 | case clang::BuiltinType::Short: | |||
4773 | case clang::BuiltinType::Int: | |||
4774 | case clang::BuiltinType::Long: | |||
4775 | case clang::BuiltinType::LongLong: | |||
4776 | case clang::BuiltinType::Int128: | |||
4777 | return lldb::eEncodingSint; | |||
4778 | ||||
4779 | case clang::BuiltinType::Bool: | |||
4780 | case clang::BuiltinType::Char_U: | |||
4781 | case clang::BuiltinType::UChar: | |||
4782 | case clang::BuiltinType::WChar_U: | |||
4783 | case clang::BuiltinType::Char8: | |||
4784 | case clang::BuiltinType::Char16: | |||
4785 | case clang::BuiltinType::Char32: | |||
4786 | case clang::BuiltinType::UShort: | |||
4787 | case clang::BuiltinType::UInt: | |||
4788 | case clang::BuiltinType::ULong: | |||
4789 | case clang::BuiltinType::ULongLong: | |||
4790 | case clang::BuiltinType::UInt128: | |||
4791 | return lldb::eEncodingUint; | |||
4792 | ||||
4793 | // Fixed point types. Note that they are currently ignored. | |||
4794 | case clang::BuiltinType::ShortAccum: | |||
4795 | case clang::BuiltinType::Accum: | |||
4796 | case clang::BuiltinType::LongAccum: | |||
4797 | case clang::BuiltinType::UShortAccum: | |||
4798 | case clang::BuiltinType::UAccum: | |||
4799 | case clang::BuiltinType::ULongAccum: | |||
4800 | case clang::BuiltinType::ShortFract: | |||
4801 | case clang::BuiltinType::Fract: | |||
4802 | case clang::BuiltinType::LongFract: | |||
4803 | case clang::BuiltinType::UShortFract: | |||
4804 | case clang::BuiltinType::UFract: | |||
4805 | case clang::BuiltinType::ULongFract: | |||
4806 | case clang::BuiltinType::SatShortAccum: | |||
4807 | case clang::BuiltinType::SatAccum: | |||
4808 | case clang::BuiltinType::SatLongAccum: | |||
4809 | case clang::BuiltinType::SatUShortAccum: | |||
4810 | case clang::BuiltinType::SatUAccum: | |||
4811 | case clang::BuiltinType::SatULongAccum: | |||
4812 | case clang::BuiltinType::SatShortFract: | |||
4813 | case clang::BuiltinType::SatFract: | |||
4814 | case clang::BuiltinType::SatLongFract: | |||
4815 | case clang::BuiltinType::SatUShortFract: | |||
4816 | case clang::BuiltinType::SatUFract: | |||
4817 | case clang::BuiltinType::SatULongFract: | |||
4818 | break; | |||
4819 | ||||
4820 | case clang::BuiltinType::Half: | |||
4821 | case clang::BuiltinType::Float: | |||
4822 | case clang::BuiltinType::Float16: | |||
4823 | case clang::BuiltinType::Float128: | |||
4824 | case clang::BuiltinType::Double: | |||
4825 | case clang::BuiltinType::LongDouble: | |||
4826 | case clang::BuiltinType::BFloat16: | |||
4827 | return lldb::eEncodingIEEE754; | |||
4828 | ||||
4829 | case clang::BuiltinType::ObjCClass: | |||
4830 | case clang::BuiltinType::ObjCId: | |||
4831 | case clang::BuiltinType::ObjCSel: | |||
4832 | return lldb::eEncodingUint; | |||
4833 | ||||
4834 | case clang::BuiltinType::NullPtr: | |||
4835 | return lldb::eEncodingUint; | |||
4836 | ||||
4837 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::ARCUnbridgedCast: | |||
4838 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::BoundMember: | |||
4839 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::BuiltinFn: | |||
4840 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::Dependent: | |||
4841 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLClkEvent: | |||
4842 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLEvent: | |||
4843 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLImage1dRO: | |||
4844 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLImage1dWO: | |||
4845 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLImage1dRW: | |||
4846 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLImage1dArrayRO: | |||
4847 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLImage1dArrayWO: | |||
4848 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLImage1dArrayRW: | |||
4849 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLImage1dBufferRO: | |||
4850 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLImage1dBufferWO: | |||
4851 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLImage1dBufferRW: | |||
4852 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLImage2dRO: | |||
4853 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLImage2dWO: | |||
4854 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLImage2dRW: | |||
4855 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLImage2dArrayRO: | |||
4856 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLImage2dArrayWO: | |||
4857 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLImage2dArrayRW: | |||
4858 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLImage2dArrayDepthRO: | |||
4859 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLImage2dArrayDepthWO: | |||
4860 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLImage2dArrayDepthRW: | |||
4861 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLImage2dArrayMSAARO: | |||
4862 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLImage2dArrayMSAAWO: | |||
4863 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLImage2dArrayMSAARW: | |||
4864 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLImage2dArrayMSAADepthRO: | |||
4865 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLImage2dArrayMSAADepthWO: | |||
4866 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLImage2dArrayMSAADepthRW: | |||
4867 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLImage2dDepthRO: | |||
4868 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLImage2dDepthWO: | |||
4869 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLImage2dDepthRW: | |||
4870 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLImage2dMSAARO: | |||
4871 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLImage2dMSAAWO: | |||
4872 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLImage2dMSAARW: | |||
4873 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLImage2dMSAADepthRO: | |||
4874 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLImage2dMSAADepthWO: | |||
4875 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLImage2dMSAADepthRW: | |||
4876 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLImage3dRO: | |||
4877 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLImage3dWO: | |||
4878 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLImage3dRW: | |||
4879 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLQueue: | |||
4880 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLReserveID: | |||
4881 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OCLSampler: | |||
4882 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OMPArraySection: | |||
4883 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OMPArrayShaping: | |||
4884 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::OMPIterator: | |||
4885 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::Overload: | |||
4886 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::PseudoObject: | |||
4887 | case clang::BuiltinType::Kind::UnknownAny: | |||
4888 | break; | |||
4889 | ||||
4890 | case clang::BuiltinType::OCLIntelSubgroupAVCMcePayload: | |||
4891 | case clang::BuiltinType::OCLIntelSubgroupAVCImePayload: | |||
4892 | case clang::BuiltinType::OCLIntelSubgroupAVCRefPayload: | |||
4893 | case clang::BuiltinType::OCLIntelSubgroupAVCSicPayload: | |||
4894 | case clang::BuiltinType::OCLIntelSubgroupAVCMceResult: | |||
4895 | case clang::BuiltinType::OCLIntelSubgroupAVCImeResult: | |||
4896 | case clang::BuiltinType::OCLIntelSubgroupAVCRefResult: | |||
4897 | case clang::BuiltinType::OCLIntelSubgroupAVCSicResult: | |||
4898 | case clang::BuiltinType::OCLIntelSubgroupAVCImeResultSingleRefStreamout: | |||
4899 | case clang::BuiltinType::OCLIntelSubgroupAVCImeResultDualRefStreamout: | |||
4900 | case clang::BuiltinType::OCLIntelSubgroupAVCImeSingleRefStreamin: | |||
4901 | case clang::BuiltinType::OCLIntelSubgroupAVCImeDualRefStreamin: | |||
4902 | break; | |||
4903 | ||||
4904 | // PowerPC -- Matrix Multiply Assist | |||
4905 | case clang::BuiltinType::VectorPair: | |||
4906 | case clang::BuiltinType::VectorQuad: | |||
4907 | break; | |||
4908 | ||||
4909 | // ARM -- Scalable Vector Extension | |||
4910 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveBool: | |||
4911 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveInt8: | |||
4912 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveInt8x2: | |||
4913 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveInt8x3: | |||
4914 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveInt8x4: | |||
4915 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveInt16: | |||
4916 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveInt16x2: | |||
4917 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveInt16x3: | |||
4918 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveInt16x4: | |||
4919 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveInt32: | |||
4920 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveInt32x2: | |||
4921 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveInt32x3: | |||
4922 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveInt32x4: | |||
4923 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveInt64: | |||
4924 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveInt64x2: | |||
4925 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveInt64x3: | |||
4926 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveInt64x4: | |||
4927 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveUint8: | |||
4928 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveUint8x2: | |||
4929 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveUint8x3: | |||
4930 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveUint8x4: | |||
4931 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveUint16: | |||
4932 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveUint16x2: | |||
4933 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveUint16x3: | |||
4934 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveUint16x4: | |||
4935 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveUint32: | |||
4936 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveUint32x2: | |||
4937 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveUint32x3: | |||
4938 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveUint32x4: | |||
4939 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveUint64: | |||
4940 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveUint64x2: | |||
4941 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveUint64x3: | |||
4942 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveUint64x4: | |||
4943 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveFloat16: | |||
4944 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveBFloat16: | |||
4945 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveBFloat16x2: | |||
4946 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveBFloat16x3: | |||
4947 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveBFloat16x4: | |||
4948 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveFloat16x2: | |||
4949 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveFloat16x3: | |||
4950 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveFloat16x4: | |||
4951 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveFloat32: | |||
4952 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveFloat32x2: | |||
4953 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveFloat32x3: | |||
4954 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveFloat32x4: | |||
4955 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveFloat64: | |||
4956 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveFloat64x2: | |||
4957 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveFloat64x3: | |||
4958 | case clang::BuiltinType::SveFloat64x4: | |||
4959 | break; | |||
4960 | ||||
4961 | // RISC-V V builtin types. | |||
4962 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvInt8mf8: | |||
4963 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvInt8mf4: | |||
4964 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvInt8mf2: | |||
4965 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvInt8m1: | |||
4966 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvInt8m2: | |||
4967 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvInt8m4: | |||
4968 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvInt8m8: | |||
4969 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvUint8mf8: | |||
4970 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvUint8mf4: | |||
4971 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvUint8mf2: | |||
4972 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvUint8m1: | |||
4973 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvUint8m2: | |||
4974 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvUint8m4: | |||
4975 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvUint8m8: | |||
4976 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvInt16mf4: | |||
4977 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvInt16mf2: | |||
4978 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvInt16m1: | |||
4979 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvInt16m2: | |||
4980 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvInt16m4: | |||
4981 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvInt16m8: | |||
4982 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvUint16mf4: | |||
4983 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvUint16mf2: | |||
4984 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvUint16m1: | |||
4985 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvUint16m2: | |||
4986 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvUint16m4: | |||
4987 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvUint16m8: | |||
4988 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvInt32mf2: | |||
4989 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvInt32m1: | |||
4990 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvInt32m2: | |||
4991 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvInt32m4: | |||
4992 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvInt32m8: | |||
4993 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvUint32mf2: | |||
4994 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvUint32m1: | |||
4995 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvUint32m2: | |||
4996 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvUint32m4: | |||
4997 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvUint32m8: | |||
4998 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvInt64m1: | |||
4999 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvInt64m2: | |||
5000 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvInt64m4: | |||
5001 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvInt64m8: | |||
5002 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvUint64m1: | |||
5003 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvUint64m2: | |||
5004 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvUint64m4: | |||
5005 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvUint64m8: | |||
5006 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvFloat16mf4: | |||
5007 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvFloat16mf2: | |||
5008 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvFloat16m1: | |||
5009 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvFloat16m2: | |||
5010 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvFloat16m4: | |||
5011 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvFloat16m8: | |||
5012 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvFloat32mf2: | |||
5013 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvFloat32m1: | |||
5014 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvFloat32m2: | |||
5015 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvFloat32m4: | |||
5016 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvFloat32m8: | |||
5017 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvFloat64m1: | |||
5018 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvFloat64m2: | |||
5019 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvFloat64m4: | |||
5020 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvFloat64m8: | |||
5021 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvBool1: | |||
5022 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvBool2: | |||
5023 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvBool4: | |||
5024 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvBool8: | |||
5025 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvBool16: | |||
5026 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvBool32: | |||
5027 | case clang::BuiltinType::RvvBool64: | |||
5028 | break; | |||
5029 | ||||
5030 | case clang::BuiltinType::IncompleteMatrixIdx: | |||
5031 | break; | |||
5032 | } | |||
5033 | break; | |||
5034 | // All pointer types are represented as unsigned integer encodings. We may | |||
5035 | // nee to add a eEncodingPointer if we ever need to know the difference | |||
5036 | case clang::Type::ObjCObjectPointer: | |||
5037 | case clang::Type::BlockPointer: | |||
5038 | case clang::Type::Pointer: | |||
5039 | case clang::Type::LValueReference: | |||
5040 | case clang::Type::RValueReference: | |||
5041 | case clang::Type::MemberPointer: | |||
5042 | return lldb::eEncodingUint; | |||
5043 | case clang::Type::Complex: { | |||
5044 | lldb::Encoding encoding = lldb::eEncodingIEEE754; | |||
5045 | if (qual_type->isComplexType()) | |||
5046 | encoding = lldb::eEncodingIEEE754; | |||
5047 | else { | |||
5048 | const clang::ComplexType *complex_type = | |||
5049 | qual_type->getAsComplexIntegerType(); | |||
5050 | if (complex_type) | |||
5051 | encoding = GetType(complex_type->getElementType()).GetEncoding(count); | |||
5052 | else | |||
5053 | encoding = lldb::eEncodingSint; | |||
5054 | } | |||
5055 | count = 2; | |||
5056 | return encoding; | |||
5057 | } | |||
5058 | ||||
5059 | case clang::Type::ObjCInterface: | |||
5060 | break; | |||
5061 | case clang::Type::Record: | |||
5062 | break; | |||
5063 | case clang::Type::Enum: | |||
5064 | return lldb::eEncodingSint; | |||
5065 | case clang::Type::DependentSizedArray: | |||
5066 | case clang::Type::DependentSizedExtVector: | |||
5067 | case clang::Type::UnresolvedUsing: | |||
5068 | case clang::Type::Attributed: | |||
5069 | case clang::Type::TemplateTypeParm: | |||
5070 | case clang::Type::SubstTemplateTypeParm: | |||
5071 | case clang::Type::SubstTemplateTypeParmPack: | |||
5072 | case clang::Type::InjectedClassName: | |||
5073 | case clang::Type::DependentName: | |||
5074 | case clang::Type::DependentTemplateSpecialization: | |||
5075 | case clang::Type::PackExpansion: | |||
5076 | case clang::Type::ObjCObject: | |||
5077 | ||||
5078 | case clang::Type::TemplateSpecialization: | |||
5079 | case clang::Type::DeducedTemplateSpecialization: | |||
5080 | case clang::Type::Adjusted: | |||
5081 | case clang::Type::Pipe: | |||
5082 | break; | |||
5083 | ||||
5084 | // pointer type decayed from an array or function type. | |||
5085 | case clang::Type::Decayed: | |||
5086 | break; | |||
5087 | case clang::Type::ObjCTypeParam: | |||
5088 | break; | |||
5089 | ||||
5090 | case clang::Type::DependentAddressSpace: | |||
5091 | break; | |||
5092 | case clang::Type::MacroQualified: | |||
5093 | break; | |||
5094 | ||||
5095 | case clang::Type::ConstantMatrix: | |||
5096 | case clang::Type::DependentSizedMatrix: | |||
5097 | break; | |||
5098 | } | |||
5099 | count = 0; | |||
5100 | return lldb::eEncodingInvalid; | |||
5101 | } | |||
5102 | ||||
5103 | lldb::Format TypeSystemClang::GetFormat(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | |||
5104 | if (!type) | |||
5105 | return lldb::eFormatDefault; | |||
5106 | ||||
5107 | clang::QualType qual_type = RemoveWrappingTypes(GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | |||
5108 | ||||
5109 | switch (qual_type->getTypeClass()) { | |||
5110 | case clang::Type::Atomic: | |||
5111 | case clang::Type::Auto: | |||
5112 | case clang::Type::Decltype: | |||
5113 | case clang::Type::Elaborated: | |||
5114 | case clang::Type::Paren: | |||
5115 | case clang::Type::Typedef: | |||
5116 | case clang::Type::TypeOf: | |||
5117 | case clang::Type::TypeOfExpr: | |||
5118 | llvm_unreachable("Handled in RemoveWrappingTypes!")__builtin_unreachable(); | |||
5119 | case clang::Type::UnaryTransform: | |||
5120 | break; | |||
5121 | ||||
5122 | case clang::Type::FunctionNoProto: | |||
5123 | case clang::Type::FunctionProto: | |||
5124 | break; | |||
5125 | ||||
5126 | case clang::Type::IncompleteArray: | |||
5127 | case clang::Type::VariableArray: | |||
5128 | break; | |||
5129 | ||||
5130 | case clang::Type::ConstantArray: | |||
5131 | return lldb::eFormatVoid; // no value | |||
5132 | ||||
5133 | case clang::Type::DependentVector: | |||
5134 | case clang::Type::ExtVector: | |||
5135 | case clang::Type::Vector: | |||
5136 | break; | |||
5137 | ||||
5138 | case clang::Type::ExtInt: | |||
5139 | case clang::Type::DependentExtInt: | |||
5140 | return qual_type->isUnsignedIntegerType() ? lldb::eFormatUnsigned | |||
5141 | : lldb::eFormatDecimal; | |||
5142 | ||||
5143 | case clang::Type::Builtin: | |||
5144 | switch (llvm::cast<clang::BuiltinType>(qual_type)->getKind()) { | |||
5145 | case clang::BuiltinType::UnknownAny: | |||
5146 | case clang::BuiltinType::Void: | |||
5147 | case clang::BuiltinType::BoundMember: | |||
5148 | break; | |||
5149 | ||||
5150 | case clang::BuiltinType::Bool: | |||
5151 | return lldb::eFormatBoolean; | |||
5152 | case clang::BuiltinType::Char_S: | |||
5153 | case clang::BuiltinType::SChar: | |||
5154 | case clang::BuiltinType::WChar_S: | |||
5155 | case clang::BuiltinType::Char_U: | |||
5156 | case clang::BuiltinType::UChar: | |||
5157 | case clang::BuiltinType::WChar_U: | |||
5158 | return lldb::eFormatChar; | |||
5159 | case clang::BuiltinType::Char16: | |||
5160 | return lldb::eFormatUnicode16; | |||
5161 | case clang::BuiltinType::Char32: | |||
5162 | return lldb::eFormatUnicode32; | |||
5163 | case clang::BuiltinType::UShort: | |||
5164 | return lldb::eFormatUnsigned; | |||
5165 | case clang::BuiltinType::Short: | |||
5166 | return lldb::eFormatDecimal; | |||
5167 | case clang::BuiltinType::UInt: | |||
5168 | return lldb::eFormatUnsigned; | |||
5169 | case clang::BuiltinType::Int: | |||
5170 | return lldb::eFormatDecimal; | |||
5171 | case clang::BuiltinType::ULong: | |||
5172 | return lldb::eFormatUnsigned; | |||
5173 | case clang::BuiltinType::Long: | |||
5174 | return lldb::eFormatDecimal; | |||
5175 | case clang::BuiltinType::ULongLong: | |||
5176 | return lldb::eFormatUnsigned; | |||
5177 | case clang::BuiltinType::LongLong: | |||
5178 | return lldb::eFormatDecimal; | |||
5179 | case clang::BuiltinType::UInt128: | |||
5180 | return lldb::eFormatUnsigned; | |||
5181 | case clang::BuiltinType::Int128: | |||
5182 | return lldb::eFormatDecimal; | |||
5183 | case clang::BuiltinType::Half: | |||
5184 | case clang::BuiltinType::Float: | |||
5185 | case clang::BuiltinType::Double: | |||
5186 | case clang::BuiltinType::LongDouble: | |||
5187 | return lldb::eFormatFloat; | |||
5188 | default: | |||
5189 | return lldb::eFormatHex; | |||
5190 | } | |||
5191 | break; | |||
5192 | case clang::Type::ObjCObjectPointer: | |||
5193 | return lldb::eFormatHex; | |||
5194 | case clang::Type::BlockPointer: | |||
5195 | return lldb::eFormatHex; | |||
5196 | case clang::Type::Pointer: | |||
5197 | return lldb::eFormatHex; | |||
5198 | case clang::Type::LValueReference: | |||
5199 | case clang::Type::RValueReference: | |||
5200 | return lldb::eFormatHex; | |||
5201 | case clang::Type::MemberPointer: | |||
5202 | break; | |||
5203 | case clang::Type::Complex: { | |||
5204 | if (qual_type->isComplexType()) | |||
5205 | return lldb::eFormatComplex; | |||
5206 | else | |||
5207 | return lldb::eFormatComplexInteger; | |||
5208 | } | |||
5209 | case clang::Type::ObjCInterface: | |||
5210 | break; | |||
5211 | case clang::Type::Record: | |||
5212 | break; | |||
5213 | case clang::Type::Enum: | |||
5214 | return lldb::eFormatEnum; | |||
5215 | case clang::Type::DependentSizedArray: | |||
5216 | case clang::Type::DependentSizedExtVector: | |||
5217 | case clang::Type::UnresolvedUsing: | |||
5218 | case clang::Type::Attributed: | |||
5219 | case clang::Type::TemplateTypeParm: | |||
5220 | case clang::Type::SubstTemplateTypeParm: | |||
5221 | case clang::Type::SubstTemplateTypeParmPack: | |||
5222 | case clang::Type::InjectedClassName: | |||
5223 | case clang::Type::DependentName: | |||
5224 | case clang::Type::DependentTemplateSpecialization: | |||
5225 | case clang::Type::PackExpansion: | |||
5226 | case clang::Type::ObjCObject: | |||
5227 | ||||
5228 | case clang::Type::TemplateSpecialization: | |||
5229 | case clang::Type::DeducedTemplateSpecialization: | |||
5230 | case clang::Type::Adjusted: | |||
5231 | case clang::Type::Pipe: | |||
5232 | break; | |||
5233 | ||||
5234 | // pointer type decayed from an array or function type. | |||
5235 | case clang::Type::Decayed: | |||
5236 | break; | |||
5237 | case clang::Type::ObjCTypeParam: | |||
5238 | break; | |||
5239 | ||||
5240 | case clang::Type::DependentAddressSpace: | |||
5241 | break; | |||
5242 | case clang::Type::MacroQualified: | |||
5243 | break; | |||
5244 | ||||
5245 | // Matrix types we're not sure how to display yet. | |||
5246 | case clang::Type::ConstantMatrix: | |||
5247 | case clang::Type::DependentSizedMatrix: | |||
5248 | break; | |||
5249 | } | |||
5250 | // We don't know hot to display this type... | |||
5251 | return lldb::eFormatBytes; | |||
5252 | } | |||
5253 | ||||
5254 | static bool ObjCDeclHasIVars(clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *class_interface_decl, | |||
5255 | bool check_superclass) { | |||
5256 | while (class_interface_decl) { | |||
5257 | if (class_interface_decl->ivar_size() > 0) | |||
5258 | return true; | |||
5259 | ||||
5260 | if (check_superclass) | |||
5261 | class_interface_decl = class_interface_decl->getSuperClass(); | |||
5262 | else | |||
5263 | break; | |||
5264 | } | |||
5265 | return false; | |||
5266 | } | |||
5267 | ||||
5268 | static Optional<SymbolFile::ArrayInfo> | |||
5269 | GetDynamicArrayInfo(TypeSystemClang &ast, SymbolFile *sym_file, | |||
5270 | clang::QualType qual_type, | |||
5271 | const ExecutionContext *exe_ctx) { | |||
5272 | if (qual_type->isIncompleteArrayType()) | |||
5273 | if (auto *metadata = ast.GetMetadata(qual_type.getTypePtr())) | |||
5274 | return sym_file->GetDynamicArrayInfoForUID(metadata->GetUserID(), | |||
5275 | exe_ctx); | |||
5276 | return llvm::None; | |||
5277 | } | |||
5278 | ||||
5279 | uint32_t TypeSystemClang::GetNumChildren(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, | |||
5280 | bool omit_empty_base_classes, | |||
5281 | const ExecutionContext *exe_ctx) { | |||
5282 | if (!type) | |||
5283 | return 0; | |||
5284 | ||||
5285 | uint32_t num_children = 0; | |||
5286 | clang::QualType qual_type(RemoveWrappingTypes(GetQualType(type))); | |||
5287 | const clang::Type::TypeClass type_class = qual_type->getTypeClass(); | |||
5288 | switch (type_class) { | |||
5289 | case clang::Type::Builtin: | |||
5290 | switch (llvm::cast<clang::BuiltinType>(qual_type)->getKind()) { | |||
5291 | case clang::BuiltinType::ObjCId: // child is Class | |||
5292 | case clang::BuiltinType::ObjCClass: // child is Class | |||
5293 | num_children = 1; | |||
5294 | break; | |||
5295 | ||||
5296 | default: | |||
5297 | break; | |||
5298 | } | |||
5299 | break; | |||
5300 | ||||
5301 | case clang::Type::Complex: | |||
5302 | return 0; | |||
5303 | case clang::Type::Record: | |||
5304 | if (GetCompleteQualType(&getASTContext(), qual_type)) { | |||
5305 | const clang::RecordType *record_type = | |||
5306 | llvm::cast<clang::RecordType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | |||
5307 | const clang::RecordDecl *record_decl = record_type->getDecl(); | |||
5308 | assert(record_decl)((void)0); | |||
5309 | const clang::CXXRecordDecl *cxx_record_decl = | |||
5310 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::CXXRecordDecl>(record_decl); | |||
5311 | if (cxx_record_decl) { | |||
5312 | if (omit_empty_base_classes) { | |||
5313 | // Check each base classes to see if it or any of its base classes | |||
5314 | // contain any fields. This can help limit the noise in variable | |||
5315 | // views by not having to show base classes that contain no members. | |||
5316 | clang::CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator base_class, | |||
5317 | base_class_end; | |||
5318 | for (base_class = cxx_record_decl->bases_begin(), | |||
5319 | base_class_end = cxx_record_decl->bases_end(); | |||
5320 | base_class != base_class_end; ++base_class) { | |||
5321 | const clang::CXXRecordDecl *base_class_decl = | |||
5322 | llvm::cast<clang::CXXRecordDecl>( | |||
5323 | base_class->getType() | |||
5324 | ->getAs<clang::RecordType>() | |||
5325 | ->getDecl()); | |||
5326 | ||||
5327 | // Skip empty base classes | |||
5328 | if (!TypeSystemClang::RecordHasFields(base_class_decl)) | |||
5329 | continue; | |||
5330 | ||||
5331 | num_children++; | |||
5332 | } | |||
5333 | } else { | |||
5334 | // Include all base classes | |||
5335 | num_children += cxx_record_decl->getNumBases(); | |||
5336 | } | |||
5337 | } | |||
5338 | clang::RecordDecl::field_iterator field, field_end; | |||
5339 | for (field = record_decl->field_begin(), | |||
5340 | field_end = record_decl->field_end(); | |||
5341 | field != field_end; ++field) | |||
5342 | ++num_children; | |||
5343 | } | |||
5344 | break; | |||
5345 | ||||
5346 | case clang::Type::ObjCObject: | |||
5347 | case clang::Type::ObjCInterface: | |||
5348 | if (GetCompleteQualType(&getASTContext(), qual_type)) { | |||
5349 | const clang::ObjCObjectType *objc_class_type = | |||
5350 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::ObjCObjectType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | |||
5351 | assert(objc_class_type)((void)0); | |||
5352 | if (objc_class_type) { | |||
5353 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *class_interface_decl = | |||
5354 | objc_class_type->getInterface(); | |||
5355 | ||||
5356 | if (class_interface_decl) { | |||
5357 | ||||
5358 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *superclass_interface_decl = | |||
5359 | class_interface_decl->getSuperClass(); | |||
5360 | if (superclass_interface_decl) { | |||
5361 | if (omit_empty_base_classes) { | |||
5362 | if (ObjCDeclHasIVars(superclass_interface_decl, true)) | |||
5363 | ++num_children; | |||
5364 | } else | |||
5365 | ++num_children; | |||
5366 | } | |||
5367 | ||||
5368 | num_children += class_interface_decl->ivar_size(); | |||
5369 | } | |||
5370 | } | |||
5371 | } | |||
5372 | break; | |||
5373 | ||||
5374 | case clang::Type::LValueReference: | |||
5375 | case clang::Type::RValueReference: | |||
5376 | case clang::Type::ObjCObjectPointer: { | |||
5377 | CompilerType pointee_clang_type(GetPointeeType(type)); | |||
5378 | ||||
5379 | uint32_t num_pointee_children = 0; | |||
5380 | if (pointee_clang_type.IsAggregateType()) | |||
5381 | num_pointee_children = | |||
5382 | pointee_clang_type.GetNumChildren(omit_empty_base_classes, exe_ctx); | |||
5383 | // If this type points to a simple type, then it has 1 child | |||
5384 | if (num_pointee_children == 0) | |||
5385 | num_children = 1; | |||
5386 | else | |||
5387 | num_children = num_pointee_children; | |||
5388 | } break; | |||
5389 | ||||
5390 | case clang::Type::Vector: | |||
5391 | case clang::Type::ExtVector: | |||
5392 | num_children = | |||
5393 | llvm::cast<clang::VectorType>(qual_type.getTypePtr())->getNumElements(); | |||
5394 | break; | |||
5395 | ||||
5396 | case clang::Type::ConstantArray: | |||
5397 | num_children = llvm::cast<clang::ConstantArrayType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()) | |||
5398 | ->getSize() | |||
5399 | .getLimitedValue(); | |||
5400 | break; | |||
5401 | case clang::Type::IncompleteArray: | |||
5402 | if (auto array_info = | |||
5403 | GetDynamicArrayInfo(*this, GetSymbolFile(), qual_type, exe_ctx)) | |||
5404 | // Only 1-dimensional arrays are supported. | |||
5405 | num_children = array_info->element_orders.size() | |||
5406 | ? array_info->element_orders.back() | |||
5407 | : 0; | |||
5408 | break; | |||
5409 | ||||
5410 | case clang::Type::Pointer: { | |||
5411 | const clang::PointerType *pointer_type = | |||
5412 | llvm::cast<clang::PointerType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | |||
5413 | clang::QualType pointee_type(pointer_type->getPointeeType()); | |||
5414 | CompilerType pointee_clang_type(GetType(pointee_type)); | |||
5415 | uint32_t num_pointee_children = 0; | |||
5416 | if (pointee_clang_type.IsAggregateType()) | |||
5417 | num_pointee_children = | |||
5418 | pointee_clang_type.GetNumChildren(omit_empty_base_classes, exe_ctx); | |||
5419 | if (num_pointee_children == 0) { | |||
5420 | // We have a pointer to a pointee type that claims it has no children. We | |||
5421 | // will want to look at | |||
5422 | num_children = GetNumPointeeChildren(pointee_type); | |||
5423 | } else | |||
5424 | num_children = num_pointee_children; | |||
5425 | } break; | |||
5426 | ||||
5427 | default: | |||
5428 | break; | |||
5429 | } | |||
5430 | return num_children; | |||
5431 | } | |||
5432 | ||||
5433 | CompilerType TypeSystemClang::GetBuiltinTypeByName(ConstString name) { | |||
5434 | return GetBasicType(GetBasicTypeEnumeration(name)); | |||
5435 | } | |||
5436 | ||||
5437 | lldb::BasicType | |||
5438 | TypeSystemClang::GetBasicTypeEnumeration(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | |||
5439 | if (type) { | |||
5440 | clang::QualType qual_type(GetQualType(type)); | |||
5441 | const clang::Type::TypeClass type_class = qual_type->getTypeClass(); | |||
5442 | if (type_class == clang::Type::Builtin) { | |||
5443 | switch (llvm::cast<clang::BuiltinType>(qual_type)->getKind()) { | |||
5444 | case clang::BuiltinType::Void: | |||
5445 | return eBasicTypeVoid; | |||
5446 | case clang::BuiltinType::Bool: | |||
5447 | return eBasicTypeBool; | |||
5448 | case clang::BuiltinType::Char_S: | |||
5449 | return eBasicTypeSignedChar; | |||
5450 | case clang::BuiltinType::Char_U: | |||
5451 | return eBasicTypeUnsignedChar; | |||
5452 | case clang::BuiltinType::Char16: | |||
5453 | return eBasicTypeChar16; | |||
5454 | case clang::BuiltinType::Char32: | |||
5455 | return eBasicTypeChar32; | |||
5456 | case clang::BuiltinType::UChar: | |||
5457 | return eBasicTypeUnsignedChar; | |||
5458 | case clang::BuiltinType::SChar: | |||
5459 | return eBasicTypeSignedChar; | |||
5460 | case clang::BuiltinType::WChar_S: | |||
5461 | return eBasicTypeSignedWChar; | |||
5462 | case clang::BuiltinType::WChar_U: | |||
5463 | return eBasicTypeUnsignedWChar; | |||
5464 | case clang::BuiltinType::Short: | |||
5465 | return eBasicTypeShort; | |||
5466 | case clang::BuiltinType::UShort: | |||
5467 | return eBasicTypeUnsignedShort; | |||
5468 | case clang::BuiltinType::Int: | |||
5469 | return eBasicTypeInt; | |||
5470 | case clang::BuiltinType::UInt: | |||
5471 | return eBasicTypeUnsignedInt; | |||
5472 | case clang::BuiltinType::Long: | |||
5473 | return eBasicTypeLong; | |||
5474 | case clang::BuiltinType::ULong: | |||
5475 | return eBasicTypeUnsignedLong; | |||
5476 | case clang::BuiltinType::LongLong: | |||
5477 | return eBasicTypeLongLong; | |||
5478 | case clang::BuiltinType::ULongLong: | |||
5479 | return eBasicTypeUnsignedLongLong; | |||
5480 | case clang::BuiltinType::Int128: | |||
5481 | return eBasicTypeInt128; | |||
5482 | case clang::BuiltinType::UInt128: | |||
5483 | return eBasicTypeUnsignedInt128; | |||
5484 | ||||
5485 | case clang::BuiltinType::Half: | |||
5486 | return eBasicTypeHalf; | |||
5487 | case clang::BuiltinType::Float: | |||
5488 | return eBasicTypeFloat; | |||
5489 | case clang::BuiltinType::Double: | |||
5490 | return eBasicTypeDouble; | |||
5491 | case clang::BuiltinType::LongDouble: | |||
5492 | return eBasicTypeLongDouble; | |||
5493 | ||||
5494 | case clang::BuiltinType::NullPtr: | |||
5495 | return eBasicTypeNullPtr; | |||
5496 | case clang::BuiltinType::ObjCId: | |||
5497 | return eBasicTypeObjCID; | |||
5498 | case clang::BuiltinType::ObjCClass: | |||
5499 | return eBasicTypeObjCClass; | |||
5500 | case clang::BuiltinType::ObjCSel: | |||
5501 | return eBasicTypeObjCSel; | |||
5502 | default: | |||
5503 | return eBasicTypeOther; | |||
5504 | } | |||
5505 | } | |||
5506 | } | |||
5507 | return eBasicTypeInvalid; | |||
5508 | } | |||
5509 | ||||
5510 | void TypeSystemClang::ForEachEnumerator( | |||
5511 | lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, | |||
5512 | std::function<bool(const CompilerType &integer_type, | |||
5513 | ConstString name, | |||
5514 | const llvm::APSInt &value)> const &callback) { | |||
5515 | const clang::EnumType *enum_type = | |||
5516 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::EnumType>(GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | |||
5517 | if (enum_type) { | |||
5518 | const clang::EnumDecl *enum_decl = enum_type->getDecl(); | |||
5519 | if (enum_decl) { | |||
5520 | CompilerType integer_type = GetType(enum_decl->getIntegerType()); | |||
5521 | ||||
5522 | clang::EnumDecl::enumerator_iterator enum_pos, enum_end_pos; | |||
5523 | for (enum_pos = enum_decl->enumerator_begin(), | |||
5524 | enum_end_pos = enum_decl->enumerator_end(); | |||
5525 | enum_pos != enum_end_pos; ++enum_pos) { | |||
5526 | ConstString name(enum_pos->getNameAsString().c_str()); | |||
5527 | if (!callback(integer_type, name, enum_pos->getInitVal())) | |||
5528 | break; | |||
5529 | } | |||
5530 | } | |||
5531 | } | |||
5532 | } | |||
5533 | ||||
5534 | #pragma mark Aggregate Types | |||
5535 | ||||
5536 | uint32_t TypeSystemClang::GetNumFields(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | |||
5537 | if (!type) | |||
5538 | return 0; | |||
5539 | ||||
5540 | uint32_t count = 0; | |||
5541 | clang::QualType qual_type(RemoveWrappingTypes(GetCanonicalQualType(type))); | |||
5542 | const clang::Type::TypeClass type_class = qual_type->getTypeClass(); | |||
5543 | switch (type_class) { | |||
5544 | case clang::Type::Record: | |||
5545 | if (GetCompleteType(type)) { | |||
5546 | const clang::RecordType *record_type = | |||
5547 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::RecordType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | |||
5548 | if (record_type) { | |||
5549 | clang::RecordDecl *record_decl = record_type->getDecl(); | |||
5550 | if (record_decl) { | |||
5551 | uint32_t field_idx = 0; | |||
5552 | clang::RecordDecl::field_iterator field, field_end; | |||
5553 | for (field = record_decl->field_begin(), | |||
5554 | field_end = record_decl->field_end(); | |||
5555 | field != field_end; ++field) | |||
5556 | ++field_idx; | |||
5557 | count = field_idx; | |||
5558 | } | |||
5559 | } | |||
5560 | } | |||
5561 | break; | |||
5562 | ||||
5563 | case clang::Type::ObjCObjectPointer: { | |||
5564 | const clang::ObjCObjectPointerType *objc_class_type = | |||
5565 | qual_type->getAs<clang::ObjCObjectPointerType>(); | |||
5566 | const clang::ObjCInterfaceType *objc_interface_type = | |||
5567 | objc_class_type->getInterfaceType(); | |||
5568 | if (objc_interface_type && | |||
5569 | GetCompleteType(static_cast<lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t>( | |||
5570 | const_cast<clang::ObjCInterfaceType *>(objc_interface_type)))) { | |||
5571 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *class_interface_decl = | |||
5572 | objc_interface_type->getDecl(); | |||
5573 | if (class_interface_decl) { | |||
5574 | count = class_interface_decl->ivar_size(); | |||
5575 | } | |||
5576 | } | |||
5577 | break; | |||
5578 | } | |||
5579 | ||||
5580 | case clang::Type::ObjCObject: | |||
5581 | case clang::Type::ObjCInterface: | |||
5582 | if (GetCompleteType(type)) { | |||
5583 | const clang::ObjCObjectType *objc_class_type = | |||
5584 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::ObjCObjectType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | |||
5585 | if (objc_class_type) { | |||
5586 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *class_interface_decl = | |||
5587 | objc_class_type->getInterface(); | |||
5588 | ||||
5589 | if (class_interface_decl) | |||
5590 | count = class_interface_decl->ivar_size(); | |||
5591 | } | |||
5592 | } | |||
5593 | break; | |||
5594 | ||||
5595 | default: | |||
5596 | break; | |||
5597 | } | |||
5598 | return count; | |||
5599 | } | |||
5600 | ||||
5601 | static lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t | |||
5602 | GetObjCFieldAtIndex(clang::ASTContext *ast, | |||
5603 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *class_interface_decl, size_t idx, | |||
5604 | std::string &name, uint64_t *bit_offset_ptr, | |||
5605 | uint32_t *bitfield_bit_size_ptr, bool *is_bitfield_ptr) { | |||
5606 | if (class_interface_decl) { | |||
5607 | if (idx < (class_interface_decl->ivar_size())) { | |||
5608 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl::ivar_iterator ivar_pos, | |||
5609 | ivar_end = class_interface_decl->ivar_end(); | |||
5610 | uint32_t ivar_idx = 0; | |||
5611 | ||||
5612 | for (ivar_pos = class_interface_decl->ivar_begin(); ivar_pos != ivar_end; | |||
5613 | ++ivar_pos, ++ivar_idx) { | |||
5614 | if (ivar_idx == idx) { | |||
5615 | const clang::ObjCIvarDecl *ivar_decl = *ivar_pos; | |||
5616 | ||||
5617 | clang::QualType ivar_qual_type(ivar_decl->getType()); | |||
5618 | ||||
5619 | name.assign(ivar_decl->getNameAsString()); | |||
5620 | ||||
5621 | if (bit_offset_ptr) { | |||
5622 | const clang::ASTRecordLayout &interface_layout = | |||
5623 | ast->getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(class_interface_decl); | |||
5624 | *bit_offset_ptr = interface_layout.getFieldOffset(ivar_idx); | |||
5625 | } | |||
5626 | ||||
5627 | const bool is_bitfield = ivar_pos->isBitField(); | |||
5628 | ||||
5629 | if (bitfield_bit_size_ptr) { | |||
5630 | *bitfield_bit_size_ptr = 0; | |||
5631 | ||||
5632 | if (is_bitfield && ast) { | |||
5633 | clang::Expr *bitfield_bit_size_expr = ivar_pos->getBitWidth(); | |||
5634 | clang::Expr::EvalResult result; | |||
5635 | if (bitfield_bit_size_expr && | |||
5636 | bitfield_bit_size_expr->EvaluateAsInt(result, *ast)) { | |||
5637 | llvm::APSInt bitfield_apsint = result.Val.getInt(); | |||
5638 | *bitfield_bit_size_ptr = bitfield_apsint.getLimitedValue(); | |||
5639 | } | |||
5640 | } | |||
5641 | } | |||
5642 | if (is_bitfield_ptr) | |||
5643 | *is_bitfield_ptr = is_bitfield; | |||
5644 | ||||
5645 | return ivar_qual_type.getAsOpaquePtr(); | |||
5646 | } | |||
5647 | } | |||
5648 | } | |||
5649 | } | |||
5650 | return nullptr; | |||
5651 | } | |||
5652 | ||||
5653 | CompilerType TypeSystemClang::GetFieldAtIndex(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, | |||
5654 | size_t idx, std::string &name, | |||
5655 | uint64_t *bit_offset_ptr, | |||
5656 | uint32_t *bitfield_bit_size_ptr, | |||
5657 | bool *is_bitfield_ptr) { | |||
5658 | if (!type) | |||
5659 | return CompilerType(); | |||
5660 | ||||
5661 | clang::QualType qual_type(RemoveWrappingTypes(GetCanonicalQualType(type))); | |||
5662 | const clang::Type::TypeClass type_class = qual_type->getTypeClass(); | |||
5663 | switch (type_class) { | |||
5664 | case clang::Type::Record: | |||
5665 | if (GetCompleteType(type)) { | |||
5666 | const clang::RecordType *record_type = | |||
5667 | llvm::cast<clang::RecordType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | |||
5668 | const clang::RecordDecl *record_decl = record_type->getDecl(); | |||
5669 | uint32_t field_idx = 0; | |||
5670 | clang::RecordDecl::field_iterator field, field_end; | |||
5671 | for (field = record_decl->field_begin(), | |||
5672 | field_end = record_decl->field_end(); | |||
5673 | field != field_end; ++field, ++field_idx) { | |||
5674 | if (idx == field_idx) { | |||
5675 | // Print the member type if requested | |||
5676 | // Print the member name and equal sign | |||
5677 | name.assign(field->getNameAsString()); | |||
5678 | ||||
5679 | // Figure out the type byte size (field_type_info.first) and | |||
5680 | // alignment (field_type_info.second) from the AST context. | |||
5681 | if (bit_offset_ptr) { | |||
5682 | const clang::ASTRecordLayout &record_layout = | |||
5683 | getASTContext().getASTRecordLayout(record_decl); | |||
5684 | *bit_offset_ptr = record_layout.getFieldOffset(field_idx); | |||
5685 | } | |||
5686 | ||||
5687 | const bool is_bitfield = field->isBitField(); | |||
5688 | ||||
5689 | if (bitfield_bit_size_ptr) { | |||
5690 | *bitfield_bit_size_ptr = 0; | |||
5691 | ||||
5692 | if (is_bitfield) { | |||
5693 | clang::Expr *bitfield_bit_size_expr = field->getBitWidth(); | |||
5694 | clang::Expr::EvalResult result; | |||
5695 | if (bitfield_bit_size_expr && | |||
5696 | bitfield_bit_size_expr->EvaluateAsInt(result, | |||
5697 | getASTContext())) { | |||
5698 | llvm::APSInt bitfield_apsint = result.Val.getInt(); | |||
5699 | *bitfield_bit_size_ptr = bitfield_apsint.getLimitedValue(); | |||
5700 | } | |||
5701 | } | |||
5702 | } | |||
5703 | if (is_bitfield_ptr) | |||
5704 | *is_bitfield_ptr = is_bitfield; | |||
5705 | ||||
5706 | return GetType(field->getType()); | |||
5707 | } | |||
5708 | } | |||
5709 | } | |||
5710 | break; | |||
5711 | ||||
5712 | case clang::Type::ObjCObjectPointer: { | |||
5713 | const clang::ObjCObjectPointerType *objc_class_type = | |||
5714 | qual_type->getAs<clang::ObjCObjectPointerType>(); | |||
5715 | const clang::ObjCInterfaceType *objc_interface_type = | |||
5716 | objc_class_type->getInterfaceType(); | |||
5717 | if (objc_interface_type && | |||
5718 | GetCompleteType(static_cast<lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t>( | |||
5719 | const_cast<clang::ObjCInterfaceType *>(objc_interface_type)))) { | |||
5720 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *class_interface_decl = | |||
5721 | objc_interface_type->getDecl(); | |||
5722 | if (class_interface_decl) { | |||
5723 | return CompilerType( | |||
5724 | this, GetObjCFieldAtIndex(&getASTContext(), class_interface_decl, | |||
5725 | idx, name, bit_offset_ptr, | |||
5726 | bitfield_bit_size_ptr, is_bitfield_ptr)); | |||
5727 | } | |||
5728 | } | |||
5729 | break; | |||
5730 | } | |||
5731 | ||||
5732 | case clang::Type::ObjCObject: | |||
5733 | case clang::Type::ObjCInterface: | |||
5734 | if (GetCompleteType(type)) { | |||
5735 | const clang::ObjCObjectType *objc_class_type = | |||
5736 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::ObjCObjectType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | |||
5737 | assert(objc_class_type)((void)0); | |||
5738 | if (objc_class_type) { | |||
5739 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *class_interface_decl = | |||
5740 | objc_class_type->getInterface(); | |||
5741 | return CompilerType( | |||
5742 | this, GetObjCFieldAtIndex(&getASTContext(), class_interface_decl, | |||
5743 | idx, name, bit_offset_ptr, | |||
5744 | bitfield_bit_size_ptr, is_bitfield_ptr)); | |||
5745 | } | |||
5746 | } | |||
5747 | break; | |||
5748 | ||||
5749 | default: | |||
5750 | break; | |||
5751 | } | |||
5752 | return CompilerType(); | |||
5753 | } | |||
5754 | ||||
5755 | uint32_t | |||
5756 | TypeSystemClang::GetNumDirectBaseClasses(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | |||
5757 | uint32_t count = 0; | |||
5758 | clang::QualType qual_type = RemoveWrappingTypes(GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | |||
5759 | const clang::Type::TypeClass type_class = qual_type->getTypeClass(); | |||
5760 | switch (type_class) { | |||
5761 | case clang::Type::Record: | |||
5762 | if (GetCompleteType(type)) { | |||
5763 | const clang::CXXRecordDecl *cxx_record_decl = | |||
5764 | qual_type->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); | |||
5765 | if (cxx_record_decl) | |||
5766 | count = cxx_record_decl->getNumBases(); | |||
5767 | } | |||
5768 | break; | |||
5769 | ||||
5770 | case clang::Type::ObjCObjectPointer: | |||
5771 | count = GetPointeeType(type).GetNumDirectBaseClasses(); | |||
5772 | break; | |||
5773 | ||||
5774 | case clang::Type::ObjCObject: | |||
5775 | if (GetCompleteType(type)) { | |||
5776 | const clang::ObjCObjectType *objc_class_type = | |||
5777 | qual_type->getAsObjCQualifiedInterfaceType(); | |||
5778 | if (objc_class_type) { | |||
5779 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *class_interface_decl = | |||
5780 | objc_class_type->getInterface(); | |||
5781 | ||||
5782 | if (class_interface_decl && class_interface_decl->getSuperClass()) | |||
5783 | count = 1; | |||
5784 | } | |||
5785 | } | |||
5786 | break; | |||
5787 | case clang::Type::ObjCInterface: | |||
5788 | if (GetCompleteType(type)) { | |||
5789 | const clang::ObjCInterfaceType *objc_interface_type = | |||
5790 | qual_type->getAs<clang::ObjCInterfaceType>(); | |||
5791 | if (objc_interface_type) { | |||
5792 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *class_interface_decl = | |||
5793 | objc_interface_type->getInterface(); | |||
5794 | ||||
5795 | if (class_interface_decl && class_interface_decl->getSuperClass()) | |||
5796 | count = 1; | |||
5797 | } | |||
5798 | } | |||
5799 | break; | |||
5800 | ||||
5801 | default: | |||
5802 | break; | |||
5803 | } | |||
5804 | return count; | |||
5805 | } | |||
5806 | ||||
5807 | uint32_t | |||
5808 | TypeSystemClang::GetNumVirtualBaseClasses(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | |||
5809 | uint32_t count = 0; | |||
5810 | clang::QualType qual_type = RemoveWrappingTypes(GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | |||
5811 | const clang::Type::TypeClass type_class = qual_type->getTypeClass(); | |||
5812 | switch (type_class) { | |||
5813 | case clang::Type::Record: | |||
5814 | if (GetCompleteType(type)) { | |||
5815 | const clang::CXXRecordDecl *cxx_record_decl = | |||
5816 | qual_type->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); | |||
5817 | if (cxx_record_decl) | |||
5818 | count = cxx_record_decl->getNumVBases(); | |||
5819 | } | |||
5820 | break; | |||
5821 | ||||
5822 | default: | |||
5823 | break; | |||
5824 | } | |||
5825 | return count; | |||
5826 | } | |||
5827 | ||||
5828 | CompilerType TypeSystemClang::GetDirectBaseClassAtIndex( | |||
5829 | lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, size_t idx, uint32_t *bit_offset_ptr) { | |||
5830 | clang::QualType qual_type = RemoveWrappingTypes(GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | |||
5831 | const clang::Type::TypeClass type_class = qual_type->getTypeClass(); | |||
5832 | switch (type_class) { | |||
5833 | case clang::Type::Record: | |||
5834 | if (GetCompleteType(type)) { | |||
5835 | const clang::CXXRecordDecl *cxx_record_decl = | |||
5836 | qual_type->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); | |||
5837 | if (cxx_record_decl) { | |||
5838 | uint32_t curr_idx = 0; | |||
5839 | clang::CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator base_class, | |||
5840 | base_class_end; | |||
5841 | for (base_class = cxx_record_decl->bases_begin(), | |||
5842 | base_class_end = cxx_record_decl->bases_end(); | |||
5843 | base_class != base_class_end; ++base_class, ++curr_idx) { | |||
5844 | if (curr_idx == idx) { | |||
5845 | if (bit_offset_ptr) { | |||
5846 | const clang::ASTRecordLayout &record_layout = | |||
5847 | getASTContext().getASTRecordLayout(cxx_record_decl); | |||
5848 | const clang::CXXRecordDecl *base_class_decl = | |||
5849 | llvm::cast<clang::CXXRecordDecl>( | |||
5850 | base_class->getType() | |||
5851 | ->getAs<clang::RecordType>() | |||
5852 | ->getDecl()); | |||
5853 | if (base_class->isVirtual()) | |||
5854 | *bit_offset_ptr = | |||
5855 | record_layout.getVBaseClassOffset(base_class_decl) | |||
5856 | .getQuantity() * | |||
5857 | 8; | |||
5858 | else | |||
5859 | *bit_offset_ptr = | |||
5860 | record_layout.getBaseClassOffset(base_class_decl) | |||
5861 | .getQuantity() * | |||
5862 | 8; | |||
5863 | } | |||
5864 | return GetType(base_class->getType()); | |||
5865 | } | |||
5866 | } | |||
5867 | } | |||
5868 | } | |||
5869 | break; | |||
5870 | ||||
5871 | case clang::Type::ObjCObjectPointer: | |||
5872 | return GetPointeeType(type).GetDirectBaseClassAtIndex(idx, bit_offset_ptr); | |||
5873 | ||||
5874 | case clang::Type::ObjCObject: | |||
5875 | if (idx == 0 && GetCompleteType(type)) { | |||
5876 | const clang::ObjCObjectType *objc_class_type = | |||
5877 | qual_type->getAsObjCQualifiedInterfaceType(); | |||
5878 | if (objc_class_type) { | |||
5879 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *class_interface_decl = | |||
5880 | objc_class_type->getInterface(); | |||
5881 | ||||
5882 | if (class_interface_decl) { | |||
5883 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *superclass_interface_decl = | |||
5884 | class_interface_decl->getSuperClass(); | |||
5885 | if (superclass_interface_decl) { | |||
5886 | if (bit_offset_ptr) | |||
5887 | *bit_offset_ptr = 0; | |||
5888 | return GetType(getASTContext().getObjCInterfaceType( | |||
5889 | superclass_interface_decl)); | |||
5890 | } | |||
5891 | } | |||
5892 | } | |||
5893 | } | |||
5894 | break; | |||
5895 | case clang::Type::ObjCInterface: | |||
5896 | if (idx == 0 && GetCompleteType(type)) { | |||
5897 | const clang::ObjCObjectType *objc_interface_type = | |||
5898 | qual_type->getAs<clang::ObjCInterfaceType>(); | |||
5899 | if (objc_interface_type) { | |||
5900 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *class_interface_decl = | |||
5901 | objc_interface_type->getInterface(); | |||
5902 | ||||
5903 | if (class_interface_decl) { | |||
5904 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *superclass_interface_decl = | |||
5905 | class_interface_decl->getSuperClass(); | |||
5906 | if (superclass_interface_decl) { | |||
5907 | if (bit_offset_ptr) | |||
5908 | *bit_offset_ptr = 0; | |||
5909 | return GetType(getASTContext().getObjCInterfaceType( | |||
5910 | superclass_interface_decl)); | |||
5911 | } | |||
5912 | } | |||
5913 | } | |||
5914 | } | |||
5915 | break; | |||
5916 | ||||
5917 | default: | |||
5918 | break; | |||
5919 | } | |||
5920 | return CompilerType(); | |||
5921 | } | |||
5922 | ||||
5923 | CompilerType TypeSystemClang::GetVirtualBaseClassAtIndex( | |||
5924 | lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, size_t idx, uint32_t *bit_offset_ptr) { | |||
5925 | clang::QualType qual_type = RemoveWrappingTypes(GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | |||
5926 | const clang::Type::TypeClass type_class = qual_type->getTypeClass(); | |||
5927 | switch (type_class) { | |||
5928 | case clang::Type::Record: | |||
5929 | if (GetCompleteType(type)) { | |||
5930 | const clang::CXXRecordDecl *cxx_record_decl = | |||
5931 | qual_type->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); | |||
5932 | if (cxx_record_decl) { | |||
5933 | uint32_t curr_idx = 0; | |||
5934 | clang::CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator base_class, | |||
5935 | base_class_end; | |||
5936 | for (base_class = cxx_record_decl->vbases_begin(), | |||
5937 | base_class_end = cxx_record_decl->vbases_end(); | |||
5938 | base_class != base_class_end; ++base_class, ++curr_idx) { | |||
5939 | if (curr_idx == idx) { | |||
5940 | if (bit_offset_ptr) { | |||
5941 | const clang::ASTRecordLayout &record_layout = | |||
5942 | getASTContext().getASTRecordLayout(cxx_record_decl); | |||
5943 | const clang::CXXRecordDecl *base_class_decl = | |||
5944 | llvm::cast<clang::CXXRecordDecl>( | |||
5945 | base_class->getType() | |||
5946 | ->getAs<clang::RecordType>() | |||
5947 | ->getDecl()); | |||
5948 | *bit_offset_ptr = | |||
5949 | record_layout.getVBaseClassOffset(base_class_decl) | |||
5950 | .getQuantity() * | |||
5951 | 8; | |||
5952 | } | |||
5953 | return GetType(base_class->getType()); | |||
5954 | } | |||
5955 | } | |||
5956 | } | |||
5957 | } | |||
5958 | break; | |||
5959 | ||||
5960 | default: | |||
5961 | break; | |||
5962 | } | |||
5963 | return CompilerType(); | |||
5964 | } | |||
5965 | ||||
5966 | // If a pointer to a pointee type (the clang_type arg) says that it has no | |||
5967 | // children, then we either need to trust it, or override it and return a | |||
5968 | // different result. For example, an "int *" has one child that is an integer, | |||
5969 | // but a function pointer doesn't have any children. Likewise if a Record type | |||
5970 | // claims it has no children, then there really is nothing to show. | |||
5971 | uint32_t TypeSystemClang::GetNumPointeeChildren(clang::QualType type) { | |||
5972 | if (type.isNull()) | |||
5973 | return 0; | |||
5974 | ||||
5975 | clang::QualType qual_type = RemoveWrappingTypes(type.getCanonicalType()); | |||
5976 | const clang::Type::TypeClass type_class = qual_type->getTypeClass(); | |||
5977 | switch (type_class) { | |||
5978 | case clang::Type::Builtin: | |||
5979 | switch (llvm::cast<clang::BuiltinType>(qual_type)->getKind()) { | |||
5980 | case clang::BuiltinType::UnknownAny: | |||
5981 | case clang::BuiltinType::Void: | |||
5982 | case clang::BuiltinType::NullPtr: | |||
5983 | case clang::BuiltinType::OCLEvent: | |||
5984 | case clang::BuiltinType::OCLImage1dRO: | |||
5985 | case clang::BuiltinType::OCLImage1dWO: | |||
5986 | case clang::BuiltinType::OCLImage1dRW: | |||
5987 | case clang::BuiltinType::OCLImage1dArrayRO: | |||
5988 | case clang::BuiltinType::OCLImage1dArrayWO: | |||
5989 | case clang::BuiltinType::OCLImage1dArrayRW: | |||
5990 | case clang::BuiltinType::OCLImage1dBufferRO: | |||
5991 | case clang::BuiltinType::OCLImage1dBufferWO: | |||
5992 | case clang::BuiltinType::OCLImage1dBufferRW: | |||
5993 | case clang::BuiltinType::OCLImage2dRO: | |||
5994 | case clang::BuiltinType::OCLImage2dWO: | |||
5995 | case clang::BuiltinType::OCLImage2dRW: | |||
5996 | case clang::BuiltinType::OCLImage2dArrayRO: | |||
5997 | case clang::BuiltinType::OCLImage2dArrayWO: | |||
5998 | case clang::BuiltinType::OCLImage2dArrayRW: | |||
5999 | case clang::BuiltinType::OCLImage3dRO: | |||
6000 | case clang::BuiltinType::OCLImage3dWO: | |||
6001 | case clang::BuiltinType::OCLImage3dRW: | |||
6002 | case clang::BuiltinType::OCLSampler: | |||
6003 | return 0; | |||
6004 | case clang::BuiltinType::Bool: | |||
6005 | case clang::BuiltinType::Char_U: | |||
6006 | case clang::BuiltinType::UChar: | |||
6007 | case clang::BuiltinType::WChar_U: | |||
6008 | case clang::BuiltinType::Char16: | |||
6009 | case clang::BuiltinType::Char32: | |||
6010 | case clang::BuiltinType::UShort: | |||
6011 | case clang::BuiltinType::UInt: | |||
6012 | case clang::BuiltinType::ULong: | |||
6013 | case clang::BuiltinType::ULongLong: | |||
6014 | case clang::BuiltinType::UInt128: | |||
6015 | case clang::BuiltinType::Char_S: | |||
6016 | case clang::BuiltinType::SChar: | |||
6017 | case clang::BuiltinType::WChar_S: | |||
6018 | case clang::BuiltinType::Short: | |||
6019 | case clang::BuiltinType::Int: | |||
6020 | case clang::BuiltinType::Long: | |||
6021 | case clang::BuiltinType::LongLong: | |||
6022 | case clang::BuiltinType::Int128: | |||
6023 | case clang::BuiltinType::Float: | |||
6024 | case clang::BuiltinType::Double: | |||
6025 | case clang::BuiltinType::LongDouble: | |||
6026 | case clang::BuiltinType::Dependent: | |||
6027 | case clang::BuiltinType::Overload: | |||
6028 | case clang::BuiltinType::ObjCId: | |||
6029 | case clang::BuiltinType::ObjCClass: | |||
6030 | case clang::BuiltinType::ObjCSel: | |||
6031 | case clang::BuiltinType::BoundMember: | |||
6032 | case clang::BuiltinType::Half: | |||
6033 | case clang::BuiltinType::ARCUnbridgedCast: | |||
6034 | case clang::BuiltinType::PseudoObject: | |||
6035 | case clang::BuiltinType::BuiltinFn: | |||
6036 | case clang::BuiltinType::OMPArraySection: | |||
6037 | return 1; | |||
6038 | default: | |||
6039 | return 0; | |||
6040 | } | |||
6041 | break; | |||
6042 | ||||
6043 | case clang::Type::Complex: | |||
6044 | return 1; | |||
6045 | case clang::Type::Pointer: | |||
6046 | return 1; | |||
6047 | case clang::Type::BlockPointer: | |||
6048 | return 0; // If block pointers don't have debug info, then no children for | |||
6049 | // them | |||
6050 | case clang::Type::LValueReference: | |||
6051 | return 1; | |||
6052 | case clang::Type::RValueReference: | |||
6053 | return 1; | |||
6054 | case clang::Type::MemberPointer: | |||
6055 | return 0; | |||
6056 | case clang::Type::ConstantArray: | |||
6057 | return 0; | |||
6058 | case clang::Type::IncompleteArray: | |||
6059 | return 0; | |||
6060 | case clang::Type::VariableArray: | |||
6061 | return 0; | |||
6062 | case clang::Type::DependentSizedArray: | |||
6063 | return 0; | |||
6064 | case clang::Type::DependentSizedExtVector: | |||
6065 | return 0; | |||
6066 | case clang::Type::Vector: | |||
6067 | return 0; | |||
6068 | case clang::Type::ExtVector: | |||
6069 | return 0; | |||
6070 | case clang::Type::FunctionProto: | |||
6071 | return 0; // When we function pointers, they have no children... | |||
6072 | case clang::Type::FunctionNoProto: | |||
6073 | return 0; // When we function pointers, they have no children... | |||
6074 | case clang::Type::UnresolvedUsing: | |||
6075 | return 0; | |||
6076 | case clang::Type::Record: | |||
6077 | return 0; | |||
6078 | case clang::Type::Enum: | |||
6079 | return 1; | |||
6080 | case clang::Type::TemplateTypeParm: | |||
6081 | return 1; | |||
6082 | case clang::Type::SubstTemplateTypeParm: | |||
6083 | return 1; | |||
6084 | case clang::Type::TemplateSpecialization: | |||
6085 | return 1; | |||
6086 | case clang::Type::InjectedClassName: | |||
6087 | return 0; | |||
6088 | case clang::Type::DependentName: | |||
6089 | return 1; | |||
6090 | case clang::Type::DependentTemplateSpecialization: | |||
6091 | return 1; | |||
6092 | case clang::Type::ObjCObject: | |||
6093 | return 0; | |||
6094 | case clang::Type::ObjCInterface: | |||
6095 | return 0; | |||
6096 | case clang::Type::ObjCObjectPointer: | |||
6097 | return 1; | |||
6098 | default: | |||
6099 | break; | |||
6100 | } | |||
6101 | return 0; | |||
6102 | } | |||
6103 | ||||
6104 | CompilerType TypeSystemClang::GetChildCompilerTypeAtIndex( | |||
6105 | lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, ExecutionContext *exe_ctx, size_t idx, | |||
6106 | bool transparent_pointers, bool omit_empty_base_classes, | |||
6107 | bool ignore_array_bounds, std::string &child_name, | |||
6108 | uint32_t &child_byte_size, int32_t &child_byte_offset, | |||
6109 | uint32_t &child_bitfield_bit_size, uint32_t &child_bitfield_bit_offset, | |||
6110 | bool &child_is_base_class, bool &child_is_deref_of_parent, | |||
6111 | ValueObject *valobj, uint64_t &language_flags) { | |||
6112 | if (!type) | |||
6113 | return CompilerType(); | |||
6114 | ||||
6115 | auto get_exe_scope = [&exe_ctx]() { | |||
6116 | return exe_ctx ? exe_ctx->GetBestExecutionContextScope() : nullptr; | |||
6117 | }; | |||
6118 | ||||
6119 | clang::QualType parent_qual_type( | |||
6120 | RemoveWrappingTypes(GetCanonicalQualType(type))); | |||
6121 | const clang::Type::TypeClass parent_type_class = | |||
6122 | parent_qual_type->getTypeClass(); | |||
6123 | child_bitfield_bit_size = 0; | |||
6124 | child_bitfield_bit_offset = 0; | |||
6125 | child_is_base_class = false; | |||
6126 | language_flags = 0; | |||
6127 | ||||
6128 | const bool idx_is_valid = | |||
6129 | idx < GetNumChildren(type, omit_empty_base_classes, exe_ctx); | |||
6130 | int32_t bit_offset; | |||
6131 | switch (parent_type_class) { | |||
6132 | case clang::Type::Builtin: | |||
6133 | if (idx_is_valid) { | |||
6134 | switch (llvm::cast<clang::BuiltinType>(parent_qual_type)->getKind()) { | |||
6135 | case clang::BuiltinType::ObjCId: | |||
6136 | case clang::BuiltinType::ObjCClass: | |||
6137 | child_name = "isa"; | |||
6138 | child_byte_size = | |||
6139 | getASTContext().getTypeSize(getASTContext().ObjCBuiltinClassTy) / | |||
6140 | CHAR_BIT8; | |||
6141 | return GetType(getASTContext().ObjCBuiltinClassTy); | |||
6142 | ||||
6143 | default: | |||
6144 | break; | |||
6145 | } | |||
6146 | } | |||
6147 | break; | |||
6148 | ||||
6149 | case clang::Type::Record: | |||
6150 | if (idx_is_valid && GetCompleteType(type)) { | |||
6151 | const clang::RecordType *record_type = | |||
6152 | llvm::cast<clang::RecordType>(parent_qual_type.getTypePtr()); | |||
6153 | const clang::RecordDecl *record_decl = record_type->getDecl(); | |||
6154 | assert(record_decl)((void)0); | |||
6155 | const clang::ASTRecordLayout &record_layout = | |||
6156 | getASTContext().getASTRecordLayout(record_decl); | |||
6157 | uint32_t child_idx = 0; | |||
6158 | ||||
6159 | const clang::CXXRecordDecl *cxx_record_decl = | |||
6160 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::CXXRecordDecl>(record_decl); | |||
6161 | if (cxx_record_decl) { | |||
6162 | // We might have base classes to print out first | |||
6163 | clang::CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator base_class, | |||
6164 | base_class_end; | |||
6165 | for (base_class = cxx_record_decl->bases_begin(), | |||
6166 | base_class_end = cxx_record_decl->bases_end(); | |||
6167 | base_class != base_class_end; ++base_class) { | |||
6168 | const clang::CXXRecordDecl *base_class_decl = nullptr; | |||
6169 | ||||
6170 | // Skip empty base classes | |||
6171 | if (omit_empty_base_classes) { | |||
6172 | base_class_decl = llvm::cast<clang::CXXRecordDecl>( | |||
6173 | base_class->getType()->getAs<clang::RecordType>()->getDecl()); | |||
6174 | if (!TypeSystemClang::RecordHasFields(base_class_decl)) | |||
6175 | continue; | |||
6176 | } | |||
6177 | ||||
6178 | if (idx == child_idx) { | |||
6179 | if (base_class_decl == nullptr) | |||
6180 | base_class_decl = llvm::cast<clang::CXXRecordDecl>( | |||
6181 | base_class->getType()->getAs<clang::RecordType>()->getDecl()); | |||
6182 | ||||
6183 | if (base_class->isVirtual()) { | |||
6184 | bool handled = false; | |||
6185 | if (valobj) { | |||
6186 | clang::VTableContextBase *vtable_ctx = | |||
6187 | getASTContext().getVTableContext(); | |||
6188 | if (vtable_ctx) | |||
6189 | handled = GetVBaseBitOffset(*vtable_ctx, *valobj, | |||
6190 | record_layout, cxx_record_decl, | |||
6191 | base_class_decl, bit_offset); | |||
6192 | } | |||
6193 | if (!handled) | |||
6194 | bit_offset = record_layout.getVBaseClassOffset(base_class_decl) | |||
6195 | .getQuantity() * | |||
6196 | 8; | |||
6197 | } else | |||
6198 | bit_offset = record_layout.getBaseClassOffset(base_class_decl) | |||
6199 | .getQuantity() * | |||
6200 | 8; | |||
6201 | ||||
6202 | // Base classes should be a multiple of 8 bits in size | |||
6203 | child_byte_offset = bit_offset / 8; | |||
6204 | CompilerType base_class_clang_type = GetType(base_class->getType()); | |||
6205 | child_name = base_class_clang_type.GetTypeName().AsCString(""); | |||
6206 | Optional<uint64_t> size = | |||
6207 | base_class_clang_type.GetBitSize(get_exe_scope()); | |||
6208 | if (!size) | |||
6209 | return {}; | |||
6210 | uint64_t base_class_clang_type_bit_size = *size; | |||
6211 | ||||
6212 | // Base classes bit sizes should be a multiple of 8 bits in size | |||
6213 | assert(base_class_clang_type_bit_size % 8 == 0)((void)0); | |||
6214 | child_byte_size = base_class_clang_type_bit_size / 8; | |||
6215 | child_is_base_class = true; | |||
6216 | return base_class_clang_type; | |||
6217 | } | |||
6218 | // We don't increment the child index in the for loop since we might | |||
6219 | // be skipping empty base classes | |||
6220 | ++child_idx; | |||
6221 | } | |||
6222 | } | |||
6223 | // Make sure index is in range... | |||
6224 | uint32_t field_idx = 0; | |||
6225 | clang::RecordDecl::field_iterator field, field_end; | |||
6226 | for (field = record_decl->field_begin(), | |||
6227 | field_end = record_decl->field_end(); | |||
6228 | field != field_end; ++field, ++field_idx, ++child_idx) { | |||
6229 | if (idx == child_idx) { | |||
6230 | // Print the member type if requested | |||
6231 | // Print the member name and equal sign | |||
6232 | child_name.assign(field->getNameAsString()); | |||
6233 | ||||
6234 | // Figure out the type byte size (field_type_info.first) and | |||
6235 | // alignment (field_type_info.second) from the AST context. | |||
6236 | CompilerType field_clang_type = GetType(field->getType()); | |||
6237 | assert(field_idx < record_layout.getFieldCount())((void)0); | |||
6238 | Optional<uint64_t> size = | |||
6239 | field_clang_type.GetByteSize(get_exe_scope()); | |||
6240 | if (!size) | |||
6241 | return {}; | |||
6242 | child_byte_size = *size; | |||
6243 | const uint32_t child_bit_size = child_byte_size * 8; | |||
6244 | ||||
6245 | // Figure out the field offset within the current struct/union/class | |||
6246 | // type | |||
6247 | bit_offset = record_layout.getFieldOffset(field_idx); | |||
6248 | if (FieldIsBitfield(*field, child_bitfield_bit_size)) { | |||
6249 | child_bitfield_bit_offset = bit_offset % child_bit_size; | |||
6250 | const uint32_t child_bit_offset = | |||
6251 | bit_offset - child_bitfield_bit_offset; | |||
6252 | child_byte_offset = child_bit_offset / 8; | |||
6253 | } else { | |||
6254 | child_byte_offset = bit_offset / 8; | |||
6255 | } | |||
6256 | ||||
6257 | return field_clang_type; | |||
6258 | } | |||
6259 | } | |||
6260 | } | |||
6261 | break; | |||
6262 | ||||
6263 | case clang::Type::ObjCObject: | |||
6264 | case clang::Type::ObjCInterface: | |||
6265 | if (idx_is_valid && GetCompleteType(type)) { | |||
6266 | const clang::ObjCObjectType *objc_class_type = | |||
6267 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::ObjCObjectType>(parent_qual_type.getTypePtr()); | |||
6268 | assert(objc_class_type)((void)0); | |||
6269 | if (objc_class_type) { | |||
6270 | uint32_t child_idx = 0; | |||
6271 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *class_interface_decl = | |||
6272 | objc_class_type->getInterface(); | |||
6273 | ||||
6274 | if (class_interface_decl) { | |||
6275 | ||||
6276 | const clang::ASTRecordLayout &interface_layout = | |||
6277 | getASTContext().getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(class_interface_decl); | |||
6278 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *superclass_interface_decl = | |||
6279 | class_interface_decl->getSuperClass(); | |||
6280 | if (superclass_interface_decl) { | |||
6281 | if (omit_empty_base_classes) { | |||
6282 | CompilerType base_class_clang_type = | |||
6283 | GetType(getASTContext().getObjCInterfaceType( | |||
6284 | superclass_interface_decl)); | |||
6285 | if (base_class_clang_type.GetNumChildren(omit_empty_base_classes, | |||
6286 | exe_ctx) > 0) { | |||
6287 | if (idx == 0) { | |||
6288 | clang::QualType ivar_qual_type( | |||
6289 | getASTContext().getObjCInterfaceType( | |||
6290 | superclass_interface_decl)); | |||
6291 | ||||
6292 | child_name.assign( | |||
6293 | superclass_interface_decl->getNameAsString()); | |||
6294 | ||||
6295 | clang::TypeInfo ivar_type_info = | |||
6296 | getASTContext().getTypeInfo(ivar_qual_type.getTypePtr()); | |||
6297 | ||||
6298 | child_byte_size = ivar_type_info.Width / 8; | |||
6299 | child_byte_offset = 0; | |||
6300 | child_is_base_class = true; | |||
6301 | ||||
6302 | return GetType(ivar_qual_type); | |||
6303 | } | |||
6304 | ||||
6305 | ++child_idx; | |||
6306 | } | |||
6307 | } else | |||
6308 | ++child_idx; | |||
6309 | } | |||
6310 | ||||
6311 | const uint32_t superclass_idx = child_idx; | |||
6312 | ||||
6313 | if (idx < (child_idx + class_interface_decl->ivar_size())) { | |||
6314 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl::ivar_iterator ivar_pos, | |||
6315 | ivar_end = class_interface_decl->ivar_end(); | |||
6316 | ||||
6317 | for (ivar_pos = class_interface_decl->ivar_begin(); | |||
6318 | ivar_pos != ivar_end; ++ivar_pos) { | |||
6319 | if (child_idx == idx) { | |||
6320 | clang::ObjCIvarDecl *ivar_decl = *ivar_pos; | |||
6321 | ||||
6322 | clang::QualType ivar_qual_type(ivar_decl->getType()); | |||
6323 | ||||
6324 | child_name.assign(ivar_decl->getNameAsString()); | |||
6325 | ||||
6326 | clang::TypeInfo ivar_type_info = | |||
6327 | getASTContext().getTypeInfo(ivar_qual_type.getTypePtr()); | |||
6328 | ||||
6329 | child_byte_size = ivar_type_info.Width / 8; | |||
6330 | ||||
6331 | // Figure out the field offset within the current | |||
6332 | // struct/union/class type For ObjC objects, we can't trust the | |||
6333 | // bit offset we get from the Clang AST, since that doesn't | |||
6334 | // account for the space taken up by unbacked properties, or | |||
6335 | // from the changing size of base classes that are newer than | |||
6336 | // this class. So if we have a process around that we can ask | |||
6337 | // about this object, do so. | |||
6338 | child_byte_offset = LLDB_INVALID_IVAR_OFFSET0xffffffffU; | |||
6339 | Process *process = nullptr; | |||
6340 | if (exe_ctx) | |||
6341 | process = exe_ctx->GetProcessPtr(); | |||
6342 | if (process) { | |||
6343 | ObjCLanguageRuntime *objc_runtime = | |||
6344 | ObjCLanguageRuntime::Get(*process); | |||
6345 | if (objc_runtime != nullptr) { | |||
6346 | CompilerType parent_ast_type = GetType(parent_qual_type); | |||
6347 | child_byte_offset = objc_runtime->GetByteOffsetForIvar( | |||
6348 | parent_ast_type, ivar_decl->getNameAsString().c_str()); | |||
6349 | } | |||
6350 | } | |||
6351 | ||||
6352 | // Setting this to INT32_MAX to make sure we don't compute it | |||
6353 | // twice... | |||
6354 | bit_offset = INT32_MAX0x7fffffff; | |||
6355 | ||||
6356 | if (child_byte_offset == | |||
6357 | static_cast<int32_t>(LLDB_INVALID_IVAR_OFFSET0xffffffffU)) { | |||
6358 | bit_offset = interface_layout.getFieldOffset(child_idx - | |||
6359 | superclass_idx); | |||
6360 | child_byte_offset = bit_offset / 8; | |||
6361 | } | |||
6362 | ||||
6363 | // Note, the ObjC Ivar Byte offset is just that, it doesn't | |||
6364 | // account for the bit offset of a bitfield within its | |||
6365 | // containing object. So regardless of where we get the byte | |||
6366 | // offset from, we still need to get the bit offset for | |||
6367 | // bitfields from the layout. | |||
6368 | ||||
6369 | if (FieldIsBitfield(ivar_decl, child_bitfield_bit_size)) { | |||
6370 | if (bit_offset == INT32_MAX0x7fffffff) | |||
6371 | bit_offset = interface_layout.getFieldOffset( | |||
6372 | child_idx - superclass_idx); | |||
6373 | ||||
6374 | child_bitfield_bit_offset = bit_offset % 8; | |||
6375 | } | |||
6376 | return GetType(ivar_qual_type); | |||
6377 | } | |||
6378 | ++child_idx; | |||
6379 | } | |||
6380 | } | |||
6381 | } | |||
6382 | } | |||
6383 | } | |||
6384 | break; | |||
6385 | ||||
6386 | case clang::Type::ObjCObjectPointer: | |||
6387 | if (idx_is_valid) { | |||
6388 | CompilerType pointee_clang_type(GetPointeeType(type)); | |||
6389 | ||||
6390 | if (transparent_pointers && pointee_clang_type.IsAggregateType()) { | |||
6391 | child_is_deref_of_parent = false; | |||
6392 | bool tmp_child_is_deref_of_parent = false; | |||
6393 | return pointee_clang_type.GetChildCompilerTypeAtIndex( | |||
6394 | exe_ctx, idx, transparent_pointers, omit_empty_base_classes, | |||
6395 | ignore_array_bounds, child_name, child_byte_size, child_byte_offset, | |||
6396 | child_bitfield_bit_size, child_bitfield_bit_offset, | |||
6397 | child_is_base_class, tmp_child_is_deref_of_parent, valobj, | |||
6398 | language_flags); | |||
6399 | } else { | |||
6400 | child_is_deref_of_parent = true; | |||
6401 | const char *parent_name = | |||
6402 | valobj ? valobj->GetName().GetCString() : nullptr; | |||
6403 | if (parent_name) { | |||
6404 | child_name.assign(1, '*'); | |||
6405 | child_name += parent_name; | |||
6406 | } | |||
6407 | ||||
6408 | // We have a pointer to an simple type | |||
6409 | if (idx == 0 && pointee_clang_type.GetCompleteType()) { | |||
6410 | if (Optional<uint64_t> size = | |||
6411 | pointee_clang_type.GetByteSize(get_exe_scope())) { | |||
6412 | child_byte_size = *size; | |||
6413 | child_byte_offset = 0; | |||
6414 | return pointee_clang_type; | |||
6415 | } | |||
6416 | } | |||
6417 | } | |||
6418 | } | |||
6419 | break; | |||
6420 | ||||
6421 | case clang::Type::Vector: | |||
6422 | case clang::Type::ExtVector: | |||
6423 | if (idx_is_valid) { | |||
6424 | const clang::VectorType *array = | |||
6425 | llvm::cast<clang::VectorType>(parent_qual_type.getTypePtr()); | |||
6426 | if (array) { | |||
6427 | CompilerType element_type = GetType(array->getElementType()); | |||
6428 | if (element_type.GetCompleteType()) { | |||
6429 | char element_name[64]; | |||
6430 | ::snprintf(element_name, sizeof(element_name), "[%" PRIu64"llu" "]", | |||
6431 | static_cast<uint64_t>(idx)); | |||
6432 | child_name.assign(element_name); | |||
6433 | if (Optional<uint64_t> size = | |||
6434 | element_type.GetByteSize(get_exe_scope())) { | |||
6435 | child_byte_size = *size; | |||
6436 | child_byte_offset = (int32_t)idx * (int32_t)child_byte_size; | |||
6437 | return element_type; | |||
6438 | } | |||
6439 | } | |||
6440 | } | |||
6441 | } | |||
6442 | break; | |||
6443 | ||||
6444 | case clang::Type::ConstantArray: | |||
6445 | case clang::Type::IncompleteArray: | |||
6446 | if (ignore_array_bounds || idx_is_valid) { | |||
6447 | const clang::ArrayType *array = GetQualType(type)->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe(); | |||
6448 | if (array) { | |||
6449 | CompilerType element_type = GetType(array->getElementType()); | |||
6450 | if (element_type.GetCompleteType()) { | |||
6451 | child_name = std::string(llvm::formatv("[{0}]", idx)); | |||
6452 | if (Optional<uint64_t> size = | |||
6453 | element_type.GetByteSize(get_exe_scope())) { | |||
6454 | child_byte_size = *size; | |||
6455 | child_byte_offset = (int32_t)idx * (int32_t)child_byte_size; | |||
6456 | return element_type; | |||
6457 | } | |||
6458 | } | |||
6459 | } | |||
6460 | } | |||
6461 | break; | |||
6462 | ||||
6463 | case clang::Type::Pointer: { | |||
6464 | CompilerType pointee_clang_type(GetPointeeType(type)); | |||
6465 | ||||
6466 | // Don't dereference "void *" pointers | |||
6467 | if (pointee_clang_type.IsVoidType()) | |||
6468 | return CompilerType(); | |||
6469 | ||||
6470 | if (transparent_pointers && pointee_clang_type.IsAggregateType()) { | |||
6471 | child_is_deref_of_parent = false; | |||
6472 | bool tmp_child_is_deref_of_parent = false; | |||
6473 | return pointee_clang_type.GetChildCompilerTypeAtIndex( | |||
6474 | exe_ctx, idx, transparent_pointers, omit_empty_base_classes, | |||
6475 | ignore_array_bounds, child_name, child_byte_size, child_byte_offset, | |||
6476 | child_bitfield_bit_size, child_bitfield_bit_offset, | |||
6477 | child_is_base_class, tmp_child_is_deref_of_parent, valobj, | |||
6478 | language_flags); | |||
6479 | } else { | |||
6480 | child_is_deref_of_parent = true; | |||
6481 | ||||
6482 | const char *parent_name = | |||
6483 | valobj ? valobj->GetName().GetCString() : nullptr; | |||
6484 | if (parent_name) { | |||
6485 | child_name.assign(1, '*'); | |||
6486 | child_name += parent_name; | |||
6487 | } | |||
6488 | ||||
6489 | // We have a pointer to an simple type | |||
6490 | if (idx == 0) { | |||
6491 | if (Optional<uint64_t> size = | |||
6492 | pointee_clang_type.GetByteSize(get_exe_scope())) { | |||
6493 | child_byte_size = *size; | |||
6494 | child_byte_offset = 0; | |||
6495 | return pointee_clang_type; | |||
6496 | } | |||
6497 | } | |||
6498 | } | |||
6499 | break; | |||
6500 | } | |||
6501 | ||||
6502 | case clang::Type::LValueReference: | |||
6503 | case clang::Type::RValueReference: | |||
6504 | if (idx_is_valid) { | |||
6505 | const clang::ReferenceType *reference_type = | |||
6506 | llvm::cast<clang::ReferenceType>(GetQualType(type).getTypePtr()); | |||
6507 | CompilerType pointee_clang_type = | |||
6508 | GetType(reference_type->getPointeeType()); | |||
6509 | if (transparent_pointers && pointee_clang_type.IsAggregateType()) { | |||
6510 | child_is_deref_of_parent = false; | |||
6511 | bool tmp_child_is_deref_of_parent = false; | |||
6512 | return pointee_clang_type.GetChildCompilerTypeAtIndex( | |||
6513 | exe_ctx, idx, transparent_pointers, omit_empty_base_classes, | |||
6514 | ignore_array_bounds, child_name, child_byte_size, child_byte_offset, | |||
6515 | child_bitfield_bit_size, child_bitfield_bit_offset, | |||
6516 | child_is_base_class, tmp_child_is_deref_of_parent, valobj, | |||
6517 | language_flags); | |||
6518 | } else { | |||
6519 | const char *parent_name = | |||
6520 | valobj ? valobj->GetName().GetCString() : nullptr; | |||
6521 | if (parent_name) { | |||
6522 | child_name.assign(1, '&'); | |||
6523 | child_name += parent_name; | |||
6524 | } | |||
6525 | ||||
6526 | // We have a pointer to an simple type | |||
6527 | if (idx == 0) { | |||
6528 | if (Optional<uint64_t> size = | |||
6529 | pointee_clang_type.GetByteSize(get_exe_scope())) { | |||
6530 | child_byte_size = *size; | |||
6531 | child_byte_offset = 0; | |||
6532 | return pointee_clang_type; | |||
6533 | } | |||
6534 | } | |||
6535 | } | |||
6536 | } | |||
6537 | break; | |||
6538 | ||||
6539 | default: | |||
6540 | break; | |||
6541 | } | |||
6542 | return CompilerType(); | |||
6543 | } | |||
6544 | ||||
6545 | static uint32_t GetIndexForRecordBase(const clang::RecordDecl *record_decl, | |||
6546 | const clang::CXXBaseSpecifier *base_spec, | |||
6547 | bool omit_empty_base_classes) { | |||
6548 | uint32_t child_idx = 0; | |||
6549 | ||||
6550 | const clang::CXXRecordDecl *cxx_record_decl = | |||
6551 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::CXXRecordDecl>(record_decl); | |||
6552 | ||||
6553 | if (cxx_record_decl) { | |||
6554 | clang::CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator base_class, base_class_end; | |||
6555 | for (base_class = cxx_record_decl->bases_begin(), | |||
6556 | base_class_end = cxx_record_decl->bases_end(); | |||
6557 | base_class != base_class_end; ++base_class) { | |||
6558 | if (omit_empty_base_classes) { | |||
6559 | if (BaseSpecifierIsEmpty(base_class)) | |||
6560 | continue; | |||
6561 | } | |||
6562 | ||||
6563 | if (base_class == base_spec) | |||
6564 | return child_idx; | |||
6565 | ++child_idx; | |||
6566 | } | |||
6567 | } | |||
6568 | ||||
6569 | return UINT32_MAX0xffffffffU; | |||
6570 | } | |||
6571 | ||||
6572 | static uint32_t GetIndexForRecordChild(const clang::RecordDecl *record_decl, | |||
6573 | clang::NamedDecl *canonical_decl, | |||
6574 | bool omit_empty_base_classes) { | |||
6575 | uint32_t child_idx = TypeSystemClang::GetNumBaseClasses( | |||
6576 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::CXXRecordDecl>(record_decl), | |||
6577 | omit_empty_base_classes); | |||
6578 | ||||
6579 | clang::RecordDecl::field_iterator field, field_end; | |||
6580 | for (field = record_decl->field_begin(), field_end = record_decl->field_end(); | |||
6581 | field != field_end; ++field, ++child_idx) { | |||
6582 | if (field->getCanonicalDecl() == canonical_decl) | |||
6583 | return child_idx; | |||
6584 | } | |||
6585 | ||||
6586 | return UINT32_MAX0xffffffffU; | |||
6587 | } | |||
6588 | ||||
6589 | // Look for a child member (doesn't include base classes, but it does include | |||
6590 | // their members) in the type hierarchy. Returns an index path into | |||
6591 | // "clang_type" on how to reach the appropriate member. | |||
6592 | // | |||
6593 | // class A | |||
6594 | // { | |||
6595 | // public: | |||
6596 | // int m_a; | |||
6597 | // int m_b; | |||
6598 | // }; | |||
6599 | // | |||
6600 | // class B | |||
6601 | // { | |||
6602 | // }; | |||
6603 | // | |||
6604 | // class C : | |||
6605 | // public B, | |||
6606 | // public A | |||
6607 | // { | |||
6608 | // }; | |||
6609 | // | |||
6610 | // If we have a clang type that describes "class C", and we wanted to looked | |||
6611 | // "m_b" in it: | |||
6612 | // | |||
6613 | // With omit_empty_base_classes == false we would get an integer array back | |||
6614 | // with: { 1, 1 } The first index 1 is the child index for "class A" within | |||
6615 | // class C The second index 1 is the child index for "m_b" within class A | |||
6616 | // | |||
6617 | // With omit_empty_base_classes == true we would get an integer array back | |||
6618 | // with: { 0, 1 } The first index 0 is the child index for "class A" within | |||
6619 | // class C (since class B doesn't have any members it doesn't count) The second | |||
6620 | // index 1 is the child index for "m_b" within class A | |||
6621 | ||||
6622 | size_t TypeSystemClang::GetIndexOfChildMemberWithName( | |||
6623 | lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, const char *name, | |||
6624 | bool omit_empty_base_classes, std::vector<uint32_t> &child_indexes) { | |||
6625 | if (type && name && name[0]) { | |||
6626 | clang::QualType qual_type = RemoveWrappingTypes(GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | |||
6627 | const clang::Type::TypeClass type_class = qual_type->getTypeClass(); | |||
6628 | switch (type_class) { | |||
6629 | case clang::Type::Record: | |||
6630 | if (GetCompleteType(type)) { | |||
6631 | const clang::RecordType *record_type = | |||
6632 | llvm::cast<clang::RecordType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | |||
6633 | const clang::RecordDecl *record_decl = record_type->getDecl(); | |||
6634 | ||||
6635 | assert(record_decl)((void)0); | |||
6636 | uint32_t child_idx = 0; | |||
6637 | ||||
6638 | const clang::CXXRecordDecl *cxx_record_decl = | |||
6639 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::CXXRecordDecl>(record_decl); | |||
6640 | ||||
6641 | // Try and find a field that matches NAME | |||
6642 | clang::RecordDecl::field_iterator field, field_end; | |||
6643 | llvm::StringRef name_sref(name); | |||
6644 | for (field = record_decl->field_begin(), | |||
6645 | field_end = record_decl->field_end(); | |||
6646 | field != field_end; ++field, ++child_idx) { | |||
6647 | llvm::StringRef field_name = field->getName(); | |||
6648 | if (field_name.empty()) { | |||
6649 | CompilerType field_type = GetType(field->getType()); | |||
6650 | child_indexes.push_back(child_idx); | |||
6651 | if (field_type.GetIndexOfChildMemberWithName( | |||
6652 | name, omit_empty_base_classes, child_indexes)) | |||
6653 | return child_indexes.size(); | |||
6654 | child_indexes.pop_back(); | |||
6655 | ||||
6656 | } else if (field_name.equals(name_sref)) { | |||
6657 | // We have to add on the number of base classes to this index! | |||
6658 | child_indexes.push_back( | |||
6659 | child_idx + TypeSystemClang::GetNumBaseClasses( | |||
6660 | cxx_record_decl, omit_empty_base_classes)); | |||
6661 | return child_indexes.size(); | |||
6662 | } | |||
6663 | } | |||
6664 | ||||
6665 | if (cxx_record_decl) { | |||
6666 | const clang::RecordDecl *parent_record_decl = cxx_record_decl; | |||
6667 | ||||
6668 | // Didn't find things easily, lets let clang do its thang... | |||
6669 | clang::IdentifierInfo &ident_ref = | |||
6670 | getASTContext().Idents.get(name_sref); | |||
6671 | clang::DeclarationName decl_name(&ident_ref); | |||
6672 | ||||
6673 | clang::CXXBasePaths paths; | |||
6674 | if (cxx_record_decl->lookupInBases( | |||
6675 | [decl_name](const clang::CXXBaseSpecifier *specifier, | |||
6676 | clang::CXXBasePath &path) { | |||
6677 | CXXRecordDecl *record = | |||
6678 | specifier->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); | |||
6679 | auto r = record->lookup(decl_name); | |||
6680 | path.Decls = r.begin(); | |||
6681 | return !r.empty(); | |||
6682 | }, | |||
6683 | paths)) { | |||
6684 | clang::CXXBasePaths::const_paths_iterator path, | |||
6685 | path_end = paths.end(); | |||
6686 | for (path = paths.begin(); path != path_end; ++path) { | |||
6687 | const size_t num_path_elements = path->size(); | |||
6688 | for (size_t e = 0; e < num_path_elements; ++e) { | |||
6689 | clang::CXXBasePathElement elem = (*path)[e]; | |||
6690 | ||||
6691 | child_idx = GetIndexForRecordBase(parent_record_decl, elem.Base, | |||
6692 | omit_empty_base_classes); | |||
6693 | if (child_idx == UINT32_MAX0xffffffffU) { | |||
6694 | child_indexes.clear(); | |||
6695 | return 0; | |||
6696 | } else { | |||
6697 | child_indexes.push_back(child_idx); | |||
6698 | parent_record_decl = llvm::cast<clang::RecordDecl>( | |||
6699 | elem.Base->getType() | |||
6700 | ->getAs<clang::RecordType>() | |||
6701 | ->getDecl()); | |||
6702 | } | |||
6703 | } | |||
6704 | for (clang::DeclContext::lookup_iterator I = path->Decls, E; | |||
6705 | I != E; ++I) { | |||
6706 | child_idx = GetIndexForRecordChild( | |||
6707 | parent_record_decl, *I, omit_empty_base_classes); | |||
6708 | if (child_idx == UINT32_MAX0xffffffffU) { | |||
6709 | child_indexes.clear(); | |||
6710 | return 0; | |||
6711 | } else { | |||
6712 | child_indexes.push_back(child_idx); | |||
6713 | } | |||
6714 | } | |||
6715 | } | |||
6716 | return child_indexes.size(); | |||
6717 | } | |||
6718 | } | |||
6719 | } | |||
6720 | break; | |||
6721 | ||||
6722 | case clang::Type::ObjCObject: | |||
6723 | case clang::Type::ObjCInterface: | |||
6724 | if (GetCompleteType(type)) { | |||
6725 | llvm::StringRef name_sref(name); | |||
6726 | const clang::ObjCObjectType *objc_class_type = | |||
6727 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::ObjCObjectType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | |||
6728 | assert(objc_class_type)((void)0); | |||
6729 | if (objc_class_type) { | |||
6730 | uint32_t child_idx = 0; | |||
6731 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *class_interface_decl = | |||
6732 | objc_class_type->getInterface(); | |||
6733 | ||||
6734 | if (class_interface_decl) { | |||
6735 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl::ivar_iterator ivar_pos, | |||
6736 | ivar_end = class_interface_decl->ivar_end(); | |||
6737 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *superclass_interface_decl = | |||
6738 | class_interface_decl->getSuperClass(); | |||
6739 | ||||
6740 | for (ivar_pos = class_interface_decl->ivar_begin(); | |||
6741 | ivar_pos != ivar_end; ++ivar_pos, ++child_idx) { | |||
6742 | const clang::ObjCIvarDecl *ivar_decl = *ivar_pos; | |||
6743 | ||||
6744 | if (ivar_decl->getName().equals(name_sref)) { | |||
6745 | if ((!omit_empty_base_classes && superclass_interface_decl) || | |||
6746 | (omit_empty_base_classes && | |||
6747 | ObjCDeclHasIVars(superclass_interface_decl, true))) | |||
6748 | ++child_idx; | |||
6749 | ||||
6750 | child_indexes.push_back(child_idx); | |||
6751 | return child_indexes.size(); | |||
6752 | } | |||
6753 | } | |||
6754 | ||||
6755 | if (superclass_interface_decl) { | |||
6756 | // The super class index is always zero for ObjC classes, so we | |||
6757 | // push it onto the child indexes in case we find an ivar in our | |||
6758 | // superclass... | |||
6759 | child_indexes.push_back(0); | |||
6760 | ||||
6761 | CompilerType superclass_clang_type = | |||
6762 | GetType(getASTContext().getObjCInterfaceType( | |||
6763 | superclass_interface_decl)); | |||
6764 | if (superclass_clang_type.GetIndexOfChildMemberWithName( | |||
6765 | name, omit_empty_base_classes, child_indexes)) { | |||
6766 | // We did find an ivar in a superclass so just return the | |||
6767 | // results! | |||
6768 | return child_indexes.size(); | |||
6769 | } | |||
6770 | ||||
6771 | // We didn't find an ivar matching "name" in our superclass, pop | |||
6772 | // the superclass zero index that we pushed on above. | |||
6773 | child_indexes.pop_back(); | |||
6774 | } | |||
6775 | } | |||
6776 | } | |||
6777 | } | |||
6778 | break; | |||
6779 | ||||
6780 | case clang::Type::ObjCObjectPointer: { | |||
6781 | CompilerType objc_object_clang_type = GetType( | |||
6782 | llvm::cast<clang::ObjCObjectPointerType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()) | |||
6783 | ->getPointeeType()); | |||
6784 | return objc_object_clang_type.GetIndexOfChildMemberWithName( | |||
6785 | name, omit_empty_base_classes, child_indexes); | |||
6786 | } break; | |||
6787 | ||||
6788 | case clang::Type::ConstantArray: { | |||
6789 | // const clang::ConstantArrayType *array = | |||
6790 | // llvm::cast<clang::ConstantArrayType>(parent_qual_type.getTypePtr()); | |||
6791 | // const uint64_t element_count = | |||
6792 | // array->getSize().getLimitedValue(); | |||
6793 | // | |||
6794 | // if (idx < element_count) | |||
6795 | // { | |||
6796 | // std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> field_type_info = | |||
6797 | // ast->getTypeInfo(array->getElementType()); | |||
6798 | // | |||
6799 | // char element_name[32]; | |||
6800 | // ::snprintf (element_name, sizeof (element_name), | |||
6801 | // "%s[%u]", parent_name ? parent_name : "", idx); | |||
6802 | // | |||
6803 | // child_name.assign(element_name); | |||
6804 | // assert(field_type_info.first % 8 == 0); | |||
6805 | // child_byte_size = field_type_info.first / 8; | |||
6806 | // child_byte_offset = idx * child_byte_size; | |||
6807 | // return array->getElementType().getAsOpaquePtr(); | |||
6808 | // } | |||
6809 | } break; | |||
6810 | ||||
6811 | // case clang::Type::MemberPointerType: | |||
6812 | // { | |||
6813 | // MemberPointerType *mem_ptr_type = | |||
6814 | // llvm::cast<MemberPointerType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | |||
6815 | // clang::QualType pointee_type = | |||
6816 | // mem_ptr_type->getPointeeType(); | |||
6817 | // | |||
6818 | // if (TypeSystemClang::IsAggregateType | |||
6819 | // (pointee_type.getAsOpaquePtr())) | |||
6820 | // { | |||
6821 | // return GetIndexOfChildWithName (ast, | |||
6822 | // mem_ptr_type->getPointeeType().getAsOpaquePtr(), | |||
6823 | // name); | |||
6824 | // } | |||
6825 | // } | |||
6826 | // break; | |||
6827 | // | |||
6828 | case clang::Type::LValueReference: | |||
6829 | case clang::Type::RValueReference: { | |||
6830 | const clang::ReferenceType *reference_type = | |||
6831 | llvm::cast<clang::ReferenceType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | |||
6832 | clang::QualType pointee_type(reference_type->getPointeeType()); | |||
6833 | CompilerType pointee_clang_type = GetType(pointee_type); | |||
6834 | ||||
6835 | if (pointee_clang_type.IsAggregateType()) { | |||
6836 | return pointee_clang_type.GetIndexOfChildMemberWithName( | |||
6837 | name, omit_empty_base_classes, child_indexes); | |||
6838 | } | |||
6839 | } break; | |||
6840 | ||||
6841 | case clang::Type::Pointer: { | |||
6842 | CompilerType pointee_clang_type(GetPointeeType(type)); | |||
6843 | ||||
6844 | if (pointee_clang_type.IsAggregateType()) { | |||
6845 | return pointee_clang_type.GetIndexOfChildMemberWithName( | |||
6846 | name, omit_empty_base_classes, child_indexes); | |||
6847 | } | |||
6848 | } break; | |||
6849 | ||||
6850 | default: | |||
6851 | break; | |||
6852 | } | |||
6853 | } | |||
6854 | return 0; | |||
6855 | } | |||
6856 | ||||
6857 | // Get the index of the child of "clang_type" whose name matches. This function | |||
6858 | // doesn't descend into the children, but only looks one level deep and name | |||
6859 | // matches can include base class names. | |||
6860 | ||||
6861 | uint32_t | |||
6862 | TypeSystemClang::GetIndexOfChildWithName(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, | |||
6863 | const char *name, | |||
6864 | bool omit_empty_base_classes) { | |||
6865 | if (type && name && name[0]) { | |||
6866 | clang::QualType qual_type = RemoveWrappingTypes(GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | |||
6867 | ||||
6868 | const clang::Type::TypeClass type_class = qual_type->getTypeClass(); | |||
6869 | ||||
6870 | switch (type_class) { | |||
6871 | case clang::Type::Record: | |||
6872 | if (GetCompleteType(type)) { | |||
6873 | const clang::RecordType *record_type = | |||
6874 | llvm::cast<clang::RecordType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | |||
6875 | const clang::RecordDecl *record_decl = record_type->getDecl(); | |||
6876 | ||||
6877 | assert(record_decl)((void)0); | |||
6878 | uint32_t child_idx = 0; | |||
6879 | ||||
6880 | const clang::CXXRecordDecl *cxx_record_decl = | |||
6881 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::CXXRecordDecl>(record_decl); | |||
6882 | ||||
6883 | if (cxx_record_decl) { | |||
6884 | clang::CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator base_class, | |||
6885 | base_class_end; | |||
6886 | for (base_class = cxx_record_decl->bases_begin(), | |||
6887 | base_class_end = cxx_record_decl->bases_end(); | |||
6888 | base_class != base_class_end; ++base_class) { | |||
6889 | // Skip empty base classes | |||
6890 | clang::CXXRecordDecl *base_class_decl = | |||
6891 | llvm::cast<clang::CXXRecordDecl>( | |||
6892 | base_class->getType() | |||
6893 | ->getAs<clang::RecordType>() | |||
6894 | ->getDecl()); | |||
6895 | if (omit_empty_base_classes && | |||
6896 | !TypeSystemClang::RecordHasFields(base_class_decl)) | |||
6897 | continue; | |||
6898 | ||||
6899 | CompilerType base_class_clang_type = GetType(base_class->getType()); | |||
6900 | std::string base_class_type_name( | |||
6901 | base_class_clang_type.GetTypeName().AsCString("")); | |||
6902 | if (base_class_type_name == name) | |||
6903 | return child_idx; | |||
6904 | ++child_idx; | |||
6905 | } | |||
6906 | } | |||
6907 | ||||
6908 | // Try and find a field that matches NAME | |||
6909 | clang::RecordDecl::field_iterator field, field_end; | |||
6910 | llvm::StringRef name_sref(name); | |||
6911 | for (field = record_decl->field_begin(), | |||
6912 | field_end = record_decl->field_end(); | |||
6913 | field != field_end; ++field, ++child_idx) { | |||
6914 | if (field->getName().equals(name_sref)) | |||
6915 | return child_idx; | |||
6916 | } | |||
6917 | } | |||
6918 | break; | |||
6919 | ||||
6920 | case clang::Type::ObjCObject: | |||
6921 | case clang::Type::ObjCInterface: | |||
6922 | if (GetCompleteType(type)) { | |||
6923 | llvm::StringRef name_sref(name); | |||
6924 | const clang::ObjCObjectType *objc_class_type = | |||
6925 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::ObjCObjectType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | |||
6926 | assert(objc_class_type)((void)0); | |||
6927 | if (objc_class_type) { | |||
6928 | uint32_t child_idx = 0; | |||
6929 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *class_interface_decl = | |||
6930 | objc_class_type->getInterface(); | |||
6931 | ||||
6932 | if (class_interface_decl) { | |||
6933 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl::ivar_iterator ivar_pos, | |||
6934 | ivar_end = class_interface_decl->ivar_end(); | |||
6935 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *superclass_interface_decl = | |||
6936 | class_interface_decl->getSuperClass(); | |||
6937 | ||||
6938 | for (ivar_pos = class_interface_decl->ivar_begin(); | |||
6939 | ivar_pos != ivar_end; ++ivar_pos, ++child_idx) { | |||
6940 | const clang::ObjCIvarDecl *ivar_decl = *ivar_pos; | |||
6941 | ||||
6942 | if (ivar_decl->getName().equals(name_sref)) { | |||
6943 | if ((!omit_empty_base_classes && superclass_interface_decl) || | |||
6944 | (omit_empty_base_classes && | |||
6945 | ObjCDeclHasIVars(superclass_interface_decl, true))) | |||
6946 | ++child_idx; | |||
6947 | ||||
6948 | return child_idx; | |||
6949 | } | |||
6950 | } | |||
6951 | ||||
6952 | if (superclass_interface_decl) { | |||
6953 | if (superclass_interface_decl->getName().equals(name_sref)) | |||
6954 | return 0; | |||
6955 | } | |||
6956 | } | |||
6957 | } | |||
6958 | } | |||
6959 | break; | |||
6960 | ||||
6961 | case clang::Type::ObjCObjectPointer: { | |||
6962 | CompilerType pointee_clang_type = GetType( | |||
6963 | llvm::cast<clang::ObjCObjectPointerType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()) | |||
6964 | ->getPointeeType()); | |||
6965 | return pointee_clang_type.GetIndexOfChildWithName( | |||
6966 | name, omit_empty_base_classes); | |||
6967 | } break; | |||
6968 | ||||
6969 | case clang::Type::ConstantArray: { | |||
6970 | // const clang::ConstantArrayType *array = | |||
6971 | // llvm::cast<clang::ConstantArrayType>(parent_qual_type.getTypePtr()); | |||
6972 | // const uint64_t element_count = | |||
6973 | // array->getSize().getLimitedValue(); | |||
6974 | // | |||
6975 | // if (idx < element_count) | |||
6976 | // { | |||
6977 | // std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> field_type_info = | |||
6978 | // ast->getTypeInfo(array->getElementType()); | |||
6979 | // | |||
6980 | // char element_name[32]; | |||
6981 | // ::snprintf (element_name, sizeof (element_name), | |||
6982 | // "%s[%u]", parent_name ? parent_name : "", idx); | |||
6983 | // | |||
6984 | // child_name.assign(element_name); | |||
6985 | // assert(field_type_info.first % 8 == 0); | |||
6986 | // child_byte_size = field_type_info.first / 8; | |||
6987 | // child_byte_offset = idx * child_byte_size; | |||
6988 | // return array->getElementType().getAsOpaquePtr(); | |||
6989 | // } | |||
6990 | } break; | |||
6991 | ||||
6992 | // case clang::Type::MemberPointerType: | |||
6993 | // { | |||
6994 | // MemberPointerType *mem_ptr_type = | |||
6995 | // llvm::cast<MemberPointerType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | |||
6996 | // clang::QualType pointee_type = | |||
6997 | // mem_ptr_type->getPointeeType(); | |||
6998 | // | |||
6999 | // if (TypeSystemClang::IsAggregateType | |||
7000 | // (pointee_type.getAsOpaquePtr())) | |||
7001 | // { | |||
7002 | // return GetIndexOfChildWithName (ast, | |||
7003 | // mem_ptr_type->getPointeeType().getAsOpaquePtr(), | |||
7004 | // name); | |||
7005 | // } | |||
7006 | // } | |||
7007 | // break; | |||
7008 | // | |||
7009 | case clang::Type::LValueReference: | |||
7010 | case clang::Type::RValueReference: { | |||
7011 | const clang::ReferenceType *reference_type = | |||
7012 | llvm::cast<clang::ReferenceType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | |||
7013 | CompilerType pointee_type = GetType(reference_type->getPointeeType()); | |||
7014 | ||||
7015 | if (pointee_type.IsAggregateType()) { | |||
7016 | return pointee_type.GetIndexOfChildWithName(name, | |||
7017 | omit_empty_base_classes); | |||
7018 | } | |||
7019 | } break; | |||
7020 | ||||
7021 | case clang::Type::Pointer: { | |||
7022 | const clang::PointerType *pointer_type = | |||
7023 | llvm::cast<clang::PointerType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | |||
7024 | CompilerType pointee_type = GetType(pointer_type->getPointeeType()); | |||
7025 | ||||
7026 | if (pointee_type.IsAggregateType()) { | |||
7027 | return pointee_type.GetIndexOfChildWithName(name, | |||
7028 | omit_empty_base_classes); | |||
7029 | } else { | |||
7030 | // if (parent_name) | |||
7031 | // { | |||
7032 | // child_name.assign(1, '*'); | |||
7033 | // child_name += parent_name; | |||
7034 | // } | |||
7035 | // | |||
7036 | // // We have a pointer to an simple type | |||
7037 | // if (idx == 0) | |||
7038 | // { | |||
7039 | // std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> clang_type_info | |||
7040 | // = ast->getTypeInfo(pointee_type); | |||
7041 | // assert(clang_type_info.first % 8 == 0); | |||
7042 | // child_byte_size = clang_type_info.first / 8; | |||
7043 | // child_byte_offset = 0; | |||
7044 | // return pointee_type.getAsOpaquePtr(); | |||
7045 | // } | |||
7046 | } | |||
7047 | } break; | |||
7048 | ||||
7049 | default: | |||
7050 | break; | |||
7051 | } | |||
7052 | } | |||
7053 | return UINT32_MAX0xffffffffU; | |||
7054 | } | |||
7055 | ||||
7056 | size_t | |||
7057 | TypeSystemClang::GetNumTemplateArguments(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | |||
7058 | if (!type) | |||
7059 | return 0; | |||
7060 | ||||
7061 | clang::QualType qual_type = RemoveWrappingTypes(GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | |||
7062 | const clang::Type::TypeClass type_class = qual_type->getTypeClass(); | |||
7063 | switch (type_class) { | |||
7064 | case clang::Type::Record: | |||
7065 | if (GetCompleteType(type)) { | |||
7066 | const clang::CXXRecordDecl *cxx_record_decl = | |||
7067 | qual_type->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); | |||
7068 | if (cxx_record_decl) { | |||
7069 | const clang::ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *template_decl = | |||
7070 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>( | |||
7071 | cxx_record_decl); | |||
7072 | if (template_decl) | |||
7073 | return template_decl->getTemplateArgs().size(); | |||
7074 | } | |||
7075 | } | |||
7076 | break; | |||
7077 | ||||
7078 | default: | |||
7079 | break; | |||
7080 | } | |||
7081 | ||||
7082 | return 0; | |||
7083 | } | |||
7084 | ||||
7085 | const clang::ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl * | |||
7086 | TypeSystemClang::GetAsTemplateSpecialization( | |||
7087 | lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | |||
7088 | if (!type) | |||
7089 | return nullptr; | |||
7090 | ||||
7091 | clang::QualType qual_type(RemoveWrappingTypes(GetCanonicalQualType(type))); | |||
7092 | const clang::Type::TypeClass type_class = qual_type->getTypeClass(); | |||
7093 | switch (type_class) { | |||
7094 | case clang::Type::Record: { | |||
7095 | if (! GetCompleteType(type)) | |||
7096 | return nullptr; | |||
7097 | const clang::CXXRecordDecl *cxx_record_decl = | |||
7098 | qual_type->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); | |||
7099 | if (!cxx_record_decl) | |||
7100 | return nullptr; | |||
7101 | return llvm::dyn_cast<clang::ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>( | |||
7102 | cxx_record_decl); | |||
7103 | } | |||
7104 | ||||
7105 | default: | |||
7106 | return nullptr; | |||
7107 | } | |||
7108 | } | |||
7109 | ||||
7110 | lldb::TemplateArgumentKind | |||
7111 | TypeSystemClang::GetTemplateArgumentKind(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, | |||
7112 | size_t arg_idx) { | |||
7113 | const clang::ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *template_decl = | |||
7114 | GetAsTemplateSpecialization(type); | |||
7115 | if (! template_decl || arg_idx >= template_decl->getTemplateArgs().size()) | |||
7116 | return eTemplateArgumentKindNull; | |||
7117 | ||||
7118 | switch (template_decl->getTemplateArgs()[arg_idx].getKind()) { | |||
7119 | case clang::TemplateArgument::Null: | |||
7120 | return eTemplateArgumentKindNull; | |||
7121 | ||||
7122 | case clang::TemplateArgument::NullPtr: | |||
7123 | return eTemplateArgumentKindNullPtr; | |||
7124 | ||||
7125 | case clang::TemplateArgument::Type: | |||
7126 | return eTemplateArgumentKindType; | |||
7127 | ||||
7128 | case clang::TemplateArgument::Declaration: | |||
7129 | return eTemplateArgumentKindDeclaration; | |||
7130 | ||||
7131 | case clang::TemplateArgument::Integral: | |||
7132 | return eTemplateArgumentKindIntegral; | |||
7133 | ||||
7134 | case clang::TemplateArgument::Template: | |||
7135 | return eTemplateArgumentKindTemplate; | |||
7136 | ||||
7137 | case clang::TemplateArgument::TemplateExpansion: | |||
7138 | return eTemplateArgumentKindTemplateExpansion; | |||
7139 | ||||
7140 | case clang::TemplateArgument::Expression: | |||
7141 | return eTemplateArgumentKindExpression; | |||
7142 | ||||
7143 | case clang::TemplateArgument::Pack: | |||
7144 | return eTemplateArgumentKindPack; | |||
7145 | } | |||
7146 | llvm_unreachable("Unhandled clang::TemplateArgument::ArgKind")__builtin_unreachable(); | |||
7147 | } | |||
7148 | ||||
7149 | CompilerType | |||
7150 | TypeSystemClang::GetTypeTemplateArgument(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, | |||
7151 | size_t idx) { | |||
7152 | const clang::ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *template_decl = | |||
7153 | GetAsTemplateSpecialization(type); | |||
7154 | if (!template_decl || idx >= template_decl->getTemplateArgs().size()) | |||
7155 | return CompilerType(); | |||
7156 | ||||
7157 | const clang::TemplateArgument &template_arg = | |||
7158 | template_decl->getTemplateArgs()[idx]; | |||
7159 | if (template_arg.getKind() != clang::TemplateArgument::Type) | |||
7160 | return CompilerType(); | |||
7161 | ||||
7162 | return GetType(template_arg.getAsType()); | |||
7163 | } | |||
7164 | ||||
7165 | Optional<CompilerType::IntegralTemplateArgument> | |||
7166 | TypeSystemClang::GetIntegralTemplateArgument(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, | |||
7167 | size_t idx) { | |||
7168 | const clang::ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *template_decl = | |||
7169 | GetAsTemplateSpecialization(type); | |||
7170 | if (! template_decl || idx >= template_decl->getTemplateArgs().size()) | |||
7171 | return llvm::None; | |||
7172 | ||||
7173 | const clang::TemplateArgument &template_arg = | |||
7174 | template_decl->getTemplateArgs()[idx]; | |||
7175 | if (template_arg.getKind() != clang::TemplateArgument::Integral) | |||
7176 | return llvm::None; | |||
7177 | ||||
7178 | return { | |||
7179 | {template_arg.getAsIntegral(), GetType(template_arg.getIntegralType())}}; | |||
7180 | } | |||
7181 | ||||
7182 | CompilerType TypeSystemClang::GetTypeForFormatters(void *type) { | |||
7183 | if (type) | |||
7184 | return ClangUtil::RemoveFastQualifiers(CompilerType(this, type)); | |||
7185 | return CompilerType(); | |||
7186 | } | |||
7187 | ||||
7188 | clang::EnumDecl *TypeSystemClang::GetAsEnumDecl(const CompilerType &type) { | |||
7189 | const clang::EnumType *enutype = | |||
7190 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::EnumType>(ClangUtil::GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | |||
7191 | if (enutype) | |||
7192 | return enutype->getDecl(); | |||
7193 | return nullptr; | |||
7194 | } | |||
7195 | ||||
7196 | clang::RecordDecl *TypeSystemClang::GetAsRecordDecl(const CompilerType &type) { | |||
7197 | const clang::RecordType *record_type = | |||
7198 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::RecordType>(ClangUtil::GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | |||
7199 | if (record_type) | |||
7200 | return record_type->getDecl(); | |||
7201 | return nullptr; | |||
7202 | } | |||
7203 | ||||
7204 | clang::TagDecl *TypeSystemClang::GetAsTagDecl(const CompilerType &type) { | |||
7205 | return ClangUtil::GetAsTagDecl(type); | |||
7206 | } | |||
7207 | ||||
7208 | clang::TypedefNameDecl * | |||
7209 | TypeSystemClang::GetAsTypedefDecl(const CompilerType &type) { | |||
7210 | const clang::TypedefType *typedef_type = | |||
7211 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::TypedefType>(ClangUtil::GetQualType(type)); | |||
7212 | if (typedef_type) | |||
7213 | return typedef_type->getDecl(); | |||
7214 | return nullptr; | |||
7215 | } | |||
7216 | ||||
7217 | clang::CXXRecordDecl * | |||
7218 | TypeSystemClang::GetAsCXXRecordDecl(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | |||
7219 | return GetCanonicalQualType(type)->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); | |||
7220 | } | |||
7221 | ||||
7222 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl * | |||
7223 | TypeSystemClang::GetAsObjCInterfaceDecl(const CompilerType &type) { | |||
7224 | const clang::ObjCObjectType *objc_class_type = | |||
7225 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::ObjCObjectType>( | |||
7226 | ClangUtil::GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | |||
7227 | if (objc_class_type) | |||
7228 | return objc_class_type->getInterface(); | |||
7229 | return nullptr; | |||
7230 | } | |||
7231 | ||||
7232 | clang::FieldDecl *TypeSystemClang::AddFieldToRecordType( | |||
7233 | const CompilerType &type, llvm::StringRef name, | |||
7234 | const CompilerType &field_clang_type, AccessType access, | |||
7235 | uint32_t bitfield_bit_size) { | |||
7236 | if (!type.IsValid() || !field_clang_type.IsValid()) | |||
7237 | return nullptr; | |||
7238 | TypeSystemClang *ast = | |||
7239 | llvm::dyn_cast_or_null<TypeSystemClang>(type.GetTypeSystem()); | |||
7240 | if (!ast) | |||
7241 | return nullptr; | |||
7242 | clang::ASTContext &clang_ast = ast->getASTContext(); | |||
7243 | clang::IdentifierInfo *ident = nullptr; | |||
7244 | if (!name.empty()) | |||
7245 | ident = &clang_ast.Idents.get(name); | |||
7246 | ||||
7247 | clang::FieldDecl *field = nullptr; | |||
7248 | ||||
7249 | clang::Expr *bit_width = nullptr; | |||
7250 | if (bitfield_bit_size != 0) { | |||
7251 | llvm::APInt bitfield_bit_size_apint(clang_ast.getTypeSize(clang_ast.IntTy), | |||
7252 | bitfield_bit_size); | |||
7253 | bit_width = new (clang_ast) | |||
7254 | clang::IntegerLiteral(clang_ast, bitfield_bit_size_apint, | |||
7255 | clang_ast.IntTy, clang::SourceLocation()); | |||
7256 | } | |||
7257 | ||||
7258 | clang::RecordDecl *record_decl = ast->GetAsRecordDecl(type); | |||
7259 | if (record_decl) { | |||
7260 | field = clang::FieldDecl::CreateDeserialized(clang_ast, 0); | |||
7261 | field->setDeclContext(record_decl); | |||
7262 | field->setDeclName(ident); | |||
7263 | field->setType(ClangUtil::GetQualType(field_clang_type)); | |||
7264 | if (bit_width) | |||
7265 | field->setBitWidth(bit_width); | |||
7266 | SetMemberOwningModule(field, record_decl); | |||
7267 | ||||
7268 | if (name.empty()) { | |||
7269 | // Determine whether this field corresponds to an anonymous struct or | |||
7270 | // union. | |||
7271 | if (const clang::TagType *TagT = | |||
7272 | field->getType()->getAs<clang::TagType>()) { | |||
7273 | if (clang::RecordDecl *Rec = | |||
7274 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::RecordDecl>(TagT->getDecl())) | |||
7275 | if (!Rec->getDeclName()) { | |||
7276 | Rec->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); | |||
7277 | field->setImplicit(); | |||
7278 | } | |||
7279 | } | |||
7280 | } | |||
7281 | ||||
7282 | if (field) { | |||
7283 | field->setAccess( | |||
7284 | TypeSystemClang::ConvertAccessTypeToAccessSpecifier(access)); | |||
7285 | ||||
7286 | record_decl->addDecl(field); | |||
7287 | ||||
7288 | VerifyDecl(field); | |||
7289 | } | |||
7290 | } else { | |||
7291 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *class_interface_decl = | |||
7292 | ast->GetAsObjCInterfaceDecl(type); | |||
7293 | ||||
7294 | if (class_interface_decl) { | |||
7295 | const bool is_synthesized = false; | |||
7296 | ||||
7297 | field_clang_type.GetCompleteType(); | |||
7298 | ||||
7299 | auto *ivar = clang::ObjCIvarDecl::CreateDeserialized(clang_ast, 0); | |||
7300 | ivar->setDeclContext(class_interface_decl); | |||
7301 | ivar->setDeclName(ident); | |||
7302 | ivar->setType(ClangUtil::GetQualType(field_clang_type)); | |||
7303 | ivar->setAccessControl(ConvertAccessTypeToObjCIvarAccessControl(access)); | |||
7304 | if (bit_width) | |||
7305 | ivar->setBitWidth(bit_width); | |||
7306 | ivar->setSynthesize(is_synthesized); | |||
7307 | field = ivar; | |||
7308 | SetMemberOwningModule(field, class_interface_decl); | |||
7309 | ||||
7310 | if (field) { | |||
7311 | class_interface_decl->addDecl(field); | |||
7312 | ||||
7313 | VerifyDecl(field); | |||
7314 | } | |||
7315 | } | |||
7316 | } | |||
7317 | return field; | |||
7318 | } | |||
7319 | ||||
7320 | void TypeSystemClang::BuildIndirectFields(const CompilerType &type) { | |||
7321 | if (!type) | |||
7322 | return; | |||
7323 | ||||
7324 | TypeSystemClang *ast = llvm::dyn_cast<TypeSystemClang>(type.GetTypeSystem()); | |||
7325 | if (!ast) | |||
7326 | return; | |||
7327 | ||||
7328 | clang::RecordDecl *record_decl = ast->GetAsRecordDecl(type); | |||
7329 | ||||
7330 | if (!record_decl) | |||
7331 | return; | |||
7332 | ||||
7333 | typedef llvm::SmallVector<clang::IndirectFieldDecl *, 1> IndirectFieldVector; | |||
7334 | ||||
7335 | IndirectFieldVector indirect_fields; | |||
7336 | clang::RecordDecl::field_iterator field_pos; | |||
7337 | clang::RecordDecl::field_iterator field_end_pos = record_decl->field_end(); | |||
7338 | clang::RecordDecl::field_iterator last_field_pos = field_end_pos; | |||
7339 | for (field_pos = record_decl->field_begin(); field_pos != field_end_pos; | |||
7340 | last_field_pos = field_pos++) { | |||
7341 | if (field_pos->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { | |||
7342 | clang::QualType field_qual_type = field_pos->getType(); | |||
7343 | ||||
7344 | const clang::RecordType *field_record_type = | |||
7345 | field_qual_type->getAs<clang::RecordType>(); | |||
7346 | ||||
7347 | if (!field_record_type) | |||
7348 | continue; | |||
7349 | ||||
7350 | clang::RecordDecl *field_record_decl = field_record_type->getDecl(); | |||
7351 | ||||
7352 | if (!field_record_decl) | |||
7353 | continue; | |||
7354 | ||||
7355 | for (clang::RecordDecl::decl_iterator | |||
7356 | di = field_record_decl->decls_begin(), | |||
7357 | de = field_record_decl->decls_end(); | |||
7358 | di != de; ++di) { | |||
7359 | if (clang::FieldDecl *nested_field_decl = | |||
7360 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::FieldDecl>(*di)) { | |||
7361 | clang::NamedDecl **chain = | |||
7362 | new (ast->getASTContext()) clang::NamedDecl *[2]; | |||
7363 | chain[0] = *field_pos; | |||
7364 | chain[1] = nested_field_decl; | |||
7365 | clang::IndirectFieldDecl *indirect_field = | |||
7366 | clang::IndirectFieldDecl::Create( | |||
7367 | ast->getASTContext(), record_decl, clang::SourceLocation(), | |||
7368 | nested_field_decl->getIdentifier(), | |||
7369 | nested_field_decl->getType(), {chain, 2}); | |||
7370 | SetMemberOwningModule(indirect_field, record_decl); | |||
7371 | ||||
7372 | indirect_field->setImplicit(); | |||
7373 | ||||
7374 | indirect_field->setAccess(TypeSystemClang::UnifyAccessSpecifiers( | |||
7375 | field_pos->getAccess(), nested_field_decl->getAccess())); | |||
7376 | ||||
7377 | indirect_fields.push_back(indirect_field); | |||
7378 | } else if (clang::IndirectFieldDecl *nested_indirect_field_decl = | |||
7379 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::IndirectFieldDecl>(*di)) { | |||
7380 | size_t nested_chain_size = | |||
7381 | nested_indirect_field_decl->getChainingSize(); | |||
7382 | clang::NamedDecl **chain = new (ast->getASTContext()) | |||
7383 | clang::NamedDecl *[nested_chain_size + 1]; | |||
7384 | chain[0] = *field_pos; | |||
7385 | ||||
7386 | int chain_index = 1; | |||
7387 | for (clang::IndirectFieldDecl::chain_iterator | |||
7388 | nci = nested_indirect_field_decl->chain_begin(), | |||
7389 | nce = nested_indirect_field_decl->chain_end(); | |||
7390 | nci < nce; ++nci) { | |||
7391 | chain[chain_index] = *nci; | |||
7392 | chain_index++; | |||
7393 | } | |||
7394 | ||||
7395 | clang::IndirectFieldDecl *indirect_field = | |||
7396 | clang::IndirectFieldDecl::Create( | |||
7397 | ast->getASTContext(), record_decl, clang::SourceLocation(), | |||
7398 | nested_indirect_field_decl->getIdentifier(), | |||
7399 | nested_indirect_field_decl->getType(), | |||
7400 | {chain, nested_chain_size + 1}); | |||
7401 | SetMemberOwningModule(indirect_field, record_decl); | |||
7402 | ||||
7403 | indirect_field->setImplicit(); | |||
7404 | ||||
7405 | indirect_field->setAccess(TypeSystemClang::UnifyAccessSpecifiers( | |||
7406 | field_pos->getAccess(), nested_indirect_field_decl->getAccess())); | |||
7407 | ||||
7408 | indirect_fields.push_back(indirect_field); | |||
7409 | } | |||
7410 | } | |||
7411 | } | |||
7412 | } | |||
7413 | ||||
7414 | // Check the last field to see if it has an incomplete array type as its last | |||
7415 | // member and if it does, the tell the record decl about it | |||
7416 | if (last_field_pos != field_end_pos) { | |||
7417 | if (last_field_pos->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) | |||
7418 | record_decl->hasFlexibleArrayMember(); | |||
7419 | } | |||
7420 | ||||
7421 | for (IndirectFieldVector::iterator ifi = indirect_fields.begin(), | |||
7422 | ife = indirect_fields.end(); | |||
7423 | ifi < ife; ++ifi) { | |||
7424 | record_decl->addDecl(*ifi); | |||
7425 | } | |||
7426 | } | |||
7427 | ||||
7428 | void TypeSystemClang::SetIsPacked(const CompilerType &type) { | |||
7429 | if (type) { | |||
7430 | TypeSystemClang *ast = | |||
7431 | llvm::dyn_cast<TypeSystemClang>(type.GetTypeSystem()); | |||
7432 | if (ast) { | |||
7433 | clang::RecordDecl *record_decl = GetAsRecordDecl(type); | |||
7434 | ||||
7435 | if (!record_decl) | |||
7436 | return; | |||
7437 | ||||
7438 | record_decl->addAttr( | |||
7439 | clang::PackedAttr::CreateImplicit(ast->getASTContext())); | |||
7440 | } | |||
7441 | } | |||
7442 | } | |||
7443 | ||||
7444 | clang::VarDecl *TypeSystemClang::AddVariableToRecordType( | |||
7445 | const CompilerType &type, llvm::StringRef name, | |||
7446 | const CompilerType &var_type, AccessType access) { | |||
7447 | if (!type.IsValid() || !var_type.IsValid()) | |||
7448 | return nullptr; | |||
7449 | ||||
7450 | TypeSystemClang *ast = llvm::dyn_cast<TypeSystemClang>(type.GetTypeSystem()); | |||
7451 | if (!ast) | |||
7452 | return nullptr; | |||
7453 | ||||
7454 | clang::RecordDecl *record_decl = ast->GetAsRecordDecl(type); | |||
7455 | if (!record_decl) | |||
7456 | return nullptr; | |||
7457 | ||||
7458 | clang::VarDecl *var_decl = nullptr; | |||
7459 | clang::IdentifierInfo *ident = nullptr; | |||
7460 | if (!name.empty()) | |||
7461 | ident = &ast->getASTContext().Idents.get(name); | |||
7462 | ||||
7463 | var_decl = clang::VarDecl::CreateDeserialized(ast->getASTContext(), 0); | |||
7464 | var_decl->setDeclContext(record_decl); | |||
7465 | var_decl->setDeclName(ident); | |||
7466 | var_decl->setType(ClangUtil::GetQualType(var_type)); | |||
7467 | var_decl->setStorageClass(clang::SC_Static); | |||
7468 | SetMemberOwningModule(var_decl, record_decl); | |||
7469 | if (!var_decl) | |||
7470 | return nullptr; | |||
7471 | ||||
7472 | var_decl->setAccess( | |||
7473 | TypeSystemClang::ConvertAccessTypeToAccessSpecifier(access)); | |||
7474 | record_decl->addDecl(var_decl); | |||
7475 | ||||
7476 | VerifyDecl(var_decl); | |||
7477 | ||||
7478 | return var_decl; | |||
7479 | } | |||
7480 | ||||
7481 | void TypeSystemClang::SetIntegerInitializerForVariable( | |||
7482 | VarDecl *var, const llvm::APInt &init_value) { | |||
7483 | assert(!var->hasInit() && "variable already initialized")((void)0); | |||
7484 | ||||
7485 | clang::ASTContext &ast = var->getASTContext(); | |||
7486 | QualType qt = var->getType(); | |||
7487 | assert(qt->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() &&((void)0) | |||
7488 | "only integer or enum types supported")((void)0); | |||
7489 | // If the variable is an enum type, take the underlying integer type as | |||
7490 | // the type of the integer literal. | |||
7491 | if (const EnumType *enum_type = llvm::dyn_cast<EnumType>(qt.getTypePtr())) { | |||
7492 | const EnumDecl *enum_decl = enum_type->getDecl(); | |||
7493 | qt = enum_decl->getIntegerType(); | |||
7494 | } | |||
7495 | var->setInit(IntegerLiteral::Create(ast, init_value, qt.getUnqualifiedType(), | |||
7496 | SourceLocation())); | |||
7497 | } | |||
7498 | ||||
7499 | void TypeSystemClang::SetFloatingInitializerForVariable( | |||
7500 | clang::VarDecl *var, const llvm::APFloat &init_value) { | |||
7501 | assert(!var->hasInit() && "variable already initialized")((void)0); | |||
7502 | ||||
7503 | clang::ASTContext &ast = var->getASTContext(); | |||
7504 | QualType qt = var->getType(); | |||
7505 | assert(qt->isFloatingType() && "only floating point types supported")((void)0); | |||
7506 | var->setInit(FloatingLiteral::Create( | |||
7507 | ast, init_value, true, qt.getUnqualifiedType(), SourceLocation())); | |||
7508 | } | |||
7509 | ||||
7510 | clang::CXXMethodDecl *TypeSystemClang::AddMethodToCXXRecordType( | |||
7511 | lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, llvm::StringRef name, | |||
7512 | const char *mangled_name, const CompilerType &method_clang_type, | |||
7513 | lldb::AccessType access, bool is_virtual, bool is_static, bool is_inline, | |||
7514 | bool is_explicit, bool is_attr_used, bool is_artificial) { | |||
7515 | if (!type || !method_clang_type.IsValid() || name.empty()) | |||
7516 | return nullptr; | |||
7517 | ||||
7518 | clang::QualType record_qual_type(GetCanonicalQualType(type)); | |||
7519 | ||||
7520 | clang::CXXRecordDecl *cxx_record_decl = | |||
7521 | record_qual_type->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); | |||
7522 | ||||
7523 | if (cxx_record_decl == nullptr) | |||
7524 | return nullptr; | |||
7525 | ||||
7526 | clang::QualType method_qual_type(ClangUtil::GetQualType(method_clang_type)); | |||
7527 | ||||
7528 | clang::CXXMethodDecl *cxx_method_decl = nullptr; | |||
7529 | ||||
7530 | clang::DeclarationName decl_name(&getASTContext().Idents.get(name)); | |||
7531 | ||||
7532 | const clang::FunctionType *function_type = | |||
7533 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::FunctionType>(method_qual_type.getTypePtr()); | |||
7534 | ||||
7535 | if (function_type == nullptr) | |||
7536 | return nullptr; | |||
7537 | ||||
7538 | const clang::FunctionProtoType *method_function_prototype( | |||
7539 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::FunctionProtoType>(function_type)); | |||
7540 | ||||
7541 | if (!method_function_prototype) | |||
7542 | return nullptr; | |||
7543 | ||||
7544 | unsigned int num_params = method_function_prototype->getNumParams(); | |||
7545 | ||||
7546 | clang::CXXDestructorDecl *cxx_dtor_decl(nullptr); | |||
7547 | clang::CXXConstructorDecl *cxx_ctor_decl(nullptr); | |||
7548 | ||||
7549 | if (is_artificial) | |||
7550 | return nullptr; // skip everything artificial | |||
7551 | ||||
7552 | const clang::ExplicitSpecifier explicit_spec( | |||
7553 | nullptr /*expr*/, is_explicit ? clang::ExplicitSpecKind::ResolvedTrue | |||
7554 | : clang::ExplicitSpecKind::ResolvedFalse); | |||
7555 | ||||
7556 | if (name.startswith("~")) { | |||
7557 | cxx_dtor_decl = | |||
7558 | clang::CXXDestructorDecl::CreateDeserialized(getASTContext(), 0); | |||
7559 | cxx_dtor_decl->setDeclContext(cxx_record_decl); | |||
7560 | cxx_dtor_decl->setDeclName( | |||
7561 | getASTContext().DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( | |||
7562 | getASTContext().getCanonicalType(record_qual_type))); | |||
7563 | cxx_dtor_decl->setType(method_qual_type); | |||
7564 | cxx_dtor_decl->setImplicit(is_artificial); | |||
7565 | cxx_dtor_decl->setInlineSpecified(is_inline); | |||
7566 | cxx_dtor_decl->setConstexprKind(ConstexprSpecKind::Unspecified); | |||
7567 | cxx_method_decl = cxx_dtor_decl; | |||
7568 | } else if (decl_name == cxx_record_decl->getDeclName()) { | |||
7569 | cxx_ctor_decl = clang::CXXConstructorDecl::CreateDeserialized( | |||
7570 | getASTContext(), 0, 0); | |||
7571 | cxx_ctor_decl->setDeclContext(cxx_record_decl); | |||
7572 | cxx_ctor_decl->setDeclName( | |||
7573 | getASTContext().DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( | |||
7574 | getASTContext().getCanonicalType(record_qual_type))); | |||
7575 | cxx_ctor_decl->setType(method_qual_type); | |||
7576 | cxx_ctor_decl->setImplicit(is_artificial); | |||
7577 | cxx_ctor_decl->setInlineSpecified(is_inline); | |||
7578 | cxx_ctor_decl->setConstexprKind(ConstexprSpecKind::Unspecified); | |||
7579 | cxx_ctor_decl->setNumCtorInitializers(0); | |||
7580 | cxx_ctor_decl->setExplicitSpecifier(explicit_spec); | |||
7581 | cxx_method_decl = cxx_ctor_decl; | |||
7582 | } else { | |||
7583 | clang::StorageClass SC = is_static ? clang::SC_Static : clang::SC_None; | |||
7584 | clang::OverloadedOperatorKind op_kind = clang::NUM_OVERLOADED_OPERATORS; | |||
7585 | ||||
7586 | if (IsOperator(name, op_kind)) { | |||
7587 | if (op_kind != clang::NUM_OVERLOADED_OPERATORS) { | |||
7588 | // Check the number of operator parameters. Sometimes we have seen bad | |||
7589 | // DWARF that doesn't correctly describe operators and if we try to | |||
7590 | // create a method and add it to the class, clang will assert and | |||
7591 | // crash, so we need to make sure things are acceptable. | |||
7592 | const bool is_method = true; | |||
7593 | if (!TypeSystemClang::CheckOverloadedOperatorKindParameterCount( | |||
7594 | is_method, op_kind, num_params)) | |||
7595 | return nullptr; | |||
7596 | cxx_method_decl = | |||
7597 | clang::CXXMethodDecl::CreateDeserialized(getASTContext(), 0); | |||
7598 | cxx_method_decl->setDeclContext(cxx_record_decl); | |||
7599 | cxx_method_decl->setDeclName( | |||
7600 | getASTContext().DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(op_kind)); | |||
7601 | cxx_method_decl->setType(method_qual_type); | |||
7602 | cxx_method_decl->setStorageClass(SC); | |||
7603 | cxx_method_decl->setInlineSpecified(is_inline); | |||
7604 | cxx_method_decl->setConstexprKind(ConstexprSpecKind::Unspecified); | |||
7605 | } else if (num_params == 0) { | |||
7606 | // Conversion operators don't take params... | |||
7607 | auto *cxx_conversion_decl = | |||
7608 | clang::CXXConversionDecl::CreateDeserialized(getASTContext(), 0); | |||
7609 | cxx_conversion_decl->setDeclContext(cxx_record_decl); | |||
7610 | cxx_conversion_decl->setDeclName( | |||
7611 | getASTContext().DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( | |||
7612 | getASTContext().getCanonicalType( | |||
7613 | function_type->getReturnType()))); | |||
7614 | cxx_conversion_decl->setType(method_qual_type); | |||
7615 | cxx_conversion_decl->setInlineSpecified(is_inline); | |||
7616 | cxx_conversion_decl->setExplicitSpecifier(explicit_spec); | |||
7617 | cxx_conversion_decl->setConstexprKind(ConstexprSpecKind::Unspecified); | |||
7618 | cxx_method_decl = cxx_conversion_decl; | |||
7619 | } | |||
7620 | } | |||
7621 | ||||
7622 | if (cxx_method_decl == nullptr) { | |||
7623 | cxx_method_decl = | |||
7624 | clang::CXXMethodDecl::CreateDeserialized(getASTContext(), 0); | |||
7625 | cxx_method_decl->setDeclContext(cxx_record_decl); | |||
7626 | cxx_method_decl->setDeclName(decl_name); | |||
7627 | cxx_method_decl->setType(method_qual_type); | |||
7628 | cxx_method_decl->setInlineSpecified(is_inline); | |||
7629 | cxx_method_decl->setStorageClass(SC); | |||
7630 | cxx_method_decl->setConstexprKind(ConstexprSpecKind::Unspecified); | |||
7631 | } | |||
7632 | } | |||
7633 | SetMemberOwningModule(cxx_method_decl, cxx_record_decl); | |||
7634 | ||||
7635 | clang::AccessSpecifier access_specifier = | |||
7636 | TypeSystemClang::ConvertAccessTypeToAccessSpecifier(access); | |||
7637 | ||||
7638 | cxx_method_decl->setAccess(access_specifier); | |||
7639 | cxx_method_decl->setVirtualAsWritten(is_virtual); | |||
7640 | ||||
7641 | if (is_attr_used) | |||
7642 | cxx_method_decl->addAttr(clang::UsedAttr::CreateImplicit(getASTContext())); | |||
7643 | ||||
7644 | if (mangled_name != nullptr) { | |||
7645 | cxx_method_decl->addAttr(clang::AsmLabelAttr::CreateImplicit( | |||
7646 | getASTContext(), mangled_name, /*literal=*/false)); | |||
7647 | } | |||
7648 | ||||
7649 | // Populate the method decl with parameter decls | |||
7650 | ||||
7651 | llvm::SmallVector<clang::ParmVarDecl *, 12> params; | |||
7652 | ||||
7653 | for (unsigned param_index = 0; param_index < num_params; ++param_index) { | |||
7654 | params.push_back(clang::ParmVarDecl::Create( | |||
7655 | getASTContext(), cxx_method_decl, clang::SourceLocation(), | |||
7656 | clang::SourceLocation(), | |||
7657 | nullptr, // anonymous | |||
7658 | method_function_prototype->getParamType(param_index), nullptr, | |||
7659 | clang::SC_None, nullptr)); | |||
7660 | } | |||
7661 | ||||
7662 | cxx_method_decl->setParams(llvm::ArrayRef<clang::ParmVarDecl *>(params)); | |||
7663 | ||||
7664 | cxx_record_decl->addDecl(cxx_method_decl); | |||
7665 | ||||
7666 | // Sometimes the debug info will mention a constructor (default/copy/move), | |||
7667 | // destructor, or assignment operator (copy/move) but there won't be any | |||
7668 | // version of this in the code. So we check if the function was artificially | |||
7669 | // generated and if it is trivial and this lets the compiler/backend know | |||
7670 | // that it can inline the IR for these when it needs to and we can avoid a | |||
7671 | // "missing function" error when running expressions. | |||
7672 | ||||
7673 | if (is_artificial) { | |||
7674 | if (cxx_ctor_decl && ((cxx_ctor_decl->isDefaultConstructor() && | |||
7675 | cxx_record_decl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) || | |||
7676 | (cxx_ctor_decl->isCopyConstructor() && | |||
7677 | cxx_record_decl->hasTrivialCopyConstructor()) || | |||
7678 | (cxx_ctor_decl->isMoveConstructor() && | |||
7679 | cxx_record_decl->hasTrivialMoveConstructor()))) { | |||
7680 | cxx_ctor_decl->setDefaulted(); | |||
7681 | cxx_ctor_decl->setTrivial(true); | |||
7682 | } else if (cxx_dtor_decl) { | |||
7683 | if (cxx_record_decl->hasTrivialDestructor()) { | |||
7684 | cxx_dtor_decl->setDefaulted(); | |||
7685 | cxx_dtor_decl->setTrivial(true); | |||
7686 | } | |||
7687 | } else if ((cxx_method_decl->isCopyAssignmentOperator() && | |||
7688 | cxx_record_decl->hasTrivialCopyAssignment()) || | |||
7689 | (cxx_method_decl->isMoveAssignmentOperator() && | |||
7690 | cxx_record_decl->hasTrivialMoveAssignment())) { | |||
7691 | cxx_method_decl->setDefaulted(); | |||
7692 | cxx_method_decl->setTrivial(true); | |||
7693 | } | |||
7694 | } | |||
7695 | ||||
7696 | VerifyDecl(cxx_method_decl); | |||
7697 | ||||
7698 | return cxx_method_decl; | |||
7699 | } | |||
7700 | ||||
7701 | void TypeSystemClang::AddMethodOverridesForCXXRecordType( | |||
7702 | lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) { | |||
7703 | if (auto *record = GetAsCXXRecordDecl(type)) | |||
7704 | for (auto *method : record->methods()) | |||
7705 | addOverridesForMethod(method); | |||
7706 | } | |||
7707 | ||||
7708 | #pragma mark C++ Base Classes | |||
7709 | ||||
7710 | std::unique_ptr<clang::CXXBaseSpecifier> | |||
7711 | TypeSystemClang::CreateBaseClassSpecifier(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, | |||
7712 | AccessType access, bool is_virtual, | |||
7713 | bool base_of_class) { | |||
7714 | if (!type) | |||
7715 | return nullptr; | |||
7716 | ||||
7717 | return std::make_unique<clang::CXXBaseSpecifier>( | |||
7718 | clang::SourceRange(), is_virtual, base_of_class, | |||
7719 | TypeSystemClang::ConvertAccessTypeToAccessSpecifier(access), | |||
7720 | getASTContext().getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(GetQualType(type)), | |||
7721 | clang::SourceLocation()); | |||
7722 | } | |||
7723 | ||||
7724 | bool TypeSystemClang::TransferBaseClasses( | |||
7725 | lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, | |||
7726 | std::vector<std::unique_ptr<clang::CXXBaseSpecifier>> bases) { | |||
7727 | if (!type) | |||
7728 | return false; | |||
7729 | clang::CXXRecordDecl *cxx_record_decl = GetAsCXXRecordDecl(type); | |||
7730 | if (!cxx_record_decl) | |||
7731 | return false; | |||
7732 | std::vector<clang::CXXBaseSpecifier *> raw_bases; | |||
7733 | raw_bases.reserve(bases.size()); | |||
7734 | ||||
7735 | // Clang will make a copy of them, so it's ok that we pass pointers that we're | |||
7736 | // about to destroy. | |||
7737 | for (auto &b : bases) | |||
7738 | raw_bases.push_back(b.get()); | |||
7739 | cxx_record_decl->setBases(raw_bases.data(), raw_bases.size()); | |||
7740 | return true; | |||
7741 | } | |||
7742 | ||||
7743 | bool TypeSystemClang::SetObjCSuperClass( | |||
7744 | const CompilerType &type, const CompilerType &superclass_clang_type) { | |||
7745 | TypeSystemClang *ast = | |||
7746 | llvm::dyn_cast_or_null<TypeSystemClang>(type.GetTypeSystem()); | |||
7747 | if (!ast) | |||
7748 | return false; | |||
7749 | clang::ASTContext &clang_ast = ast->getASTContext(); | |||
7750 | ||||
7751 | if (type && superclass_clang_type.IsValid() && | |||
7752 | superclass_clang_type.GetTypeSystem() == type.GetTypeSystem()) { | |||
7753 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *class_interface_decl = | |||
7754 | GetAsObjCInterfaceDecl(type); | |||
7755 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *super_interface_decl = | |||
7756 | GetAsObjCInterfaceDecl(superclass_clang_type); | |||
7757 | if (class_interface_decl && super_interface_decl) { | |||
7758 | class_interface_decl->setSuperClass(clang_ast.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo( | |||
7759 | clang_ast.getObjCInterfaceType(super_interface_decl))); | |||
7760 | return true; | |||
7761 | } | |||
7762 | } | |||
7763 | return false; | |||
7764 | } | |||
7765 | ||||
7766 | bool TypeSystemClang::AddObjCClassProperty( | |||
7767 | const CompilerType &type, const char *property_name, | |||
7768 | const CompilerType &property_clang_type, clang::ObjCIvarDecl *ivar_decl, | |||
7769 | const char *property_setter_name, const char *property_getter_name, | |||
7770 | uint32_t property_attributes, ClangASTMetadata *metadata) { | |||
7771 | if (!type || !property_clang_type.IsValid() || property_name == nullptr || | |||
7772 | property_name[0] == '\0') | |||
7773 | return false; | |||
7774 | TypeSystemClang *ast = llvm::dyn_cast<TypeSystemClang>(type.GetTypeSystem()); | |||
7775 | if (!ast) | |||
7776 | return false; | |||
7777 | clang::ASTContext &clang_ast = ast->getASTContext(); | |||
7778 | ||||
7779 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *class_interface_decl = GetAsObjCInterfaceDecl(type); | |||
7780 | if (!class_interface_decl) | |||
7781 | return false; | |||
7782 | ||||
7783 | CompilerType property_clang_type_to_access; | |||
7784 | ||||
7785 | if (property_clang_type.IsValid()) | |||
7786 | property_clang_type_to_access = property_clang_type; | |||
7787 | else if (ivar_decl) | |||
7788 | property_clang_type_to_access = ast->GetType(ivar_decl->getType()); | |||
7789 | ||||
7790 | if (!class_interface_decl || !property_clang_type_to_access.IsValid()) | |||
7791 | return false; | |||
7792 | ||||
7793 | clang::TypeSourceInfo *prop_type_source; | |||
7794 | if (ivar_decl) | |||
7795 | prop_type_source = clang_ast.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ivar_decl->getType()); | |||
7796 | else | |||
7797 | prop_type_source = clang_ast.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo( | |||
7798 | ClangUtil::GetQualType(property_clang_type)); | |||
7799 | ||||
7800 | clang::ObjCPropertyDecl *property_decl = | |||
7801 | clang::ObjCPropertyDecl::CreateDeserialized(clang_ast, 0); | |||
7802 | property_decl->setDeclContext(class_interface_decl); | |||
7803 | property_decl->setDeclName(&clang_ast.Idents.get(property_name)); | |||
7804 | property_decl->setType(ivar_decl | |||
7805 | ? ivar_decl->getType() | |||
7806 | : ClangUtil::GetQualType(property_clang_type), | |||
7807 | prop_type_source); | |||
7808 | SetMemberOwningModule(property_decl, class_interface_decl); | |||
7809 | ||||
7810 | if (!property_decl) | |||
7811 | return false; | |||
7812 | ||||
7813 | if (metadata) | |||
7814 | ast->SetMetadata(property_decl, *metadata); | |||
7815 | ||||
7816 | class_interface_decl->addDecl(property_decl); | |||
7817 | ||||
7818 | clang::Selector setter_sel, getter_sel; | |||
7819 | ||||
7820 | if (property_setter_name) { | |||
7821 | std::string property_setter_no_colon(property_setter_name, | |||
7822 | strlen(property_setter_name) - 1); | |||
7823 | clang::IdentifierInfo *setter_ident = | |||
7824 | &clang_ast.Idents.get(property_setter_no_colon); | |||
7825 | setter_sel = clang_ast.Selectors.getSelector(1, &setter_ident); | |||
7826 | } else if (!(property_attributes & DW_APPLE_PROPERTY_readonly)) { | |||
7827 | std::string setter_sel_string("set"); | |||
7828 | setter_sel_string.push_back(::toupper(property_name[0])); | |||
7829 | setter_sel_string.append(&property_name[1]); | |||
7830 | clang::IdentifierInfo *setter_ident = | |||
7831 | &clang_ast.Idents.get(setter_sel_string); | |||
7832 | setter_sel = clang_ast.Selectors.getSelector(1, &setter_ident); | |||
7833 | } | |||
7834 | property_decl->setSetterName(setter_sel); | |||
7835 | property_decl->setPropertyAttributes(ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_setter); | |||
7836 | ||||
7837 | if (property_getter_name != nullptr) { | |||
7838 | clang::IdentifierInfo *getter_ident = | |||
7839 | &clang_ast.Idents.get(property_getter_name); | |||
7840 | getter_sel = clang_ast.Selectors.getSelector(0, &getter_ident); | |||
7841 | } else { | |||
7842 | clang::IdentifierInfo *getter_ident = &clang_ast.Idents.get(property_name); | |||
7843 | getter_sel = clang_ast.Selectors.getSelector(0, &getter_ident); | |||
7844 | } | |||
7845 | property_decl->setGetterName(getter_sel); | |||
7846 | property_decl->setPropertyAttributes(ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_getter); | |||
7847 | ||||
7848 | if (ivar_decl) | |||
7849 | property_decl->setPropertyIvarDecl(ivar_decl); | |||
7850 | ||||
7851 | if (property_attributes & DW_APPLE_PROPERTY_readonly) | |||
7852 | property_decl->setPropertyAttributes(ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_readonly); | |||
7853 | if (property_attributes & DW_APPLE_PROPERTY_readwrite) | |||
7854 | property_decl->setPropertyAttributes(ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_readwrite); | |||
7855 | if (property_attributes & DW_APPLE_PROPERTY_assign) | |||
7856 | property_decl->setPropertyAttributes(ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_assign); | |||
7857 | if (property_attributes & DW_APPLE_PROPERTY_retain) | |||
7858 | property_decl->setPropertyAttributes(ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_retain); | |||
7859 | if (property_attributes & DW_APPLE_PROPERTY_copy) | |||
7860 | property_decl->setPropertyAttributes(ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_copy); | |||
7861 | if (property_attributes & DW_APPLE_PROPERTY_nonatomic) | |||
7862 | property_decl->setPropertyAttributes(ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_nonatomic); | |||
7863 | if (property_attributes & ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_nullability) | |||
7864 | property_decl->setPropertyAttributes( | |||
7865 | ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_nullability); | |||
7866 | if (property_attributes & ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_null_resettable) | |||
7867 | property_decl->setPropertyAttributes( | |||
7868 | ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_null_resettable); | |||
7869 | if (property_attributes & ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_class) | |||
7870 | property_decl->setPropertyAttributes(ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_class); | |||
7871 | ||||
7872 | const bool isInstance = | |||
7873 | (property_attributes & ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_class) == 0; | |||
7874 | ||||
7875 | clang::ObjCMethodDecl *getter = nullptr; | |||
7876 | if (!getter_sel.isNull()) | |||
7877 | getter = isInstance ? class_interface_decl->lookupInstanceMethod(getter_sel) | |||
7878 | : class_interface_decl->lookupClassMethod(getter_sel); | |||
7879 | if (!getter_sel.isNull() && !getter) { | |||
7880 | const bool isVariadic = false; | |||
7881 | const bool isPropertyAccessor = true; | |||
7882 | const bool isSynthesizedAccessorStub = false; | |||
7883 | const bool isImplicitlyDeclared = true; | |||
7884 | const bool isDefined = false; | |||
7885 | const clang::ObjCMethodDecl::ImplementationControl impControl = | |||
7886 | clang::ObjCMethodDecl::None; | |||
7887 | const bool HasRelatedResultType = false; | |||
7888 | ||||
7889 | getter = clang::ObjCMethodDecl::CreateDeserialized(clang_ast, 0); | |||
7890 | getter->setDeclName(getter_sel); | |||
7891 | getter->setReturnType(ClangUtil::GetQualType(property_clang_type_to_access)); | |||
7892 | getter->setDeclContext(class_interface_decl); | |||
7893 | getter->setInstanceMethod(isInstance); | |||
7894 | getter->setVariadic(isVariadic); | |||
7895 | getter->setPropertyAccessor(isPropertyAccessor); | |||
7896 | getter->setSynthesizedAccessorStub(isSynthesizedAccessorStub); | |||
7897 | getter->setImplicit(isImplicitlyDeclared); | |||
7898 | getter->setDefined(isDefined); | |||
7899 | getter->setDeclImplementation(impControl); | |||
7900 | getter->setRelatedResultType(HasRelatedResultType); | |||
7901 | SetMemberOwningModule(getter, class_interface_decl); | |||
7902 | ||||
7903 | if (getter) { | |||
7904 | if (metadata) | |||
7905 | ast->SetMetadata(getter, *metadata); | |||
7906 | ||||
7907 | getter->setMethodParams(clang_ast, llvm::ArrayRef<clang::ParmVarDecl *>(), | |||
7908 | llvm::ArrayRef<clang::SourceLocation>()); | |||
7909 | class_interface_decl->addDecl(getter); | |||
7910 | } | |||
7911 | } | |||
7912 | if (getter) { | |||
7913 | getter->setPropertyAccessor(true); | |||
7914 | property_decl->setGetterMethodDecl(getter); | |||
7915 | } | |||
7916 | ||||
7917 | clang::ObjCMethodDecl *setter = nullptr; | |||
7918 | setter = isInstance ? class_interface_decl->lookupInstanceMethod(setter_sel) | |||
7919 | : class_interface_decl->lookupClassMethod(setter_sel); | |||
7920 | if (!setter_sel.isNull() && !setter) { | |||
7921 | clang::QualType result_type = clang_ast.VoidTy; | |||
7922 | const bool isVariadic = false; | |||
7923 | const bool isPropertyAccessor = true; | |||
7924 | const bool isSynthesizedAccessorStub = false; | |||
7925 | const bool isImplicitlyDeclared = true; | |||
7926 | const bool isDefined = false; | |||
7927 | const clang::ObjCMethodDecl::ImplementationControl impControl = | |||
7928 | clang::ObjCMethodDecl::None; | |||
7929 | const bool HasRelatedResultType = false; | |||
7930 | ||||
7931 | setter = clang::ObjCMethodDecl::CreateDeserialized(clang_ast, 0); | |||
7932 | setter->setDeclName(setter_sel); | |||
7933 | setter->setReturnType(result_type); | |||
7934 | setter->setDeclContext(class_interface_decl); | |||
7935 | setter->setInstanceMethod(isInstance); | |||
7936 | setter->setVariadic(isVariadic); | |||
7937 | setter->setPropertyAccessor(isPropertyAccessor); | |||
7938 | setter->setSynthesizedAccessorStub(isSynthesizedAccessorStub); | |||
7939 | setter->setImplicit(isImplicitlyDeclared); | |||
7940 | setter->setDefined(isDefined); | |||
7941 | setter->setDeclImplementation(impControl); | |||
7942 | setter->setRelatedResultType(HasRelatedResultType); | |||
7943 | SetMemberOwningModule(setter, class_interface_decl); | |||
7944 | ||||
7945 | if (setter) { | |||
7946 | if (metadata) | |||
7947 | ast->SetMetadata(setter, *metadata); | |||
7948 | ||||
7949 | llvm::SmallVector<clang::ParmVarDecl *, 1> params; | |||
7950 | params.push_back(clang::ParmVarDecl::Create( | |||
7951 | clang_ast, setter, clang::SourceLocation(), clang::SourceLocation(), | |||
7952 | nullptr, // anonymous | |||
7953 | ClangUtil::GetQualType(property_clang_type_to_access), nullptr, | |||
7954 | clang::SC_Auto, nullptr)); | |||
7955 | ||||
7956 | setter->setMethodParams(clang_ast, | |||
7957 | llvm::ArrayRef<clang::ParmVarDecl *>(params), | |||
7958 | llvm::ArrayRef<clang::SourceLocation>()); | |||
7959 | ||||
7960 | class_interface_decl->addDecl(setter); | |||
7961 | } | |||
7962 | } | |||
7963 | if (setter) { | |||
7964 | setter->setPropertyAccessor(true); | |||
7965 | property_decl->setSetterMethodDecl(setter); | |||
7966 | } | |||
7967 | ||||
7968 | return true; | |||
7969 | } | |||
7970 | ||||
7971 | bool TypeSystemClang::IsObjCClassTypeAndHasIVars(const CompilerType &type, | |||
7972 | bool check_superclass) { | |||
7973 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *class_interface_decl = GetAsObjCInterfaceDecl(type); | |||
7974 | if (class_interface_decl) | |||
7975 | return ObjCDeclHasIVars(class_interface_decl, check_superclass); | |||
7976 | return false; | |||
7977 | } | |||
7978 | ||||
7979 | clang::ObjCMethodDecl *TypeSystemClang::AddMethodToObjCObjectType( | |||
7980 | const CompilerType &type, | |||
7981 | const char *name, // the full symbol name as seen in the symbol table | |||
7982 | // (lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, "-[NString | |||
7983 | // stringWithCString:]") | |||
7984 | const CompilerType &method_clang_type, lldb::AccessType access, | |||
7985 | bool is_artificial, bool is_variadic, bool is_objc_direct_call) { | |||
7986 | if (!type || !method_clang_type.IsValid()) | |||
7987 | return nullptr; | |||
7988 | ||||
7989 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *class_interface_decl = GetAsObjCInterfaceDecl(type); | |||
7990 | ||||
7991 | if (class_interface_decl == nullptr) | |||
7992 | return nullptr; | |||
7993 | TypeSystemClang *lldb_ast = | |||
7994 | llvm::dyn_cast<TypeSystemClang>(type.GetTypeSystem()); | |||
7995 | if (lldb_ast == nullptr) | |||
7996 | return nullptr; | |||
7997 | clang::ASTContext &ast = lldb_ast->getASTContext(); | |||
7998 | ||||
7999 | const char *selector_start = ::strchr(name, ' '); | |||
8000 | if (selector_start == nullptr) | |||
8001 | return nullptr; | |||
8002 | ||||
8003 | selector_start++; | |||
8004 | llvm::SmallVector<clang::IdentifierInfo *, 12> selector_idents; | |||
8005 | ||||
8006 | size_t len = 0; | |||
8007 | const char *start; | |||
8008 | ||||
8009 | unsigned num_selectors_with_args = 0; | |||
8010 | for (start = selector_start; start && *start != '\0' && *start != ']'; | |||
8011 | start += len) { | |||
8012 | len = ::strcspn(start, ":]"); | |||
8013 | bool has_arg = (start[len] == ':'); | |||
8014 | if (has_arg) | |||
8015 | ++num_selectors_with_args; | |||
8016 | selector_idents.push_back(&ast.Idents.get(llvm::StringRef(start, len))); | |||
8017 | if (has_arg) | |||
8018 | len += 1; | |||
8019 | } | |||
8020 | ||||
8021 | if (selector_idents.size() == 0) | |||
8022 | return nullptr; | |||
8023 | ||||
8024 | clang::Selector method_selector = ast.Selectors.getSelector( | |||
8025 | num_selectors_with_args ? selector_idents.size() : 0, | |||
8026 | selector_idents.data()); | |||
8027 | ||||
8028 | clang::QualType method_qual_type(ClangUtil::GetQualType(method_clang_type)); | |||
8029 | ||||
8030 | // Populate the method decl with parameter decls | |||
8031 | const clang::Type *method_type(method_qual_type.getTypePtr()); | |||
8032 | ||||
8033 | if (method_type == nullptr) | |||
8034 | return nullptr; | |||
8035 | ||||
8036 | const clang::FunctionProtoType *method_function_prototype( | |||
8037 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::FunctionProtoType>(method_type)); | |||
8038 | ||||
8039 | if (!method_function_prototype) | |||
8040 | return nullptr; | |||
8041 | ||||
8042 | const bool isInstance = (name[0] == '-'); | |||
8043 | const bool isVariadic = is_variadic; | |||
8044 | const bool isPropertyAccessor = false; | |||
8045 | const bool isSynthesizedAccessorStub = false; | |||
8046 | /// Force this to true because we don't have source locations. | |||
8047 | const bool isImplicitlyDeclared = true; | |||
8048 | const bool isDefined = false; | |||
8049 | const clang::ObjCMethodDecl::ImplementationControl impControl = | |||
8050 | clang::ObjCMethodDecl::None; | |||
8051 | const bool HasRelatedResultType = false; | |||
8052 | ||||
8053 | const unsigned num_args = method_function_prototype->getNumParams(); | |||
8054 | ||||
8055 | if (num_args != num_selectors_with_args) | |||
8056 | return nullptr; // some debug information is corrupt. We are not going to | |||
8057 | // deal with it. | |||
8058 | ||||
8059 | auto *objc_method_decl = clang::ObjCMethodDecl::CreateDeserialized(ast, 0); | |||
8060 | objc_method_decl->setDeclName(method_selector); | |||
8061 | objc_method_decl->setReturnType(method_function_prototype->getReturnType()); | |||
8062 | objc_method_decl->setDeclContext( | |||
8063 | lldb_ast->GetDeclContextForType(ClangUtil::GetQualType(type))); | |||
8064 | objc_method_decl->setInstanceMethod(isInstance); | |||
8065 | objc_method_decl->setVariadic(isVariadic); | |||
8066 | objc_method_decl->setPropertyAccessor(isPropertyAccessor); | |||
8067 | objc_method_decl->setSynthesizedAccessorStub(isSynthesizedAccessorStub); | |||
8068 | objc_method_decl->setImplicit(isImplicitlyDeclared); | |||
8069 | objc_method_decl->setDefined(isDefined); | |||
8070 | objc_method_decl->setDeclImplementation(impControl); | |||
8071 | objc_method_decl->setRelatedResultType(HasRelatedResultType); | |||
8072 | SetMemberOwningModule(objc_method_decl, class_interface_decl); | |||
8073 | ||||
8074 | if (objc_method_decl == nullptr) | |||
8075 | return nullptr; | |||
8076 | ||||
8077 | if (num_args > 0) { | |||
8078 | llvm::SmallVector<clang::ParmVarDecl *, 12> params; | |||
8079 | ||||
8080 | for (unsigned param_index = 0; param_index < num_args; ++param_index) { | |||
8081 | params.push_back(clang::ParmVarDecl::Create( | |||
8082 | ast, objc_method_decl, clang::SourceLocation(), | |||
8083 | clang::SourceLocation(), | |||
8084 | nullptr, // anonymous | |||
8085 | method_function_prototype->getParamType(param_index), nullptr, | |||
8086 | clang::SC_Auto, nullptr)); | |||
8087 | } | |||
8088 | ||||
8089 | objc_method_decl->setMethodParams( | |||
8090 | ast, llvm::ArrayRef<clang::ParmVarDecl *>(params), | |||
8091 | llvm::ArrayRef<clang::SourceLocation>()); | |||
8092 | } | |||
8093 | ||||
8094 | if (is_objc_direct_call) { | |||
8095 | // Add a the objc_direct attribute to the declaration we generate that | |||
8096 | // we generate a direct method call for this ObjCMethodDecl. | |||
8097 | objc_method_decl->addAttr( | |||
8098 | clang::ObjCDirectAttr::CreateImplicit(ast, SourceLocation())); | |||
8099 | // Usually Sema is creating implicit parameters (e.g., self) when it | |||
8100 | // parses the method. We don't have a parsing Sema when we build our own | |||
8101 | // AST here so we manually need to create these implicit parameters to | |||
8102 | // make the direct call code generation happy. | |||
8103 | objc_method_decl->createImplicitParams(ast, class_interface_decl); | |||
8104 | } | |||
8105 | ||||
8106 | class_interface_decl->addDecl(objc_method_decl); | |||
8107 | ||||
8108 | VerifyDecl(objc_method_decl); | |||
8109 | ||||
8110 | return objc_method_decl; | |||
8111 | } | |||
8112 | ||||
8113 | bool TypeSystemClang::SetHasExternalStorage(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, | |||
8114 | bool has_extern) { | |||
8115 | if (!type) | |||
8116 | return false; | |||
8117 | ||||
8118 | clang::QualType qual_type(RemoveWrappingTypes(GetCanonicalQualType(type))); | |||
8119 | ||||
8120 | const clang::Type::TypeClass type_class = qual_type->getTypeClass(); | |||
8121 | switch (type_class) { | |||
8122 | case clang::Type::Record: { | |||
8123 | clang::CXXRecordDecl *cxx_record_decl = qual_type->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); | |||
8124 | if (cxx_record_decl) { | |||
8125 | cxx_record_decl->setHasExternalLexicalStorage(has_extern); | |||
8126 | cxx_record_decl->setHasExternalVisibleStorage(has_extern); | |||
8127 | return true; | |||
8128 | } | |||
8129 | } break; | |||
8130 | ||||
8131 | case clang::Type::Enum: { | |||
8132 | clang::EnumDecl *enum_decl = | |||
8133 | llvm::cast<clang::EnumType>(qual_type)->getDecl(); | |||
8134 | if (enum_decl) { | |||
8135 | enum_decl->setHasExternalLexicalStorage(has_extern); | |||
8136 | enum_decl->setHasExternalVisibleStorage(has_extern); | |||
8137 | return true; | |||
8138 | } | |||
8139 | } break; | |||
8140 | ||||
8141 | case clang::Type::ObjCObject: | |||
8142 | case clang::Type::ObjCInterface: { | |||
8143 | const clang::ObjCObjectType *objc_class_type = | |||
8144 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::ObjCObjectType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | |||
8145 | assert(objc_class_type)((void)0); | |||
8146 | if (objc_class_type) { | |||
8147 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *class_interface_decl = | |||
8148 | objc_class_type->getInterface(); | |||
8149 | ||||
8150 | if (class_interface_decl) { | |||
8151 | class_interface_decl->setHasExternalLexicalStorage(has_extern); | |||
8152 | class_interface_decl->setHasExternalVisibleStorage(has_extern); | |||
8153 | return true; | |||
8154 | } | |||
8155 | } | |||
8156 | } break; | |||
8157 | ||||
8158 | default: | |||
8159 | break; | |||
8160 | } | |||
8161 | return false; | |||
8162 | } | |||
8163 | ||||
8164 | #pragma mark TagDecl | |||
8165 | ||||
8166 | bool TypeSystemClang::StartTagDeclarationDefinition(const CompilerType &type) { | |||
8167 | clang::QualType qual_type(ClangUtil::GetQualType(type)); | |||
8168 | if (!qual_type.isNull()) { | |||
8169 | const clang::TagType *tag_type = qual_type->getAs<clang::TagType>(); | |||
8170 | if (tag_type) { | |||
8171 | clang::TagDecl *tag_decl = tag_type->getDecl(); | |||
8172 | if (tag_decl) { | |||
8173 | tag_decl->startDefinition(); | |||
8174 | return true; | |||
8175 | } | |||
8176 | } | |||
8177 | ||||
8178 | const clang::ObjCObjectType *object_type = | |||
8179 | qual_type->getAs<clang::ObjCObjectType>(); | |||
8180 | if (object_type) { | |||
8181 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *interface_decl = object_type->getInterface(); | |||
8182 | if (interface_decl) { | |||
8183 | interface_decl->startDefinition(); | |||
8184 | return true; | |||
8185 | } | |||
8186 | } | |||
8187 | } | |||
8188 | return false; | |||
8189 | } | |||
8190 | ||||
8191 | bool TypeSystemClang::CompleteTagDeclarationDefinition( | |||
8192 | const CompilerType &type) { | |||
8193 | clang::QualType qual_type(ClangUtil::GetQualType(type)); | |||
8194 | if (qual_type.isNull()) | |||
8195 | return false; | |||
8196 | ||||
8197 | // Make sure we use the same methodology as | |||
8198 | // TypeSystemClang::StartTagDeclarationDefinition() as to how we start/end | |||
8199 | // the definition. | |||
8200 | const clang::TagType *tag_type = qual_type->getAs<clang::TagType>(); | |||
8201 | if (tag_type) { | |||
8202 | clang::TagDecl *tag_decl = tag_type->getDecl(); | |||
8203 | ||||
8204 | if (auto *cxx_record_decl = llvm::dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(tag_decl)) { | |||
8205 | // If we have a move constructor declared but no copy constructor we | |||
8206 | // need to explicitly mark it as deleted. Usually Sema would do this for | |||
8207 | // us in Sema::DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor but we don't have a Sema | |||
8208 | // when building an AST from debug information. | |||
8209 | // See also: | |||
8210 | // C++11 [class.copy]p7, p18: | |||
8211 | // If the class definition declares a move constructor or move assignment | |||
8212 | // operator, an implicitly declared copy constructor or copy assignment | |||
8213 | // operator is defined as deleted. | |||
8214 | if (cxx_record_decl->hasUserDeclaredMoveConstructor() || | |||
8215 | cxx_record_decl->hasUserDeclaredMoveAssignment()) { | |||
8216 | if (cxx_record_decl->needsImplicitCopyConstructor()) | |||
8217 | cxx_record_decl->setImplicitCopyConstructorIsDeleted(); | |||
8218 | if (cxx_record_decl->needsImplicitCopyAssignment()) | |||
8219 | cxx_record_decl->setImplicitCopyAssignmentIsDeleted(); | |||
8220 | } | |||
8221 | ||||
8222 | if (!cxx_record_decl->isCompleteDefinition()) | |||
8223 | cxx_record_decl->completeDefinition(); | |||
8224 | cxx_record_decl->setHasLoadedFieldsFromExternalStorage(true); | |||
8225 | cxx_record_decl->setHasExternalLexicalStorage(false); | |||
8226 | cxx_record_decl->setHasExternalVisibleStorage(false); | |||
8227 | return true; | |||
8228 | } | |||
8229 | } | |||
8230 | ||||
8231 | const clang::EnumType *enutype = qual_type->getAs<clang::EnumType>(); | |||
8232 | ||||
8233 | if (!enutype) | |||
8234 | return false; | |||
8235 | clang::EnumDecl *enum_decl = enutype->getDecl(); | |||
8236 | ||||
8237 | if (enum_decl->isCompleteDefinition()) | |||
8238 | return true; | |||
8239 | ||||
8240 | TypeSystemClang *lldb_ast = | |||
8241 | llvm::dyn_cast<TypeSystemClang>(type.GetTypeSystem()); | |||
8242 | if (lldb_ast == nullptr) | |||
8243 | return false; | |||
8244 | clang::ASTContext &ast = lldb_ast->getASTContext(); | |||
8245 | ||||
8246 | /// TODO This really needs to be fixed. | |||
8247 | ||||
8248 | QualType integer_type(enum_decl->getIntegerType()); | |||
8249 | if (!integer_type.isNull()) { | |||
8250 | unsigned NumPositiveBits = 1; | |||
8251 | unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; | |||
8252 | ||||
8253 | clang::QualType promotion_qual_type; | |||
8254 | // If the enum integer type is less than an integer in bit width, | |||
8255 | // then we must promote it to an integer size. | |||
8256 | if (ast.getTypeSize(enum_decl->getIntegerType()) < | |||
8257 | ast.getTypeSize(ast.IntTy)) { | |||
8258 | if (enum_decl->getIntegerType()->isSignedIntegerType()) | |||
8259 | promotion_qual_type = ast.IntTy; | |||
8260 | else | |||
8261 | promotion_qual_type = ast.UnsignedIntTy; | |||
8262 | } else | |||
8263 | promotion_qual_type = enum_decl->getIntegerType(); | |||
8264 | ||||
8265 | enum_decl->completeDefinition(enum_decl->getIntegerType(), | |||
8266 | promotion_qual_type, NumPositiveBits, | |||
8267 | NumNegativeBits); | |||
8268 | } | |||
8269 | return true; | |||
8270 | } | |||
8271 | ||||
8272 | clang::EnumConstantDecl *TypeSystemClang::AddEnumerationValueToEnumerationType( | |||
8273 | const CompilerType &enum_type, const Declaration &decl, const char *name, | |||
8274 | const llvm::APSInt &value) { | |||
8275 | ||||
8276 | if (!enum_type || ConstString(name).IsEmpty()) | |||
8277 | return nullptr; | |||
8278 | ||||
8279 | lldbassert(enum_type.GetTypeSystem() == static_cast<TypeSystem *>(this))lldb_private::lldb_assert(static_cast<bool>(enum_type.GetTypeSystem () == static_cast<TypeSystem *>(this)), "enum_type.GetTypeSystem() == static_cast<TypeSystem *>(this)" , __FUNCTION__, "/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/liblldbPluginTypeSystem/../../../llvm/lldb/source/Plugins/TypeSystem/Clang/TypeSystemClang.cpp" , 8279); | |||
8280 | ||||
8281 | lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t enum_opaque_compiler_type = | |||
8282 | enum_type.GetOpaqueQualType(); | |||
8283 | ||||
8284 | if (!enum_opaque_compiler_type) | |||
8285 | return nullptr; | |||
8286 | ||||
8287 | clang::QualType enum_qual_type( | |||
8288 | GetCanonicalQualType(enum_opaque_compiler_type)); | |||
8289 | ||||
8290 | const clang::Type *clang_type = enum_qual_type.getTypePtr(); | |||
8291 | ||||
8292 | if (!clang_type) | |||
8293 | return nullptr; | |||
8294 | ||||
8295 | const clang::EnumType *enutype = llvm::dyn_cast<clang::EnumType>(clang_type); | |||
8296 | ||||
8297 | if (!enutype) | |||
8298 | return nullptr; | |||
8299 | ||||
8300 | clang::EnumConstantDecl *enumerator_decl = | |||
8301 | clang::EnumConstantDecl::CreateDeserialized(getASTContext(), 0); | |||
8302 | enumerator_decl->setDeclContext(enutype->getDecl()); | |||
8303 | if (name && name[0]) | |||
8304 | enumerator_decl->setDeclName(&getASTContext().Idents.get(name)); | |||
8305 | enumerator_decl->setType(clang::QualType(enutype, 0)); | |||
8306 | enumerator_decl->setInitVal(value); | |||
8307 | SetMemberOwningModule(enumerator_decl, enutype->getDecl()); | |||
8308 | ||||
8309 | if (!enumerator_decl) | |||
8310 | return nullptr; | |||
8311 | ||||
8312 | enutype->getDecl()->addDecl(enumerator_decl); | |||
8313 | ||||
8314 | VerifyDecl(enumerator_decl); | |||
8315 | return enumerator_decl; | |||
8316 | } | |||
8317 | ||||
8318 | clang::EnumConstantDecl *TypeSystemClang::AddEnumerationValueToEnumerationType( | |||
8319 | const CompilerType &enum_type, const Declaration &decl, const char *name, | |||
8320 | int64_t enum_value, uint32_t enum_value_bit_size) { | |||
8321 | CompilerType underlying_type = GetEnumerationIntegerType(enum_type); | |||
8322 | bool is_signed = false; | |||
8323 | underlying_type.IsIntegerType(is_signed); | |||
8324 | ||||
8325 | llvm::APSInt value(enum_value_bit_size, is_signed); | |||
8326 | value = enum_value; | |||
8327 | ||||
8328 | return AddEnumerationValueToEnumerationType(enum_type, decl, name, value); | |||
8329 | } | |||
8330 | ||||
8331 | CompilerType TypeSystemClang::GetEnumerationIntegerType(CompilerType type) { | |||
8332 | clang::QualType qt(ClangUtil::GetQualType(type)); | |||
8333 | const clang::Type *clang_type = qt.getTypePtrOrNull(); | |||
8334 | const auto *enum_type = llvm::dyn_cast_or_null<clang::EnumType>(clang_type); | |||
8335 | if (!enum_type) | |||
8336 | return CompilerType(); | |||
8337 | ||||
8338 | return GetType(enum_type->getDecl()->getIntegerType()); | |||
8339 | } | |||
8340 | ||||
8341 | CompilerType | |||
8342 | TypeSystemClang::CreateMemberPointerType(const CompilerType &type, | |||
8343 | const CompilerType &pointee_type) { | |||
8344 | if (type && pointee_type.IsValid() && | |||
8345 | type.GetTypeSystem() == pointee_type.GetTypeSystem()) { | |||
8346 | TypeSystemClang *ast = | |||
8347 | llvm::dyn_cast<TypeSystemClang>(type.GetTypeSystem()); | |||
8348 | if (!ast) | |||
8349 | return CompilerType(); | |||
8350 | return ast->GetType(ast->getASTContext().getMemberPointerType( | |||
8351 | ClangUtil::GetQualType(pointee_type), | |||
8352 | ClangUtil::GetQualType(type).getTypePtr())); | |||
8353 | } | |||
8354 | return CompilerType(); | |||
8355 | } | |||
8356 | ||||
8357 | // Dumping types | |||
8358 | #define DEPTH_INCREMENT2 2 | |||
8359 | ||||
8360 | #ifndef NDEBUG1 | |||
8361 | LLVM_DUMP_METHOD__attribute__((noinline)) void | |||
8362 | TypeSystemClang::dump(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type) const { | |||
8363 | if (!type) | |||
8364 | return; | |||
8365 | clang::QualType qual_type(GetQualType(type)); | |||
8366 | qual_type.dump(); | |||
8367 | } | |||
8368 | #endif | |||
8369 | ||||
8370 | void TypeSystemClang::Dump(Stream &s) { | |||
8371 | Decl *tu = Decl::castFromDeclContext(GetTranslationUnitDecl()); | |||
8372 | tu->dump(s.AsRawOstream()); | |||
8373 | } | |||
8374 | ||||
8375 | void TypeSystemClang::DumpFromSymbolFile(Stream &s, | |||
8376 | llvm::StringRef symbol_name) { | |||
8377 | SymbolFile *symfile = GetSymbolFile(); | |||
8378 | ||||
8379 | if (!symfile) | |||
8380 | return; | |||
8381 | ||||
8382 | lldb_private::TypeList type_list; | |||
8383 | symfile->GetTypes(nullptr, eTypeClassAny, type_list); | |||
8384 | size_t ntypes = type_list.GetSize(); | |||
8385 | ||||
8386 | for (size_t i = 0; i < ntypes; ++i) { | |||
8387 | TypeSP type = type_list.GetTypeAtIndex(i); | |||
8388 | ||||
8389 | if (!symbol_name.empty()) | |||
8390 | if (symbol_name != type->GetName().GetStringRef()) | |||
8391 | continue; | |||
8392 | ||||
8393 | s << type->GetName().AsCString() << "\n"; | |||
8394 | ||||
8395 | CompilerType full_type = type->GetFullCompilerType(); | |||
8396 | if (clang::TagDecl *tag_decl = GetAsTagDecl(full_type)) { | |||
8397 | tag_decl->dump(s.AsRawOstream()); | |||
8398 | continue; | |||
8399 | } | |||
8400 | if (clang::TypedefNameDecl *typedef_decl = GetAsTypedefDecl(full_type)) { | |||
8401 | typedef_decl->dump(s.AsRawOstream()); | |||
8402 | continue; | |||
8403 | } | |||
8404 | if (auto *objc_obj = llvm::dyn_cast<clang::ObjCObjectType>( | |||
8405 | ClangUtil::GetQualType(full_type).getTypePtr())) { | |||
8406 | if (clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *interface_decl = objc_obj->getInterface()) { | |||
8407 | interface_decl->dump(s.AsRawOstream()); | |||
8408 | continue; | |||
8409 | } | |||
8410 | } | |||
8411 | GetCanonicalQualType(full_type.GetOpaqueQualType()) | |||
8412 | .dump(s.AsRawOstream(), getASTContext()); | |||
8413 | } | |||
8414 | } | |||
8415 | ||||
8416 | void TypeSystemClang::DumpValue( | |||
8417 | lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, ExecutionContext *exe_ctx, Stream *s, | |||
8418 | lldb::Format format, const lldb_private::DataExtractor &data, | |||
8419 | lldb::offset_t data_byte_offset, size_t data_byte_size, | |||
8420 | uint32_t bitfield_bit_size, uint32_t bitfield_bit_offset, bool show_types, | |||
8421 | bool show_summary, bool verbose, uint32_t depth) { | |||
8422 | if (!type) | |||
8423 | return; | |||
8424 | ||||
8425 | clang::QualType qual_type(GetQualType(type)); | |||
8426 | switch (qual_type->getTypeClass()) { | |||
8427 | case clang::Type::Record: | |||
8428 | if (GetCompleteType(type)) { | |||
8429 | const clang::RecordType *record_type = | |||
8430 | llvm::cast<clang::RecordType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | |||
8431 | const clang::RecordDecl *record_decl = record_type->getDecl(); | |||
8432 | assert(record_decl)((void)0); | |||
8433 | uint32_t field_bit_offset = 0; | |||
8434 | uint32_t field_byte_offset = 0; | |||
8435 | const clang::ASTRecordLayout &record_layout = | |||
8436 | getASTContext().getASTRecordLayout(record_decl); | |||
8437 | uint32_t child_idx = 0; | |||
8438 | ||||
8439 | const clang::CXXRecordDecl *cxx_record_decl = | |||
8440 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::CXXRecordDecl>(record_decl); | |||
8441 | if (cxx_record_decl) { | |||
8442 | // We might have base classes to print out first | |||
8443 | clang::CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator base_class, | |||
8444 | base_class_end; | |||
8445 | for (base_class = cxx_record_decl->bases_begin(), | |||
8446 | base_class_end = cxx_record_decl->bases_end(); | |||
8447 | base_class != base_class_end; ++base_class) { | |||
8448 | const clang::CXXRecordDecl *base_class_decl = | |||
8449 | llvm::cast<clang::CXXRecordDecl>( | |||
8450 | base_class->getType()->getAs<clang::RecordType>()->getDecl()); | |||
8451 | ||||
8452 | // Skip empty base classes | |||
8453 | if (!verbose && !TypeSystemClang::RecordHasFields(base_class_decl)) | |||
8454 | continue; | |||
8455 | ||||
8456 | if (base_class->isVirtual()) | |||
8457 | field_bit_offset = | |||
8458 | record_layout.getVBaseClassOffset(base_class_decl) | |||
8459 | .getQuantity() * | |||
8460 | 8; | |||
8461 | else | |||
8462 | field_bit_offset = record_layout.getBaseClassOffset(base_class_decl) | |||
8463 | .getQuantity() * | |||
8464 | 8; | |||
8465 | field_byte_offset = field_bit_offset / 8; | |||
8466 | assert(field_bit_offset % 8 == 0)((void)0); | |||
8467 | if (child_idx == 0) | |||
8468 | s->PutChar('{'); | |||
8469 | else | |||
8470 | s->PutChar(','); | |||
8471 | ||||
8472 | clang::QualType base_class_qual_type = base_class->getType(); | |||
8473 | std::string base_class_type_name(base_class_qual_type.getAsString()); | |||
8474 | ||||
8475 | // Indent and print the base class type name | |||
8476 | s->Format("\n{0}{1}", llvm::fmt_repeat(" ", depth + DEPTH_INCREMENT2), | |||
8477 | base_class_type_name); | |||
8478 | ||||
8479 | clang::TypeInfo base_class_type_info = | |||
8480 | getASTContext().getTypeInfo(base_class_qual_type); | |||
8481 | ||||
8482 | // Dump the value of the member | |||
8483 | CompilerType base_clang_type = GetType(base_class_qual_type); | |||
8484 | base_clang_type.DumpValue( | |||
8485 | exe_ctx, | |||
8486 | s, // Stream to dump to | |||
8487 | base_clang_type | |||
8488 | .GetFormat(), // The format with which to display the member | |||
8489 | data, // Data buffer containing all bytes for this type | |||
8490 | data_byte_offset + field_byte_offset, // Offset into "data" where | |||
8491 | // to grab value from | |||
8492 | base_class_type_info.Width / 8, // Size of this type in bytes | |||
8493 | 0, // Bitfield bit size | |||
8494 | 0, // Bitfield bit offset | |||
8495 | show_types, // Boolean indicating if we should show the variable | |||
8496 | // types | |||
8497 | show_summary, // Boolean indicating if we should show a summary | |||
8498 | // for the current type | |||
8499 | verbose, // Verbose output? | |||
8500 | depth + DEPTH_INCREMENT2); // Scope depth for any types that have | |||
8501 | // children | |||
8502 | ||||
8503 | ++child_idx; | |||
8504 | } | |||
8505 | } | |||
8506 | uint32_t field_idx = 0; | |||
8507 | clang::RecordDecl::field_iterator field, field_end; | |||
8508 | for (field = record_decl->field_begin(), | |||
8509 | field_end = record_decl->field_end(); | |||
8510 | field != field_end; ++field, ++field_idx, ++child_idx) { | |||
8511 | // Print the starting squiggly bracket (if this is the first member) or | |||
8512 | // comma (for member 2 and beyond) for the struct/union/class member. | |||
8513 | if (child_idx == 0) | |||
8514 | s->PutChar('{'); | |||
8515 | else | |||
8516 | s->PutChar(','); | |||
8517 | ||||
8518 | // Indent | |||
8519 | s->Printf("\n%*s", depth + DEPTH_INCREMENT2, ""); | |||
8520 | ||||
8521 | clang::QualType field_type = field->getType(); | |||
8522 | // Print the member type if requested | |||
8523 | // Figure out the type byte size (field_type_info.first) and alignment | |||
8524 | // (field_type_info.second) from the AST context. | |||
8525 | clang::TypeInfo field_type_info = | |||
8526 | getASTContext().getTypeInfo(field_type); | |||
8527 | assert(field_idx < record_layout.getFieldCount())((void)0); | |||
8528 | // Figure out the field offset within the current struct/union/class | |||
8529 | // type | |||
8530 | field_bit_offset = record_layout.getFieldOffset(field_idx); | |||
8531 | field_byte_offset = field_bit_offset / 8; | |||
8532 | uint32_t field_bitfield_bit_size = 0; | |||
8533 | uint32_t field_bitfield_bit_offset = 0; | |||
8534 | if (FieldIsBitfield(*field, field_bitfield_bit_size)) | |||
8535 | field_bitfield_bit_offset = field_bit_offset % 8; | |||
8536 | ||||
8537 | if (show_types) { | |||
8538 | std::string field_type_name(field_type.getAsString()); | |||
8539 | if (field_bitfield_bit_size > 0) | |||
8540 | s->Printf("(%s:%u) ", field_type_name.c_str(), | |||
8541 | field_bitfield_bit_size); | |||
8542 | else | |||
8543 | s->Printf("(%s) ", field_type_name.c_str()); | |||
8544 | } | |||
8545 | // Print the member name and equal sign | |||
8546 | s->Printf("%s = ", field->getNameAsString().c_str()); | |||
8547 | ||||
8548 | // Dump the value of the member | |||
8549 | CompilerType field_clang_type = GetType(field_type); | |||
8550 | field_clang_type.DumpValue( | |||
8551 | exe_ctx, | |||
8552 | s, // Stream to dump to | |||
8553 | field_clang_type | |||
8554 | .GetFormat(), // The format with which to display the member | |||
8555 | data, // Data buffer containing all bytes for this type | |||
8556 | data_byte_offset + field_byte_offset, // Offset into "data" where to | |||
8557 | // grab value from | |||
8558 | field_type_info.Width / 8, // Size of this type in bytes | |||
8559 | field_bitfield_bit_size, // Bitfield bit size | |||
8560 | field_bitfield_bit_offset, // Bitfield bit offset | |||
8561 | show_types, // Boolean indicating if we should show the variable | |||
8562 | // types | |||
8563 | show_summary, // Boolean indicating if we should show a summary for | |||
8564 | // the current type | |||
8565 | verbose, // Verbose output? | |||
8566 | depth + DEPTH_INCREMENT2); // Scope depth for any types that have | |||
8567 | // children | |||
8568 | } | |||
8569 | ||||
8570 | // Indent the trailing squiggly bracket | |||
8571 | if (child_idx > 0) | |||
8572 | s->Printf("\n%*s}", depth, ""); | |||
8573 | } | |||
8574 | return; | |||
8575 | ||||
8576 | case clang::Type::Enum: | |||
8577 | if (GetCompleteType(type)) { | |||
8578 | const clang::EnumType *enutype = | |||
8579 | llvm::cast<clang::EnumType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | |||
8580 | const clang::EnumDecl *enum_decl = enutype->getDecl(); | |||
8581 | assert(enum_decl)((void)0); | |||
8582 | clang::EnumDecl::enumerator_iterator enum_pos, enum_end_pos; | |||
8583 | lldb::offset_t offset = data_byte_offset; | |||
8584 | const int64_t enum_value = data.GetMaxU64Bitfield( | |||
8585 | &offset, data_byte_size, bitfield_bit_size, bitfield_bit_offset); | |||
8586 | for (enum_pos = enum_decl->enumerator_begin(), | |||
8587 | enum_end_pos = enum_decl->enumerator_end(); | |||
8588 | enum_pos != enum_end_pos; ++enum_pos) { | |||
8589 | if (enum_pos->getInitVal() == enum_value) { | |||
8590 | s->Printf("%s", enum_pos->getNameAsString().c_str()); | |||
8591 | return; | |||
8592 | } | |||
8593 | } | |||
8594 | // If we have gotten here we didn't get find the enumerator in the enum | |||
8595 | // decl, so just print the integer. | |||
8596 | s->Printf("%" PRIi64"lli", enum_value); | |||
8597 | } | |||
8598 | return; | |||
8599 | ||||
8600 | case clang::Type::ConstantArray: { | |||
8601 | const clang::ConstantArrayType *array = | |||
8602 | llvm::cast<clang::ConstantArrayType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | |||
8603 | bool is_array_of_characters = false; | |||
8604 | clang::QualType element_qual_type = array->getElementType(); | |||
8605 | ||||
8606 | const clang::Type *canonical_type = | |||
8607 | element_qual_type->getCanonicalTypeInternal().getTypePtr(); | |||
8608 | if (canonical_type) | |||
8609 | is_array_of_characters = canonical_type->isCharType(); | |||
8610 | ||||
8611 | const uint64_t element_count = array->getSize().getLimitedValue(); | |||
8612 | ||||
8613 | clang::TypeInfo field_type_info = | |||
8614 | getASTContext().getTypeInfo(element_qual_type); | |||
8615 | ||||
8616 | uint32_t element_idx = 0; | |||
8617 | uint32_t element_offset = 0; | |||
8618 | uint64_t element_byte_size = field_type_info.Width / 8; | |||
8619 | uint32_t element_stride = element_byte_size; | |||
8620 | ||||
8621 | if (is_array_of_characters) { | |||
8622 | s->PutChar('"'); | |||
8623 | DumpDataExtractor(data, s, data_byte_offset, lldb::eFormatChar, | |||
8624 | element_byte_size, element_count, UINT32_MAX0xffffffffU, | |||
8625 | LLDB_INVALID_ADDRESS0xffffffffffffffffULL, 0, 0); | |||
8626 | s->PutChar('"'); | |||
8627 | return; | |||
8628 | } else { | |||
8629 | CompilerType element_clang_type = GetType(element_qual_type); | |||
8630 | lldb::Format element_format = element_clang_type.GetFormat(); | |||
8631 | ||||
8632 | for (element_idx = 0; element_idx < element_count; ++element_idx) { | |||
8633 | // Print the starting squiggly bracket (if this is the first member) or | |||
8634 | // comman (for member 2 and beyong) for the struct/union/class member. | |||
8635 | if (element_idx == 0) | |||
8636 | s->PutChar('{'); | |||
8637 | else | |||
8638 | s->PutChar(','); | |||
8639 | ||||
8640 | // Indent and print the index | |||
8641 | s->Printf("\n%*s[%u] ", depth + DEPTH_INCREMENT2, "", element_idx); | |||
8642 | ||||
8643 | // Figure out the field offset within the current struct/union/class | |||
8644 | // type | |||
8645 | element_offset = element_idx * element_stride; | |||
8646 | ||||
8647 | // Dump the value of the member | |||
8648 | element_clang_type.DumpValue( | |||
8649 | exe_ctx, | |||
8650 | s, // Stream to dump to | |||
8651 | element_format, // The format with which to display the element | |||
8652 | data, // Data buffer containing all bytes for this type | |||
8653 | data_byte_offset + | |||
8654 | element_offset, // Offset into "data" where to grab value from | |||
8655 | element_byte_size, // Size of this type in bytes | |||
8656 | 0, // Bitfield bit size | |||
8657 | 0, // Bitfield bit offset | |||
8658 | show_types, // Boolean indicating if we should show the variable | |||
8659 | // types | |||
8660 | show_summary, // Boolean indicating if we should show a summary for | |||
8661 | // the current type | |||
8662 | verbose, // Verbose output? | |||
8663 | depth + DEPTH_INCREMENT2); // Scope depth for any types that have | |||
8664 | // children | |||
8665 | } | |||
8666 | ||||
8667 | // Indent the trailing squiggly bracket | |||
8668 | if (element_idx > 0) | |||
8669 | s->Printf("\n%*s}", depth, ""); | |||
8670 | } | |||
8671 | } | |||
8672 | return; | |||
8673 | ||||
8674 | case clang::Type::Typedef: { | |||
8675 | clang::QualType typedef_qual_type = | |||
8676 | llvm::cast<clang::TypedefType>(qual_type) | |||
8677 | ->getDecl() | |||
8678 | ->getUnderlyingType(); | |||
8679 | ||||
8680 | CompilerType typedef_clang_type = GetType(typedef_qual_type); | |||
8681 | lldb::Format typedef_format = typedef_clang_type.GetFormat(); | |||
8682 | clang::TypeInfo typedef_type_info = | |||
8683 | getASTContext().getTypeInfo(typedef_qual_type); | |||
8684 | uint64_t typedef_byte_size = typedef_type_info.Width / 8; | |||
8685 | ||||
8686 | return typedef_clang_type.DumpValue( | |||
8687 | exe_ctx, | |||
8688 | s, // Stream to dump to | |||
8689 | typedef_format, // The format with which to display the element | |||
8690 | data, // Data buffer containing all bytes for this type | |||
8691 | data_byte_offset, // Offset into "data" where to grab value from | |||
8692 | typedef_byte_size, // Size of this type in bytes | |||
8693 | bitfield_bit_size, // Bitfield bit size | |||
8694 | bitfield_bit_offset, // Bitfield bit offset | |||
8695 | show_types, // Boolean indicating if we should show the variable types | |||
8696 | show_summary, // Boolean indicating if we should show a summary for the | |||
8697 | // current type | |||
8698 | verbose, // Verbose output? | |||
8699 | depth); // Scope depth for any types that have children | |||
8700 | } break; | |||
8701 | ||||
8702 | case clang::Type::Auto: { | |||
8703 | clang::QualType elaborated_qual_type = | |||
8704 | llvm::cast<clang::AutoType>(qual_type)->getDeducedType(); | |||
8705 | CompilerType elaborated_clang_type = GetType(elaborated_qual_type); | |||
8706 | lldb::Format elaborated_format = elaborated_clang_type.GetFormat(); | |||
8707 | clang::TypeInfo elaborated_type_info = | |||
8708 | getASTContext().getTypeInfo(elaborated_qual_type); | |||
8709 | uint64_t elaborated_byte_size = elaborated_type_info.Width / 8; | |||
8710 | ||||
8711 | return elaborated_clang_type.DumpValue( | |||
8712 | exe_ctx, | |||
8713 | s, // Stream to dump to | |||
8714 | elaborated_format, // The format with which to display the element | |||
8715 | data, // Data buffer containing all bytes for this type | |||
8716 | data_byte_offset, // Offset into "data" where to grab value from | |||
8717 | elaborated_byte_size, // Size of this type in bytes | |||
8718 | bitfield_bit_size, // Bitfield bit size | |||
8719 | bitfield_bit_offset, // Bitfield bit offset | |||
8720 | show_types, // Boolean indicating if we should show the variable types | |||
8721 | show_summary, // Boolean indicating if we should show a summary for the | |||
8722 | // current type | |||
8723 | verbose, // Verbose output? | |||
8724 | depth); // Scope depth for any types that have children | |||
8725 | } break; | |||
8726 | ||||
8727 | case clang::Type::Elaborated: { | |||
8728 | clang::QualType elaborated_qual_type = | |||
8729 | llvm::cast<clang::ElaboratedType>(qual_type)->getNamedType(); | |||
8730 | CompilerType elaborated_clang_type = GetType(elaborated_qual_type); | |||
8731 | lldb::Format elaborated_format = elaborated_clang_type.GetFormat(); | |||
8732 | clang::TypeInfo elaborated_type_info = | |||
8733 | getASTContext().getTypeInfo(elaborated_qual_type); | |||
8734 | uint64_t elaborated_byte_size = elaborated_type_info.Width / 8; | |||
8735 | ||||
8736 | return elaborated_clang_type.DumpValue( | |||
8737 | exe_ctx, | |||
8738 | s, // Stream to dump to | |||
8739 | elaborated_format, // The format with which to display the element | |||
8740 | data, // Data buffer containing all bytes for this type | |||
8741 | data_byte_offset, // Offset into "data" where to grab value from | |||
8742 | elaborated_byte_size, // Size of this type in bytes | |||
8743 | bitfield_bit_size, // Bitfield bit size | |||
8744 | bitfield_bit_offset, // Bitfield bit offset | |||
8745 | show_types, // Boolean indicating if we should show the variable types | |||
8746 | show_summary, // Boolean indicating if we should show a summary for the | |||
8747 | // current type | |||
8748 | verbose, // Verbose output? | |||
8749 | depth); // Scope depth for any types that have children | |||
8750 | } break; | |||
8751 | ||||
8752 | case clang::Type::Paren: { | |||
8753 | clang::QualType desugar_qual_type = | |||
8754 | llvm::cast<clang::ParenType>(qual_type)->desugar(); | |||
8755 | CompilerType desugar_clang_type = GetType(desugar_qual_type); | |||
8756 | ||||
8757 | lldb::Format desugar_format = desugar_clang_type.GetFormat(); | |||
8758 | clang::TypeInfo desugar_type_info = | |||
8759 | getASTContext().getTypeInfo(desugar_qual_type); | |||
8760 | uint64_t desugar_byte_size = desugar_type_info.Width / 8; | |||
8761 | ||||
8762 | return desugar_clang_type.DumpValue( | |||
8763 | exe_ctx, | |||
8764 | s, // Stream to dump to | |||
8765 | desugar_format, // The format with which to display the element | |||
8766 | data, // Data buffer containing all bytes for this type | |||
8767 | data_byte_offset, // Offset into "data" where to grab value from | |||
8768 | desugar_byte_size, // Size of this type in bytes | |||
8769 | bitfield_bit_size, // Bitfield bit size | |||
8770 | bitfield_bit_offset, // Bitfield bit offset | |||
8771 | show_types, // Boolean indicating if we should show the variable types | |||
8772 | show_summary, // Boolean indicating if we should show a summary for the | |||
8773 | // current type | |||
8774 | verbose, // Verbose output? | |||
8775 | depth); // Scope depth for any types that have children | |||
8776 | } break; | |||
8777 | ||||
8778 | default: | |||
8779 | // We are down to a scalar type that we just need to display. | |||
8780 | DumpDataExtractor(data, s, data_byte_offset, format, data_byte_size, 1, | |||
8781 | UINT32_MAX0xffffffffU, LLDB_INVALID_ADDRESS0xffffffffffffffffULL, bitfield_bit_size, | |||
8782 | bitfield_bit_offset); | |||
8783 | ||||
8784 | if (show_summary) | |||
8785 | DumpSummary(type, exe_ctx, s, data, data_byte_offset, data_byte_size); | |||
8786 | break; | |||
8787 | } | |||
8788 | } | |||
8789 | ||||
8790 | static bool DumpEnumValue(const clang::QualType &qual_type, Stream *s, | |||
8791 | const DataExtractor &data, lldb::offset_t byte_offset, | |||
8792 | size_t byte_size, uint32_t bitfield_bit_offset, | |||
8793 | uint32_t bitfield_bit_size) { | |||
8794 | const clang::EnumType *enutype = | |||
8795 | llvm::cast<clang::EnumType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | |||
8796 | const clang::EnumDecl *enum_decl = enutype->getDecl(); | |||
8797 | assert(enum_decl)((void)0); | |||
8798 | lldb::offset_t offset = byte_offset; | |||
8799 | const uint64_t enum_svalue = data.GetMaxS64Bitfield( | |||
8800 | &offset, byte_size, bitfield_bit_size, bitfield_bit_offset); | |||
8801 | bool can_be_bitfield = true; | |||
8802 | uint64_t covered_bits = 0; | |||
8803 | int num_enumerators = 0; | |||
8804 | ||||
8805 | // Try to find an exact match for the value. | |||
8806 | // At the same time, we're applying a heuristic to determine whether we want | |||
8807 | // to print this enum as a bitfield. We're likely dealing with a bitfield if | |||
8808 | // every enumerator is either a one bit value or a superset of the previous | |||
8809 | // enumerators. Also 0 doesn't make sense when the enumerators are used as | |||
8810 | // flags. | |||
8811 | for (auto *enumerator : enum_decl->enumerators()) { | |||
8812 | uint64_t val = enumerator->getInitVal().getSExtValue(); | |||
8813 | val = llvm::SignExtend64(val, 8*byte_size); | |||
8814 | if (llvm::countPopulation(val) != 1 && (val & ~covered_bits) != 0) | |||
8815 | can_be_bitfield = false; | |||
8816 | covered_bits |= val; | |||
8817 | ++num_enumerators; | |||
8818 | if (val == enum_svalue) { | |||
8819 | // Found an exact match, that's all we need to do. | |||
8820 | s->PutCString(enumerator->getNameAsString()); | |||
8821 | return true; | |||
8822 | } | |||
8823 | } | |||
8824 | ||||
8825 | // Unsigned values make more sense for flags. | |||
8826 | offset = byte_offset; | |||
8827 | const uint64_t enum_uvalue = data.GetMaxU64Bitfield( | |||
8828 | &offset, byte_size, bitfield_bit_size, bitfield_bit_offset); | |||
8829 | ||||
8830 | // No exact match, but we don't think this is a bitfield. Print the value as | |||
8831 | // decimal. | |||
8832 | if (!can_be_bitfield) { | |||
8833 | if (qual_type->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) | |||
8834 | s->Printf("%" PRIi64"lli", enum_svalue); | |||
8835 | else | |||
8836 | s->Printf("%" PRIu64"llu", enum_uvalue); | |||
8837 | return true; | |||
8838 | } | |||
8839 | ||||
8840 | uint64_t remaining_value = enum_uvalue; | |||
8841 | std::vector<std::pair<uint64_t, llvm::StringRef>> values; | |||
8842 | values.reserve(num_enumerators); | |||
8843 | for (auto *enumerator : enum_decl->enumerators()) | |||
8844 | if (auto val = enumerator->getInitVal().getZExtValue()) | |||
8845 | values.emplace_back(val, enumerator->getName()); | |||
8846 | ||||
8847 | // Sort in reverse order of the number of the population count, so that in | |||
8848 | // `enum {A, B, ALL = A|B }` we visit ALL first. Use a stable sort so that | |||
8849 | // A | C where A is declared before C is displayed in this order. | |||
8850 | std::stable_sort(values.begin(), values.end(), [](const auto &a, const auto &b) { | |||
8851 | return llvm::countPopulation(a.first) > llvm::countPopulation(b.first); | |||
8852 | }); | |||
8853 | ||||
8854 | for (const auto &val : values) { | |||
8855 | if ((remaining_value & val.first) != val.first) | |||
8856 | continue; | |||
8857 | remaining_value &= ~val.first; | |||
8858 | s->PutCString(val.second); | |||
8859 | if (remaining_value) | |||
8860 | s->PutCString(" | "); | |||
8861 | } | |||
8862 | ||||
8863 | // If there is a remainder that is not covered by the value, print it as hex. | |||
8864 | if (remaining_value) | |||
8865 | s->Printf("0x%" PRIx64"llx", remaining_value); | |||
8866 | ||||
8867 | return true; | |||
8868 | } | |||
8869 | ||||
8870 | bool TypeSystemClang::DumpTypeValue( | |||
8871 | lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, Stream *s, lldb::Format format, | |||
8872 | const lldb_private::DataExtractor &data, lldb::offset_t byte_offset, | |||
8873 | size_t byte_size, uint32_t bitfield_bit_size, uint32_t bitfield_bit_offset, | |||
8874 | ExecutionContextScope *exe_scope) { | |||
8875 | if (!type) | |||
8876 | return false; | |||
8877 | if (IsAggregateType(type)) { | |||
8878 | return false; | |||
8879 | } else { | |||
8880 | clang::QualType qual_type(GetQualType(type)); | |||
8881 | ||||
8882 | const clang::Type::TypeClass type_class = qual_type->getTypeClass(); | |||
8883 | ||||
8884 | if (type_class == clang::Type::Elaborated) { | |||
8885 | qual_type = llvm::cast<clang::ElaboratedType>(qual_type)->getNamedType(); | |||
8886 | return DumpTypeValue(qual_type.getAsOpaquePtr(), s, format, data, byte_offset, byte_size, | |||
8887 | bitfield_bit_size, bitfield_bit_offset, exe_scope); | |||
8888 | } | |||
8889 | ||||
8890 | switch (type_class) { | |||
8891 | case clang::Type::Typedef: { | |||
8892 | clang::QualType typedef_qual_type = | |||
8893 | llvm::cast<clang::TypedefType>(qual_type) | |||
8894 | ->getDecl() | |||
8895 | ->getUnderlyingType(); | |||
8896 | CompilerType typedef_clang_type = GetType(typedef_qual_type); | |||
8897 | if (format == eFormatDefault) | |||
8898 | format = typedef_clang_type.GetFormat(); | |||
8899 | clang::TypeInfo typedef_type_info = | |||
8900 | getASTContext().getTypeInfo(typedef_qual_type); | |||
8901 | uint64_t typedef_byte_size = typedef_type_info.Width / 8; | |||
8902 | ||||
8903 | return typedef_clang_type.DumpTypeValue( | |||
8904 | s, | |||
8905 | format, // The format with which to display the element | |||
8906 | data, // Data buffer containing all bytes for this type | |||
8907 | byte_offset, // Offset into "data" where to grab value from | |||
8908 | typedef_byte_size, // Size of this type in bytes | |||
8909 | bitfield_bit_size, // Size in bits of a bitfield value, if zero don't | |||
8910 | // treat as a bitfield | |||
8911 | bitfield_bit_offset, // Offset in bits of a bitfield value if | |||
8912 | // bitfield_bit_size != 0 | |||
8913 | exe_scope); | |||
8914 | } break; | |||
8915 | ||||
8916 | case clang::Type::Enum: | |||
8917 | // If our format is enum or default, show the enumeration value as its | |||
8918 | // enumeration string value, else just display it as requested. | |||
8919 | if ((format == eFormatEnum || format == eFormatDefault) && | |||
8920 | GetCompleteType(type)) | |||
8921 | return DumpEnumValue(qual_type, s, data, byte_offset, byte_size, | |||
8922 | bitfield_bit_offset, bitfield_bit_size); | |||
8923 | // format was not enum, just fall through and dump the value as | |||
8924 | // requested.... | |||
8925 | LLVM_FALLTHROUGH[[gnu::fallthrough]]; | |||
8926 | ||||
8927 | default: | |||
8928 | // We are down to a scalar type that we just need to display. | |||
8929 | { | |||
8930 | uint32_t item_count = 1; | |||
8931 | // A few formats, we might need to modify our size and count for | |||
8932 | // depending | |||
8933 | // on how we are trying to display the value... | |||
8934 | switch (format) { | |||
8935 | default: | |||
8936 | case eFormatBoolean: | |||
8937 | case eFormatBinary: | |||
8938 | case eFormatComplex: | |||
8939 | case eFormatCString: // NULL terminated C strings | |||
8940 | case eFormatDecimal: | |||
8941 | case eFormatEnum: | |||
8942 | case eFormatHex: | |||
8943 | case eFormatHexUppercase: | |||
8944 | case eFormatFloat: | |||
8945 | case eFormatOctal: | |||
8946 | case eFormatOSType: | |||
8947 | case eFormatUnsigned: | |||
8948 | case eFormatPointer: | |||
8949 | case eFormatVectorOfChar: | |||
8950 | case eFormatVectorOfSInt8: | |||
8951 | case eFormatVectorOfUInt8: | |||
8952 | case eFormatVectorOfSInt16: | |||
8953 | case eFormatVectorOfUInt16: | |||
8954 | case eFormatVectorOfSInt32: | |||
8955 | case eFormatVectorOfUInt32: | |||
8956 | case eFormatVectorOfSInt64: | |||
8957 | case eFormatVectorOfUInt64: | |||
8958 | case eFormatVectorOfFloat32: | |||
8959 | case eFormatVectorOfFloat64: | |||
8960 | case eFormatVectorOfUInt128: | |||
8961 | break; | |||
8962 | ||||
8963 | case eFormatChar: | |||
8964 | case eFormatCharPrintable: | |||
8965 | case eFormatCharArray: | |||
8966 | case eFormatBytes: | |||
8967 | case eFormatBytesWithASCII: | |||
8968 | item_count = byte_size; | |||
8969 | byte_size = 1; | |||
8970 | break; | |||
8971 | ||||
8972 | case eFormatUnicode16: | |||
8973 | item_count = byte_size / 2; | |||
8974 | byte_size = 2; | |||
8975 | break; | |||
8976 | ||||
8977 | case eFormatUnicode32: | |||
8978 | item_count = byte_size / 4; | |||
8979 | byte_size = 4; | |||
8980 | break; | |||
8981 | } | |||
8982 | return DumpDataExtractor(data, s, byte_offset, format, byte_size, | |||
8983 | item_count, UINT32_MAX0xffffffffU, LLDB_INVALID_ADDRESS0xffffffffffffffffULL, | |||
8984 | bitfield_bit_size, bitfield_bit_offset, | |||
8985 | exe_scope); | |||
8986 | } | |||
8987 | break; | |||
8988 | } | |||
8989 | } | |||
8990 | return false; | |||
8991 | } | |||
8992 | ||||
8993 | void TypeSystemClang::DumpSummary(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, | |||
8994 | ExecutionContext *exe_ctx, Stream *s, | |||
8995 | const lldb_private::DataExtractor &data, | |||
8996 | lldb::offset_t data_byte_offset, | |||
8997 | size_t data_byte_size) { | |||
8998 | uint32_t length = 0; | |||
8999 | if (IsCStringType(type, length)) { | |||
9000 | if (exe_ctx) { | |||
9001 | Process *process = exe_ctx->GetProcessPtr(); | |||
9002 | if (process) { | |||
9003 | lldb::offset_t offset = data_byte_offset; | |||
9004 | lldb::addr_t pointer_address = data.GetMaxU64(&offset, data_byte_size); | |||
9005 | std::vector<uint8_t> buf; | |||
9006 | if (length > 0) | |||
9007 | buf.resize(length); | |||
9008 | else | |||
9009 | buf.resize(256); | |||
9010 | ||||
9011 | DataExtractor cstr_data(&buf.front(), buf.size(), | |||
9012 | process->GetByteOrder(), 4); | |||
9013 | buf.back() = '\0'; | |||
9014 | size_t bytes_read; | |||
9015 | size_t total_cstr_len = 0; | |||
9016 | Status error; | |||
9017 | while ((bytes_read = process->ReadMemory(pointer_address, &buf.front(), | |||
9018 | buf.size(), error)) > 0) { | |||
9019 | const size_t len = strlen((const char *)&buf.front()); | |||
9020 | if (len == 0) | |||
9021 | break; | |||
9022 | if (total_cstr_len == 0) | |||
9023 | s->PutCString(" \""); | |||
9024 | DumpDataExtractor(cstr_data, s, 0, lldb::eFormatChar, 1, len, | |||
9025 | UINT32_MAX0xffffffffU, LLDB_INVALID_ADDRESS0xffffffffffffffffULL, 0, 0); | |||
9026 | total_cstr_len += len; | |||
9027 | if (len < buf.size()) | |||
9028 | break; | |||
9029 | pointer_address += total_cstr_len; | |||
9030 | } | |||
9031 | if (total_cstr_len > 0) | |||
9032 | s->PutChar('"'); | |||
9033 | } | |||
9034 | } | |||
9035 | } | |||
9036 | } | |||
9037 | ||||
9038 | void TypeSystemClang::DumpTypeDescription(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, | |||
9039 | lldb::DescriptionLevel level) { | |||
9040 | StreamFile s(stdout(&__sF[1]), false); | |||
9041 | DumpTypeDescription(type, &s, level); | |||
9042 | ||||
9043 | CompilerType ct(this, type); | |||
9044 | const clang::Type *clang_type = ClangUtil::GetQualType(ct).getTypePtr(); | |||
9045 | ClangASTMetadata *metadata = GetMetadata(clang_type); | |||
9046 | if (metadata) { | |||
9047 | metadata->Dump(&s); | |||
9048 | } | |||
9049 | } | |||
9050 | ||||
9051 | void TypeSystemClang::DumpTypeDescription(lldb::opaque_compiler_type_t type, | |||
9052 | Stream *s, | |||
9053 | lldb::DescriptionLevel level) { | |||
9054 | if (type) { | |||
9055 | clang::QualType qual_type = | |||
9056 | RemoveWrappingTypes(GetQualType(type), {clang::Type::Typedef}); | |||
9057 | ||||
9058 | llvm::SmallVector<char, 1024> buf; | |||
9059 | llvm::raw_svector_ostream llvm_ostrm(buf); | |||
9060 | ||||
9061 | const clang::Type::TypeClass type_class = qual_type->getTypeClass(); | |||
9062 | switch (type_class) { | |||
9063 | case clang::Type::ObjCObject: | |||
9064 | case clang::Type::ObjCInterface: { | |||
9065 | GetCompleteType(type); | |||
9066 | ||||
9067 | auto *objc_class_type = | |||
9068 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::ObjCObjectType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | |||
9069 | assert(objc_class_type)((void)0); | |||
9070 | if (!objc_class_type) | |||
9071 | break; | |||
9072 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *class_interface_decl = | |||
9073 | objc_class_type->getInterface(); | |||
9074 | if (!class_interface_decl) | |||
9075 | break; | |||
9076 | if (level == eDescriptionLevelVerbose) | |||
9077 | class_interface_decl->dump(llvm_ostrm); | |||
9078 | else | |||
9079 | class_interface_decl->print(llvm_ostrm, | |||
9080 | getASTContext().getPrintingPolicy(), | |||
9081 | s->GetIndentLevel()); | |||
9082 | } break; | |||
9083 | ||||
9084 | case clang::Type::Typedef: { | |||
9085 | auto *typedef_type = qual_type->getAs<clang::TypedefType>(); | |||
9086 | if (!typedef_type) | |||
9087 | break; | |||
9088 | const clang::TypedefNameDecl *typedef_decl = typedef_type->getDecl(); | |||
9089 | if (level == eDescriptionLevelVerbose) | |||
9090 | typedef_decl->dump(llvm_ostrm); | |||
9091 | else { | |||
9092 | std::string clang_typedef_name(GetTypeNameForDecl(typedef_decl)); | |||
9093 | if (!clang_typedef_name.empty()) { | |||
9094 | s->PutCString("typedef "); | |||
9095 | s->PutCString(clang_typedef_name); | |||
9096 | } | |||
9097 | } | |||
9098 | } break; | |||
9099 | ||||
9100 | case clang::Type::Record: { | |||
9101 | GetCompleteType(type); | |||
9102 | ||||
9103 | auto *record_type = llvm::cast<clang::RecordType>(qual_type.getTypePtr()); | |||
9104 | const clang::RecordDecl *record_decl = record_type->getDecl(); | |||
9105 | if (level == eDescriptionLevelVerbose) | |||
9106 | record_decl->dump(llvm_ostrm); | |||
9107 | else { | |||
9108 | if (auto *cxx_record_decl = | |||
9109 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::CXXRecordDecl>(record_decl)) | |||
9110 | cxx_record_decl->print(llvm_ostrm, | |||
9111 | getASTContext().getPrintingPolicy(), | |||
9112 | s->GetIndentLevel()); | |||
9113 | else | |||
9114 | record_decl->print(llvm_ostrm, getASTContext().getPrintingPolicy(), | |||
9115 | s->GetIndentLevel()); | |||
9116 | } | |||
9117 | } break; | |||
9118 | ||||
9119 | default: { | |||
9120 | if (auto *tag_type = | |||
9121 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::TagType>(qual_type.getTypePtr())) { | |||
9122 | if (clang::TagDecl *tag_decl = tag_type->getDecl()) { | |||
9123 | if (level == eDescriptionLevelVerbose) | |||
9124 | tag_decl->dump(llvm_ostrm); | |||
9125 | else | |||
9126 | tag_decl->print(llvm_ostrm, 0); | |||
9127 | } | |||
9128 | } else { | |||
9129 | if (level == eDescriptionLevelVerbose) | |||
9130 | qual_type->dump(llvm_ostrm, getASTContext()); | |||
9131 | else { | |||
9132 | std::string clang_type_name(qual_type.getAsString()); | |||
9133 | if (!clang_type_name.empty()) | |||
9134 | s->PutCString(clang_type_name); | |||
9135 | } | |||
9136 | } | |||
9137 | } | |||
9138 | } | |||
9139 | ||||
9140 | if (buf.size() > 0) { | |||
9141 | s->Write(buf.data(), buf.size()); | |||
9142 | } | |||
9143 | } | |||
9144 | } | |||
9145 | ||||
9146 | void TypeSystemClang::DumpTypeName(const CompilerType &type) { | |||
9147 | if (ClangUtil::IsClangType(type)) { | |||
9148 | clang::QualType qual_type( | |||
9149 | ClangUtil::GetCanonicalQualType(ClangUtil::RemoveFastQualifiers(type))); | |||
9150 | ||||
9151 | const clang::Type::TypeClass type_class = qual_type->getTypeClass(); | |||
9152 | switch (type_class) { | |||
9153 | case clang::Type::Record: { | |||
9154 | const clang::CXXRecordDecl *cxx_record_decl = | |||
9155 | qual_type->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); | |||
9156 | if (cxx_record_decl) | |||
9157 | printf("class %s", cxx_record_decl->getName().str().c_str()); | |||
9158 | } break; | |||
9159 | ||||
9160 | case clang::Type::Enum: { | |||
9161 | clang::EnumDecl *enum_decl = | |||
9162 | llvm::cast<clang::EnumType>(qual_type)->getDecl(); | |||
9163 | if (enum_decl) { | |||
9164 | printf("enum %s", enum_decl->getName().str().c_str()); | |||
9165 | } | |||
9166 | } break; | |||
9167 | ||||
9168 | case clang::Type::ObjCObject: | |||
9169 | case clang::Type::ObjCInterface: { | |||
9170 | const clang::ObjCObjectType *objc_class_type = | |||
9171 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::ObjCObjectType>(qual_type); | |||
9172 | if (objc_class_type) { | |||
9173 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *class_interface_decl = | |||
9174 | objc_class_type->getInterface(); | |||
9175 | // We currently can't complete objective C types through the newly | |||
9176 | // added ASTContext because it only supports TagDecl objects right | |||
9177 | // now... | |||
9178 | if (class_interface_decl) | |||
9179 | printf("@class %s", class_interface_decl->getName().str().c_str()); | |||
9180 | } | |||
9181 | } break; | |||
9182 | ||||
9183 | case clang::Type::Typedef: | |||
9184 | printf("typedef %s", llvm::cast<clang::TypedefType>(qual_type) | |||
9185 | ->getDecl() | |||
9186 | ->getName() | |||
9187 | .str() | |||
9188 | .c_str()); | |||
9189 | break; | |||
9190 | ||||
9191 | case clang::Type::Auto: | |||
9192 | printf("auto "); | |||
9193 | return DumpTypeName(CompilerType(type.GetTypeSystem(), | |||
9194 | llvm::cast<clang::AutoType>(qual_type) | |||
9195 | ->getDeducedType() | |||
9196 | .getAsOpaquePtr())); | |||
9197 | ||||
9198 | case clang::Type::Elaborated: | |||
9199 | printf("elaborated "); | |||
9200 | return DumpTypeName(CompilerType( | |||
9201 | type.GetTypeSystem(), llvm::cast<clang::ElaboratedType>(qual_type) | |||
9202 | ->getNamedType() | |||
9203 | .getAsOpaquePtr())); | |||
9204 | ||||
9205 | case clang::Type::Paren: | |||
9206 | printf("paren "); | |||
9207 | return DumpTypeName(CompilerType( | |||
9208 | type.GetTypeSystem(), | |||
9209 | llvm::cast<clang::ParenType>(qual_type)->desugar().getAsOpaquePtr())); | |||
9210 | ||||
9211 | default: | |||
9212 | printf("TypeSystemClang::DumpTypeName() type_class = %u", type_class); | |||
9213 | break; | |||
9214 | } | |||
9215 | } | |||
9216 | } | |||
9217 | ||||
9218 | clang::ClassTemplateDecl *TypeSystemClang::ParseClassTemplateDecl( | |||
9219 | clang::DeclContext *decl_ctx, OptionalClangModuleID owning_module, | |||
9220 | lldb::AccessType access_type, const char *parent_name, int tag_decl_kind, | |||
9221 | const TypeSystemClang::TemplateParameterInfos &template_param_infos) { | |||
9222 | if (template_param_infos.IsValid()) { | |||
9223 | std::string template_basename(parent_name); | |||
9224 | template_basename.erase(template_basename.find('<')); | |||
9225 | ||||
9226 | return CreateClassTemplateDecl(decl_ctx, owning_module, access_type, | |||
9227 | template_basename.c_str(), tag_decl_kind, | |||
9228 | template_param_infos); | |||
9229 | } | |||
9230 | return nullptr; | |||
9231 | } | |||
9232 | ||||
9233 | void TypeSystemClang::CompleteTagDecl(clang::TagDecl *decl) { | |||
9234 | SymbolFile *sym_file = GetSymbolFile(); | |||
9235 | if (sym_file) { | |||
9236 | CompilerType clang_type = GetTypeForDecl(decl); | |||
9237 | if (clang_type) | |||
9238 | sym_file->CompleteType(clang_type); | |||
9239 | } | |||
9240 | } | |||
9241 | ||||
9242 | void TypeSystemClang::CompleteObjCInterfaceDecl( | |||
9243 | clang::ObjCInterfaceDecl *decl) { | |||
9244 | SymbolFile *sym_file = GetSymbolFile(); | |||
9245 | if (sym_file) { | |||
9246 | CompilerType clang_type = GetTypeForDecl(decl); | |||
9247 | if (clang_type) | |||
9248 | sym_file->CompleteType(clang_type); | |||
9249 | } | |||
9250 | } | |||
9251 | ||||
9252 | DWARFASTParser *TypeSystemClang::GetDWARFParser() { | |||
9253 | if (!m_dwarf_ast_parser_up) | |||
9254 | m_dwarf_ast_parser_up = std::make_unique<DWARFASTParserClang>(*this); | |||
9255 | return m_dwarf_ast_parser_up.get(); | |||
9256 | } | |||
9257 | ||||
9258 | PDBASTParser *TypeSystemClang::GetPDBParser() { | |||
9259 | if (!m_pdb_ast_parser_up) | |||
9260 | m_pdb_ast_parser_up = std::make_unique<PDBASTParser>(*this); | |||
9261 | return m_pdb_ast_parser_up.get(); | |||
9262 | } | |||
9263 | ||||
9264 | bool TypeSystemClang::LayoutRecordType( | |||
9265 | const clang::RecordDecl *record_decl, uint64_t &bit_size, | |||
9266 | uint64_t &alignment, | |||
9267 | llvm::DenseMap<const clang::FieldDecl *, uint64_t> &field_offsets, | |||
9268 | llvm::DenseMap<const clang::CXXRecordDecl *, clang::CharUnits> | |||
9269 | &base_offsets, | |||
9270 | llvm::DenseMap<const clang::CXXRecordDecl *, clang::CharUnits> | |||
9271 | &vbase_offsets) { | |||
9272 | lldb_private::ClangASTImporter *importer = nullptr; | |||
9273 | if (m_dwarf_ast_parser_up) | |||
9274 | importer = &m_dwarf_ast_parser_up->GetClangASTImporter(); | |||
9275 | if (!importer && m_pdb_ast_parser_up) | |||
9276 | importer = &m_pdb_ast_parser_up->GetClangASTImporter(); | |||
9277 | if (!importer) | |||
9278 | return false; | |||
9279 | ||||
9280 | return importer->LayoutRecordType(record_decl, bit_size, alignment, | |||
9281 | field_offsets, base_offsets, vbase_offsets); | |||
9282 | } | |||
9283 | ||||
9284 | // CompilerDecl override functions | |||
9285 | ||||
9286 | ConstString TypeSystemClang::DeclGetName(void *opaque_decl) { | |||
9287 | if (opaque_decl) { | |||
9288 | clang::NamedDecl *nd = | |||
9289 | llvm::dyn_cast<NamedDecl>((clang::Decl *)opaque_decl); | |||
9290 | if (nd != nullptr) | |||
9291 | return ConstString(nd->getDeclName().getAsString()); | |||
9292 | } | |||
9293 | return ConstString(); | |||
9294 | } | |||
9295 | ||||
9296 | ConstString TypeSystemClang::DeclGetMangledName(void *opaque_decl) { | |||
9297 | if (opaque_decl) { | |||
9298 | clang::NamedDecl *nd = | |||
9299 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::NamedDecl>((clang::Decl *)opaque_decl); | |||
9300 | if (nd != nullptr && !llvm::isa<clang::ObjCMethodDecl>(nd)) { | |||
9301 | clang::MangleContext *mc = getMangleContext(); | |||
9302 | if (mc && mc->shouldMangleCXXName(nd)) { | |||
9303 | llvm::SmallVector<char, 1024> buf; | |||
9304 | llvm::raw_svector_ostream llvm_ostrm(buf); | |||
9305 | if (llvm::isa<clang::CXXConstructorDecl>(nd)) { | |||
9306 | mc->mangleName( | |||
9307 | clang::GlobalDecl(llvm::dyn_cast<clang::CXXConstructorDecl>(nd), | |||
9308 | Ctor_Complete), | |||
9309 | llvm_ostrm); | |||
9310 | } else if (llvm::isa<clang::CXXDestructorDecl>(nd)) { | |||
9311 | mc->mangleName( | |||
9312 | clang::GlobalDecl(llvm::dyn_cast<clang::CXXDestructorDecl>(nd), | |||
9313 | Dtor_Complete), | |||
9314 | llvm_ostrm); | |||
9315 | } else { | |||
9316 | mc->mangleName(nd, llvm_ostrm); | |||
9317 | } | |||
9318 | if (buf.size() > 0) | |||
9319 | return ConstString(buf.data(), buf.size()); | |||
9320 | } | |||
9321 | } | |||
9322 | } | |||
9323 | return ConstString(); | |||
9324 | } | |||
9325 | ||||
9326 | CompilerDeclContext TypeSystemClang::DeclGetDeclContext(void *opaque_decl) { | |||
9327 | if (opaque_decl) | |||
9328 | return CreateDeclContext(((clang::Decl *)opaque_decl)->getDeclContext()); | |||
9329 | return CompilerDeclContext(); | |||
9330 | } | |||
9331 | ||||
9332 | CompilerType TypeSystemClang::DeclGetFunctionReturnType(void *opaque_decl) { | |||
9333 | if (clang::FunctionDecl *func_decl = | |||
9334 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::FunctionDecl>((clang::Decl *)opaque_decl)) | |||
9335 | return GetType(func_decl->getReturnType()); | |||
9336 | if (clang::ObjCMethodDecl *objc_method = | |||
9337 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::ObjCMethodDecl>((clang::Decl *)opaque_decl)) | |||
9338 | return GetType(objc_method->getReturnType()); | |||
9339 | else | |||
9340 | return CompilerType(); | |||
9341 | } | |||
9342 | ||||
9343 | size_t TypeSystemClang::DeclGetFunctionNumArguments(void *opaque_decl) { | |||
9344 | if (clang::FunctionDecl *func_decl = | |||
9345 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::FunctionDecl>((clang::Decl *)opaque_decl)) | |||
9346 | return func_decl->param_size(); | |||
9347 | if (clang::ObjCMethodDecl *objc_method = | |||
9348 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::ObjCMethodDecl>((clang::Decl *)opaque_decl)) | |||
9349 | return objc_method->param_size(); | |||
9350 | else | |||
9351 | return 0; | |||
9352 | } | |||
9353 | ||||
9354 | CompilerType TypeSystemClang::DeclGetFunctionArgumentType(void *opaque_decl, | |||
9355 | size_t idx) { | |||
9356 | if (clang::FunctionDecl *func_decl = | |||
9357 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::FunctionDecl>((clang::Decl *)opaque_decl)) { | |||
9358 | if (idx < func_decl->param_size()) { | |||
9359 | ParmVarDecl *var_decl = func_decl->getParamDecl(idx); | |||
9360 | if (var_decl) | |||
9361 | return GetType(var_decl->getOriginalType()); | |||
9362 | } | |||
9363 | } else if (clang::ObjCMethodDecl *objc_method = | |||
9364 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::ObjCMethodDecl>( | |||
9365 | (clang::Decl *)opaque_decl)) { | |||
9366 | if (idx < objc_method->param_size()) | |||
9367 | return GetType(objc_method->parameters()[idx]->getOriginalType()); | |||
9368 | } | |||
9369 | return CompilerType(); | |||
9370 | } | |||
9371 | ||||
9372 | // CompilerDeclContext functions | |||
9373 | ||||
9374 | std::vector<CompilerDecl> TypeSystemClang::DeclContextFindDeclByName( | |||
9375 | void *opaque_decl_ctx, ConstString name, const bool ignore_using_decls) { | |||
9376 | std::vector<CompilerDecl> found_decls; | |||
9377 | SymbolFile *symbol_file = GetSymbolFile(); | |||
9378 | if (opaque_decl_ctx && symbol_file) { | |||
9379 | DeclContext *root_decl_ctx = (DeclContext *)opaque_decl_ctx; | |||
9380 | std::set<DeclContext *> searched; | |||
9381 | std::multimap<DeclContext *, DeclContext *> search_queue; | |||
9382 | ||||
9383 | for (clang::DeclContext *decl_context = root_decl_ctx; | |||
9384 | decl_context != nullptr && found_decls.empty(); | |||
9385 | decl_context = decl_context->getParent()) { | |||
9386 | search_queue.insert(std::make_pair(decl_context, decl_context)); | |||
9387 | ||||
9388 | for (auto it = search_queue.find(decl_context); it != search_queue.end(); | |||
9389 | it++) { | |||
9390 | if (!searched.insert(it->second).second) | |||
9391 | continue; | |||
9392 | symbol_file->ParseDeclsForContext( | |||
9393 | CreateDeclContext(it->second)); | |||
9394 | ||||
9395 | for (clang::Decl *child : it->second->decls()) { | |||
9396 | if (clang::UsingDirectiveDecl *ud = | |||
9397 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::UsingDirectiveDecl>(child)) { | |||
9398 | if (ignore_using_decls) | |||
9399 | continue; | |||
9400 | clang::DeclContext *from = ud->getCommonAncestor(); | |||
9401 | if (searched.find(ud->getNominatedNamespace()) == searched.end()) | |||
9402 | search_queue.insert( | |||
9403 | std::make_pair(from, ud->getNominatedNamespace())); | |||
9404 | } else if (clang::UsingDecl *ud = | |||
9405 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::UsingDecl>(child)) { | |||
9406 | if (ignore_using_decls) | |||
9407 | continue; | |||
9408 | for (clang::UsingShadowDecl *usd : ud->shadows()) { | |||
9409 | clang::Decl *target = usd->getTargetDecl(); | |||
9410 | if (clang::NamedDecl *nd = | |||
9411 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::NamedDecl>(target)) { | |||
9412 | IdentifierInfo *ii = nd->getIdentifier(); | |||
9413 | if (ii != nullptr && | |||
9414 | ii->getName().equals(name.AsCString(nullptr))) | |||
9415 | found_decls.push_back(GetCompilerDecl(nd)); | |||
9416 | } | |||
9417 | } | |||
9418 | } else if (clang::NamedDecl *nd = | |||
9419 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::NamedDecl>(child)) { | |||
9420 | IdentifierInfo *ii = nd->getIdentifier(); | |||
9421 | if (ii != nullptr && ii->getName().equals(name.AsCString(nullptr))) | |||
9422 | found_decls.push_back(GetCompilerDecl(nd)); | |||
9423 | } | |||
9424 | } | |||
9425 | } | |||
9426 | } | |||
9427 | } | |||
9428 | return found_decls; | |||
9429 | } | |||
9430 | ||||
9431 | // Look for child_decl_ctx's lookup scope in frame_decl_ctx and its parents, | |||
9432 | // and return the number of levels it took to find it, or | |||
9433 | // LLDB_INVALID_DECL_LEVEL if not found. If the decl was imported via a using | |||
9434 | // declaration, its name and/or type, if set, will be used to check that the | |||
9435 | // decl found in the scope is a match. | |||
9436 | // | |||
9437 | // The optional name is required by languages (like C++) to handle using | |||
9438 | // declarations like: | |||
9439 | // | |||
9440 | // void poo(); | |||
9441 | // namespace ns { | |||
9442 | // void foo(); | |||
9443 | // void goo(); | |||
9444 | // } | |||
9445 | // void bar() { | |||
9446 | // using ns::foo; | |||
9447 | // // CountDeclLevels returns 0 for 'foo', 1 for 'poo', and | |||
9448 | // // LLDB_INVALID_DECL_LEVEL for 'goo'. | |||
9449 | // } | |||
9450 | // | |||
9451 | // The optional type is useful in the case that there's a specific overload | |||
9452 | // that we're looking for that might otherwise be shadowed, like: | |||
9453 | // | |||
9454 | // void foo(int); | |||
9455 | // namespace ns { | |||
9456 | // void foo(); | |||
9457 | // } | |||
9458 | // void bar() { | |||
9459 | // using ns::foo; | |||
9460 | // // CountDeclLevels returns 0 for { 'foo', void() }, | |||
9461 | // // 1 for { 'foo', void(int) }, and | |||
9462 | // // LLDB_INVALID_DECL_LEVEL for { 'foo', void(int, int) }. | |||
9463 | // } | |||
9464 | // | |||
9465 | // NOTE: Because file statics are at the TranslationUnit along with globals, a | |||
9466 | // function at file scope will return the same level as a function at global | |||
9467 | // scope. Ideally we'd like to treat the file scope as an additional scope just | |||
9468 | // below the global scope. More work needs to be done to recognise that, if | |||
9469 | // the decl we're trying to look up is static, we should compare its source | |||
9470 | // file with that of the current scope and return a lower number for it. | |||
9471 | uint32_t TypeSystemClang::CountDeclLevels(clang::DeclContext *frame_decl_ctx, | |||
9472 | clang::DeclContext *child_decl_ctx, | |||
9473 | ConstString *child_name, | |||
9474 | CompilerType *child_type) { | |||
9475 | SymbolFile *symbol_file = GetSymbolFile(); | |||
9476 | if (frame_decl_ctx && symbol_file) { | |||
9477 | std::set<DeclContext *> searched; | |||
9478 | std::multimap<DeclContext *, DeclContext *> search_queue; | |||
9479 | ||||
9480 | // Get the lookup scope for the decl we're trying to find. | |||
9481 | clang::DeclContext *parent_decl_ctx = child_decl_ctx->getParent(); | |||
9482 | ||||
9483 | // Look for it in our scope's decl context and its parents. | |||
9484 | uint32_t level = 0; | |||
9485 | for (clang::DeclContext *decl_ctx = frame_decl_ctx; decl_ctx != nullptr; | |||
9486 | decl_ctx = decl_ctx->getParent()) { | |||
9487 | if (!decl_ctx->isLookupContext()) | |||
9488 | continue; | |||
9489 | if (decl_ctx == parent_decl_ctx) | |||
9490 | // Found it! | |||
9491 | return level; | |||
9492 | search_queue.insert(std::make_pair(decl_ctx, decl_ctx)); | |||
9493 | for (auto it = search_queue.find(decl_ctx); it != search_queue.end(); | |||
9494 | it++) { | |||
9495 | if (searched.find(it->second) != searched.end()) | |||
9496 | continue; | |||
9497 | ||||
9498 | // Currently DWARF has one shared translation unit for all Decls at top | |||
9499 | // level, so this would erroneously find using statements anywhere. So | |||
9500 | // don't look at the top-level translation unit. | |||
9501 | // TODO fix this and add a testcase that depends on it. | |||
9502 | ||||
9503 | if (llvm::isa<clang::TranslationUnitDecl>(it->second)) | |||
9504 | continue; | |||
9505 | ||||
9506 | searched.insert(it->second); | |||
9507 | symbol_file->ParseDeclsForContext( | |||
9508 | CreateDeclContext(it->second)); | |||
9509 | ||||
9510 | for (clang::Decl *child : it->second->decls()) { | |||
9511 | if (clang::UsingDirectiveDecl *ud = | |||
9512 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::UsingDirectiveDecl>(child)) { | |||
9513 | clang::DeclContext *ns = ud->getNominatedNamespace(); | |||
9514 | if (ns == parent_decl_ctx) | |||
9515 | // Found it! | |||
9516 | return level; | |||
9517 | clang::DeclContext *from = ud->getCommonAncestor(); | |||
9518 | if (searched.find(ns) == searched.end()) | |||
9519 | search_queue.insert(std::make_pair(from, ns)); | |||
9520 | } else if (child_name) { | |||
9521 | if (clang::UsingDecl *ud = | |||
9522 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::UsingDecl>(child)) { | |||
9523 | for (clang::UsingShadowDecl *usd : ud->shadows()) { | |||
9524 | clang::Decl *target = usd->getTargetDecl(); | |||
9525 | clang::NamedDecl *nd = llvm::dyn_cast<clang::NamedDecl>(target); | |||
9526 | if (!nd) | |||
9527 | continue; | |||
9528 | // Check names. | |||
9529 | IdentifierInfo *ii = nd->getIdentifier(); | |||
9530 | if (ii == nullptr || | |||
9531 | !ii->getName().equals(child_name->AsCString(nullptr))) | |||
9532 | continue; | |||
9533 | // Check types, if one was provided. | |||
9534 | if (child_type) { | |||
9535 | CompilerType clang_type = GetTypeForDecl(nd); | |||
9536 | if (!AreTypesSame(clang_type, *child_type, | |||
9537 | /*ignore_qualifiers=*/true)) | |||
9538 | continue; | |||
9539 | } | |||
9540 | // Found it! | |||
9541 | return level; | |||
9542 | } | |||
9543 | } | |||
9544 | } | |||
9545 | } | |||
9546 | } | |||
9547 | ++level; | |||
9548 | } | |||
9549 | } | |||
9550 | return LLDB_INVALID_DECL_LEVEL0xffffffffU; | |||
9551 | } | |||
9552 | ||||
9553 | ConstString TypeSystemClang::DeclContextGetName(void *opaque_decl_ctx) { | |||
9554 | if (opaque_decl_ctx) { | |||
9555 | clang::NamedDecl *named_decl = | |||
9556 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::NamedDecl>((clang::DeclContext *)opaque_decl_ctx); | |||
9557 | if (named_decl) | |||
9558 | return ConstString(named_decl->getName()); | |||
9559 | } | |||
9560 | return ConstString(); | |||
9561 | } | |||
9562 | ||||
9563 | ConstString | |||
9564 | TypeSystemClang::DeclContextGetScopeQualifiedName(void *opaque_decl_ctx) { | |||
9565 | if (opaque_decl_ctx) { | |||
9566 | clang::NamedDecl *named_decl = | |||
9567 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::NamedDecl>((clang::DeclContext *)opaque_decl_ctx); | |||
9568 | if (named_decl) | |||
9569 | return ConstString(GetTypeNameForDecl(named_decl)); | |||
9570 | } | |||
9571 | return ConstString(); | |||
9572 | } | |||
9573 | ||||
9574 | bool TypeSystemClang::DeclContextIsClassMethod( | |||
9575 | void *opaque_decl_ctx, lldb::LanguageType *language_ptr, | |||
9576 | bool *is_instance_method_ptr, ConstString *language_object_name_ptr) { | |||
9577 | if (opaque_decl_ctx) { | |||
9578 | clang::DeclContext *decl_ctx = (clang::DeclContext *)opaque_decl_ctx; | |||
9579 | if (ObjCMethodDecl *objc_method = | |||
9580 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::ObjCMethodDecl>(decl_ctx)) { | |||
9581 | if (is_instance_method_ptr) | |||
9582 | *is_instance_method_ptr = objc_method->isInstanceMethod(); | |||
9583 | if (language_ptr) | |||
9584 | *language_ptr = eLanguageTypeObjC; | |||
9585 | if (language_object_name_ptr) | |||
9586 | language_object_name_ptr->SetCString("self"); | |||
9587 | return true; | |||
9588 | } else if (CXXMethodDecl *cxx_method = | |||
9589 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::CXXMethodDecl>(decl_ctx)) { | |||
9590 | if (is_instance_method_ptr) | |||
9591 | *is_instance_method_ptr = cxx_method->isInstance(); | |||
9592 | if (language_ptr) | |||
9593 | *language_ptr = eLanguageTypeC_plus_plus; | |||
9594 | if (language_object_name_ptr) | |||
9595 | language_object_name_ptr->SetCString("this"); | |||
9596 | return true; | |||
9597 | } else if (clang::FunctionDecl *function_decl = | |||
9598 | llvm::dyn_cast<clang::FunctionDecl>(decl_ctx)) { | |||
9599 | ClangASTMetadata *metadata = GetMetadata(function_decl); | |||
9600 | if (metadata && metadata->HasObjectPtr()) { | |||
9601 | if (is_instance_method_ptr) | |||
9602 | *is_instance_method_ptr = true; | |||
9603 | if (language_ptr) | |||
9604 | *language_ptr = eLanguageTypeObjC; | |||
9605 | if (language_object_name_ptr) | |||
9606 | language_object_name_ptr->SetCString(metadata->GetObjectPtrName()); | |||
9607 | return true; | |||
9608 | } | |||
9609 | } | |||
9610 | } | |||
9611 | return false; | |||
9612 | } | |||
9613 | ||||
9614 | bool TypeSystemClang::DeclContextIsContainedInLookup( | |||
9615 | void *opaque_decl_ctx, void *other_opaque_decl_ctx) { | |||
9616 | auto *decl_ctx = (clang::DeclContext *)opaque_decl_ctx; | |||
9617 | auto *other = (clang::DeclContext *)other_opaque_decl_ctx; | |||
9618 | ||||
9619 | do { | |||
9620 | // A decl context always includes its own contents in its lookup. | |||
9621 | if (decl_ctx == other) | |||
9622 | return true; | |||
9623 | ||||
9624 | // If we have an inline namespace, then the lookup of the parent context | |||
9625 | // also includes the inline namespace contents. | |||
9626 | } while (other->isInlineNamespace() && (other = other->getParent())); | |||
9627 | ||||
9628 | return false; | |||
9629 | } | |||
9630 | ||||
9631 | static bool IsClangDeclContext(const CompilerDeclContext &dc) { | |||
9632 | return dc.IsValid() && isa<TypeSystemClang>(dc.GetTypeSystem()); | |||
9633 | } | |||
9634 | ||||
9635 | clang::DeclContext * | |||
9636 | TypeSystemClang::DeclContextGetAsDeclContext(const CompilerDeclContext &dc) { | |||
9637 | if (IsClangDeclContext(dc)) | |||
9638 | return (clang::DeclContext *)dc.GetOpaqueDeclContext(); | |||
9639 | return nullptr; | |||
9640 | } | |||
9641 | ||||
9642 | ObjCMethodDecl * | |||
9643 | TypeSystemClang::DeclContextGetAsObjCMethodDecl(const CompilerDeclContext &dc) { | |||
9644 | if (IsClangDeclContext(dc)) | |||
9645 | return llvm::dyn_cast<clang::ObjCMethodDecl>( | |||
9646 | (clang::DeclContext *)dc.GetOpaqueDeclContext()); | |||
9647 | return nullptr; | |||
9648 | } | |||
9649 | ||||
9650 | CXXMethodDecl * | |||
9651 | TypeSystemClang::DeclContextGetAsCXXMethodDecl(const CompilerDeclContext &dc) { | |||
9652 | if (IsClangDeclContext(dc)) | |||
9653 | return llvm::dyn_cast<clang::CXXMethodDecl>( | |||
9654 | (clang::DeclContext *)dc.GetOpaqueDeclContext()); | |||
9655 | return nullptr; | |||
9656 | } | |||
9657 | ||||
9658 | clang::FunctionDecl * | |||
9659 | TypeSystemClang::DeclContextGetAsFunctionDecl(const CompilerDeclContext &dc) { | |||
9660 | if (IsClangDeclContext(dc)) | |||
9661 | return llvm::dyn_cast<clang::FunctionDecl>( | |||
9662 | (clang::DeclContext *)dc.GetOpaqueDeclContext()); | |||
9663 | return nullptr; | |||
9664 | } | |||
9665 | ||||
9666 | clang::NamespaceDecl * | |||
9667 | TypeSystemClang::DeclContextGetAsNamespaceDecl(const CompilerDeclContext &dc) { | |||
9668 | if (IsClangDeclContext(dc)) | |||
9669 | return llvm::dyn_cast<clang::NamespaceDecl>( | |||
9670 | (clang::DeclContext *)dc.GetOpaqueDeclContext()); | |||
9671 | return nullptr; | |||
9672 | } | |||
9673 | ||||
9674 | ClangASTMetadata * | |||
9675 | TypeSystemClang::DeclContextGetMetaData(const CompilerDeclContext &dc, | |||
9676 | const Decl *object) { | |||
9677 | TypeSystemClang *ast = llvm::cast<TypeSystemClang>(dc.GetTypeSystem()); | |||
9678 | return ast->GetMetadata(object); | |||
9679 | } | |||
9680 | ||||
9681 | clang::ASTContext * | |||
9682 | TypeSystemClang::DeclContextGetTypeSystemClang(const CompilerDeclContext &dc) { | |||
9683 | TypeSystemClang *ast = | |||
9684 | llvm::dyn_cast_or_null<TypeSystemClang>(dc.GetTypeSystem()); | |||
9685 | if (ast) | |||
9686 | return &ast->getASTContext(); | |||
9687 | return nullptr; | |||
9688 | } | |||
9689 | ||||
9690 | namespace { | |||
9691 | /// A specialized scratch AST used within ScratchTypeSystemClang. | |||
9692 | /// These are the ASTs backing the different IsolatedASTKinds. They behave | |||
9693 | /// like a normal ScratchTypeSystemClang but they don't own their own | |||
9694 | /// persistent storage or target reference. | |||
9695 | class SpecializedScratchAST : public TypeSystemClang { | |||
9696 | public: | |||
9697 | /// \param name The display name of the TypeSystemClang instance. | |||
9698 | /// \param triple The triple used for the TypeSystemClang instance. | |||
9699 | /// \param ast_source The ClangASTSource that should be used to complete | |||
9700 | /// type information. | |||
9701 | SpecializedScratchAST(llvm::StringRef name, llvm::Triple triple, | |||
9702 | std::unique_ptr<ClangASTSource> ast_source) | |||
9703 | : TypeSystemClang(name, triple), | |||
9704 | m_scratch_ast_source_up(std::move(ast_source)) { | |||
9705 | // Setup the ClangASTSource to complete this AST. | |||
9706 | m_scratch_ast_source_up->InstallASTContext(*this); | |||
9707 | llvm::IntrusiveRefCntPtr<clang::ExternalASTSource> proxy_ast_source( | |||
9708 | m_scratch_ast_source_up->CreateProxy()); | |||
9709 | SetExternalSource(proxy_ast_source); | |||
9710 | } | |||
9711 | ||||
9712 | /// The ExternalASTSource that performs lookups and completes types. | |||
9713 | std::unique_ptr<ClangASTSource> m_scratch_ast_source_up; | |||
9714 | }; | |||
9715 | } // namespace | |||
9716 | ||||
9717 | char ScratchTypeSystemClang::ID; | |||
9718 | const llvm::NoneType ScratchTypeSystemClang::DefaultAST = llvm::None; | |||
9719 | ||||
9720 | ScratchTypeSystemClang::ScratchTypeSystemClang(Target &target, | |||
9721 | llvm::Triple triple) | |||
9722 | : TypeSystemClang("scratch ASTContext", triple), m_triple(triple), | |||
9723 | m_target_wp(target.shared_from_this()), | |||
9724 | m_persistent_variables( | |||
9725 | new ClangPersistentVariables(target.shared_from_this())) { | |||
9726 | m_scratch_ast_source_up = CreateASTSource(); | |||
9727 | m_scratch_ast_source_up->InstallASTContext(*this); | |||
9728 | llvm::IntrusiveRefCntPtr<clang::ExternalASTSource> proxy_ast_source( | |||
9729 | m_scratch_ast_source_up->CreateProxy()); | |||
9730 | SetExternalSource(proxy_ast_source); | |||
9731 | } | |||
9732 | ||||
9733 | void ScratchTypeSystemClang::Finalize() { | |||
9734 | TypeSystemClang::Finalize(); | |||
9735 | m_scratch_ast_source_up.reset(); | |||
9736 | } | |||
9737 | ||||
9738 | TypeSystemClang * | |||
9739 | ScratchTypeSystemClang::GetForTarget(Target &target, | |||
9740 | llvm::Optional<IsolatedASTKind> ast_kind, | |||
9741 | bool create_on_demand) { | |||
9742 | auto type_system_or_err = target.GetScratchTypeSystemForLanguage( | |||
9743 | lldb::eLanguageTypeC, create_on_demand); | |||
9744 | if (auto err = type_system_or_err.takeError()) { | |||
9745 | LLDB_LOG_ERROR(lldb_private::GetLogIfAnyCategoriesSet(LIBLLDB_LOG_TARGET),do { ::lldb_private::Log *log_private = (lldb_private::GetLogIfAnyCategoriesSet ((1u << 22))); ::llvm::Error error_private = (std::move (err)); if (log_private && error_private) { log_private ->FormatError(::std::move(error_private), "/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/liblldbPluginTypeSystem/../../../llvm/lldb/source/Plugins/TypeSystem/Clang/TypeSystemClang.cpp" , __func__, "Couldn't get scratch TypeSystemClang"); } else :: llvm::consumeError(::std::move(error_private)); } while (0) | |||
9746 | std::move(err), "Couldn't get scratch TypeSystemClang")do { ::lldb_private::Log *log_private = (lldb_private::GetLogIfAnyCategoriesSet ((1u << 22))); ::llvm::Error error_private = (std::move (err)); if (log_private && error_private) { log_private ->FormatError(::std::move(error_private), "/usr/src/gnu/usr.bin/clang/liblldbPluginTypeSystem/../../../llvm/lldb/source/Plugins/TypeSystem/Clang/TypeSystemClang.cpp" , __func__, "Couldn't get scratch TypeSystemClang"); } else :: llvm::consumeError(::std::move(error_private)); } while (0); | |||
9747 | return nullptr; | |||
9748 | } | |||
9749 | ScratchTypeSystemClang &scratch_ast = | |||
9750 | llvm::cast<ScratchTypeSystemClang>(type_system_or_err.get()); | |||
9751 | // If no dedicated sub-AST was requested, just return the main AST. | |||
9752 | if (ast_kind == DefaultAST) | |||
9753 | return &scratch_ast; | |||
9754 | // Search the sub-ASTs. | |||
9755 | return &scratch_ast.GetIsolatedAST(*ast_kind); | |||
9756 | } | |||
9757 | ||||
9758 | UserExpression *ScratchTypeSystemClang::GetUserExpression( | |||
9759 | llvm::StringRef expr, llvm::StringRef prefix, lldb::LanguageType language, | |||
9760 | Expression::ResultType desired_type, | |||
9761 | const EvaluateExpressionOptions &options, ValueObject *ctx_obj) { | |||
9762 | TargetSP target_sp = m_target_wp.lock(); | |||
9763 | if (!target_sp) | |||
9764 | return nullptr; | |||
9765 | ||||
9766 | return new ClangUserExpression(*target_sp.get(), expr, prefix, language, | |||
9767 | desired_type, options, ctx_obj); | |||
9768 | } | |||
9769 | ||||
9770 | FunctionCaller *ScratchTypeSystemClang::GetFunctionCaller( | |||
9771 | const CompilerType &return_type, const Address &function_address, | |||
9772 | const ValueList &arg_value_list, const char *name) { | |||
9773 | TargetSP target_sp = m_target_wp.lock(); | |||
9774 | if (!target_sp) | |||
9775 | return nullptr; | |||
9776 | ||||
9777 | Process *process = target_sp->GetProcessSP().get(); | |||
9778 | if (!process) | |||
9779 | return nullptr; | |||
9780 | ||||
9781 | return new ClangFunctionCaller(*process, return_type, function_address, | |||
9782 | arg_value_list, name); | |||
9783 | } | |||
9784 | ||||
9785 | std::unique_ptr<UtilityFunction> | |||
9786 | ScratchTypeSystemClang::CreateUtilityFunction(std::string text, | |||
9787 | std::string name) { | |||
9788 | TargetSP target_sp = m_target_wp.lock(); | |||
9789 | if (!target_sp) | |||
9790 | return {}; | |||
9791 | ||||
9792 | return std::make_unique<ClangUtilityFunction>( | |||
9793 | *target_sp.get(), std::move(text), std::move(name), | |||
9794 | target_sp->GetDebugUtilityExpression()); | |||
9795 | } | |||
9796 | ||||
9797 | PersistentExpressionState * | |||
9798 | ScratchTypeSystemClang::GetPersistentExpressionState() { | |||
9799 | return m_persistent_variables.get(); | |||
9800 | } | |||
9801 | ||||
9802 | void ScratchTypeSystemClang::ForgetSource(ASTContext *src_ctx, | |||
9803 | ClangASTImporter &importer) { | |||
9804 | // Remove it as a source from the main AST. | |||
9805 | importer.ForgetSource(&getASTContext(), src_ctx); | |||
9806 | // Remove it as a source from all created sub-ASTs. | |||
9807 | for (const auto &a : m_isolated_asts) | |||
9808 | importer.ForgetSource(&a.second->getASTContext(), src_ctx); | |||
9809 | } | |||
9810 | ||||
9811 | std::unique_ptr<ClangASTSource> ScratchTypeSystemClang::CreateASTSource() { | |||
9812 | return std::make_unique<ClangASTSource>( | |||
9813 | m_target_wp.lock()->shared_from_this(), | |||
9814 | m_persistent_variables->GetClangASTImporter()); | |||
9815 | } | |||
9816 | ||||
9817 | static llvm::StringRef | |||
9818 | GetSpecializedASTName(ScratchTypeSystemClang::IsolatedASTKind feature) { | |||
9819 | switch (feature) { | |||
9820 | case ScratchTypeSystemClang::IsolatedASTKind::CppModules: | |||
9821 | return "scratch ASTContext for C++ module types"; | |||
9822 | } | |||
9823 | llvm_unreachable("Unimplemented ASTFeature kind?")__builtin_unreachable(); | |||
9824 | } | |||
9825 | ||||
9826 | TypeSystemClang &ScratchTypeSystemClang::GetIsolatedAST( | |||
9827 | ScratchTypeSystemClang::IsolatedASTKind feature) { | |||
9828 | auto found_ast = m_isolated_asts.find(feature); | |||
9829 | if (found_ast != m_isolated_asts.end()) | |||
9830 | return *found_ast->second; | |||
9831 | ||||
9832 | // Couldn't find the requested sub-AST, so create it now. | |||
9833 | std::unique_ptr<TypeSystemClang> new_ast; | |||
9834 | new_ast.reset(new SpecializedScratchAST(GetSpecializedASTName(feature), | |||
9835 | m_triple, CreateASTSource())); | |||
9836 | m_isolated_asts[feature] = std::move(new_ast); | |||
9837 | return *m_isolated_asts[feature]; | |||
9838 | } |
1 | //===- Type.h - C Language Family Type Representation -----------*- C++ -*-===// |
2 | // |
3 | // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions. |
4 | // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information. |
5 | // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception |
6 | // |
7 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
8 | // |
9 | /// \file |
10 | /// C Language Family Type Representation |
11 | /// |
12 | /// This file defines the clang::Type interface and subclasses, used to |
13 | /// represent types for languages in the C family. |
14 | // |
15 | //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// |
16 | |
17 | #ifndef LLVM_CLANG_AST_TYPE_H |
18 | #define LLVM_CLANG_AST_TYPE_H |
19 | |
20 | #include "clang/AST/DependenceFlags.h" |
21 | #include "clang/AST/NestedNameSpecifier.h" |
22 | #include "clang/AST/TemplateName.h" |
23 | #include "clang/Basic/AddressSpaces.h" |
24 | #include "clang/Basic/AttrKinds.h" |
25 | #include "clang/Basic/Diagnostic.h" |
26 | #include "clang/Basic/ExceptionSpecificationType.h" |
27 | #include "clang/Basic/LLVM.h" |
28 | #include "clang/Basic/Linkage.h" |
29 | #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" |
30 | #include "clang/Basic/SourceLocation.h" |
31 | #include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h" |
32 | #include "clang/Basic/Visibility.h" |
33 | #include "llvm/ADT/APInt.h" |
34 | #include "llvm/ADT/APSInt.h" |
35 | #include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h" |
36 | #include "llvm/ADT/FoldingSet.h" |
37 | #include "llvm/ADT/None.h" |
38 | #include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h" |
39 | #include "llvm/ADT/PointerIntPair.h" |
40 | #include "llvm/ADT/PointerUnion.h" |
41 | #include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h" |
42 | #include "llvm/ADT/Twine.h" |
43 | #include "llvm/ADT/iterator_range.h" |
44 | #include "llvm/Support/Casting.h" |
45 | #include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h" |
46 | #include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h" |
47 | #include "llvm/Support/PointerLikeTypeTraits.h" |
48 | #include "llvm/Support/TrailingObjects.h" |
49 | #include "llvm/Support/type_traits.h" |
50 | #include <cassert> |
51 | #include <cstddef> |
52 | #include <cstdint> |
53 | #include <cstring> |
54 | #include <string> |
55 | #include <type_traits> |
56 | #include <utility> |
57 | |
58 | namespace clang { |
59 | |
60 | class ExtQuals; |
61 | class QualType; |
62 | class ConceptDecl; |
63 | class TagDecl; |
64 | class TemplateParameterList; |
65 | class Type; |
66 | |
67 | enum { |
68 | TypeAlignmentInBits = 4, |
69 | TypeAlignment = 1 << TypeAlignmentInBits |
70 | }; |
71 | |
72 | namespace serialization { |
73 | template <class T> class AbstractTypeReader; |
74 | template <class T> class AbstractTypeWriter; |
75 | } |
76 | |
77 | } // namespace clang |
78 | |
79 | namespace llvm { |
80 | |
81 | template <typename T> |
82 | struct PointerLikeTypeTraits; |
83 | template<> |
84 | struct PointerLikeTypeTraits< ::clang::Type*> { |
85 | static inline void *getAsVoidPointer(::clang::Type *P) { return P; } |
86 | |
87 | static inline ::clang::Type *getFromVoidPointer(void *P) { |
88 | return static_cast< ::clang::Type*>(P); |
89 | } |
90 | |
91 | static constexpr int NumLowBitsAvailable = clang::TypeAlignmentInBits; |
92 | }; |
93 | |
94 | template<> |
95 | struct PointerLikeTypeTraits< ::clang::ExtQuals*> { |
96 | static inline void *getAsVoidPointer(::clang::ExtQuals *P) { return P; } |
97 | |
98 | static inline ::clang::ExtQuals *getFromVoidPointer(void *P) { |
99 | return static_cast< ::clang::ExtQuals*>(P); |
100 | } |
101 | |
102 | static constexpr int NumLowBitsAvailable = clang::TypeAlignmentInBits; |
103 | }; |
104 | |
105 | } // namespace llvm |
106 | |
107 | namespace clang { |
108 | |
109 | class ASTContext; |
110 | template <typename> class CanQual; |
111 | class CXXRecordDecl; |
112 | class DeclContext; |
113 | class EnumDecl; |
114 | class Expr; |
115 | class ExtQualsTypeCommonBase; |
116 | class FunctionDecl; |
117 | class IdentifierInfo; |
118 | class NamedDecl; |
119 | class ObjCInterfaceDecl; |
120 | class ObjCProtocolDecl; |
121 | class ObjCTypeParamDecl; |
122 | struct PrintingPolicy; |
123 | class RecordDecl; |
124 | class Stmt; |
125 | class TagDecl; |
126 | class TemplateArgument; |
127 | class TemplateArgumentListInfo; |
128 | class TemplateArgumentLoc; |
129 | class TemplateTypeParmDecl; |
130 | class TypedefNameDecl; |
131 | class UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl; |
132 | |
133 | using CanQualType = CanQual<Type>; |
134 | |
135 | // Provide forward declarations for all of the *Type classes. |
136 | #define TYPE(Class, Base) class Class##Type; |
137 | #include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.inc" |
138 | |
139 | /// The collection of all-type qualifiers we support. |
140 | /// Clang supports five independent qualifiers: |
141 | /// * C99: const, volatile, and restrict |
142 | /// * MS: __unaligned |
143 | /// * Embedded C (TR18037): address spaces |
144 | /// * Objective C: the GC attributes (none, weak, or strong) |
145 | class Qualifiers { |
146 | public: |
147 | enum TQ { // NOTE: These flags must be kept in sync with DeclSpec::TQ. |
148 | Const = 0x1, |
149 | Restrict = 0x2, |
150 | Volatile = 0x4, |
151 | CVRMask = Const | Volatile | Restrict |
152 | }; |
153 | |
154 | enum GC { |
155 | GCNone = 0, |
156 | Weak, |
157 | Strong |
158 | }; |
159 | |
160 | enum ObjCLifetime { |
161 | /// There is no lifetime qualification on this type. |
162 | OCL_None, |
163 | |
164 | /// This object can be modified without requiring retains or |
165 | /// releases. |
166 | OCL_ExplicitNone, |
167 | |
168 | /// Assigning into this object requires the old value to be |
169 | /// released and the new value to be retained. The timing of the |
170 | /// release of the old value is inexact: it may be moved to |
171 | /// immediately after the last known point where the value is |
172 | /// live. |
173 | OCL_Strong, |
174 | |
175 | /// Reading or writing from this object requires a barrier call. |
176 | OCL_Weak, |
177 | |
178 | /// Assigning into this object requires a lifetime extension. |
179 | OCL_Autoreleasing |
180 | }; |
181 | |
182 | enum { |
183 | /// The maximum supported address space number. |
184 | /// 23 bits should be enough for anyone. |
185 | MaxAddressSpace = 0x7fffffu, |
186 | |
187 | /// The width of the "fast" qualifier mask. |
188 | FastWidth = 3, |
189 | |
190 | /// The fast qualifier mask. |
191 | FastMask = (1 << FastWidth) - 1 |
192 | }; |
193 | |
194 | /// Returns the common set of qualifiers while removing them from |
195 | /// the given sets. |
196 | static Qualifiers removeCommonQualifiers(Qualifiers &L, Qualifiers &R) { |
197 | // If both are only CVR-qualified, bit operations are sufficient. |
198 | if (!(L.Mask & ~CVRMask) && !(R.Mask & ~CVRMask)) { |
199 | Qualifiers Q; |
200 | Q.Mask = L.Mask & R.Mask; |
201 | L.Mask &= ~Q.Mask; |
202 | R.Mask &= ~Q.Mask; |
203 | return Q; |
204 | } |
205 | |
206 | Qualifiers Q; |
207 | unsigned CommonCRV = L.getCVRQualifiers() & R.getCVRQualifiers(); |
208 | Q.addCVRQualifiers(CommonCRV); |
209 | L.removeCVRQualifiers(CommonCRV); |
210 | R.removeCVRQualifiers(CommonCRV); |
211 | |
212 | if (L.getObjCGCAttr() == R.getObjCGCAttr()) { |
213 | Q.setObjCGCAttr(L.getObjCGCAttr()); |
214 | L.removeObjCGCAttr(); |
215 | R.removeObjCGCAttr(); |
216 | } |
217 | |
218 | if (L.getObjCLifetime() == R.getObjCLifetime()) { |
219 | Q.setObjCLifetime(L.getObjCLifetime()); |
220 | L.removeObjCLifetime(); |
221 | R.removeObjCLifetime(); |
222 | } |
223 | |
224 | if (L.getAddressSpace() == R.getAddressSpace()) { |
225 | Q.setAddressSpace(L.getAddressSpace()); |
226 | L.removeAddressSpace(); |
227 | R.removeAddressSpace(); |
228 | } |
229 | return Q; |
230 | } |
231 | |
232 | static Qualifiers fromFastMask(unsigned Mask) { |
233 | Qualifiers Qs; |
234 | Qs.addFastQualifiers(Mask); |
235 | return Qs; |
236 | } |
237 | |
238 | static Qualifiers fromCVRMask(unsigned CVR) { |
239 | Qualifiers Qs; |
240 | Qs.addCVRQualifiers(CVR); |
241 | return Qs; |
242 | } |
243 | |
244 | static Qualifiers fromCVRUMask(unsigned CVRU) { |
245 | Qualifiers Qs; |
246 | Qs.addCVRUQualifiers(CVRU); |
247 | return Qs; |
248 | } |
249 | |
250 | // Deserialize qualifiers from an opaque representation. |
251 | static Qualifiers fromOpaqueValue(unsigned opaque) { |
252 | Qualifiers Qs; |
253 | Qs.Mask = opaque; |
254 | return Qs; |
255 | } |
256 | |
257 | // Serialize these qualifiers into an opaque representation. |
258 | unsigned getAsOpaqueValue() const { |
259 | return Mask; |
260 | } |
261 | |
262 | bool hasConst() const { return Mask & Const; } |
263 | bool hasOnlyConst() const { return Mask == Const; } |
264 | void removeConst() { Mask &= ~Const; } |
265 | void addConst() { Mask |= Const; } |
266 | |
267 | bool hasVolatile() const { return Mask & Volatile; } |
268 | bool hasOnlyVolatile() const { return Mask == Volatile; } |
269 | void removeVolatile() { Mask &= ~Volatile; } |
270 | void addVolatile() { Mask |= Volatile; } |
271 | |
272 | bool hasRestrict() const { return Mask & Restrict; } |
273 | bool hasOnlyRestrict() const { return Mask == Restrict; } |
274 | void removeRestrict() { Mask &= ~Restrict; } |
275 | void addRestrict() { Mask |= Restrict; } |
276 | |
277 | bool hasCVRQualifiers() const { return getCVRQualifiers(); } |
278 | unsigned getCVRQualifiers() const { return Mask & CVRMask; } |
279 | unsigned getCVRUQualifiers() const { return Mask & (CVRMask | UMask); } |
280 | |
281 | void setCVRQualifiers(unsigned mask) { |
282 | assert(!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits")((void)0); |
283 | Mask = (Mask & ~CVRMask) | mask; |
284 | } |
285 | void removeCVRQualifiers(unsigned mask) { |
286 | assert(!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits")((void)0); |
287 | Mask &= ~mask; |
288 | } |
289 | void removeCVRQualifiers() { |
290 | removeCVRQualifiers(CVRMask); |
291 | } |
292 | void addCVRQualifiers(unsigned mask) { |
293 | assert(!(mask & ~CVRMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVR bits")((void)0); |
294 | Mask |= mask; |
295 | } |
296 | void addCVRUQualifiers(unsigned mask) { |
297 | assert(!(mask & ~CVRMask & ~UMask) && "bitmask contains non-CVRU bits")((void)0); |
298 | Mask |= mask; |
299 | } |
300 | |
301 | bool hasUnaligned() const { return Mask & UMask; } |
302 | void setUnaligned(bool flag) { |
303 | Mask = (Mask & ~UMask) | (flag ? UMask : 0); |
304 | } |
305 | void removeUnaligned() { Mask &= ~UMask; } |
306 | void addUnaligned() { Mask |= UMask; } |
307 | |
308 | bool hasObjCGCAttr() const { return Mask & GCAttrMask; } |
309 | GC getObjCGCAttr() const { return GC((Mask & GCAttrMask) >> GCAttrShift); } |
310 | void setObjCGCAttr(GC type) { |
311 | Mask = (Mask & ~GCAttrMask) | (type << GCAttrShift); |
312 | } |
313 | void removeObjCGCAttr() { setObjCGCAttr(GCNone); } |
314 | void addObjCGCAttr(GC type) { |
315 | assert(type)((void)0); |
316 | setObjCGCAttr(type); |
317 | } |
318 | Qualifiers withoutObjCGCAttr() const { |
319 | Qualifiers qs = *this; |
320 | qs.removeObjCGCAttr(); |
321 | return qs; |
322 | } |
323 | Qualifiers withoutObjCLifetime() const { |
324 | Qualifiers qs = *this; |
325 | qs.removeObjCLifetime(); |
326 | return qs; |
327 | } |
328 | Qualifiers withoutAddressSpace() const { |
329 | Qualifiers qs = *this; |
330 | qs.removeAddressSpace(); |
331 | return qs; |
332 | } |
333 | |
334 | bool hasObjCLifetime() const { return Mask & LifetimeMask; } |
335 | ObjCLifetime getObjCLifetime() const { |
336 | return ObjCLifetime((Mask & LifetimeMask) >> LifetimeShift); |
337 | } |
338 | void setObjCLifetime(ObjCLifetime type) { |
339 | Mask = (Mask & ~LifetimeMask) | (type << LifetimeShift); |
340 | } |
341 | void removeObjCLifetime() { setObjCLifetime(OCL_None); } |
342 | void addObjCLifetime(ObjCLifetime type) { |
343 | assert(type)((void)0); |
344 | assert(!hasObjCLifetime())((void)0); |
345 | Mask |= (type << LifetimeShift); |
346 | } |
347 | |
348 | /// True if the lifetime is neither None or ExplicitNone. |
349 | bool hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime() const { |
350 | ObjCLifetime lifetime = getObjCLifetime(); |
351 | return (lifetime > OCL_ExplicitNone); |
352 | } |
353 | |
354 | /// True if the lifetime is either strong or weak. |
355 | bool hasStrongOrWeakObjCLifetime() const { |
356 | ObjCLifetime lifetime = getObjCLifetime(); |
357 | return (lifetime == OCL_Strong || lifetime == OCL_Weak); |
358 | } |
359 | |
360 | bool hasAddressSpace() const { return Mask & AddressSpaceMask; } |
361 | LangAS getAddressSpace() const { |
362 | return static_cast<LangAS>(Mask >> AddressSpaceShift); |
363 | } |
364 | bool hasTargetSpecificAddressSpace() const { |
365 | return isTargetAddressSpace(getAddressSpace()); |
366 | } |
367 | /// Get the address space attribute value to be printed by diagnostics. |
368 | unsigned getAddressSpaceAttributePrintValue() const { |
369 | auto Addr = getAddressSpace(); |
370 | // This function is not supposed to be used with language specific |
371 | // address spaces. If that happens, the diagnostic message should consider |
372 | // printing the QualType instead of the address space value. |
373 | assert(Addr == LangAS::Default || hasTargetSpecificAddressSpace())((void)0); |
374 | if (Addr != LangAS::Default) |
375 | return toTargetAddressSpace(Addr); |
376 | // TODO: The diagnostic messages where Addr may be 0 should be fixed |
377 | // since it cannot differentiate the situation where 0 denotes the default |
378 | // address space or user specified __attribute__((address_space(0))). |
379 | return 0; |
380 | } |
381 | void setAddressSpace(LangAS space) { |
382 | assert((unsigned)space <= MaxAddressSpace)((void)0); |
383 | Mask = (Mask & ~AddressSpaceMask) |
384 | | (((uint32_t) space) << AddressSpaceShift); |
385 | } |
386 | void removeAddressSpace() { setAddressSpace(LangAS::Default); } |
387 | void addAddressSpace(LangAS space) { |
388 | assert(space != LangAS::Default)((void)0); |
389 | setAddressSpace(space); |
390 | } |
391 | |
392 | // Fast qualifiers are those that can be allocated directly |
393 | // on a QualType object. |
394 | bool hasFastQualifiers() const { return getFastQualifiers(); } |
395 | unsigned getFastQualifiers() const { return Mask & FastMask; } |
396 | void setFastQualifiers(unsigned mask) { |
397 | assert(!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits")((void)0); |
398 | Mask = (Mask & ~FastMask) | mask; |
399 | } |
400 | void removeFastQualifiers(unsigned mask) { |
401 | assert(!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits")((void)0); |
402 | Mask &= ~mask; |
403 | } |
404 | void removeFastQualifiers() { |
405 | removeFastQualifiers(FastMask); |
406 | } |
407 | void addFastQualifiers(unsigned mask) { |
408 | assert(!(mask & ~FastMask) && "bitmask contains non-fast qualifier bits")((void)0); |
409 | Mask |= mask; |
410 | } |
411 | |
412 | /// Return true if the set contains any qualifiers which require an ExtQuals |
413 | /// node to be allocated. |
414 | bool hasNonFastQualifiers() const { return Mask & ~FastMask; } |
415 | Qualifiers getNonFastQualifiers() const { |
416 | Qualifiers Quals = *this; |
417 | Quals.setFastQualifiers(0); |
418 | return Quals; |
419 | } |
420 | |
421 | /// Return true if the set contains any qualifiers. |
422 | bool hasQualifiers() const { return Mask; } |
423 | bool empty() const { return !Mask; } |
424 | |
425 | /// Add the qualifiers from the given set to this set. |
426 | void addQualifiers(Qualifiers Q) { |
427 | // If the other set doesn't have any non-boolean qualifiers, just |
428 | // bit-or it in. |
429 | if (!(Q.Mask & ~CVRMask)) |
430 | Mask |= Q.Mask; |
431 | else { |
432 | Mask |= (Q.Mask & CVRMask); |
433 | if (Q.hasAddressSpace()) |
434 | addAddressSpace(Q.getAddressSpace()); |
435 | if (Q.hasObjCGCAttr()) |
436 | addObjCGCAttr(Q.getObjCGCAttr()); |
437 | if (Q.hasObjCLifetime()) |
438 | addObjCLifetime(Q.getObjCLifetime()); |
439 | } |
440 | } |
441 | |
442 | /// Remove the qualifiers from the given set from this set. |
443 | void removeQualifiers(Qualifiers Q) { |
444 | // If the other set doesn't have any non-boolean qualifiers, just |
445 | // bit-and the inverse in. |
446 | if (!(Q.Mask & ~CVRMask)) |
447 | Mask &= ~Q.Mask; |
448 | else { |
449 | Mask &= ~(Q.Mask & CVRMask); |
450 | if (getObjCGCAttr() == Q.getObjCGCAttr()) |
451 | removeObjCGCAttr(); |
452 | if (getObjCLifetime() == Q.getObjCLifetime()) |
453 | removeObjCLifetime(); |
454 | if (getAddressSpace() == Q.getAddressSpace()) |
455 | removeAddressSpace(); |
456 | } |
457 | } |
458 | |
459 | /// Add the qualifiers from the given set to this set, given that |
460 | /// they don't conflict. |
461 | void addConsistentQualifiers(Qualifiers qs) { |
462 | assert(getAddressSpace() == qs.getAddressSpace() ||((void)0) |
463 | !hasAddressSpace() || !qs.hasAddressSpace())((void)0); |
464 | assert(getObjCGCAttr() == qs.getObjCGCAttr() ||((void)0) |
465 | !hasObjCGCAttr() || !qs.hasObjCGCAttr())((void)0); |
466 | assert(getObjCLifetime() == qs.getObjCLifetime() ||((void)0) |
467 | !hasObjCLifetime() || !qs.hasObjCLifetime())((void)0); |
468 | Mask |= qs.Mask; |
469 | } |
470 | |
471 | /// Returns true if address space A is equal to or a superset of B. |
472 | /// OpenCL v2.0 defines conversion rules (OpenCLC v2.0 s6.5.5) and notion of |
473 | /// overlapping address spaces. |
474 | /// CL1.1 or CL1.2: |
475 | /// every address space is a superset of itself. |
476 | /// CL2.0 adds: |
477 | /// __generic is a superset of any address space except for __constant. |
478 | static bool isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(LangAS A, LangAS B) { |
479 | // Address spaces must match exactly. |
480 | return A == B || |
481 | // Otherwise in OpenCLC v2.0 s6.5.5: every address space except |
482 | // for __constant can be used as __generic. |
483 | (A == LangAS::opencl_generic && B != LangAS::opencl_constant) || |
484 | // We also define global_device and global_host address spaces, |
485 | // to distinguish global pointers allocated on host from pointers |
486 | // allocated on device, which are a subset of __global. |
487 | (A == LangAS::opencl_global && (B == LangAS::opencl_global_device || |
488 | B == LangAS::opencl_global_host)) || |
489 | (A == LangAS::sycl_global && (B == LangAS::sycl_global_device || |
490 | B == LangAS::sycl_global_host)) || |
491 | // Consider pointer size address spaces to be equivalent to default. |
492 | ((isPtrSizeAddressSpace(A) || A == LangAS::Default) && |
493 | (isPtrSizeAddressSpace(B) || B == LangAS::Default)) || |
494 | // Default is a superset of SYCL address spaces. |
495 | (A == LangAS::Default && |
496 | (B == LangAS::sycl_private || B == LangAS::sycl_local || |
497 | B == LangAS::sycl_global || B == LangAS::sycl_global_device || |
498 | B == LangAS::sycl_global_host)); |
499 | } |
500 | |
501 | /// Returns true if the address space in these qualifiers is equal to or |
502 | /// a superset of the address space in the argument qualifiers. |
503 | bool isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(Qualifiers other) const { |
504 | return isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(getAddressSpace(), other.getAddressSpace()); |
505 | } |
506 | |
507 | /// Determines if these qualifiers compatibly include another set. |
508 | /// Generally this answers the question of whether an object with the other |
509 | /// qualifiers can be safely used as an object with these qualifiers. |
510 | bool compatiblyIncludes(Qualifiers other) const { |
511 | return isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(other) && |
512 | // ObjC GC qualifiers can match, be added, or be removed, but can't |
513 | // be changed. |
514 | (getObjCGCAttr() == other.getObjCGCAttr() || !hasObjCGCAttr() || |
515 | !other.hasObjCGCAttr()) && |
516 | // ObjC lifetime qualifiers must match exactly. |
517 | getObjCLifetime() == other.getObjCLifetime() && |
518 | // CVR qualifiers may subset. |
519 | (((Mask & CVRMask) | (other.Mask & CVRMask)) == (Mask & CVRMask)) && |
520 | // U qualifier may superset. |
521 | (!other.hasUnaligned() || hasUnaligned()); |
522 | } |
523 | |
524 | /// Determines if these qualifiers compatibly include another set of |
525 | /// qualifiers from the narrow perspective of Objective-C ARC lifetime. |
526 | /// |
527 | /// One set of Objective-C lifetime qualifiers compatibly includes the other |
528 | /// if the lifetime qualifiers match, or if both are non-__weak and the |
529 | /// including set also contains the 'const' qualifier, or both are non-__weak |
530 | /// and one is None (which can only happen in non-ARC modes). |
531 | bool compatiblyIncludesObjCLifetime(Qualifiers other) const { |
532 | if (getObjCLifetime() == other.getObjCLifetime()) |
533 | return true; |
534 | |
535 | if (getObjCLifetime() == OCL_Weak || other.getObjCLifetime() == OCL_Weak) |
536 | return false; |
537 | |
538 | if (getObjCLifetime() == OCL_None || other.getObjCLifetime() == OCL_None) |
539 | return true; |
540 | |
541 | return hasConst(); |
542 | } |
543 | |
544 | /// Determine whether this set of qualifiers is a strict superset of |
545 | /// another set of qualifiers, not considering qualifier compatibility. |
546 | bool isStrictSupersetOf(Qualifiers Other) const; |
547 | |
548 | bool operator==(Qualifiers Other) const { return Mask == Other.Mask; } |
549 | bool operator!=(Qualifiers Other) const { return Mask != Other.Mask; } |
550 | |
551 | explicit operator bool() const { return hasQualifiers(); } |
552 | |
553 | Qualifiers &operator+=(Qualifiers R) { |
554 | addQualifiers(R); |
555 | return *this; |
556 | } |
557 | |
558 | // Union two qualifier sets. If an enumerated qualifier appears |
559 | // in both sets, use the one from the right. |
560 | friend Qualifiers operator+(Qualifiers L, Qualifiers R) { |
561 | L += R; |
562 | return L; |
563 | } |
564 | |
565 | Qualifiers &operator-=(Qualifiers R) { |
566 | removeQualifiers(R); |
567 | return *this; |
568 | } |
569 | |
570 | /// Compute the difference between two qualifier sets. |
571 | friend Qualifiers operator-(Qualifiers L, Qualifiers R) { |
572 | L -= R; |
573 | return L; |
574 | } |
575 | |
576 | std::string getAsString() const; |
577 | std::string getAsString(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const; |
578 | |
579 | static std::string getAddrSpaceAsString(LangAS AS); |
580 | |
581 | bool isEmptyWhenPrinted(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const; |
582 | void print(raw_ostream &OS, const PrintingPolicy &Policy, |
583 | bool appendSpaceIfNonEmpty = false) const; |
584 | |
585 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const { |
586 | ID.AddInteger(Mask); |
587 | } |
588 | |
589 | private: |
590 | // bits: |0 1 2|3|4 .. 5|6 .. 8|9 ... 31| |
591 | // |C R V|U|GCAttr|Lifetime|AddressSpace| |
592 | uint32_t Mask = 0; |
593 | |
594 | static const uint32_t UMask = 0x8; |
595 | static const uint32_t UShift = 3; |
596 | static const uint32_t GCAttrMask = 0x30; |
597 | static const uint32_t GCAttrShift = 4; |
598 | static const uint32_t LifetimeMask = 0x1C0; |
599 | static const uint32_t LifetimeShift = 6; |
600 | static const uint32_t AddressSpaceMask = |
601 | ~(CVRMask | UMask | GCAttrMask | LifetimeMask); |
602 | static const uint32_t AddressSpaceShift = 9; |
603 | }; |
604 | |
605 | /// A std::pair-like structure for storing a qualified type split |
606 | /// into its local qualifiers and its locally-unqualified type. |
607 | struct SplitQualType { |
608 | /// The locally-unqualified type. |
609 | const Type *Ty = nullptr; |
610 | |
611 | /// The local qualifiers. |
612 | Qualifiers Quals; |
613 | |
614 | SplitQualType() = default; |
615 | SplitQualType(const Type *ty, Qualifiers qs) : Ty(ty), Quals(qs) {} |
616 | |
617 | SplitQualType getSingleStepDesugaredType() const; // end of this file |
618 | |
619 | // Make std::tie work. |
620 | std::pair<const Type *,Qualifiers> asPair() const { |
621 | return std::pair<const Type *, Qualifiers>(Ty, Quals); |
622 | } |
623 | |
624 | friend bool operator==(SplitQualType a, SplitQualType b) { |
625 | return a.Ty == b.Ty && a.Quals == b.Quals; |
626 | } |
627 | friend bool operator!=(SplitQualType a, SplitQualType b) { |
628 | return a.Ty != b.Ty || a.Quals != b.Quals; |
629 | } |
630 | }; |
631 | |
632 | /// The kind of type we are substituting Objective-C type arguments into. |
633 | /// |
634 | /// The kind of substitution affects the replacement of type parameters when |
635 | /// no concrete type information is provided, e.g., when dealing with an |
636 | /// unspecialized type. |
637 | enum class ObjCSubstitutionContext { |
638 | /// An ordinary type. |
639 | Ordinary, |
640 | |
641 | /// The result type of a method or function. |
642 | Result, |
643 | |
644 | /// The parameter type of a method or function. |
645 | Parameter, |
646 | |
647 | /// The type of a property. |
648 | Property, |
649 | |
650 | /// The superclass of a type. |
651 | Superclass, |
652 | }; |
653 | |
654 | /// A (possibly-)qualified type. |
655 | /// |
656 | /// For efficiency, we don't store CV-qualified types as nodes on their |
657 | /// own: instead each reference to a type stores the qualifiers. This |
658 | /// greatly reduces the number of nodes we need to allocate for types (for |
659 | /// example we only need one for 'int', 'const int', 'volatile int', |
660 | /// 'const volatile int', etc). |
661 | /// |
662 | /// As an added efficiency bonus, instead of making this a pair, we |
663 | /// just store the two bits we care about in the low bits of the |
664 | /// pointer. To handle the packing/unpacking, we make QualType be a |
665 | /// simple wrapper class that acts like a smart pointer. A third bit |
666 | /// indicates whether there are extended qualifiers present, in which |
667 | /// case the pointer points to a special structure. |
668 | class QualType { |
669 | friend class QualifierCollector; |
670 | |
671 | // Thankfully, these are efficiently composable. |
672 | llvm::PointerIntPair<llvm::PointerUnion<const Type *, const ExtQuals *>, |
673 | Qualifiers::FastWidth> Value; |
674 | |
675 | const ExtQuals *getExtQualsUnsafe() const { |
676 | return Value.getPointer().get<const ExtQuals*>(); |
677 | } |
678 | |
679 | const Type *getTypePtrUnsafe() const { |
680 | return Value.getPointer().get<const Type*>(); |
681 | } |
682 | |
683 | const ExtQualsTypeCommonBase *getCommonPtr() const { |
684 | assert(!isNull() && "Cannot retrieve a NULL type pointer")((void)0); |
685 | auto CommonPtrVal = reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(Value.getOpaqueValue()); |
686 | CommonPtrVal &= ~(uintptr_t)((1 << TypeAlignmentInBits) - 1); |
687 | return reinterpret_cast<ExtQualsTypeCommonBase*>(CommonPtrVal); |
688 | } |
689 | |
690 | public: |
691 | QualType() = default; |
692 | QualType(const Type *Ptr, unsigned Quals) : Value(Ptr, Quals) {} |
693 | QualType(const ExtQuals *Ptr, unsigned Quals) : Value(Ptr, Quals) {} |
694 | |
695 | unsigned getLocalFastQualifiers() const { return Value.getInt(); } |
696 | void setLocalFastQualifiers(unsigned Quals) { Value.setInt(Quals); } |
697 | |
698 | /// Retrieves a pointer to the underlying (unqualified) type. |
699 | /// |
700 | /// This function requires that the type not be NULL. If the type might be |
701 | /// NULL, use the (slightly less efficient) \c getTypePtrOrNull(). |
702 | const Type *getTypePtr() const; |
703 | |
704 | const Type *getTypePtrOrNull() const; |
705 | |
706 | /// Retrieves a pointer to the name of the base type. |
707 | const IdentifierInfo *getBaseTypeIdentifier() const; |
708 | |
709 | /// Divides a QualType into its unqualified type and a set of local |
710 | /// qualifiers. |
711 | SplitQualType split() const; |
712 | |
713 | void *getAsOpaquePtr() const { return Value.getOpaqueValue(); } |
714 | |
715 | static QualType getFromOpaquePtr(const void *Ptr) { |
716 | QualType T; |
717 | T.Value.setFromOpaqueValue(const_cast<void*>(Ptr)); |
718 | return T; |
719 | } |
720 | |
721 | const Type &operator*() const { |
722 | return *getTypePtr(); |
723 | } |
724 | |
725 | const Type *operator->() const { |
726 | return getTypePtr(); |
727 | } |
728 | |
729 | bool isCanonical() const; |
730 | bool isCanonicalAsParam() const; |
731 | |
732 | /// Return true if this QualType doesn't point to a type yet. |
733 | bool isNull() const { |
734 | return Value.getPointer().isNull(); |
735 | } |
736 | |
737 | /// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has the |
738 | /// "const" qualifier set, without looking through typedefs that may have |
739 | /// added "const" at a different level. |
740 | bool isLocalConstQualified() const { |
741 | return (getLocalFastQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const); |
742 | } |
743 | |
744 | /// Determine whether this type is const-qualified. |
745 | bool isConstQualified() const; |
746 | |
747 | /// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has the |
748 | /// "restrict" qualifier set, without looking through typedefs that may have |
749 | /// added "restrict" at a different level. |
750 | bool isLocalRestrictQualified() const { |
751 | return (getLocalFastQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Restrict); |
752 | } |
753 | |
754 | /// Determine whether this type is restrict-qualified. |
755 | bool isRestrictQualified() const; |
756 | |
757 | /// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has the |
758 | /// "volatile" qualifier set, without looking through typedefs that may have |
759 | /// added "volatile" at a different level. |
760 | bool isLocalVolatileQualified() const { |
761 | return (getLocalFastQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Volatile); |
762 | } |
763 | |
764 | /// Determine whether this type is volatile-qualified. |
765 | bool isVolatileQualified() const; |
766 | |
767 | /// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has any |
768 | /// qualifiers, without looking through any typedefs that might add |
769 | /// qualifiers at a different level. |
770 | bool hasLocalQualifiers() const { |
771 | return getLocalFastQualifiers() || hasLocalNonFastQualifiers(); |
772 | } |
773 | |
774 | /// Determine whether this type has any qualifiers. |
775 | bool hasQualifiers() const; |
776 | |
777 | /// Determine whether this particular QualType instance has any |
778 | /// "non-fast" qualifiers, e.g., those that are stored in an ExtQualType |
779 | /// instance. |
780 | bool hasLocalNonFastQualifiers() const { |
781 | return Value.getPointer().is<const ExtQuals*>(); |
782 | } |
783 | |
784 | /// Retrieve the set of qualifiers local to this particular QualType |
785 | /// instance, not including any qualifiers acquired through typedefs or |
786 | /// other sugar. |
787 | Qualifiers getLocalQualifiers() const; |
788 | |
789 | /// Retrieve the set of qualifiers applied to this type. |
790 | Qualifiers getQualifiers() const; |
791 | |
792 | /// Retrieve the set of CVR (const-volatile-restrict) qualifiers |
793 | /// local to this particular QualType instance, not including any qualifiers |
794 | /// acquired through typedefs or other sugar. |
795 | unsigned getLocalCVRQualifiers() const { |
796 | return getLocalFastQualifiers(); |
797 | } |
798 | |
799 | /// Retrieve the set of CVR (const-volatile-restrict) qualifiers |
800 | /// applied to this type. |
801 | unsigned getCVRQualifiers() const; |
802 | |
803 | bool isConstant(const ASTContext& Ctx) const { |
804 | return QualType::isConstant(*this, Ctx); |
805 | } |
806 | |
807 | /// Determine whether this is a Plain Old Data (POD) type (C++ 3.9p10). |
808 | bool isPODType(const ASTContext &Context) const; |
809 | |
810 | /// Return true if this is a POD type according to the rules of the C++98 |
811 | /// standard, regardless of the current compilation's language. |
812 | bool isCXX98PODType(const ASTContext &Context) const; |
813 | |
814 | /// Return true if this is a POD type according to the more relaxed rules |
815 | /// of the C++11 standard, regardless of the current compilation's language. |
816 | /// (C++0x [basic.types]p9). Note that, unlike |
817 | /// CXXRecordDecl::isCXX11StandardLayout, this takes DRs into account. |
818 | bool isCXX11PODType(const ASTContext &Context) const; |
819 | |
820 | /// Return true if this is a trivial type per (C++0x [basic.types]p9) |
821 | bool isTrivialType(const ASTContext &Context) const; |
822 | |
823 | /// Return true if this is a trivially copyable type (C++0x [basic.types]p9) |
824 | bool isTriviallyCopyableType(const ASTContext &Context) const; |
825 | |
826 | |
827 | /// Returns true if it is a class and it might be dynamic. |
828 | bool mayBeDynamicClass() const; |
829 | |
830 | /// Returns true if it is not a class or if the class might not be dynamic. |
831 | bool mayBeNotDynamicClass() const; |
832 | |
833 | // Don't promise in the API that anything besides 'const' can be |
834 | // easily added. |
835 | |
836 | /// Add the `const` type qualifier to this QualType. |
837 | void addConst() { |
838 | addFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Const); |
839 | } |
840 | QualType withConst() const { |
841 | return withFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Const); |
842 | } |
843 | |
844 | /// Add the `volatile` type qualifier to this QualType. |
845 | void addVolatile() { |
846 | addFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Volatile); |
847 | } |
848 | QualType withVolatile() const { |
849 | return withFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Volatile); |
850 | } |
851 | |
852 | /// Add the `restrict` qualifier to this QualType. |
853 | void addRestrict() { |
854 | addFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Restrict); |
855 | } |
856 | QualType withRestrict() const { |
857 | return withFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Restrict); |
858 | } |
859 | |
860 | QualType withCVRQualifiers(unsigned CVR) const { |
861 | return withFastQualifiers(CVR); |
862 | } |
863 | |
864 | void addFastQualifiers(unsigned TQs) { |
865 | assert(!(TQs & ~Qualifiers::FastMask)((void)0) |
866 | && "non-fast qualifier bits set in mask!")((void)0); |
867 | Value.setInt(Value.getInt() | TQs); |
868 | } |
869 | |
870 | void removeLocalConst(); |
871 | void removeLocalVolatile(); |
872 | void removeLocalRestrict(); |
873 | void removeLocalCVRQualifiers(unsigned Mask); |
874 | |
875 | void removeLocalFastQualifiers() { Value.setInt(0); } |
876 | void removeLocalFastQualifiers(unsigned Mask) { |
877 | assert(!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::FastMask) && "mask has non-fast qualifiers")((void)0); |
878 | Value.setInt(Value.getInt() & ~Mask); |
879 | } |
880 | |
881 | // Creates a type with the given qualifiers in addition to any |
882 | // qualifiers already on this type. |
883 | QualType withFastQualifiers(unsigned TQs) const { |
884 | QualType T = *this; |
885 | T.addFastQualifiers(TQs); |
886 | return T; |
887 | } |
888 | |
889 | // Creates a type with exactly the given fast qualifiers, removing |
890 | // any existing fast qualifiers. |
891 | QualType withExactLocalFastQualifiers(unsigned TQs) const { |
892 | return withoutLocalFastQualifiers().withFastQualifiers(TQs); |
893 | } |
894 | |
895 | // Removes fast qualifiers, but leaves any extended qualifiers in place. |
896 | QualType withoutLocalFastQualifiers() const { |
897 | QualType T = *this; |
898 | T.removeLocalFastQualifiers(); |
899 | return T; |
900 | } |
901 | |
902 | QualType getCanonicalType() const; |
903 | |
904 | /// Return this type with all of the instance-specific qualifiers |
905 | /// removed, but without removing any qualifiers that may have been applied |
906 | /// through typedefs. |
907 | QualType getLocalUnqualifiedType() const { return QualType(getTypePtr(), 0); } |
908 | |
909 | /// Retrieve the unqualified variant of the given type, |
910 | /// removing as little sugar as possible. |
911 | /// |
912 | /// This routine looks through various kinds of sugar to find the |
913 | /// least-desugared type that is unqualified. For example, given: |
914 | /// |
915 | /// \code |
916 | /// typedef int Integer; |
917 | /// typedef const Integer CInteger; |
918 | /// typedef CInteger DifferenceType; |
919 | /// \endcode |
920 | /// |
921 | /// Executing \c getUnqualifiedType() on the type \c DifferenceType will |
922 | /// desugar until we hit the type \c Integer, which has no qualifiers on it. |
923 | /// |
924 | /// The resulting type might still be qualified if it's sugar for an array |
925 | /// type. To strip qualifiers even from within a sugared array type, use |
926 | /// ASTContext::getUnqualifiedArrayType. |
927 | inline QualType getUnqualifiedType() const; |
928 | |
929 | /// Retrieve the unqualified variant of the given type, removing as little |
930 | /// sugar as possible. |
931 | /// |
932 | /// Like getUnqualifiedType(), but also returns the set of |
933 | /// qualifiers that were built up. |
934 | /// |
935 | /// The resulting type might still be qualified if it's sugar for an array |
936 | /// type. To strip qualifiers even from within a sugared array type, use |
937 | /// ASTContext::getUnqualifiedArrayType. |
938 | inline SplitQualType getSplitUnqualifiedType() const; |
939 | |
940 | /// Determine whether this type is more qualified than the other |
941 | /// given type, requiring exact equality for non-CVR qualifiers. |
942 | bool isMoreQualifiedThan(QualType Other) const; |
943 | |
944 | /// Determine whether this type is at least as qualified as the other |
945 | /// given type, requiring exact equality for non-CVR qualifiers. |
946 | bool isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(QualType Other) const; |
947 | |
948 | QualType getNonReferenceType() const; |
949 | |
950 | /// Determine the type of a (typically non-lvalue) expression with the |
951 | /// specified result type. |
952 | /// |
953 | /// This routine should be used for expressions for which the return type is |
954 | /// explicitly specified (e.g., in a cast or call) and isn't necessarily |
955 | /// an lvalue. It removes a top-level reference (since there are no |
956 | /// expressions of reference type) and deletes top-level cvr-qualifiers |
957 | /// from non-class types (in C++) or all types (in C). |
958 | QualType getNonLValueExprType(const ASTContext &Context) const; |
959 | |
960 | /// Remove an outer pack expansion type (if any) from this type. Used as part |
961 | /// of converting the type of a declaration to the type of an expression that |
962 | /// references that expression. It's meaningless for an expression to have a |
963 | /// pack expansion type. |
964 | QualType getNonPackExpansionType() const; |
965 | |
966 | /// Return the specified type with any "sugar" removed from |
967 | /// the type. This takes off typedefs, typeof's etc. If the outer level of |
968 | /// the type is already concrete, it returns it unmodified. This is similar |
969 | /// to getting the canonical type, but it doesn't remove *all* typedefs. For |
970 | /// example, it returns "T*" as "T*", (not as "int*"), because the pointer is |
971 | /// concrete. |
972 | /// |
973 | /// Qualifiers are left in place. |
974 | QualType getDesugaredType(const ASTContext &Context) const { |
975 | return getDesugaredType(*this, Context); |
976 | } |
977 | |
978 | SplitQualType getSplitDesugaredType() const { |
979 | return getSplitDesugaredType(*this); |
980 | } |
981 | |
982 | /// Return the specified type with one level of "sugar" removed from |
983 | /// the type. |
984 | /// |
985 | /// This routine takes off the first typedef, typeof, etc. If the outer level |
986 | /// of the type is already concrete, it returns it unmodified. |
987 | QualType getSingleStepDesugaredType(const ASTContext &Context) const { |
988 | return getSingleStepDesugaredTypeImpl(*this, Context); |
989 | } |
990 | |
991 | /// Returns the specified type after dropping any |
992 | /// outer-level parentheses. |
993 | QualType IgnoreParens() const { |
994 | if (isa<ParenType>(*this)) |
995 | return QualType::IgnoreParens(*this); |
996 | return *this; |
997 | } |
998 | |
999 | /// Indicate whether the specified types and qualifiers are identical. |
1000 | friend bool operator==(const QualType &LHS, const QualType &RHS) { |
1001 | return LHS.Value == RHS.Value; |
1002 | } |
1003 | friend bool operator!=(const QualType &LHS, const QualType &RHS) { |
1004 | return LHS.Value != RHS.Value; |
1005 | } |
1006 | friend bool operator<(const QualType &LHS, const QualType &RHS) { |
1007 | return LHS.Value < RHS.Value; |
1008 | } |
1009 | |
1010 | static std::string getAsString(SplitQualType split, |
1011 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy) { |
1012 | return getAsString(split.Ty, split.Quals, Policy); |
1013 | } |
1014 | static std::string getAsString(const Type *ty, Qualifiers qs, |
1015 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy); |
1016 | |
1017 | std::string getAsString() const; |
1018 | std::string getAsString(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const; |
1019 | |
1020 | void print(raw_ostream &OS, const PrintingPolicy &Policy, |
1021 | const Twine &PlaceHolder = Twine(), |
1022 | unsigned Indentation = 0) const; |
1023 | |
1024 | static void print(SplitQualType split, raw_ostream &OS, |
1025 | const PrintingPolicy &policy, const Twine &PlaceHolder, |
1026 | unsigned Indentation = 0) { |
1027 | return print(split.Ty, split.Quals, OS, policy, PlaceHolder, Indentation); |
1028 | } |
1029 | |
1030 | static void print(const Type *ty, Qualifiers qs, |
1031 | raw_ostream &OS, const PrintingPolicy &policy, |
1032 | const Twine &PlaceHolder, |
1033 | unsigned Indentation = 0); |
1034 | |
1035 | void getAsStringInternal(std::string &Str, |
1036 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const; |
1037 | |
1038 | static void getAsStringInternal(SplitQualType split, std::string &out, |
1039 | const PrintingPolicy &policy) { |
1040 | return getAsStringInternal(split.Ty, split.Quals, out, policy); |
1041 | } |
1042 | |
1043 | static void getAsStringInternal(const Type *ty, Qualifiers qs, |
1044 | std::string &out, |
1045 | const PrintingPolicy &policy); |
1046 | |
1047 | class StreamedQualTypeHelper { |
1048 | const QualType &T; |
1049 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy; |
1050 | const Twine &PlaceHolder; |
1051 | unsigned Indentation; |
1052 | |
1053 | public: |
1054 | StreamedQualTypeHelper(const QualType &T, const PrintingPolicy &Policy, |
1055 | const Twine &PlaceHolder, unsigned Indentation) |
1056 | : T(T), Policy(Policy), PlaceHolder(PlaceHolder), |
1057 | Indentation(Indentation) {} |
1058 | |
1059 | friend raw_ostream &operator<<(raw_ostream &OS, |
1060 | const StreamedQualTypeHelper &SQT) { |
1061 | SQT.T.print(OS, SQT.Policy, SQT.PlaceHolder, SQT.Indentation); |
1062 | return OS; |
1063 | } |
1064 | }; |
1065 | |
1066 | StreamedQualTypeHelper stream(const PrintingPolicy &Policy, |
1067 | const Twine &PlaceHolder = Twine(), |
1068 | unsigned Indentation = 0) const { |
1069 | return StreamedQualTypeHelper(*this, Policy, PlaceHolder, Indentation); |
1070 | } |
1071 | |
1072 | void dump(const char *s) const; |
1073 | void dump() const; |
1074 | void dump(llvm::raw_ostream &OS, const ASTContext &Context) const; |
1075 | |
1076 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const { |
1077 | ID.AddPointer(getAsOpaquePtr()); |
1078 | } |
1079 | |
1080 | /// Check if this type has any address space qualifier. |
1081 | inline bool hasAddressSpace() const; |
1082 | |
1083 | /// Return the address space of this type. |
1084 | inline LangAS getAddressSpace() const; |
1085 | |
1086 | /// Returns true if address space qualifiers overlap with T address space |
1087 | /// qualifiers. |
1088 | /// OpenCL C defines conversion rules for pointers to different address spaces |
1089 | /// and notion of overlapping address spaces. |
1090 | /// CL1.1 or CL1.2: |
1091 | /// address spaces overlap iff they are they same. |
1092 | /// OpenCL C v2.0 s6.5.5 adds: |
1093 | /// __generic overlaps with any address space except for __constant. |
1094 | bool isAddressSpaceOverlapping(QualType T) const { |
1095 | Qualifiers Q = getQualifiers(); |
1096 | Qualifiers TQ = T.getQualifiers(); |
1097 | // Address spaces overlap if at least one of them is a superset of another |
1098 | return Q.isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(TQ) || TQ.isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(Q); |
1099 | } |
1100 | |
1101 | /// Returns gc attribute of this type. |
1102 | inline Qualifiers::GC getObjCGCAttr() const; |
1103 | |
1104 | /// true when Type is objc's weak. |
1105 | bool isObjCGCWeak() const { |
1106 | return getObjCGCAttr() == Qualifiers::Weak; |
1107 | } |
1108 | |
1109 | /// true when Type is objc's strong. |
1110 | bool isObjCGCStrong() const { |
1111 | return getObjCGCAttr() == Qualifiers::Strong; |
1112 | } |
1113 | |
1114 | /// Returns lifetime attribute of this type. |
1115 | Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime getObjCLifetime() const { |
1116 | return getQualifiers().getObjCLifetime(); |
1117 | } |
1118 | |
1119 | bool hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime() const { |
1120 | return getQualifiers().hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime(); |
1121 | } |
1122 | |
1123 | bool hasStrongOrWeakObjCLifetime() const { |
1124 | return getQualifiers().hasStrongOrWeakObjCLifetime(); |
1125 | } |
1126 | |
1127 | // true when Type is objc's weak and weak is enabled but ARC isn't. |
1128 | bool isNonWeakInMRRWithObjCWeak(const ASTContext &Context) const; |
1129 | |
1130 | enum PrimitiveDefaultInitializeKind { |
1131 | /// The type does not fall into any of the following categories. Note that |
1132 | /// this case is zero-valued so that values of this enum can be used as a |
1133 | /// boolean condition for non-triviality. |
1134 | PDIK_Trivial, |
1135 | |
1136 | /// The type is an Objective-C retainable pointer type that is qualified |
1137 | /// with the ARC __strong qualifier. |
1138 | PDIK_ARCStrong, |
1139 | |
1140 | /// The type is an Objective-C retainable pointer type that is qualified |
1141 | /// with the ARC __weak qualifier. |
1142 | PDIK_ARCWeak, |
1143 | |
1144 | /// The type is a struct containing a field whose type is not PCK_Trivial. |
1145 | PDIK_Struct |
1146 | }; |
1147 | |
1148 | /// Functions to query basic properties of non-trivial C struct types. |
1149 | |
1150 | /// Check if this is a non-trivial type that would cause a C struct |
1151 | /// transitively containing this type to be non-trivial to default initialize |
1152 | /// and return the kind. |
1153 | PrimitiveDefaultInitializeKind |
1154 | isNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitialize() const; |
1155 | |
1156 | enum PrimitiveCopyKind { |
1157 | /// The type does not fall into any of the following categories. Note that |
1158 | /// this case is zero-valued so that values of this enum can be used as a |
1159 | /// boolean condition for non-triviality. |
1160 | PCK_Trivial, |
1161 | |
1162 | /// The type would be trivial except that it is volatile-qualified. Types |
1163 | /// that fall into one of the other non-trivial cases may additionally be |
1164 | /// volatile-qualified. |
1165 | PCK_VolatileTrivial, |
1166 | |
1167 | /// The type is an Objective-C retainable pointer type that is qualified |
1168 | /// with the ARC __strong qualifier. |
1169 | PCK_ARCStrong, |
1170 | |
1171 | /// The type is an Objective-C retainable pointer type that is qualified |
1172 | /// with the ARC __weak qualifier. |
1173 | PCK_ARCWeak, |
1174 | |
1175 | /// The type is a struct containing a field whose type is neither |
1176 | /// PCK_Trivial nor PCK_VolatileTrivial. |
1177 | /// Note that a C++ struct type does not necessarily match this; C++ copying |
1178 | /// semantics are too complex to express here, in part because they depend |
1179 | /// on the exact constructor or assignment operator that is chosen by |
1180 | /// overload resolution to do the copy. |
1181 | PCK_Struct |
1182 | }; |
1183 | |
1184 | /// Check if this is a non-trivial type that would cause a C struct |
1185 | /// transitively containing this type to be non-trivial to copy and return the |
1186 | /// kind. |
1187 | PrimitiveCopyKind isNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopy() const; |
1188 | |
1189 | /// Check if this is a non-trivial type that would cause a C struct |
1190 | /// transitively containing this type to be non-trivial to destructively |
1191 | /// move and return the kind. Destructive move in this context is a C++-style |
1192 | /// move in which the source object is placed in a valid but unspecified state |
1193 | /// after it is moved, as opposed to a truly destructive move in which the |
1194 | /// source object is placed in an uninitialized state. |
1195 | PrimitiveCopyKind isNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructiveMove() const; |
1196 | |
1197 | enum DestructionKind { |
1198 | DK_none, |
1199 | DK_cxx_destructor, |
1200 | DK_objc_strong_lifetime, |
1201 | DK_objc_weak_lifetime, |
1202 | DK_nontrivial_c_struct |
1203 | }; |
1204 | |
1205 | /// Returns a nonzero value if objects of this type require |
1206 | /// non-trivial work to clean up after. Non-zero because it's |
1207 | /// conceivable that qualifiers (objc_gc(weak)?) could make |
1208 | /// something require destruction. |
1209 | DestructionKind isDestructedType() const { |
1210 | return isDestructedTypeImpl(*this); |
1211 | } |
1212 | |
1213 | /// Check if this is or contains a C union that is non-trivial to |
1214 | /// default-initialize, which is a union that has a member that is non-trivial |
1215 | /// to default-initialize. If this returns true, |
1216 | /// isNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitialize returns PDIK_Struct. |
1217 | bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() const; |
1218 | |
1219 | /// Check if this is or contains a C union that is non-trivial to destruct, |
1220 | /// which is a union that has a member that is non-trivial to destruct. If |
1221 | /// this returns true, isDestructedType returns DK_nontrivial_c_struct. |
1222 | bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() const; |
1223 | |
1224 | /// Check if this is or contains a C union that is non-trivial to copy, which |
1225 | /// is a union that has a member that is non-trivial to copy. If this returns |
1226 | /// true, isNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopy returns PCK_Struct. |
1227 | bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion() const; |
1228 | |
1229 | /// Determine whether expressions of the given type are forbidden |
1230 | /// from being lvalues in C. |
1231 | /// |
1232 | /// The expression types that are forbidden to be lvalues are: |
1233 | /// - 'void', but not qualified void |
1234 | /// - function types |
1235 | /// |
1236 | /// The exact rule here is C99 6.3.2.1: |
1237 | /// An lvalue is an expression with an object type or an incomplete |
1238 | /// type other than void. |
1239 | bool isCForbiddenLValueType() const; |
1240 | |
1241 | /// Substitute type arguments for the Objective-C type parameters used in the |
1242 | /// subject type. |
1243 | /// |
1244 | /// \param ctx ASTContext in which the type exists. |
1245 | /// |
1246 | /// \param typeArgs The type arguments that will be substituted for the |
1247 | /// Objective-C type parameters in the subject type, which are generally |
1248 | /// computed via \c Type::getObjCSubstitutions. If empty, the type |
1249 | /// parameters will be replaced with their bounds or id/Class, as appropriate |
1250 | /// for the context. |
1251 | /// |
1252 | /// \param context The context in which the subject type was written. |
1253 | /// |
1254 | /// \returns the resulting type. |
1255 | QualType substObjCTypeArgs(ASTContext &ctx, |
1256 | ArrayRef<QualType> typeArgs, |
1257 | ObjCSubstitutionContext context) const; |
1258 | |
1259 | /// Substitute type arguments from an object type for the Objective-C type |
1260 | /// parameters used in the subject type. |
1261 | /// |
1262 | /// This operation combines the computation of type arguments for |
1263 | /// substitution (\c Type::getObjCSubstitutions) with the actual process of |
1264 | /// substitution (\c QualType::substObjCTypeArgs) for the convenience of |
1265 | /// callers that need to perform a single substitution in isolation. |
1266 | /// |
1267 | /// \param objectType The type of the object whose member type we're |
1268 | /// substituting into. For example, this might be the receiver of a message |
1269 | /// or the base of a property access. |
1270 | /// |
1271 | /// \param dc The declaration context from which the subject type was |
1272 | /// retrieved, which indicates (for example) which type parameters should |
1273 | /// be substituted. |
1274 | /// |
1275 | /// \param context The context in which the subject type was written. |
1276 | /// |
1277 | /// \returns the subject type after replacing all of the Objective-C type |
1278 | /// parameters with their corresponding arguments. |
1279 | QualType substObjCMemberType(QualType objectType, |
1280 | const DeclContext *dc, |
1281 | ObjCSubstitutionContext context) const; |
1282 | |
1283 | /// Strip Objective-C "__kindof" types from the given type. |
1284 | QualType stripObjCKindOfType(const ASTContext &ctx) const; |
1285 | |
1286 | /// Remove all qualifiers including _Atomic. |
1287 | QualType getAtomicUnqualifiedType() const; |
1288 | |
1289 | private: |
1290 | // These methods are implemented in a separate translation unit; |
1291 | // "static"-ize them to avoid creating temporary QualTypes in the |
1292 | // caller. |
1293 | static bool isConstant(QualType T, const ASTContext& Ctx); |
1294 | static QualType getDesugaredType(QualType T, const ASTContext &Context); |
1295 | static SplitQualType getSplitDesugaredType(QualType T); |
1296 | static SplitQualType getSplitUnqualifiedTypeImpl(QualType type); |
1297 | static QualType getSingleStepDesugaredTypeImpl(QualType type, |
1298 | const ASTContext &C); |
1299 | static QualType IgnoreParens(QualType T); |
1300 | static DestructionKind isDestructedTypeImpl(QualType type); |
1301 | |
1302 | /// Check if \param RD is or contains a non-trivial C union. |
1303 | static bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion(const RecordDecl *RD); |
1304 | static bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion(const RecordDecl *RD); |
1305 | static bool hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion(const RecordDecl *RD); |
1306 | }; |
1307 | |
1308 | } // namespace clang |
1309 | |
1310 | namespace llvm { |
1311 | |
1312 | /// Implement simplify_type for QualType, so that we can dyn_cast from QualType |
1313 | /// to a specific Type class. |
1314 | template<> struct simplify_type< ::clang::QualType> { |
1315 | using SimpleType = const ::clang::Type *; |
1316 | |
1317 | static SimpleType getSimplifiedValue(::clang::QualType Val) { |
1318 | return Val.getTypePtr(); |
1319 | } |
1320 | }; |
1321 | |
1322 | // Teach SmallPtrSet that QualType is "basically a pointer". |
1323 | template<> |
1324 | struct PointerLikeTypeTraits<clang::QualType> { |
1325 | static inline void *getAsVoidPointer(clang::QualType P) { |
1326 | return P.getAsOpaquePtr(); |
1327 | } |
1328 | |
1329 | static inline clang::QualType getFromVoidPointer(void *P) { |
1330 | return clang::QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(P); |
1331 | } |
1332 | |
1333 | // Various qualifiers go in low bits. |
1334 | static constexpr int NumLowBitsAvailable = 0; |
1335 | }; |
1336 | |
1337 | } // namespace llvm |
1338 | |
1339 | namespace clang { |
1340 | |
1341 | /// Base class that is common to both the \c ExtQuals and \c Type |
1342 | /// classes, which allows \c QualType to access the common fields between the |
1343 | /// two. |
1344 | class ExtQualsTypeCommonBase { |
1345 | friend class ExtQuals; |
1346 | friend class QualType; |
1347 | friend class Type; |
1348 | |
1349 | /// The "base" type of an extended qualifiers type (\c ExtQuals) or |
1350 | /// a self-referential pointer (for \c Type). |
1351 | /// |
1352 | /// This pointer allows an efficient mapping from a QualType to its |
1353 | /// underlying type pointer. |
1354 | const Type *const BaseType; |
1355 | |
1356 | /// The canonical type of this type. A QualType. |
1357 | QualType CanonicalType; |
1358 | |
1359 | ExtQualsTypeCommonBase(const Type *baseType, QualType canon) |
1360 | : BaseType(baseType), CanonicalType(canon) {} |
1361 | }; |
1362 | |
1363 | /// We can encode up to four bits in the low bits of a |
1364 | /// type pointer, but there are many more type qualifiers that we want |
1365 | /// to be able to apply to an arbitrary type. Therefore we have this |
1366 | /// struct, intended to be heap-allocated and used by QualType to |
1367 | /// store qualifiers. |
1368 | /// |
1369 | /// The current design tags the 'const', 'restrict', and 'volatile' qualifiers |
1370 | /// in three low bits on the QualType pointer; a fourth bit records whether |
1371 | /// the pointer is an ExtQuals node. The extended qualifiers (address spaces, |
1372 | /// Objective-C GC attributes) are much more rare. |
1373 | class ExtQuals : public ExtQualsTypeCommonBase, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
1374 | // NOTE: changing the fast qualifiers should be straightforward as |
1375 | // long as you don't make 'const' non-fast. |
1376 | // 1. Qualifiers: |
1377 | // a) Modify the bitmasks (Qualifiers::TQ and DeclSpec::TQ). |
1378 | // Fast qualifiers must occupy the low-order bits. |
1379 | // b) Update Qualifiers::FastWidth and FastMask. |
1380 | // 2. QualType: |
1381 | // a) Update is{Volatile,Restrict}Qualified(), defined inline. |
1382 | // b) Update remove{Volatile,Restrict}, defined near the end of |
1383 | // this header. |
1384 | // 3. ASTContext: |
1385 | // a) Update get{Volatile,Restrict}Type. |
1386 | |
1387 | /// The immutable set of qualifiers applied by this node. Always contains |
1388 | /// extended qualifiers. |
1389 | Qualifiers Quals; |
1390 | |
1391 | ExtQuals *this_() { return this; } |
1392 | |
1393 | public: |
1394 | ExtQuals(const Type *baseType, QualType canon, Qualifiers quals) |
1395 | : ExtQualsTypeCommonBase(baseType, |
1396 | canon.isNull() ? QualType(this_(), 0) : canon), |
1397 | Quals(quals) { |
1398 | assert(Quals.hasNonFastQualifiers()((void)0) |
1399 | && "ExtQuals created with no fast qualifiers")((void)0); |
1400 | assert(!Quals.hasFastQualifiers()((void)0) |
1401 | && "ExtQuals created with fast qualifiers")((void)0); |
1402 | } |
1403 | |
1404 | Qualifiers getQualifiers() const { return Quals; } |
1405 | |
1406 | bool hasObjCGCAttr() const { return Quals.hasObjCGCAttr(); } |
1407 | Qualifiers::GC getObjCGCAttr() const { return Quals.getObjCGCAttr(); } |
1408 | |
1409 | bool hasObjCLifetime() const { return Quals.hasObjCLifetime(); } |
1410 | Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime getObjCLifetime() const { |
1411 | return Quals.getObjCLifetime(); |
1412 | } |
1413 | |
1414 | bool hasAddressSpace() const { return Quals.hasAddressSpace(); } |
1415 | LangAS getAddressSpace() const { return Quals.getAddressSpace(); } |
1416 | |
1417 | const Type *getBaseType() const { return BaseType; } |
1418 | |
1419 | public: |
1420 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const { |
1421 | Profile(ID, getBaseType(), Quals); |
1422 | } |
1423 | |
1424 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, |
1425 | const Type *BaseType, |
1426 | Qualifiers Quals) { |
1427 | assert(!Quals.hasFastQualifiers() && "fast qualifiers in ExtQuals hash!")((void)0); |
1428 | ID.AddPointer(BaseType); |
1429 | Quals.Profile(ID); |
1430 | } |
1431 | }; |
1432 | |
1433 | /// The kind of C++11 ref-qualifier associated with a function type. |
1434 | /// This determines whether a member function's "this" object can be an |
1435 | /// lvalue, rvalue, or neither. |
1436 | enum RefQualifierKind { |
1437 | /// No ref-qualifier was provided. |
1438 | RQ_None = 0, |
1439 | |
1440 | /// An lvalue ref-qualifier was provided (\c &). |
1441 | RQ_LValue, |
1442 | |
1443 | /// An rvalue ref-qualifier was provided (\c &&). |
1444 | RQ_RValue |
1445 | }; |
1446 | |
1447 | /// Which keyword(s) were used to create an AutoType. |
1448 | enum class AutoTypeKeyword { |
1449 | /// auto |
1450 | Auto, |
1451 | |
1452 | /// decltype(auto) |
1453 | DecltypeAuto, |
1454 | |
1455 | /// __auto_type (GNU extension) |
1456 | GNUAutoType |
1457 | }; |
1458 | |
1459 | /// The base class of the type hierarchy. |
1460 | /// |
1461 | /// A central concept with types is that each type always has a canonical |
1462 | /// type. A canonical type is the type with any typedef names stripped out |
1463 | /// of it or the types it references. For example, consider: |
1464 | /// |
1465 | /// typedef int foo; |
1466 | /// typedef foo* bar; |
1467 | /// 'int *' 'foo *' 'bar' |
1468 | /// |
1469 | /// There will be a Type object created for 'int'. Since int is canonical, its |
1470 | /// CanonicalType pointer points to itself. There is also a Type for 'foo' (a |
1471 | /// TypedefType). Its CanonicalType pointer points to the 'int' Type. Next |
1472 | /// there is a PointerType that represents 'int*', which, like 'int', is |
1473 | /// canonical. Finally, there is a PointerType type for 'foo*' whose canonical |
1474 | /// type is 'int*', and there is a TypedefType for 'bar', whose canonical type |
1475 | /// is also 'int*'. |
1476 | /// |
1477 | /// Non-canonical types are useful for emitting diagnostics, without losing |
1478 | /// information about typedefs being used. Canonical types are useful for type |
1479 | /// comparisons (they allow by-pointer equality tests) and useful for reasoning |
1480 | /// about whether something has a particular form (e.g. is a function type), |
1481 | /// because they implicitly, recursively, strip all typedefs out of a type. |
1482 | /// |
1483 | /// Types, once created, are immutable. |
1484 | /// |
1485 | class alignas(8) Type : public ExtQualsTypeCommonBase { |
1486 | public: |
1487 | enum TypeClass { |
1488 | #define TYPE(Class, Base) Class, |
1489 | #define LAST_TYPE(Class) TypeLast = Class |
1490 | #define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base) |
1491 | #include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.inc" |
1492 | }; |
1493 | |
1494 | private: |
1495 | /// Bitfields required by the Type class. |
1496 | class TypeBitfields { |
1497 | friend class Type; |
1498 | template <class T> friend class TypePropertyCache; |
1499 | |
1500 | /// TypeClass bitfield - Enum that specifies what subclass this belongs to. |
1501 | unsigned TC : 8; |
1502 | |
1503 | /// Store information on the type dependency. |
1504 | unsigned Dependence : llvm::BitWidth<TypeDependence>; |
1505 | |
1506 | /// True if the cache (i.e. the bitfields here starting with |
1507 | /// 'Cache') is valid. |
1508 | mutable unsigned CacheValid : 1; |
1509 | |
1510 | /// Linkage of this type. |
1511 | mutable unsigned CachedLinkage : 3; |
1512 | |
1513 | /// Whether this type involves and local or unnamed types. |
1514 | mutable unsigned CachedLocalOrUnnamed : 1; |
1515 | |
1516 | /// Whether this type comes from an AST file. |
1517 | mutable unsigned FromAST : 1; |
1518 | |
1519 | bool isCacheValid() const { |
1520 | return CacheValid; |
1521 | } |
1522 | |
1523 | Linkage getLinkage() const { |
1524 | assert(isCacheValid() && "getting linkage from invalid cache")((void)0); |
1525 | return static_cast<Linkage>(CachedLinkage); |
1526 | } |
1527 | |
1528 | bool hasLocalOrUnnamedType() const { |
1529 | assert(isCacheValid() && "getting linkage from invalid cache")((void)0); |
1530 | return CachedLocalOrUnnamed; |
1531 | } |
1532 | }; |
1533 | enum { NumTypeBits = 8 + llvm::BitWidth<TypeDependence> + 6 }; |
1534 | |
1535 | protected: |
1536 | // These classes allow subclasses to somewhat cleanly pack bitfields |
1537 | // into Type. |
1538 | |
1539 | class ArrayTypeBitfields { |
1540 | friend class ArrayType; |
1541 | |
1542 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1543 | |
1544 | /// CVR qualifiers from declarations like |
1545 | /// 'int X[static restrict 4]'. For function parameters only. |
1546 | unsigned IndexTypeQuals : 3; |
1547 | |
1548 | /// Storage class qualifiers from declarations like |
1549 | /// 'int X[static restrict 4]'. For function parameters only. |
1550 | /// Actually an ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier. |
1551 | unsigned SizeModifier : 3; |
1552 | }; |
1553 | |
1554 | class ConstantArrayTypeBitfields { |
1555 | friend class ConstantArrayType; |
1556 | |
1557 | unsigned : NumTypeBits + 3 + 3; |
1558 | |
1559 | /// Whether we have a stored size expression. |
1560 | unsigned HasStoredSizeExpr : 1; |
1561 | }; |
1562 | |
1563 | class BuiltinTypeBitfields { |
1564 | friend class BuiltinType; |
1565 | |
1566 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1567 | |
1568 | /// The kind (BuiltinType::Kind) of builtin type this is. |
1569 | unsigned Kind : 8; |
1570 | }; |
1571 | |
1572 | /// FunctionTypeBitfields store various bits belonging to FunctionProtoType. |
1573 | /// Only common bits are stored here. Additional uncommon bits are stored |
1574 | /// in a trailing object after FunctionProtoType. |
1575 | class FunctionTypeBitfields { |
1576 | friend class FunctionProtoType; |
1577 | friend class FunctionType; |
1578 | |
1579 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1580 | |
1581 | /// Extra information which affects how the function is called, like |
1582 | /// regparm and the calling convention. |
1583 | unsigned ExtInfo : 13; |
1584 | |
1585 | /// The ref-qualifier associated with a \c FunctionProtoType. |
1586 | /// |
1587 | /// This is a value of type \c RefQualifierKind. |
1588 | unsigned RefQualifier : 2; |
1589 | |
1590 | /// Used only by FunctionProtoType, put here to pack with the |
1591 | /// other bitfields. |
1592 | /// The qualifiers are part of FunctionProtoType because... |
1593 | /// |
1594 | /// C++ 8.3.5p4: The return type, the parameter type list and the |
1595 | /// cv-qualifier-seq, [...], are part of the function type. |
1596 | unsigned FastTypeQuals : Qualifiers::FastWidth; |
1597 | /// Whether this function has extended Qualifiers. |
1598 | unsigned HasExtQuals : 1; |
1599 | |
1600 | /// The number of parameters this function has, not counting '...'. |
1601 | /// According to [implimits] 8 bits should be enough here but this is |
1602 | /// somewhat easy to exceed with metaprogramming and so we would like to |
1603 | /// keep NumParams as wide as reasonably possible. |
1604 | unsigned NumParams : 16; |
1605 | |
1606 | /// The type of exception specification this function has. |
1607 | unsigned ExceptionSpecType : 4; |
1608 | |
1609 | /// Whether this function has extended parameter information. |
1610 | unsigned HasExtParameterInfos : 1; |
1611 | |
1612 | /// Whether the function is variadic. |
1613 | unsigned Variadic : 1; |
1614 | |
1615 | /// Whether this function has a trailing return type. |
1616 | unsigned HasTrailingReturn : 1; |
1617 | }; |
1618 | |
1619 | class ObjCObjectTypeBitfields { |
1620 | friend class ObjCObjectType; |
1621 | |
1622 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1623 | |
1624 | /// The number of type arguments stored directly on this object type. |
1625 | unsigned NumTypeArgs : 7; |
1626 | |
1627 | /// The number of protocols stored directly on this object type. |
1628 | unsigned NumProtocols : 6; |
1629 | |
1630 | /// Whether this is a "kindof" type. |
1631 | unsigned IsKindOf : 1; |
1632 | }; |
1633 | |
1634 | class ReferenceTypeBitfields { |
1635 | friend class ReferenceType; |
1636 | |
1637 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1638 | |
1639 | /// True if the type was originally spelled with an lvalue sigil. |
1640 | /// This is never true of rvalue references but can also be false |
1641 | /// on lvalue references because of C++0x [dcl.typedef]p9, |
1642 | /// as follows: |
1643 | /// |
1644 | /// typedef int &ref; // lvalue, spelled lvalue |
1645 | /// typedef int &&rvref; // rvalue |
1646 | /// ref &a; // lvalue, inner ref, spelled lvalue |
1647 | /// ref &&a; // lvalue, inner ref |
1648 | /// rvref &a; // lvalue, inner ref, spelled lvalue |
1649 | /// rvref &&a; // rvalue, inner ref |
1650 | unsigned SpelledAsLValue : 1; |
1651 | |
1652 | /// True if the inner type is a reference type. This only happens |
1653 | /// in non-canonical forms. |
1654 | unsigned InnerRef : 1; |
1655 | }; |
1656 | |
1657 | class TypeWithKeywordBitfields { |
1658 | friend class TypeWithKeyword; |
1659 | |
1660 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1661 | |
1662 | /// An ElaboratedTypeKeyword. 8 bits for efficient access. |
1663 | unsigned Keyword : 8; |
1664 | }; |
1665 | |
1666 | enum { NumTypeWithKeywordBits = 8 }; |
1667 | |
1668 | class ElaboratedTypeBitfields { |
1669 | friend class ElaboratedType; |
1670 | |
1671 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1672 | unsigned : NumTypeWithKeywordBits; |
1673 | |
1674 | /// Whether the ElaboratedType has a trailing OwnedTagDecl. |
1675 | unsigned HasOwnedTagDecl : 1; |
1676 | }; |
1677 | |
1678 | class VectorTypeBitfields { |
1679 | friend class VectorType; |
1680 | friend class DependentVectorType; |
1681 | |
1682 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1683 | |
1684 | /// The kind of vector, either a generic vector type or some |
1685 | /// target-specific vector type such as for AltiVec or Neon. |
1686 | unsigned VecKind : 3; |
1687 | /// The number of elements in the vector. |
1688 | uint32_t NumElements; |
1689 | }; |
1690 | |
1691 | class AttributedTypeBitfields { |
1692 | friend class AttributedType; |
1693 | |
1694 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1695 | |
1696 | /// An AttributedType::Kind |
1697 | unsigned AttrKind : 32 - NumTypeBits; |
1698 | }; |
1699 | |
1700 | class AutoTypeBitfields { |
1701 | friend class AutoType; |
1702 | |
1703 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1704 | |
1705 | /// Was this placeholder type spelled as 'auto', 'decltype(auto)', |
1706 | /// or '__auto_type'? AutoTypeKeyword value. |
1707 | unsigned Keyword : 2; |
1708 | |
1709 | /// The number of template arguments in the type-constraints, which is |
1710 | /// expected to be able to hold at least 1024 according to [implimits]. |
1711 | /// However as this limit is somewhat easy to hit with template |
1712 | /// metaprogramming we'd prefer to keep it as large as possible. |
1713 | /// At the moment it has been left as a non-bitfield since this type |
1714 | /// safely fits in 64 bits as an unsigned, so there is no reason to |
1715 | /// introduce the performance impact of a bitfield. |
1716 | unsigned NumArgs; |
1717 | }; |
1718 | |
1719 | class SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeBitfields { |
1720 | friend class SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType; |
1721 | |
1722 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1723 | |
1724 | /// The number of template arguments in \c Arguments, which is |
1725 | /// expected to be able to hold at least 1024 according to [implimits]. |
1726 | /// However as this limit is somewhat easy to hit with template |
1727 | /// metaprogramming we'd prefer to keep it as large as possible. |
1728 | /// At the moment it has been left as a non-bitfield since this type |
1729 | /// safely fits in 64 bits as an unsigned, so there is no reason to |
1730 | /// introduce the performance impact of a bitfield. |
1731 | unsigned NumArgs; |
1732 | }; |
1733 | |
1734 | class TemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields { |
1735 | friend class TemplateSpecializationType; |
1736 | |
1737 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1738 | |
1739 | /// Whether this template specialization type is a substituted type alias. |
1740 | unsigned TypeAlias : 1; |
1741 | |
1742 | /// The number of template arguments named in this class template |
1743 | /// specialization, which is expected to be able to hold at least 1024 |
1744 | /// according to [implimits]. However, as this limit is somewhat easy to |
1745 | /// hit with template metaprogramming we'd prefer to keep it as large |
1746 | /// as possible. At the moment it has been left as a non-bitfield since |
1747 | /// this type safely fits in 64 bits as an unsigned, so there is no reason |
1748 | /// to introduce the performance impact of a bitfield. |
1749 | unsigned NumArgs; |
1750 | }; |
1751 | |
1752 | class DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields { |
1753 | friend class DependentTemplateSpecializationType; |
1754 | |
1755 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1756 | unsigned : NumTypeWithKeywordBits; |
1757 | |
1758 | /// The number of template arguments named in this class template |
1759 | /// specialization, which is expected to be able to hold at least 1024 |
1760 | /// according to [implimits]. However, as this limit is somewhat easy to |
1761 | /// hit with template metaprogramming we'd prefer to keep it as large |
1762 | /// as possible. At the moment it has been left as a non-bitfield since |
1763 | /// this type safely fits in 64 bits as an unsigned, so there is no reason |
1764 | /// to introduce the performance impact of a bitfield. |
1765 | unsigned NumArgs; |
1766 | }; |
1767 | |
1768 | class PackExpansionTypeBitfields { |
1769 | friend class PackExpansionType; |
1770 | |
1771 | unsigned : NumTypeBits; |
1772 | |
1773 | /// The number of expansions that this pack expansion will |
1774 | /// generate when substituted (+1), which is expected to be able to |
1775 | /// hold at least 1024 according to [implimits]. However, as this limit |
1776 | /// is somewhat easy to hit with template metaprogramming we'd prefer to |
1777 | /// keep it as large as possible. At the moment it has been left as a |
1778 | /// non-bitfield since this type safely fits in 64 bits as an unsigned, so |
1779 | /// there is no reason to introduce the performance impact of a bitfield. |
1780 | /// |
1781 | /// This field will only have a non-zero value when some of the parameter |
1782 | /// packs that occur within the pattern have been substituted but others |
1783 | /// have not. |
1784 | unsigned NumExpansions; |
1785 | }; |
1786 | |
1787 | union { |
1788 | TypeBitfields TypeBits; |
1789 | ArrayTypeBitfields ArrayTypeBits; |
1790 | ConstantArrayTypeBitfields ConstantArrayTypeBits; |
1791 | AttributedTypeBitfields AttributedTypeBits; |
1792 | AutoTypeBitfields AutoTypeBits; |
1793 | BuiltinTypeBitfields BuiltinTypeBits; |
1794 | FunctionTypeBitfields FunctionTypeBits; |
1795 | ObjCObjectTypeBitfields ObjCObjectTypeBits; |
1796 | ReferenceTypeBitfields ReferenceTypeBits; |
1797 | TypeWithKeywordBitfields TypeWithKeywordBits; |
1798 | ElaboratedTypeBitfields ElaboratedTypeBits; |
1799 | VectorTypeBitfields VectorTypeBits; |
1800 | SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeBitfields SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeBits; |
1801 | TemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields TemplateSpecializationTypeBits; |
1802 | DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeBitfields |
1803 | DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeBits; |
1804 | PackExpansionTypeBitfields PackExpansionTypeBits; |
1805 | }; |
1806 | |
1807 | private: |
1808 | template <class T> friend class TypePropertyCache; |
1809 | |
1810 | /// Set whether this type comes from an AST file. |
1811 | void setFromAST(bool V = true) const { |
1812 | TypeBits.FromAST = V; |
1813 | } |
1814 | |
1815 | protected: |
1816 | friend class ASTContext; |
1817 | |
1818 | Type(TypeClass tc, QualType canon, TypeDependence Dependence) |
1819 | : ExtQualsTypeCommonBase(this, |
1820 | canon.isNull() ? QualType(this_(), 0) : canon) { |
1821 | static_assert(sizeof(*this) <= 8 + sizeof(ExtQualsTypeCommonBase), |
1822 | "changing bitfields changed sizeof(Type)!"); |
1823 | static_assert(alignof(decltype(*this)) % sizeof(void *) == 0, |
1824 | "Insufficient alignment!"); |
1825 | TypeBits.TC = tc; |
1826 | TypeBits.Dependence = static_cast<unsigned>(Dependence); |
1827 | TypeBits.CacheValid = false; |
1828 | TypeBits.CachedLocalOrUnnamed = false; |
1829 | TypeBits.CachedLinkage = NoLinkage; |
1830 | TypeBits.FromAST = false; |
1831 | } |
1832 | |
1833 | // silence VC++ warning C4355: 'this' : used in base member initializer list |
1834 | Type *this_() { return this; } |
1835 | |
1836 | void setDependence(TypeDependence D) { |
1837 | TypeBits.Dependence = static_cast<unsigned>(D); |
1838 | } |
1839 | |
1840 | void addDependence(TypeDependence D) { setDependence(getDependence() | D); } |
1841 | |
1842 | public: |
1843 | friend class ASTReader; |
1844 | friend class ASTWriter; |
1845 | template <class T> friend class serialization::AbstractTypeReader; |
1846 | template <class T> friend class serialization::AbstractTypeWriter; |
1847 | |
1848 | Type(const Type &) = delete; |
1849 | Type(Type &&) = delete; |
1850 | Type &operator=(const Type &) = delete; |
1851 | Type &operator=(Type &&) = delete; |
1852 | |
1853 | TypeClass getTypeClass() const { return static_cast<TypeClass>(TypeBits.TC); } |
1854 | |
1855 | /// Whether this type comes from an AST file. |
1856 | bool isFromAST() const { return TypeBits.FromAST; } |
1857 | |
1858 | /// Whether this type is or contains an unexpanded parameter |
1859 | /// pack, used to support C++0x variadic templates. |
1860 | /// |
1861 | /// A type that contains a parameter pack shall be expanded by the |
1862 | /// ellipsis operator at some point. For example, the typedef in the |
1863 | /// following example contains an unexpanded parameter pack 'T': |
1864 | /// |
1865 | /// \code |
1866 | /// template<typename ...T> |
1867 | /// struct X { |
1868 | /// typedef T* pointer_types; // ill-formed; T is a parameter pack. |
1869 | /// }; |
1870 | /// \endcode |
1871 | /// |
1872 | /// Note that this routine does not specify which |
1873 | bool containsUnexpandedParameterPack() const { |
1874 | return getDependence() & TypeDependence::UnexpandedPack; |
1875 | } |
1876 | |
1877 | /// Determines if this type would be canonical if it had no further |
1878 | /// qualification. |
1879 | bool isCanonicalUnqualified() const { |
1880 | return CanonicalType == QualType(this, 0); |
1881 | } |
1882 | |
1883 | /// Pull a single level of sugar off of this locally-unqualified type. |
1884 | /// Users should generally prefer SplitQualType::getSingleStepDesugaredType() |
1885 | /// or QualType::getSingleStepDesugaredType(const ASTContext&). |
1886 | QualType getLocallyUnqualifiedSingleStepDesugaredType() const; |
1887 | |
1888 | /// As an extension, we classify types as one of "sized" or "sizeless"; |
1889 | /// every type is one or the other. Standard types are all sized; |
1890 | /// sizeless types are purely an extension. |
1891 | /// |
1892 | /// Sizeless types contain data with no specified size, alignment, |
1893 | /// or layout. |
1894 | bool isSizelessType() const; |
1895 | bool isSizelessBuiltinType() const; |
1896 | |
1897 | /// Determines if this is a sizeless type supported by the |
1898 | /// 'arm_sve_vector_bits' type attribute, which can be applied to a single |
1899 | /// SVE vector or predicate, excluding tuple types such as svint32x4_t. |
1900 | bool isVLSTBuiltinType() const; |
1901 | |
1902 | /// Returns the representative type for the element of an SVE builtin type. |
1903 | /// This is used to represent fixed-length SVE vectors created with the |
1904 | /// 'arm_sve_vector_bits' type attribute as VectorType. |
1905 | QualType getSveEltType(const ASTContext &Ctx) const; |
1906 | |
1907 | /// Types are partitioned into 3 broad categories (C99 6.2.5p1): |
1908 | /// object types, function types, and incomplete types. |
1909 | |
1910 | /// Return true if this is an incomplete type. |
1911 | /// A type that can describe objects, but which lacks information needed to |
1912 | /// determine its size (e.g. void, or a fwd declared struct). Clients of this |
1913 | /// routine will need to determine if the size is actually required. |
1914 | /// |
1915 | /// Def If non-null, and the type refers to some kind of declaration |
1916 | /// that can be completed (such as a C struct, C++ class, or Objective-C |
1917 | /// class), will be set to the declaration. |
1918 | bool isIncompleteType(NamedDecl **Def = nullptr) const; |
1919 | |
1920 | /// Return true if this is an incomplete or object |
1921 | /// type, in other words, not a function type. |
1922 | bool isIncompleteOrObjectType() const { |
1923 | return !isFunctionType(); |
1924 | } |
1925 | |
1926 | /// Determine whether this type is an object type. |
1927 | bool isObjectType() const { |
1928 | // C++ [basic.types]p8: |
1929 | // An object type is a (possibly cv-qualified) type that is not a |
1930 | // function type, not a reference type, and not a void type. |
1931 | return !isReferenceType() && !isFunctionType() && !isVoidType(); |
1932 | } |
1933 | |
1934 | /// Return true if this is a literal type |
1935 | /// (C++11 [basic.types]p10) |
1936 | bool isLiteralType(const ASTContext &Ctx) const; |
1937 | |
1938 | /// Determine if this type is a structural type, per C++20 [temp.param]p7. |
1939 | bool isStructuralType() const; |
1940 | |
1941 | /// Test if this type is a standard-layout type. |
1942 | /// (C++0x [basic.type]p9) |
1943 | bool isStandardLayoutType() const; |
1944 | |
1945 | /// Helper methods to distinguish type categories. All type predicates |
1946 | /// operate on the canonical type, ignoring typedefs and qualifiers. |
1947 | |
1948 | /// Returns true if the type is a builtin type. |
1949 | bool isBuiltinType() const; |
1950 | |
1951 | /// Test for a particular builtin type. |
1952 | bool isSpecificBuiltinType(unsigned K) const; |
1953 | |
1954 | /// Test for a type which does not represent an actual type-system type but |
1955 | /// is instead used as a placeholder for various convenient purposes within |
1956 | /// Clang. All such types are BuiltinTypes. |
1957 | bool isPlaceholderType() const; |
1958 | const BuiltinType *getAsPlaceholderType() const; |
1959 | |
1960 | /// Test for a specific placeholder type. |
1961 | bool isSpecificPlaceholderType(unsigned K) const; |
1962 | |
1963 | /// Test for a placeholder type other than Overload; see |
1964 | /// BuiltinType::isNonOverloadPlaceholderType. |
1965 | bool isNonOverloadPlaceholderType() const; |
1966 | |
1967 | /// isIntegerType() does *not* include complex integers (a GCC extension). |
1968 | /// isComplexIntegerType() can be used to test for complex integers. |
1969 | bool isIntegerType() const; // C99 6.2.5p17 (int, char, bool, enum) |
1970 | bool isEnumeralType() const; |
1971 | |
1972 | /// Determine whether this type is a scoped enumeration type. |
1973 | bool isScopedEnumeralType() const; |
1974 | bool isBooleanType() const; |
1975 | bool isCharType() const; |
1976 | bool isWideCharType() const; |
1977 | bool isChar8Type() const; |
1978 | bool isChar16Type() const; |
1979 | bool isChar32Type() const; |
1980 | bool isAnyCharacterType() const; |
1981 | bool isIntegralType(const ASTContext &Ctx) const; |
1982 | |
1983 | /// Determine whether this type is an integral or enumeration type. |
1984 | bool isIntegralOrEnumerationType() const; |
1985 | |
1986 | /// Determine whether this type is an integral or unscoped enumeration type. |
1987 | bool isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType() const; |
1988 | bool isUnscopedEnumerationType() const; |
1989 | |
1990 | /// Floating point categories. |
1991 | bool isRealFloatingType() const; // C99 6.2.5p10 (float, double, long double) |
1992 | /// isComplexType() does *not* include complex integers (a GCC extension). |
1993 | /// isComplexIntegerType() can be used to test for complex integers. |
1994 | bool isComplexType() const; // C99 6.2.5p11 (complex) |
1995 | bool isAnyComplexType() const; // C99 6.2.5p11 (complex) + Complex Int. |
1996 | bool isFloatingType() const; // C99 6.2.5p11 (real floating + complex) |
1997 | bool isHalfType() const; // OpenCL 6.1.1.1, NEON (IEEE 754-2008 half) |
1998 | bool isFloat16Type() const; // C11 extension ISO/IEC TS 18661 |
1999 | bool isBFloat16Type() const; |
2000 | bool isFloat128Type() const; |
2001 | bool isRealType() const; // C99 6.2.5p17 (real floating + integer) |
2002 | bool isArithmeticType() const; // C99 6.2.5p18 (integer + floating) |
2003 | bool isVoidType() const; // C99 6.2.5p19 |
2004 | bool isScalarType() const; // C99 6.2.5p21 (arithmetic + pointers) |
2005 | bool isAggregateType() const; |
2006 | bool isFundamentalType() const; |
2007 | bool isCompoundType() const; |
2008 | |
2009 | // Type Predicates: Check to see if this type is structurally the specified |
2010 | // type, ignoring typedefs and qualifiers. |
2011 | bool isFunctionType() const; |
2012 | bool isFunctionNoProtoType() const { return getAs<FunctionNoProtoType>(); } |
2013 | bool isFunctionProtoType() const { return getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); } |
2014 | bool isPointerType() const; |
2015 | bool isAnyPointerType() const; // Any C pointer or ObjC object pointer |
2016 | bool isBlockPointerType() const; |
2017 | bool isVoidPointerType() const; |
2018 | bool isReferenceType() const; |
2019 | bool isLValueReferenceType() const; |
2020 | bool isRValueReferenceType() const; |
2021 | bool isObjectPointerType() const; |
2022 | bool isFunctionPointerType() const; |
2023 | bool isFunctionReferenceType() const; |
2024 | bool isMemberPointerType() const; |
2025 | bool isMemberFunctionPointerType() const; |
2026 | bool isMemberDataPointerType() const; |
2027 | bool isArrayType() const; |
2028 | bool isConstantArrayType() const; |
2029 | bool isIncompleteArrayType() const; |
2030 | bool isVariableArrayType() const; |
2031 | bool isDependentSizedArrayType() const; |
2032 | bool isRecordType() const; |
2033 | bool isClassType() const; |
2034 | bool isStructureType() const; |
2035 | bool isObjCBoxableRecordType() const; |
2036 | bool isInterfaceType() const; |
2037 | bool isStructureOrClassType() const; |
2038 | bool isUnionType() const; |
2039 | bool isComplexIntegerType() const; // GCC _Complex integer type. |
2040 | bool isVectorType() const; // GCC vector type. |
2041 | bool isExtVectorType() const; // Extended vector type. |
2042 | bool isMatrixType() const; // Matrix type. |
2043 | bool isConstantMatrixType() const; // Constant matrix type. |
2044 | bool isDependentAddressSpaceType() const; // value-dependent address space qualifier |
2045 | bool isObjCObjectPointerType() const; // pointer to ObjC object |
2046 | bool isObjCRetainableType() const; // ObjC object or block pointer |
2047 | bool isObjCLifetimeType() const; // (array of)* retainable type |
2048 | bool isObjCIndirectLifetimeType() const; // (pointer to)* lifetime type |
2049 | bool isObjCNSObjectType() const; // __attribute__((NSObject)) |
2050 | bool isObjCIndependentClassType() const; // __attribute__((objc_independent_class)) |
2051 | // FIXME: change this to 'raw' interface type, so we can used 'interface' type |
2052 | // for the common case. |
2053 | bool isObjCObjectType() const; // NSString or typeof(*(id)0) |
2054 | bool isObjCQualifiedInterfaceType() const; // NSString<foo> |
2055 | bool isObjCQualifiedIdType() const; // id<foo> |
2056 | bool isObjCQualifiedClassType() const; // Class<foo> |
2057 | bool isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType() const; |
2058 | bool isObjCIdType() const; // id |
2059 | bool isDecltypeType() const; |
2060 | /// Was this type written with the special inert-in-ARC __unsafe_unretained |
2061 | /// qualifier? |
2062 | /// |
2063 | /// This approximates the answer to the following question: if this |
2064 | /// translation unit were compiled in ARC, would this type be qualified |
2065 | /// with __unsafe_unretained? |
2066 | bool isObjCInertUnsafeUnretainedType() const { |
2067 | return hasAttr(attr::ObjCInertUnsafeUnretained); |
2068 | } |
2069 | |
2070 | /// Whether the type is Objective-C 'id' or a __kindof type of an |
2071 | /// object type, e.g., __kindof NSView * or __kindof id |
2072 | /// <NSCopying>. |
2073 | /// |
2074 | /// \param bound Will be set to the bound on non-id subtype types, |
2075 | /// which will be (possibly specialized) Objective-C class type, or |
2076 | /// null for 'id. |
2077 | bool isObjCIdOrObjectKindOfType(const ASTContext &ctx, |
2078 | const ObjCObjectType *&bound) const; |
2079 | |
2080 | bool isObjCClassType() const; // Class |
2081 | |
2082 | /// Whether the type is Objective-C 'Class' or a __kindof type of an |
2083 | /// Class type, e.g., __kindof Class <NSCopying>. |
2084 | /// |
2085 | /// Unlike \c isObjCIdOrObjectKindOfType, there is no relevant bound |
2086 | /// here because Objective-C's type system cannot express "a class |
2087 | /// object for a subclass of NSFoo". |
2088 | bool isObjCClassOrClassKindOfType() const; |
2089 | |
2090 | bool isBlockCompatibleObjCPointerType(ASTContext &ctx) const; |
2091 | bool isObjCSelType() const; // Class |
2092 | bool isObjCBuiltinType() const; // 'id' or 'Class' |
2093 | bool isObjCARCBridgableType() const; |
2094 | bool isCARCBridgableType() const; |
2095 | bool isTemplateTypeParmType() const; // C++ template type parameter |
2096 | bool isNullPtrType() const; // C++11 std::nullptr_t |
2097 | bool isNothrowT() const; // C++ std::nothrow_t |
2098 | bool isAlignValT() const; // C++17 std::align_val_t |
2099 | bool isStdByteType() const; // C++17 std::byte |
2100 | bool isAtomicType() const; // C11 _Atomic() |
2101 | bool isUndeducedAutoType() const; // C++11 auto or |
2102 | // C++14 decltype(auto) |
2103 | bool isTypedefNameType() const; // typedef or alias template |
2104 | |
2105 | #define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) \ |
2106 | bool is##Id##Type() const; |
2107 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def" |
2108 | |
2109 | bool isImageType() const; // Any OpenCL image type |
2110 | |
2111 | bool isSamplerT() const; // OpenCL sampler_t |
2112 | bool isEventT() const; // OpenCL event_t |
2113 | bool isClkEventT() const; // OpenCL clk_event_t |
2114 | bool isQueueT() const; // OpenCL queue_t |
2115 | bool isReserveIDT() const; // OpenCL reserve_id_t |
2116 | |
2117 | #define EXT_OPAQUE_TYPE(ExtType, Id, Ext) \ |
2118 | bool is##Id##Type() const; |
2119 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def" |
2120 | // Type defined in cl_intel_device_side_avc_motion_estimation OpenCL extension |
2121 | bool isOCLIntelSubgroupAVCType() const; |
2122 | bool isOCLExtOpaqueType() const; // Any OpenCL extension type |
2123 | |
2124 | bool isPipeType() const; // OpenCL pipe type |
2125 | bool isExtIntType() const; // Extended Int Type |
2126 | bool isOpenCLSpecificType() const; // Any OpenCL specific type |
2127 | |
2128 | /// Determines if this type, which must satisfy |
2129 | /// isObjCLifetimeType(), is implicitly __unsafe_unretained rather |
2130 | /// than implicitly __strong. |
2131 | bool isObjCARCImplicitlyUnretainedType() const; |
2132 | |
2133 | /// Check if the type is the CUDA device builtin surface type. |
2134 | bool isCUDADeviceBuiltinSurfaceType() const; |
2135 | /// Check if the type is the CUDA device builtin texture type. |
2136 | bool isCUDADeviceBuiltinTextureType() const; |
2137 | |
2138 | /// Return the implicit lifetime for this type, which must not be dependent. |
2139 | Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime getObjCARCImplicitLifetime() const; |
2140 | |
2141 | enum ScalarTypeKind { |
2142 | STK_CPointer, |
2143 | STK_BlockPointer, |
2144 | STK_ObjCObjectPointer, |
2145 | STK_MemberPointer, |
2146 | STK_Bool, |
2147 | STK_Integral, |
2148 | STK_Floating, |
2149 | STK_IntegralComplex, |
2150 | STK_FloatingComplex, |
2151 | STK_FixedPoint |
2152 | }; |
2153 | |
2154 | /// Given that this is a scalar type, classify it. |
2155 | ScalarTypeKind getScalarTypeKind() const; |
2156 | |
2157 | TypeDependence getDependence() const { |
2158 | return static_cast<TypeDependence>(TypeBits.Dependence); |
2159 | } |
2160 | |
2161 | /// Whether this type is an error type. |
2162 | bool containsErrors() const { |
2163 | return getDependence() & TypeDependence::Error; |
2164 | } |
2165 | |
2166 | /// Whether this type is a dependent type, meaning that its definition |
2167 | /// somehow depends on a template parameter (C++ [temp.dep.type]). |
2168 | bool isDependentType() const { |
2169 | return getDependence() & TypeDependence::Dependent; |
2170 | } |
2171 | |
2172 | /// Determine whether this type is an instantiation-dependent type, |
2173 | /// meaning that the type involves a template parameter (even if the |
2174 | /// definition does not actually depend on the type substituted for that |
2175 | /// template parameter). |
2176 | bool isInstantiationDependentType() const { |
2177 | return getDependence() & TypeDependence::Instantiation; |
2178 | } |
2179 | |
2180 | /// Determine whether this type is an undeduced type, meaning that |
2181 | /// it somehow involves a C++11 'auto' type or similar which has not yet been |
2182 | /// deduced. |
2183 | bool isUndeducedType() const; |
2184 | |
2185 | /// Whether this type is a variably-modified type (C99 6.7.5). |
2186 | bool isVariablyModifiedType() const { |
2187 | return getDependence() & TypeDependence::VariablyModified; |
2188 | } |
2189 | |
2190 | /// Whether this type involves a variable-length array type |
2191 | /// with a definite size. |
2192 | bool hasSizedVLAType() const; |
2193 | |
2194 | /// Whether this type is or contains a local or unnamed type. |
2195 | bool hasUnnamedOrLocalType() const; |
2196 | |
2197 | bool isOverloadableType() const; |
2198 | |
2199 | /// Determine wither this type is a C++ elaborated-type-specifier. |
2200 | bool isElaboratedTypeSpecifier() const; |
2201 | |
2202 | bool canDecayToPointerType() const; |
2203 | |
2204 | /// Whether this type is represented natively as a pointer. This includes |
2205 | /// pointers, references, block pointers, and Objective-C interface, |
2206 | /// qualified id, and qualified interface types, as well as nullptr_t. |
2207 | bool hasPointerRepresentation() const; |
2208 | |
2209 | /// Whether this type can represent an objective pointer type for the |
2210 | /// purpose of GC'ability |
2211 | bool hasObjCPointerRepresentation() const; |
2212 | |
2213 | /// Determine whether this type has an integer representation |
2214 | /// of some sort, e.g., it is an integer type or a vector. |
2215 | bool hasIntegerRepresentation() const; |
2216 | |
2217 | /// Determine whether this type has an signed integer representation |
2218 | /// of some sort, e.g., it is an signed integer type or a vector. |
2219 | bool hasSignedIntegerRepresentation() const; |
2220 | |
2221 | /// Determine whether this type has an unsigned integer representation |
2222 | /// of some sort, e.g., it is an unsigned integer type or a vector. |
2223 | bool hasUnsignedIntegerRepresentation() const; |
2224 | |
2225 | /// Determine whether this type has a floating-point representation |
2226 | /// of some sort, e.g., it is a floating-point type or a vector thereof. |
2227 | bool hasFloatingRepresentation() const; |
2228 | |
2229 | // Type Checking Functions: Check to see if this type is structurally the |
2230 | // specified type, ignoring typedefs and qualifiers, and return a pointer to |
2231 | // the best type we can. |
2232 | const RecordType *getAsStructureType() const; |
2233 | /// NOTE: getAs*ArrayType are methods on ASTContext. |
2234 | const RecordType *getAsUnionType() const; |
2235 | const ComplexType *getAsComplexIntegerType() const; // GCC complex int type. |
2236 | const ObjCObjectType *getAsObjCInterfaceType() const; |
2237 | |
2238 | // The following is a convenience method that returns an ObjCObjectPointerType |
2239 | // for object declared using an interface. |
2240 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *getAsObjCInterfacePointerType() const; |
2241 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *getAsObjCQualifiedIdType() const; |
2242 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *getAsObjCQualifiedClassType() const; |
2243 | const ObjCObjectType *getAsObjCQualifiedInterfaceType() const; |
2244 | |
2245 | /// Retrieves the CXXRecordDecl that this type refers to, either |
2246 | /// because the type is a RecordType or because it is the injected-class-name |
2247 | /// type of a class template or class template partial specialization. |
2248 | CXXRecordDecl *getAsCXXRecordDecl() const; |
2249 | |
2250 | /// Retrieves the RecordDecl this type refers to. |
2251 | RecordDecl *getAsRecordDecl() const; |
2252 | |
2253 | /// Retrieves the TagDecl that this type refers to, either |
2254 | /// because the type is a TagType or because it is the injected-class-name |
2255 | /// type of a class template or class template partial specialization. |
2256 | TagDecl *getAsTagDecl() const; |
2257 | |
2258 | /// If this is a pointer or reference to a RecordType, return the |
2259 | /// CXXRecordDecl that the type refers to. |
2260 | /// |
2261 | /// If this is not a pointer or reference, or the type being pointed to does |
2262 | /// not refer to a CXXRecordDecl, returns NULL. |
2263 | const CXXRecordDecl *getPointeeCXXRecordDecl() const; |
2264 | |
2265 | /// Get the DeducedType whose type will be deduced for a variable with |
2266 | /// an initializer of this type. This looks through declarators like pointer |
2267 | /// types, but not through decltype or typedefs. |
2268 | DeducedType *getContainedDeducedType() const; |
2269 | |
2270 | /// Get the AutoType whose type will be deduced for a variable with |
2271 | /// an initializer of this type. This looks through declarators like pointer |
2272 | /// types, but not through decltype or typedefs. |
2273 | AutoType *getContainedAutoType() const { |
2274 | return dyn_cast_or_null<AutoType>(getContainedDeducedType()); |
2275 | } |
2276 | |
2277 | /// Determine whether this type was written with a leading 'auto' |
2278 | /// corresponding to a trailing return type (possibly for a nested |
2279 | /// function type within a pointer to function type or similar). |
2280 | bool hasAutoForTrailingReturnType() const; |
2281 | |
2282 | /// Member-template getAs<specific type>'. Look through sugar for |
2283 | /// an instance of \<specific type>. This scheme will eventually |
2284 | /// replace the specific getAsXXXX methods above. |
2285 | /// |
2286 | /// There are some specializations of this member template listed |
2287 | /// immediately following this class. |
2288 | template <typename T> const T *getAs() const; |
2289 | |
2290 | /// Member-template getAsAdjusted<specific type>. Look through specific kinds |
2291 | /// of sugar (parens, attributes, etc) for an instance of \<specific type>. |
2292 | /// This is used when you need to walk over sugar nodes that represent some |
2293 | /// kind of type adjustment from a type that was written as a \<specific type> |
2294 | /// to another type that is still canonically a \<specific type>. |
2295 | template <typename T> const T *getAsAdjusted() const; |
2296 | |
2297 | /// A variant of getAs<> for array types which silently discards |
2298 | /// qualifiers from the outermost type. |
2299 | const ArrayType *getAsArrayTypeUnsafe() const; |
2300 | |
2301 | /// Member-template castAs<specific type>. Look through sugar for |
2302 | /// the underlying instance of \<specific type>. |
2303 | /// |
2304 | /// This method has the same relationship to getAs<T> as cast<T> has |
2305 | /// to dyn_cast<T>; which is to say, the underlying type *must* |
2306 | /// have the intended type, and this method will never return null. |
2307 | template <typename T> const T *castAs() const; |
2308 | |
2309 | /// A variant of castAs<> for array type which silently discards |
2310 | /// qualifiers from the outermost type. |
2311 | const ArrayType *castAsArrayTypeUnsafe() const; |
2312 | |
2313 | /// Determine whether this type had the specified attribute applied to it |
2314 | /// (looking through top-level type sugar). |
2315 | bool hasAttr(attr::Kind AK) const; |
2316 | |
2317 | /// Get the base element type of this type, potentially discarding type |
2318 | /// qualifiers. This should never be used when type qualifiers |
2319 | /// are meaningful. |
2320 | const Type *getBaseElementTypeUnsafe() const; |
2321 | |
2322 | /// If this is an array type, return the element type of the array, |
2323 | /// potentially with type qualifiers missing. |
2324 | /// This should never be used when type qualifiers are meaningful. |
2325 | const Type *getArrayElementTypeNoTypeQual() const; |
2326 | |
2327 | /// If this is a pointer type, return the pointee type. |
2328 | /// If this is an array type, return the array element type. |
2329 | /// This should never be used when type qualifiers are meaningful. |
2330 | const Type *getPointeeOrArrayElementType() const; |
2331 | |
2332 | /// If this is a pointer, ObjC object pointer, or block |
2333 | /// pointer, this returns the respective pointee. |
2334 | QualType getPointeeType() const; |
2335 | |
2336 | /// Return the specified type with any "sugar" removed from the type, |
2337 | /// removing any typedefs, typeofs, etc., as well as any qualifiers. |
2338 | const Type *getUnqualifiedDesugaredType() const; |
2339 | |
2340 | /// More type predicates useful for type checking/promotion |
2341 | bool isPromotableIntegerType() const; // C99 6.3.1.1p2 |
2342 | |
2343 | /// Return true if this is an integer type that is |
2344 | /// signed, according to C99 6.2.5p4 [char, signed char, short, int, long..], |
2345 | /// or an enum decl which has a signed representation. |
2346 | bool isSignedIntegerType() const; |
2347 | |
2348 | /// Return true if this is an integer type that is |
2349 | /// unsigned, according to C99 6.2.5p6 [which returns true for _Bool], |
2350 | /// or an enum decl which has an unsigned representation. |
2351 | bool isUnsignedIntegerType() const; |
2352 | |
2353 | /// Determines whether this is an integer type that is signed or an |
2354 | /// enumeration types whose underlying type is a signed integer type. |
2355 | bool isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType() const; |
2356 | |
2357 | /// Determines whether this is an integer type that is unsigned or an |
2358 | /// enumeration types whose underlying type is a unsigned integer type. |
2359 | bool isUnsignedIntegerOrEnumerationType() const; |
2360 | |
2361 | /// Return true if this is a fixed point type according to |
2362 | /// ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169. |
2363 | bool isFixedPointType() const; |
2364 | |
2365 | /// Return true if this is a fixed point or integer type. |
2366 | bool isFixedPointOrIntegerType() const; |
2367 | |
2368 | /// Return true if this is a saturated fixed point type according to |
2369 | /// ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169. This type can be signed or unsigned. |
2370 | bool isSaturatedFixedPointType() const; |
2371 | |
2372 | /// Return true if this is a saturated fixed point type according to |
2373 | /// ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169. This type can be signed or unsigned. |
2374 | bool isUnsaturatedFixedPointType() const; |
2375 | |
2376 | /// Return true if this is a fixed point type that is signed according |
2377 | /// to ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169. This type can also be saturated. |
2378 | bool isSignedFixedPointType() const; |
2379 | |
2380 | /// Return true if this is a fixed point type that is unsigned according |
2381 | /// to ISO/IEC JTC1 SC22 WG14 N1169. This type can also be saturated. |
2382 | bool isUnsignedFixedPointType() const; |
2383 | |
2384 | /// Return true if this is not a variable sized type, |
2385 | /// according to the rules of C99 6.7.5p3. It is not legal to call this on |
2386 | /// incomplete types. |
2387 | bool isConstantSizeType() const; |
2388 | |
2389 | /// Returns true if this type can be represented by some |
2390 | /// set of type specifiers. |
2391 | bool isSpecifierType() const; |
2392 | |
2393 | /// Determine the linkage of this type. |
2394 | Linkage getLinkage() const; |
2395 | |
2396 | /// Determine the visibility of this type. |
2397 | Visibility getVisibility() const { |
2398 | return getLinkageAndVisibility().getVisibility(); |
2399 | } |
2400 | |
2401 | /// Return true if the visibility was explicitly set is the code. |
2402 | bool isVisibilityExplicit() const { |
2403 | return getLinkageAndVisibility().isVisibilityExplicit(); |
2404 | } |
2405 | |
2406 | /// Determine the linkage and visibility of this type. |
2407 | LinkageInfo getLinkageAndVisibility() const; |
2408 | |
2409 | /// True if the computed linkage is valid. Used for consistency |
2410 | /// checking. Should always return true. |
2411 | bool isLinkageValid() const; |
2412 | |
2413 | /// Determine the nullability of the given type. |
2414 | /// |
2415 | /// Note that nullability is only captured as sugar within the type |
2416 | /// system, not as part of the canonical type, so nullability will |
2417 | /// be lost by canonicalization and desugaring. |
2418 | Optional<NullabilityKind> getNullability(const ASTContext &context) const; |
2419 | |
2420 | /// Determine whether the given type can have a nullability |
2421 | /// specifier applied to it, i.e., if it is any kind of pointer type. |
2422 | /// |
2423 | /// \param ResultIfUnknown The value to return if we don't yet know whether |
2424 | /// this type can have nullability because it is dependent. |
2425 | bool canHaveNullability(bool ResultIfUnknown = true) const; |
2426 | |
2427 | /// Retrieve the set of substitutions required when accessing a member |
2428 | /// of the Objective-C receiver type that is declared in the given context. |
2429 | /// |
2430 | /// \c *this is the type of the object we're operating on, e.g., the |
2431 | /// receiver for a message send or the base of a property access, and is |
2432 | /// expected to be of some object or object pointer type. |
2433 | /// |
2434 | /// \param dc The declaration context for which we are building up a |
2435 | /// substitution mapping, which should be an Objective-C class, extension, |
2436 | /// category, or method within. |
2437 | /// |
2438 | /// \returns an array of type arguments that can be substituted for |
2439 | /// the type parameters of the given declaration context in any type described |
2440 | /// within that context, or an empty optional to indicate that no |
2441 | /// substitution is required. |
2442 | Optional<ArrayRef<QualType>> |
2443 | getObjCSubstitutions(const DeclContext *dc) const; |
2444 | |
2445 | /// Determines if this is an ObjC interface type that may accept type |
2446 | /// parameters. |
2447 | bool acceptsObjCTypeParams() const; |
2448 | |
2449 | const char *getTypeClassName() const; |
2450 | |
2451 | QualType getCanonicalTypeInternal() const { |
2452 | return CanonicalType; |
2453 | } |
2454 | |
2455 | CanQualType getCanonicalTypeUnqualified() const; // in CanonicalType.h |
2456 | void dump() const; |
2457 | void dump(llvm::raw_ostream &OS, const ASTContext &Context) const; |
2458 | }; |
2459 | |
2460 | /// This will check for a TypedefType by removing any existing sugar |
2461 | /// until it reaches a TypedefType or a non-sugared type. |
2462 | template <> const TypedefType *Type::getAs() const; |
2463 | |
2464 | /// This will check for a TemplateSpecializationType by removing any |
2465 | /// existing sugar until it reaches a TemplateSpecializationType or a |
2466 | /// non-sugared type. |
2467 | template <> const TemplateSpecializationType *Type::getAs() const; |
2468 | |
2469 | /// This will check for an AttributedType by removing any existing sugar |
2470 | /// until it reaches an AttributedType or a non-sugared type. |
2471 | template <> const AttributedType *Type::getAs() const; |
2472 | |
2473 | // We can do canonical leaf types faster, because we don't have to |
2474 | // worry about preserving child type decoration. |
2475 | #define TYPE(Class, Base) |
2476 | #define LEAF_TYPE(Class) \ |
2477 | template <> inline const Class##Type *Type::getAs() const { \ |
2478 | return dyn_cast<Class##Type>(CanonicalType); \ |
2479 | } \ |
2480 | template <> inline const Class##Type *Type::castAs() const { \ |
2481 | return cast<Class##Type>(CanonicalType); \ |
2482 | } |
2483 | #include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.inc" |
2484 | |
2485 | /// This class is used for builtin types like 'int'. Builtin |
2486 | /// types are always canonical and have a literal name field. |
2487 | class BuiltinType : public Type { |
2488 | public: |
2489 | enum Kind { |
2490 | // OpenCL image types |
2491 | #define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) Id, |
2492 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def" |
2493 | // OpenCL extension types |
2494 | #define EXT_OPAQUE_TYPE(ExtType, Id, Ext) Id, |
2495 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def" |
2496 | // SVE Types |
2497 | #define SVE_TYPE(Name, Id, SingletonId) Id, |
2498 | #include "clang/Basic/AArch64SVEACLETypes.def" |
2499 | // PPC MMA Types |
2500 | #define PPC_VECTOR_TYPE(Name, Id, Size) Id, |
2501 | #include "clang/Basic/PPCTypes.def" |
2502 | // RVV Types |
2503 | #define RVV_TYPE(Name, Id, SingletonId) Id, |
2504 | #include "clang/Basic/RISCVVTypes.def" |
2505 | // All other builtin types |
2506 | #define BUILTIN_TYPE(Id, SingletonId) Id, |
2507 | #define LAST_BUILTIN_TYPE(Id) LastKind = Id |
2508 | #include "clang/AST/BuiltinTypes.def" |
2509 | }; |
2510 | |
2511 | private: |
2512 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2513 | |
2514 | BuiltinType(Kind K) |
2515 | : Type(Builtin, QualType(), |
2516 | K == Dependent ? TypeDependence::DependentInstantiation |
2517 | : TypeDependence::None) { |
2518 | BuiltinTypeBits.Kind = K; |
2519 | } |
2520 | |
2521 | public: |
2522 | Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(BuiltinTypeBits.Kind); } |
2523 | StringRef getName(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const; |
2524 | |
2525 | const char *getNameAsCString(const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const { |
2526 | // The StringRef is null-terminated. |
2527 | StringRef str = getName(Policy); |
2528 | assert(!str.empty() && str.data()[str.size()] == '\0')((void)0); |
2529 | return str.data(); |
2530 | } |
2531 | |
2532 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
2533 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
2534 | |
2535 | bool isInteger() const { |
2536 | return getKind() >= Bool && getKind() <= Int128; |
2537 | } |
2538 | |
2539 | bool isSignedInteger() const { |
2540 | return getKind() >= Char_S && getKind() <= Int128; |
2541 | } |
2542 | |
2543 | bool isUnsignedInteger() const { |
2544 | return getKind() >= Bool && getKind() <= UInt128; |
2545 | } |
2546 | |
2547 | bool isFloatingPoint() const { |
2548 | return getKind() >= Half && getKind() <= Float128; |
2549 | } |
2550 | |
2551 | /// Determines whether the given kind corresponds to a placeholder type. |
2552 | static bool isPlaceholderTypeKind(Kind K) { |
2553 | return K >= Overload; |
2554 | } |
2555 | |
2556 | /// Determines whether this type is a placeholder type, i.e. a type |
2557 | /// which cannot appear in arbitrary positions in a fully-formed |
2558 | /// expression. |
2559 | bool isPlaceholderType() const { |
2560 | return isPlaceholderTypeKind(getKind()); |
2561 | } |
2562 | |
2563 | /// Determines whether this type is a placeholder type other than |
2564 | /// Overload. Most placeholder types require only syntactic |
2565 | /// information about their context in order to be resolved (e.g. |
2566 | /// whether it is a call expression), which means they can (and |
2567 | /// should) be resolved in an earlier "phase" of analysis. |
2568 | /// Overload expressions sometimes pick up further information |
2569 | /// from their context, like whether the context expects a |
2570 | /// specific function-pointer type, and so frequently need |
2571 | /// special treatment. |
2572 | bool isNonOverloadPlaceholderType() const { |
2573 | return getKind() > Overload; |
2574 | } |
2575 | |
2576 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Builtin; } |
2577 | }; |
2578 | |
2579 | /// Complex values, per C99 6.2.5p11. This supports the C99 complex |
2580 | /// types (_Complex float etc) as well as the GCC integer complex extensions. |
2581 | class ComplexType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
2582 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2583 | |
2584 | QualType ElementType; |
2585 | |
2586 | ComplexType(QualType Element, QualType CanonicalPtr) |
2587 | : Type(Complex, CanonicalPtr, Element->getDependence()), |
2588 | ElementType(Element) {} |
2589 | |
2590 | public: |
2591 | QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; } |
2592 | |
2593 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
2594 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
2595 | |
2596 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
2597 | Profile(ID, getElementType()); |
2598 | } |
2599 | |
2600 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Element) { |
2601 | ID.AddPointer(Element.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
2602 | } |
2603 | |
2604 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Complex; } |
2605 | }; |
2606 | |
2607 | /// Sugar for parentheses used when specifying types. |
2608 | class ParenType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
2609 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2610 | |
2611 | QualType Inner; |
2612 | |
2613 | ParenType(QualType InnerType, QualType CanonType) |
2614 | : Type(Paren, CanonType, InnerType->getDependence()), Inner(InnerType) {} |
2615 | |
2616 | public: |
2617 | QualType getInnerType() const { return Inner; } |
2618 | |
2619 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
2620 | QualType desugar() const { return getInnerType(); } |
2621 | |
2622 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
2623 | Profile(ID, getInnerType()); |
2624 | } |
2625 | |
2626 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Inner) { |
2627 | Inner.Profile(ID); |
2628 | } |
2629 | |
2630 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Paren; } |
2631 | }; |
2632 | |
2633 | /// PointerType - C99 6.7.5.1 - Pointer Declarators. |
2634 | class PointerType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
2635 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2636 | |
2637 | QualType PointeeType; |
2638 | |
2639 | PointerType(QualType Pointee, QualType CanonicalPtr) |
2640 | : Type(Pointer, CanonicalPtr, Pointee->getDependence()), |
2641 | PointeeType(Pointee) {} |
2642 | |
2643 | public: |
2644 | QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; } |
2645 | |
2646 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
2647 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
2648 | |
2649 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
2650 | Profile(ID, getPointeeType()); |
2651 | } |
2652 | |
2653 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Pointee) { |
2654 | ID.AddPointer(Pointee.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
2655 | } |
2656 | |
2657 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Pointer; } |
2658 | }; |
2659 | |
2660 | /// Represents a type which was implicitly adjusted by the semantic |
2661 | /// engine for arbitrary reasons. For example, array and function types can |
2662 | /// decay, and function types can have their calling conventions adjusted. |
2663 | class AdjustedType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
2664 | QualType OriginalTy; |
2665 | QualType AdjustedTy; |
2666 | |
2667 | protected: |
2668 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2669 | |
2670 | AdjustedType(TypeClass TC, QualType OriginalTy, QualType AdjustedTy, |
2671 | QualType CanonicalPtr) |
2672 | : Type(TC, CanonicalPtr, OriginalTy->getDependence()), |
2673 | OriginalTy(OriginalTy), AdjustedTy(AdjustedTy) {} |
2674 | |
2675 | public: |
2676 | QualType getOriginalType() const { return OriginalTy; } |
2677 | QualType getAdjustedType() const { return AdjustedTy; } |
2678 | |
2679 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
2680 | QualType desugar() const { return AdjustedTy; } |
2681 | |
2682 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
2683 | Profile(ID, OriginalTy, AdjustedTy); |
2684 | } |
2685 | |
2686 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Orig, QualType New) { |
2687 | ID.AddPointer(Orig.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
2688 | ID.AddPointer(New.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
2689 | } |
2690 | |
2691 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
2692 | return T->getTypeClass() == Adjusted || T->getTypeClass() == Decayed; |
2693 | } |
2694 | }; |
2695 | |
2696 | /// Represents a pointer type decayed from an array or function type. |
2697 | class DecayedType : public AdjustedType { |
2698 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2699 | |
2700 | inline |
2701 | DecayedType(QualType OriginalType, QualType Decayed, QualType Canonical); |
2702 | |
2703 | public: |
2704 | QualType getDecayedType() const { return getAdjustedType(); } |
2705 | |
2706 | inline QualType getPointeeType() const; |
2707 | |
2708 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Decayed; } |
2709 | }; |
2710 | |
2711 | /// Pointer to a block type. |
2712 | /// This type is to represent types syntactically represented as |
2713 | /// "void (^)(int)", etc. Pointee is required to always be a function type. |
2714 | class BlockPointerType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
2715 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2716 | |
2717 | // Block is some kind of pointer type |
2718 | QualType PointeeType; |
2719 | |
2720 | BlockPointerType(QualType Pointee, QualType CanonicalCls) |
2721 | : Type(BlockPointer, CanonicalCls, Pointee->getDependence()), |
2722 | PointeeType(Pointee) {} |
2723 | |
2724 | public: |
2725 | // Get the pointee type. Pointee is required to always be a function type. |
2726 | QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; } |
2727 | |
2728 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
2729 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
2730 | |
2731 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
2732 | Profile(ID, getPointeeType()); |
2733 | } |
2734 | |
2735 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Pointee) { |
2736 | ID.AddPointer(Pointee.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
2737 | } |
2738 | |
2739 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
2740 | return T->getTypeClass() == BlockPointer; |
2741 | } |
2742 | }; |
2743 | |
2744 | /// Base for LValueReferenceType and RValueReferenceType |
2745 | class ReferenceType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
2746 | QualType PointeeType; |
2747 | |
2748 | protected: |
2749 | ReferenceType(TypeClass tc, QualType Referencee, QualType CanonicalRef, |
2750 | bool SpelledAsLValue) |
2751 | : Type(tc, CanonicalRef, Referencee->getDependence()), |
2752 | PointeeType(Referencee) { |
2753 | ReferenceTypeBits.SpelledAsLValue = SpelledAsLValue; |
2754 | ReferenceTypeBits.InnerRef = Referencee->isReferenceType(); |
2755 | } |
2756 | |
2757 | public: |
2758 | bool isSpelledAsLValue() const { return ReferenceTypeBits.SpelledAsLValue; } |
2759 | bool isInnerRef() const { return ReferenceTypeBits.InnerRef; } |
2760 | |
2761 | QualType getPointeeTypeAsWritten() const { return PointeeType; } |
2762 | |
2763 | QualType getPointeeType() const { |
2764 | // FIXME: this might strip inner qualifiers; okay? |
2765 | const ReferenceType *T = this; |
2766 | while (T->isInnerRef()) |
2767 | T = T->PointeeType->castAs<ReferenceType>(); |
2768 | return T->PointeeType; |
2769 | } |
2770 | |
2771 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
2772 | Profile(ID, PointeeType, isSpelledAsLValue()); |
2773 | } |
2774 | |
2775 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, |
2776 | QualType Referencee, |
2777 | bool SpelledAsLValue) { |
2778 | ID.AddPointer(Referencee.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
2779 | ID.AddBoolean(SpelledAsLValue); |
2780 | } |
2781 | |
2782 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
2783 | return T->getTypeClass() == LValueReference || |
2784 | T->getTypeClass() == RValueReference; |
2785 | } |
2786 | }; |
2787 | |
2788 | /// An lvalue reference type, per C++11 [dcl.ref]. |
2789 | class LValueReferenceType : public ReferenceType { |
2790 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
2791 | |
2792 | LValueReferenceType(QualType Referencee, QualType CanonicalRef, |
2793 | bool SpelledAsLValue) |
2794 | : ReferenceType(LValueReference, Referencee, CanonicalRef, |
2795 | SpelledAsLValue) {} |
2796 | |
2797 | public: |
2798 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
2799 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
2800 | |
2801 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
2802 | return T->getTypeClass() == LValueReference; |
2803 | } |
2804 | }; |
2805 | |
2806 | /// An rvalue reference type, per C++11 [dcl.ref]. |
2807 | class RValueReferenceType : public ReferenceType { |
2808 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
2809 | |
2810 | RValueReferenceType(QualType Referencee, QualType CanonicalRef) |
2811 | : ReferenceType(RValueReference, Referencee, CanonicalRef, false) {} |
2812 | |
2813 | public: |
2814 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
2815 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
2816 | |
2817 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
2818 | return T->getTypeClass() == RValueReference; |
2819 | } |
2820 | }; |
2821 | |
2822 | /// A pointer to member type per C++ 8.3.3 - Pointers to members. |
2823 | /// |
2824 | /// This includes both pointers to data members and pointer to member functions. |
2825 | class MemberPointerType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
2826 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2827 | |
2828 | QualType PointeeType; |
2829 | |
2830 | /// The class of which the pointee is a member. Must ultimately be a |
2831 | /// RecordType, but could be a typedef or a template parameter too. |
2832 | const Type *Class; |
2833 | |
2834 | MemberPointerType(QualType Pointee, const Type *Cls, QualType CanonicalPtr) |
2835 | : Type(MemberPointer, CanonicalPtr, |
2836 | (Cls->getDependence() & ~TypeDependence::VariablyModified) | |
2837 | Pointee->getDependence()), |
2838 | PointeeType(Pointee), Class(Cls) {} |
2839 | |
2840 | public: |
2841 | QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; } |
2842 | |
2843 | /// Returns true if the member type (i.e. the pointee type) is a |
2844 | /// function type rather than a data-member type. |
2845 | bool isMemberFunctionPointer() const { |
2846 | return PointeeType->isFunctionProtoType(); |
2847 | } |
2848 | |
2849 | /// Returns true if the member type (i.e. the pointee type) is a |
2850 | /// data type rather than a function type. |
2851 | bool isMemberDataPointer() const { |
2852 | return !PointeeType->isFunctionProtoType(); |
2853 | } |
2854 | |
2855 | const Type *getClass() const { return Class; } |
2856 | CXXRecordDecl *getMostRecentCXXRecordDecl() const; |
2857 | |
2858 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
2859 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
2860 | |
2861 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
2862 | Profile(ID, getPointeeType(), getClass()); |
2863 | } |
2864 | |
2865 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Pointee, |
2866 | const Type *Class) { |
2867 | ID.AddPointer(Pointee.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
2868 | ID.AddPointer(Class); |
2869 | } |
2870 | |
2871 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
2872 | return T->getTypeClass() == MemberPointer; |
2873 | } |
2874 | }; |
2875 | |
2876 | /// Represents an array type, per C99 6.7.5.2 - Array Declarators. |
2877 | class ArrayType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
2878 | public: |
2879 | /// Capture whether this is a normal array (e.g. int X[4]) |
2880 | /// an array with a static size (e.g. int X[static 4]), or an array |
2881 | /// with a star size (e.g. int X[*]). |
2882 | /// 'static' is only allowed on function parameters. |
2883 | enum ArraySizeModifier { |
2884 | Normal, Static, Star |
2885 | }; |
2886 | |
2887 | private: |
2888 | /// The element type of the array. |
2889 | QualType ElementType; |
2890 | |
2891 | protected: |
2892 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2893 | |
2894 | ArrayType(TypeClass tc, QualType et, QualType can, ArraySizeModifier sm, |
2895 | unsigned tq, const Expr *sz = nullptr); |
2896 | |
2897 | public: |
2898 | QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; } |
2899 | |
2900 | ArraySizeModifier getSizeModifier() const { |
2901 | return ArraySizeModifier(ArrayTypeBits.SizeModifier); |
2902 | } |
2903 | |
2904 | Qualifiers getIndexTypeQualifiers() const { |
2905 | return Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()); |
2906 | } |
2907 | |
2908 | unsigned getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers() const { |
2909 | return ArrayTypeBits.IndexTypeQuals; |
2910 | } |
2911 | |
2912 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
2913 | return T->getTypeClass() == ConstantArray || |
2914 | T->getTypeClass() == VariableArray || |
2915 | T->getTypeClass() == IncompleteArray || |
2916 | T->getTypeClass() == DependentSizedArray; |
2917 | } |
2918 | }; |
2919 | |
2920 | /// Represents the canonical version of C arrays with a specified constant size. |
2921 | /// For example, the canonical type for 'int A[4 + 4*100]' is a |
2922 | /// ConstantArrayType where the element type is 'int' and the size is 404. |
2923 | class ConstantArrayType final |
2924 | : public ArrayType, |
2925 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<ConstantArrayType, const Expr *> { |
2926 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2927 | friend TrailingObjects; |
2928 | |
2929 | llvm::APInt Size; // Allows us to unique the type. |
2930 | |
2931 | ConstantArrayType(QualType et, QualType can, const llvm::APInt &size, |
2932 | const Expr *sz, ArraySizeModifier sm, unsigned tq) |
2933 | : ArrayType(ConstantArray, et, can, sm, tq, sz), Size(size) { |
2934 | ConstantArrayTypeBits.HasStoredSizeExpr = sz != nullptr; |
2935 | if (ConstantArrayTypeBits.HasStoredSizeExpr) { |
2936 | assert(!can.isNull() && "canonical constant array should not have size")((void)0); |
2937 | *getTrailingObjects<const Expr*>() = sz; |
2938 | } |
2939 | } |
2940 | |
2941 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<const Expr*>) const { |
2942 | return ConstantArrayTypeBits.HasStoredSizeExpr; |
2943 | } |
2944 | |
2945 | public: |
2946 | const llvm::APInt &getSize() const { return Size; } |
2947 | const Expr *getSizeExpr() const { |
2948 | return ConstantArrayTypeBits.HasStoredSizeExpr |
2949 | ? *getTrailingObjects<const Expr *>() |
2950 | : nullptr; |
2951 | } |
2952 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
2953 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
2954 | |
2955 | /// Determine the number of bits required to address a member of |
2956 | // an array with the given element type and number of elements. |
2957 | static unsigned getNumAddressingBits(const ASTContext &Context, |
2958 | QualType ElementType, |
2959 | const llvm::APInt &NumElements); |
2960 | |
2961 | /// Determine the maximum number of active bits that an array's size |
2962 | /// can require, which limits the maximum size of the array. |
2963 | static unsigned getMaxSizeBits(const ASTContext &Context); |
2964 | |
2965 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Ctx) { |
2966 | Profile(ID, Ctx, getElementType(), getSize(), getSizeExpr(), |
2967 | getSizeModifier(), getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()); |
2968 | } |
2969 | |
2970 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Ctx, |
2971 | QualType ET, const llvm::APInt &ArraySize, |
2972 | const Expr *SizeExpr, ArraySizeModifier SizeMod, |
2973 | unsigned TypeQuals); |
2974 | |
2975 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
2976 | return T->getTypeClass() == ConstantArray; |
2977 | } |
2978 | }; |
2979 | |
2980 | /// Represents a C array with an unspecified size. For example 'int A[]' has |
2981 | /// an IncompleteArrayType where the element type is 'int' and the size is |
2982 | /// unspecified. |
2983 | class IncompleteArrayType : public ArrayType { |
2984 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
2985 | |
2986 | IncompleteArrayType(QualType et, QualType can, |
2987 | ArraySizeModifier sm, unsigned tq) |
2988 | : ArrayType(IncompleteArray, et, can, sm, tq) {} |
2989 | |
2990 | public: |
2991 | friend class StmtIteratorBase; |
2992 | |
2993 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
2994 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
2995 | |
2996 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
2997 | return T->getTypeClass() == IncompleteArray; |
2998 | } |
2999 | |
3000 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
3001 | Profile(ID, getElementType(), getSizeModifier(), |
3002 | getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()); |
3003 | } |
3004 | |
3005 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType ET, |
3006 | ArraySizeModifier SizeMod, unsigned TypeQuals) { |
3007 | ID.AddPointer(ET.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
3008 | ID.AddInteger(SizeMod); |
3009 | ID.AddInteger(TypeQuals); |
3010 | } |
3011 | }; |
3012 | |
3013 | /// Represents a C array with a specified size that is not an |
3014 | /// integer-constant-expression. For example, 'int s[x+foo()]'. |
3015 | /// Since the size expression is an arbitrary expression, we store it as such. |
3016 | /// |
3017 | /// Note: VariableArrayType's aren't uniqued (since the expressions aren't) and |
3018 | /// should not be: two lexically equivalent variable array types could mean |
3019 | /// different things, for example, these variables do not have the same type |
3020 | /// dynamically: |
3021 | /// |
3022 | /// void foo(int x) { |
3023 | /// int Y[x]; |
3024 | /// ++x; |
3025 | /// int Z[x]; |
3026 | /// } |
3027 | class VariableArrayType : public ArrayType { |
3028 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
3029 | |
3030 | /// An assignment-expression. VLA's are only permitted within |
3031 | /// a function block. |
3032 | Stmt *SizeExpr; |
3033 | |
3034 | /// The range spanned by the left and right array brackets. |
3035 | SourceRange Brackets; |
3036 | |
3037 | VariableArrayType(QualType et, QualType can, Expr *e, |
3038 | ArraySizeModifier sm, unsigned tq, |
3039 | SourceRange brackets) |
3040 | : ArrayType(VariableArray, et, can, sm, tq, e), |
3041 | SizeExpr((Stmt*) e), Brackets(brackets) {} |
3042 | |
3043 | public: |
3044 | friend class StmtIteratorBase; |
3045 | |
3046 | Expr *getSizeExpr() const { |
3047 | // We use C-style casts instead of cast<> here because we do not wish |
3048 | // to have a dependency of Type.h on Stmt.h/Expr.h. |
3049 | return (Expr*) SizeExpr; |
3050 | } |
3051 | |
3052 | SourceRange getBracketsRange() const { return Brackets; } |
3053 | SourceLocation getLBracketLoc() const { return Brackets.getBegin(); } |
3054 | SourceLocation getRBracketLoc() const { return Brackets.getEnd(); } |
3055 | |
3056 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
3057 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
3058 | |
3059 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3060 | return T->getTypeClass() == VariableArray; |
3061 | } |
3062 | |
3063 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
3064 | llvm_unreachable("Cannot unique VariableArrayTypes.")__builtin_unreachable(); |
3065 | } |
3066 | }; |
3067 | |
3068 | /// Represents an array type in C++ whose size is a value-dependent expression. |
3069 | /// |
3070 | /// For example: |
3071 | /// \code |
3072 | /// template<typename T, int Size> |
3073 | /// class array { |
3074 | /// T data[Size]; |
3075 | /// }; |
3076 | /// \endcode |
3077 | /// |
3078 | /// For these types, we won't actually know what the array bound is |
3079 | /// until template instantiation occurs, at which point this will |
3080 | /// become either a ConstantArrayType or a VariableArrayType. |
3081 | class DependentSizedArrayType : public ArrayType { |
3082 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
3083 | |
3084 | const ASTContext &Context; |
3085 | |
3086 | /// An assignment expression that will instantiate to the |
3087 | /// size of the array. |
3088 | /// |
3089 | /// The expression itself might be null, in which case the array |
3090 | /// type will have its size deduced from an initializer. |
3091 | Stmt *SizeExpr; |
3092 | |
3093 | /// The range spanned by the left and right array brackets. |
3094 | SourceRange Brackets; |
3095 | |
3096 | DependentSizedArrayType(const ASTContext &Context, QualType et, QualType can, |
3097 | Expr *e, ArraySizeModifier sm, unsigned tq, |
3098 | SourceRange brackets); |
3099 | |
3100 | public: |
3101 | friend class StmtIteratorBase; |
3102 | |
3103 | Expr *getSizeExpr() const { |
3104 | // We use C-style casts instead of cast<> here because we do not wish |
3105 | // to have a dependency of Type.h on Stmt.h/Expr.h. |
3106 | return (Expr*) SizeExpr; |
3107 | } |
3108 | |
3109 | SourceRange getBracketsRange() const { return Brackets; } |
3110 | SourceLocation getLBracketLoc() const { return Brackets.getBegin(); } |
3111 | SourceLocation getRBracketLoc() const { return Brackets.getEnd(); } |
3112 | |
3113 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
3114 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
3115 | |
3116 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3117 | return T->getTypeClass() == DependentSizedArray; |
3118 | } |
3119 | |
3120 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
3121 | Profile(ID, Context, getElementType(), |
3122 | getSizeModifier(), getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(), getSizeExpr()); |
3123 | } |
3124 | |
3125 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, |
3126 | QualType ET, ArraySizeModifier SizeMod, |
3127 | unsigned TypeQuals, Expr *E); |
3128 | }; |
3129 | |
3130 | /// Represents an extended address space qualifier where the input address space |
3131 | /// value is dependent. Non-dependent address spaces are not represented with a |
3132 | /// special Type subclass; they are stored on an ExtQuals node as part of a QualType. |
3133 | /// |
3134 | /// For example: |
3135 | /// \code |
3136 | /// template<typename T, int AddrSpace> |
3137 | /// class AddressSpace { |
3138 | /// typedef T __attribute__((address_space(AddrSpace))) type; |
3139 | /// } |
3140 | /// \endcode |
3141 | class DependentAddressSpaceType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
3142 | friend class ASTContext; |
3143 | |
3144 | const ASTContext &Context; |
3145 | Expr *AddrSpaceExpr; |
3146 | QualType PointeeType; |
3147 | SourceLocation loc; |
3148 | |
3149 | DependentAddressSpaceType(const ASTContext &Context, QualType PointeeType, |
3150 | QualType can, Expr *AddrSpaceExpr, |
3151 | SourceLocation loc); |
3152 | |
3153 | public: |
3154 | Expr *getAddrSpaceExpr() const { return AddrSpaceExpr; } |
3155 | QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; } |
3156 | SourceLocation getAttributeLoc() const { return loc; } |
3157 | |
3158 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
3159 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
3160 | |
3161 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3162 | return T->getTypeClass() == DependentAddressSpace; |
3163 | } |
3164 | |
3165 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
3166 | Profile(ID, Context, getPointeeType(), getAddrSpaceExpr()); |
3167 | } |
3168 | |
3169 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, |
3170 | QualType PointeeType, Expr *AddrSpaceExpr); |
3171 | }; |
3172 | |
3173 | /// Represents an extended vector type where either the type or size is |
3174 | /// dependent. |
3175 | /// |
3176 | /// For example: |
3177 | /// \code |
3178 | /// template<typename T, int Size> |
3179 | /// class vector { |
3180 | /// typedef T __attribute__((ext_vector_type(Size))) type; |
3181 | /// } |
3182 | /// \endcode |
3183 | class DependentSizedExtVectorType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
3184 | friend class ASTContext; |
3185 | |
3186 | const ASTContext &Context; |
3187 | Expr *SizeExpr; |
3188 | |
3189 | /// The element type of the array. |
3190 | QualType ElementType; |
3191 | |
3192 | SourceLocation loc; |
3193 | |
3194 | DependentSizedExtVectorType(const ASTContext &Context, QualType ElementType, |
3195 | QualType can, Expr *SizeExpr, SourceLocation loc); |
3196 | |
3197 | public: |
3198 | Expr *getSizeExpr() const { return SizeExpr; } |
3199 | QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; } |
3200 | SourceLocation getAttributeLoc() const { return loc; } |
3201 | |
3202 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
3203 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
3204 | |
3205 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3206 | return T->getTypeClass() == DependentSizedExtVector; |
3207 | } |
3208 | |
3209 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
3210 | Profile(ID, Context, getElementType(), getSizeExpr()); |
3211 | } |
3212 | |
3213 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, |
3214 | QualType ElementType, Expr *SizeExpr); |
3215 | }; |
3216 | |
3217 | |
3218 | /// Represents a GCC generic vector type. This type is created using |
3219 | /// __attribute__((vector_size(n)), where "n" specifies the vector size in |
3220 | /// bytes; or from an Altivec __vector or vector declaration. |
3221 | /// Since the constructor takes the number of vector elements, the |
3222 | /// client is responsible for converting the size into the number of elements. |
3223 | class VectorType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
3224 | public: |
3225 | enum VectorKind { |
3226 | /// not a target-specific vector type |
3227 | GenericVector, |
3228 | |
3229 | /// is AltiVec vector |
3230 | AltiVecVector, |
3231 | |
3232 | /// is AltiVec 'vector Pixel' |
3233 | AltiVecPixel, |
3234 | |
3235 | /// is AltiVec 'vector bool ...' |
3236 | AltiVecBool, |
3237 | |
3238 | /// is ARM Neon vector |
3239 | NeonVector, |
3240 | |
3241 | /// is ARM Neon polynomial vector |
3242 | NeonPolyVector, |
3243 | |
3244 | /// is AArch64 SVE fixed-length data vector |
3245 | SveFixedLengthDataVector, |
3246 | |
3247 | /// is AArch64 SVE fixed-length predicate vector |
3248 | SveFixedLengthPredicateVector |
3249 | }; |
3250 | |
3251 | protected: |
3252 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
3253 | |
3254 | /// The element type of the vector. |
3255 | QualType ElementType; |
3256 | |
3257 | VectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned nElements, QualType canonType, |
3258 | VectorKind vecKind); |
3259 | |
3260 | VectorType(TypeClass tc, QualType vecType, unsigned nElements, |
3261 | QualType canonType, VectorKind vecKind); |
3262 | |
3263 | public: |
3264 | QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; } |
3265 | unsigned getNumElements() const { return VectorTypeBits.NumElements; } |
3266 | |
3267 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
3268 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
3269 | |
3270 | VectorKind getVectorKind() const { |
3271 | return VectorKind(VectorTypeBits.VecKind); |
3272 | } |
3273 | |
3274 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
3275 | Profile(ID, getElementType(), getNumElements(), |
3276 | getTypeClass(), getVectorKind()); |
3277 | } |
3278 | |
3279 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType ElementType, |
3280 | unsigned NumElements, TypeClass TypeClass, |
3281 | VectorKind VecKind) { |
3282 | ID.AddPointer(ElementType.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
3283 | ID.AddInteger(NumElements); |
3284 | ID.AddInteger(TypeClass); |
3285 | ID.AddInteger(VecKind); |
3286 | } |
3287 | |
3288 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3289 | return T->getTypeClass() == Vector || T->getTypeClass() == ExtVector; |
3290 | } |
3291 | }; |
3292 | |
3293 | /// Represents a vector type where either the type or size is dependent. |
3294 | //// |
3295 | /// For example: |
3296 | /// \code |
3297 | /// template<typename T, int Size> |
3298 | /// class vector { |
3299 | /// typedef T __attribute__((vector_size(Size))) type; |
3300 | /// } |
3301 | /// \endcode |
3302 | class DependentVectorType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
3303 | friend class ASTContext; |
3304 | |
3305 | const ASTContext &Context; |
3306 | QualType ElementType; |
3307 | Expr *SizeExpr; |
3308 | SourceLocation Loc; |
3309 | |
3310 | DependentVectorType(const ASTContext &Context, QualType ElementType, |
3311 | QualType CanonType, Expr *SizeExpr, |
3312 | SourceLocation Loc, VectorType::VectorKind vecKind); |
3313 | |
3314 | public: |
3315 | Expr *getSizeExpr() const { return SizeExpr; } |
3316 | QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; } |
3317 | SourceLocation getAttributeLoc() const { return Loc; } |
3318 | VectorType::VectorKind getVectorKind() const { |
3319 | return VectorType::VectorKind(VectorTypeBits.VecKind); |
3320 | } |
3321 | |
3322 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
3323 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
3324 | |
3325 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3326 | return T->getTypeClass() == DependentVector; |
3327 | } |
3328 | |
3329 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
3330 | Profile(ID, Context, getElementType(), getSizeExpr(), getVectorKind()); |
3331 | } |
3332 | |
3333 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, |
3334 | QualType ElementType, const Expr *SizeExpr, |
3335 | VectorType::VectorKind VecKind); |
3336 | }; |
3337 | |
3338 | /// ExtVectorType - Extended vector type. This type is created using |
3339 | /// __attribute__((ext_vector_type(n)), where "n" is the number of elements. |
3340 | /// Unlike vector_size, ext_vector_type is only allowed on typedef's. This |
3341 | /// class enables syntactic extensions, like Vector Components for accessing |
3342 | /// points (as .xyzw), colors (as .rgba), and textures (modeled after OpenGL |
3343 | /// Shading Language). |
3344 | class ExtVectorType : public VectorType { |
3345 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
3346 | |
3347 | ExtVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned nElements, QualType canonType) |
3348 | : VectorType(ExtVector, vecType, nElements, canonType, GenericVector) {} |
3349 | |
3350 | public: |
3351 | static int getPointAccessorIdx(char c) { |
3352 | switch (c) { |
3353 | default: return -1; |
3354 | case 'x': case 'r': return 0; |
3355 | case 'y': case 'g': return 1; |
3356 | case 'z': case 'b': return 2; |
3357 | case 'w': case 'a': return 3; |
3358 | } |
3359 | } |
3360 | |
3361 | static int getNumericAccessorIdx(char c) { |
3362 | switch (c) { |
3363 | default: return -1; |
3364 | case '0': return 0; |
3365 | case '1': return 1; |
3366 | case '2': return 2; |
3367 | case '3': return 3; |
3368 | case '4': return 4; |
3369 | case '5': return 5; |
3370 | case '6': return 6; |
3371 | case '7': return 7; |
3372 | case '8': return 8; |
3373 | case '9': return 9; |
3374 | case 'A': |
3375 | case 'a': return 10; |
3376 | case 'B': |
3377 | case 'b': return 11; |
3378 | case 'C': |
3379 | case 'c': return 12; |
3380 | case 'D': |
3381 | case 'd': return 13; |
3382 | case 'E': |
3383 | case 'e': return 14; |
3384 | case 'F': |
3385 | case 'f': return 15; |
3386 | } |
3387 | } |
3388 | |
3389 | static int getAccessorIdx(char c, bool isNumericAccessor) { |
3390 | if (isNumericAccessor) |
3391 | return getNumericAccessorIdx(c); |
3392 | else |
3393 | return getPointAccessorIdx(c); |
3394 | } |
3395 | |
3396 | bool isAccessorWithinNumElements(char c, bool isNumericAccessor) const { |
3397 | if (int idx = getAccessorIdx(c, isNumericAccessor)+1) |
3398 | return unsigned(idx-1) < getNumElements(); |
3399 | return false; |
3400 | } |
3401 | |
3402 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
3403 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
3404 | |
3405 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3406 | return T->getTypeClass() == ExtVector; |
3407 | } |
3408 | }; |
3409 | |
3410 | /// Represents a matrix type, as defined in the Matrix Types clang extensions. |
3411 | /// __attribute__((matrix_type(rows, columns))), where "rows" specifies |
3412 | /// number of rows and "columns" specifies the number of columns. |
3413 | class MatrixType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
3414 | protected: |
3415 | friend class ASTContext; |
3416 | |
3417 | /// The element type of the matrix. |
3418 | QualType ElementType; |
3419 | |
3420 | MatrixType(QualType ElementTy, QualType CanonElementTy); |
3421 | |
3422 | MatrixType(TypeClass TypeClass, QualType ElementTy, QualType CanonElementTy, |
3423 | const Expr *RowExpr = nullptr, const Expr *ColumnExpr = nullptr); |
3424 | |
3425 | public: |
3426 | /// Returns type of the elements being stored in the matrix |
3427 | QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; } |
3428 | |
3429 | /// Valid elements types are the following: |
3430 | /// * an integer type (as in C2x 6.2.5p19), but excluding enumerated types |
3431 | /// and _Bool |
3432 | /// * the standard floating types float or double |
3433 | /// * a half-precision floating point type, if one is supported on the target |
3434 | static bool isValidElementType(QualType T) { |
3435 | return T->isDependentType() || |
3436 | (T->isRealType() && !T->isBooleanType() && !T->isEnumeralType()); |
3437 | } |
3438 | |
3439 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
3440 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
3441 | |
3442 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3443 | return T->getTypeClass() == ConstantMatrix || |
3444 | T->getTypeClass() == DependentSizedMatrix; |
3445 | } |
3446 | }; |
3447 | |
3448 | /// Represents a concrete matrix type with constant number of rows and columns |
3449 | class ConstantMatrixType final : public MatrixType { |
3450 | protected: |
3451 | friend class ASTContext; |
3452 | |
3453 | /// The element type of the matrix. |
3454 | // FIXME: Appears to be unused? There is also MatrixType::ElementType... |
3455 | QualType ElementType; |
3456 | |
3457 | /// Number of rows and columns. |
3458 | unsigned NumRows; |
3459 | unsigned NumColumns; |
3460 | |
3461 | static constexpr unsigned MaxElementsPerDimension = (1 << 20) - 1; |
3462 | |
3463 | ConstantMatrixType(QualType MatrixElementType, unsigned NRows, |
3464 | unsigned NColumns, QualType CanonElementType); |
3465 | |
3466 | ConstantMatrixType(TypeClass typeClass, QualType MatrixType, unsigned NRows, |
3467 | unsigned NColumns, QualType CanonElementType); |
3468 | |
3469 | public: |
3470 | /// Returns the number of rows in the matrix. |
3471 | unsigned getNumRows() const { return NumRows; } |
3472 | |
3473 | /// Returns the number of columns in the matrix. |
3474 | unsigned getNumColumns() const { return NumColumns; } |
3475 | |
3476 | /// Returns the number of elements required to embed the matrix into a vector. |
3477 | unsigned getNumElementsFlattened() const { |
3478 | return getNumRows() * getNumColumns(); |
3479 | } |
3480 | |
3481 | /// Returns true if \p NumElements is a valid matrix dimension. |
3482 | static constexpr bool isDimensionValid(size_t NumElements) { |
3483 | return NumElements > 0 && NumElements <= MaxElementsPerDimension; |
3484 | } |
3485 | |
3486 | /// Returns the maximum number of elements per dimension. |
3487 | static constexpr unsigned getMaxElementsPerDimension() { |
3488 | return MaxElementsPerDimension; |
3489 | } |
3490 | |
3491 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
3492 | Profile(ID, getElementType(), getNumRows(), getNumColumns(), |
3493 | getTypeClass()); |
3494 | } |
3495 | |
3496 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType ElementType, |
3497 | unsigned NumRows, unsigned NumColumns, |
3498 | TypeClass TypeClass) { |
3499 | ID.AddPointer(ElementType.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
3500 | ID.AddInteger(NumRows); |
3501 | ID.AddInteger(NumColumns); |
3502 | ID.AddInteger(TypeClass); |
3503 | } |
3504 | |
3505 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3506 | return T->getTypeClass() == ConstantMatrix; |
3507 | } |
3508 | }; |
3509 | |
3510 | /// Represents a matrix type where the type and the number of rows and columns |
3511 | /// is dependent on a template. |
3512 | class DependentSizedMatrixType final : public MatrixType { |
3513 | friend class ASTContext; |
3514 | |
3515 | const ASTContext &Context; |
3516 | Expr *RowExpr; |
3517 | Expr *ColumnExpr; |
3518 | |
3519 | SourceLocation loc; |
3520 | |
3521 | DependentSizedMatrixType(const ASTContext &Context, QualType ElementType, |
3522 | QualType CanonicalType, Expr *RowExpr, |
3523 | Expr *ColumnExpr, SourceLocation loc); |
3524 | |
3525 | public: |
3526 | QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; } |
3527 | Expr *getRowExpr() const { return RowExpr; } |
3528 | Expr *getColumnExpr() const { return ColumnExpr; } |
3529 | SourceLocation getAttributeLoc() const { return loc; } |
3530 | |
3531 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
3532 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
3533 | |
3534 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3535 | return T->getTypeClass() == DependentSizedMatrix; |
3536 | } |
3537 | |
3538 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
3539 | Profile(ID, Context, getElementType(), getRowExpr(), getColumnExpr()); |
3540 | } |
3541 | |
3542 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, |
3543 | QualType ElementType, Expr *RowExpr, Expr *ColumnExpr); |
3544 | }; |
3545 | |
3546 | /// FunctionType - C99 6.7.5.3 - Function Declarators. This is the common base |
3547 | /// class of FunctionNoProtoType and FunctionProtoType. |
3548 | class FunctionType : public Type { |
3549 | // The type returned by the function. |
3550 | QualType ResultType; |
3551 | |
3552 | public: |
3553 | /// Interesting information about a specific parameter that can't simply |
3554 | /// be reflected in parameter's type. This is only used by FunctionProtoType |
3555 | /// but is in FunctionType to make this class available during the |
3556 | /// specification of the bases of FunctionProtoType. |
3557 | /// |
3558 | /// It makes sense to model language features this way when there's some |
3559 | /// sort of parameter-specific override (such as an attribute) that |
3560 | /// affects how the function is called. For example, the ARC ns_consumed |
3561 | /// attribute changes whether a parameter is passed at +0 (the default) |
3562 | /// or +1 (ns_consumed). This must be reflected in the function type, |
3563 | /// but isn't really a change to the parameter type. |
3564 | /// |
3565 | /// One serious disadvantage of modelling language features this way is |
3566 | /// that they generally do not work with language features that attempt |
3567 | /// to destructure types. For example, template argument deduction will |
3568 | /// not be able to match a parameter declared as |
3569 | /// T (*)(U) |
3570 | /// against an argument of type |
3571 | /// void (*)(__attribute__((ns_consumed)) id) |
3572 | /// because the substitution of T=void, U=id into the former will |
3573 | /// not produce the latter. |
3574 | class ExtParameterInfo { |
3575 | enum { |
3576 | ABIMask = 0x0F, |
3577 | IsConsumed = 0x10, |
3578 | HasPassObjSize = 0x20, |
3579 | IsNoEscape = 0x40, |
3580 | }; |
3581 | unsigned char Data = 0; |
3582 | |
3583 | public: |
3584 | ExtParameterInfo() = default; |
3585 | |
3586 | /// Return the ABI treatment of this parameter. |
3587 | ParameterABI getABI() const { return ParameterABI(Data & ABIMask); } |
3588 | ExtParameterInfo withABI(ParameterABI kind) const { |
3589 | ExtParameterInfo copy = *this; |
3590 | copy.Data = (copy.Data & ~ABIMask) | unsigned(kind); |
3591 | return copy; |
3592 | } |
3593 | |
3594 | /// Is this parameter considered "consumed" by Objective-C ARC? |
3595 | /// Consumed parameters must have retainable object type. |
3596 | bool isConsumed() const { return (Data & IsConsumed); } |
3597 | ExtParameterInfo withIsConsumed(bool consumed) const { |
3598 | ExtParameterInfo copy = *this; |
3599 | if (consumed) |
3600 | copy.Data |= IsConsumed; |
3601 | else |
3602 | copy.Data &= ~IsConsumed; |
3603 | return copy; |
3604 | } |
3605 | |
3606 | bool hasPassObjectSize() const { return Data & HasPassObjSize; } |
3607 | ExtParameterInfo withHasPassObjectSize() const { |
3608 | ExtParameterInfo Copy = *this; |
3609 | Copy.Data |= HasPassObjSize; |
3610 | return Copy; |
3611 | } |
3612 | |
3613 | bool isNoEscape() const { return Data & IsNoEscape; } |
3614 | ExtParameterInfo withIsNoEscape(bool NoEscape) const { |
3615 | ExtParameterInfo Copy = *this; |
3616 | if (NoEscape) |
3617 | Copy.Data |= IsNoEscape; |
3618 | else |
3619 | Copy.Data &= ~IsNoEscape; |
3620 | return Copy; |
3621 | } |
3622 | |
3623 | unsigned char getOpaqueValue() const { return Data; } |
3624 | static ExtParameterInfo getFromOpaqueValue(unsigned char data) { |
3625 | ExtParameterInfo result; |
3626 | result.Data = data; |
3627 | return result; |
3628 | } |
3629 | |
3630 | friend bool operator==(ExtParameterInfo lhs, ExtParameterInfo rhs) { |
3631 | return lhs.Data == rhs.Data; |
3632 | } |
3633 | |
3634 | friend bool operator!=(ExtParameterInfo lhs, ExtParameterInfo rhs) { |
3635 | return lhs.Data != rhs.Data; |
3636 | } |
3637 | }; |
3638 | |
3639 | /// A class which abstracts out some details necessary for |
3640 | /// making a call. |
3641 | /// |
3642 | /// It is not actually used directly for storing this information in |
3643 | /// a FunctionType, although FunctionType does currently use the |
3644 | /// same bit-pattern. |
3645 | /// |
3646 | // If you add a field (say Foo), other than the obvious places (both, |
3647 | // constructors, compile failures), what you need to update is |
3648 | // * Operator== |
3649 | // * getFoo |
3650 | // * withFoo |
3651 | // * functionType. Add Foo, getFoo. |
3652 | // * ASTContext::getFooType |
3653 | // * ASTContext::mergeFunctionTypes |
3654 | // * FunctionNoProtoType::Profile |
3655 | // * FunctionProtoType::Profile |
3656 | // * TypePrinter::PrintFunctionProto |
3657 | // * AST read and write |
3658 | // * Codegen |
3659 | class ExtInfo { |
3660 | friend class FunctionType; |
3661 | |
3662 | // Feel free to rearrange or add bits, but if you go over 16, you'll need to |
3663 | // adjust the Bits field below, and if you add bits, you'll need to adjust |
3664 | // Type::FunctionTypeBitfields::ExtInfo as well. |
3665 | |
3666 | // | CC |noreturn|produces|nocallersavedregs|regparm|nocfcheck|cmsenscall| |
3667 | // |0 .. 4| 5 | 6 | 7 |8 .. 10| 11 | 12 | |
3668 | // |
3669 | // regparm is either 0 (no regparm attribute) or the regparm value+1. |
3670 | enum { CallConvMask = 0x1F }; |
3671 | enum { NoReturnMask = 0x20 }; |
3672 | enum { ProducesResultMask = 0x40 }; |
3673 | enum { NoCallerSavedRegsMask = 0x80 }; |
3674 | enum { |
3675 | RegParmMask = 0x700, |
3676 | RegParmOffset = 8 |
3677 | }; |
3678 | enum { NoCfCheckMask = 0x800 }; |
3679 | enum { CmseNSCallMask = 0x1000 }; |
3680 | uint16_t Bits = CC_C; |
3681 | |
3682 | ExtInfo(unsigned Bits) : Bits(static_cast<uint16_t>(Bits)) {} |
3683 | |
3684 | public: |
3685 | // Constructor with no defaults. Use this when you know that you |
3686 | // have all the elements (when reading an AST file for example). |
3687 | ExtInfo(bool noReturn, bool hasRegParm, unsigned regParm, CallingConv cc, |
3688 | bool producesResult, bool noCallerSavedRegs, bool NoCfCheck, |
3689 | bool cmseNSCall) { |
3690 | assert((!hasRegParm || regParm < 7) && "Invalid regparm value")((void)0); |
3691 | Bits = ((unsigned)cc) | (noReturn ? NoReturnMask : 0) | |
3692 | (producesResult ? ProducesResultMask : 0) | |
3693 | (noCallerSavedRegs ? NoCallerSavedRegsMask : 0) | |
3694 | (hasRegParm ? ((regParm + 1) << RegParmOffset) : 0) | |
3695 | (NoCfCheck ? NoCfCheckMask : 0) | |
3696 | (cmseNSCall ? CmseNSCallMask : 0); |
3697 | } |
3698 | |
3699 | // Constructor with all defaults. Use when for example creating a |
3700 | // function known to use defaults. |
3701 | ExtInfo() = default; |
3702 | |
3703 | // Constructor with just the calling convention, which is an important part |
3704 | // of the canonical type. |
3705 | ExtInfo(CallingConv CC) : Bits(CC) {} |
3706 | |
3707 | bool getNoReturn() const { return Bits & NoReturnMask; } |
3708 | bool getProducesResult() const { return Bits & ProducesResultMask; } |
3709 | bool getCmseNSCall() const { return Bits & CmseNSCallMask; } |
3710 | bool getNoCallerSavedRegs() const { return Bits & NoCallerSavedRegsMask; } |
3711 | bool getNoCfCheck() const { return Bits & NoCfCheckMask; } |
3712 | bool getHasRegParm() const { return ((Bits & RegParmMask) >> RegParmOffset) != 0; } |
3713 | |
3714 | unsigned getRegParm() const { |
3715 | unsigned RegParm = (Bits & RegParmMask) >> RegParmOffset; |
3716 | if (RegParm > 0) |
3717 | --RegParm; |
3718 | return RegParm; |
3719 | } |
3720 | |
3721 | CallingConv getCC() const { return CallingConv(Bits & CallConvMask); } |
3722 | |
3723 | bool operator==(ExtInfo Other) const { |
3724 | return Bits == Other.Bits; |
3725 | } |
3726 | bool operator!=(ExtInfo Other) const { |
3727 | return Bits != Other.Bits; |
3728 | } |
3729 | |
3730 | // Note that we don't have setters. That is by design, use |
3731 | // the following with methods instead of mutating these objects. |
3732 | |
3733 | ExtInfo withNoReturn(bool noReturn) const { |
3734 | if (noReturn) |
3735 | return ExtInfo(Bits | NoReturnMask); |
3736 | else |
3737 | return ExtInfo(Bits & ~NoReturnMask); |
3738 | } |
3739 | |
3740 | ExtInfo withProducesResult(bool producesResult) const { |
3741 | if (producesResult) |
3742 | return ExtInfo(Bits | ProducesResultMask); |
3743 | else |
3744 | return ExtInfo(Bits & ~ProducesResultMask); |
3745 | } |
3746 | |
3747 | ExtInfo withCmseNSCall(bool cmseNSCall) const { |
3748 | if (cmseNSCall) |
3749 | return ExtInfo(Bits | CmseNSCallMask); |
3750 | else |
3751 | return ExtInfo(Bits & ~CmseNSCallMask); |
3752 | } |
3753 | |
3754 | ExtInfo withNoCallerSavedRegs(bool noCallerSavedRegs) const { |
3755 | if (noCallerSavedRegs) |
3756 | return ExtInfo(Bits | NoCallerSavedRegsMask); |
3757 | else |
3758 | return ExtInfo(Bits & ~NoCallerSavedRegsMask); |
3759 | } |
3760 | |
3761 | ExtInfo withNoCfCheck(bool noCfCheck) const { |
3762 | if (noCfCheck) |
3763 | return ExtInfo(Bits | NoCfCheckMask); |
3764 | else |
3765 | return ExtInfo(Bits & ~NoCfCheckMask); |
3766 | } |
3767 | |
3768 | ExtInfo withRegParm(unsigned RegParm) const { |
3769 | assert(RegParm < 7 && "Invalid regparm value")((void)0); |
3770 | return ExtInfo((Bits & ~RegParmMask) | |
3771 | ((RegParm + 1) << RegParmOffset)); |
3772 | } |
3773 | |
3774 | ExtInfo withCallingConv(CallingConv cc) const { |
3775 | return ExtInfo((Bits & ~CallConvMask) | (unsigned) cc); |
3776 | } |
3777 | |
3778 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) const { |
3779 | ID.AddInteger(Bits); |
3780 | } |
3781 | }; |
3782 | |
3783 | /// A simple holder for a QualType representing a type in an |
3784 | /// exception specification. Unfortunately needed by FunctionProtoType |
3785 | /// because TrailingObjects cannot handle repeated types. |
3786 | struct ExceptionType { QualType Type; }; |
3787 | |
3788 | /// A simple holder for various uncommon bits which do not fit in |
3789 | /// FunctionTypeBitfields. Aligned to alignof(void *) to maintain the |
3790 | /// alignment of subsequent objects in TrailingObjects. You must update |
3791 | /// hasExtraBitfields in FunctionProtoType after adding extra data here. |
3792 | struct alignas(void *) FunctionTypeExtraBitfields { |
3793 | /// The number of types in the exception specification. |
3794 | /// A whole unsigned is not needed here and according to |
3795 | /// [implimits] 8 bits would be enough here. |
3796 | unsigned NumExceptionType; |
3797 | }; |
3798 | |
3799 | protected: |
3800 | FunctionType(TypeClass tc, QualType res, QualType Canonical, |
3801 | TypeDependence Dependence, ExtInfo Info) |
3802 | : Type(tc, Canonical, Dependence), ResultType(res) { |
3803 | FunctionTypeBits.ExtInfo = Info.Bits; |
3804 | } |
3805 | |
3806 | Qualifiers getFastTypeQuals() const { |
3807 | return Qualifiers::fromFastMask(FunctionTypeBits.FastTypeQuals); |
3808 | } |
3809 | |
3810 | public: |
3811 | QualType getReturnType() const { return ResultType; } |
3812 | |
3813 | bool getHasRegParm() const { return getExtInfo().getHasRegParm(); } |
3814 | unsigned getRegParmType() const { return getExtInfo().getRegParm(); } |
3815 | |
3816 | /// Determine whether this function type includes the GNU noreturn |
3817 | /// attribute. The C++11 [[noreturn]] attribute does not affect the function |
3818 | /// type. |
3819 | bool getNoReturnAttr() const { return getExtInfo().getNoReturn(); } |
3820 | |
3821 | bool getCmseNSCallAttr() const { return getExtInfo().getCmseNSCall(); } |
3822 | CallingConv getCallConv() const { return getExtInfo().getCC(); } |
3823 | ExtInfo getExtInfo() const { return ExtInfo(FunctionTypeBits.ExtInfo); } |
3824 | |
3825 | static_assert((~Qualifiers::FastMask & Qualifiers::CVRMask) == 0, |
3826 | "Const, volatile and restrict are assumed to be a subset of " |
3827 | "the fast qualifiers."); |
3828 | |
3829 | bool isConst() const { return getFastTypeQuals().hasConst(); } |
3830 | bool isVolatile() const { return getFastTypeQuals().hasVolatile(); } |
3831 | bool isRestrict() const { return getFastTypeQuals().hasRestrict(); } |
3832 | |
3833 | /// Determine the type of an expression that calls a function of |
3834 | /// this type. |
3835 | QualType getCallResultType(const ASTContext &Context) const { |
3836 | return getReturnType().getNonLValueExprType(Context); |
3837 | } |
3838 | |
3839 | static StringRef getNameForCallConv(CallingConv CC); |
3840 | |
3841 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3842 | return T->getTypeClass() == FunctionNoProto || |
3843 | T->getTypeClass() == FunctionProto; |
3844 | } |
3845 | }; |
3846 | |
3847 | /// Represents a K&R-style 'int foo()' function, which has |
3848 | /// no information available about its arguments. |
3849 | class FunctionNoProtoType : public FunctionType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
3850 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
3851 | |
3852 | FunctionNoProtoType(QualType Result, QualType Canonical, ExtInfo Info) |
3853 | : FunctionType(FunctionNoProto, Result, Canonical, |
3854 | Result->getDependence() & |
3855 | ~(TypeDependence::DependentInstantiation | |
3856 | TypeDependence::UnexpandedPack), |
3857 | Info) {} |
3858 | |
3859 | public: |
3860 | // No additional state past what FunctionType provides. |
3861 | |
3862 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
3863 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
3864 | |
3865 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
3866 | Profile(ID, getReturnType(), getExtInfo()); |
3867 | } |
3868 | |
3869 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType ResultType, |
3870 | ExtInfo Info) { |
3871 | Info.Profile(ID); |
3872 | ID.AddPointer(ResultType.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
3873 | } |
3874 | |
3875 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
3876 | return T->getTypeClass() == FunctionNoProto; |
3877 | } |
3878 | }; |
3879 | |
3880 | /// Represents a prototype with parameter type info, e.g. |
3881 | /// 'int foo(int)' or 'int foo(void)'. 'void' is represented as having no |
3882 | /// parameters, not as having a single void parameter. Such a type can have |
3883 | /// an exception specification, but this specification is not part of the |
3884 | /// canonical type. FunctionProtoType has several trailing objects, some of |
3885 | /// which optional. For more information about the trailing objects see |
3886 | /// the first comment inside FunctionProtoType. |
3887 | class FunctionProtoType final |
3888 | : public FunctionType, |
3889 | public llvm::FoldingSetNode, |
3890 | private llvm::TrailingObjects< |
3891 | FunctionProtoType, QualType, SourceLocation, |
3892 | FunctionType::FunctionTypeExtraBitfields, FunctionType::ExceptionType, |
3893 | Expr *, FunctionDecl *, FunctionType::ExtParameterInfo, Qualifiers> { |
3894 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
3895 | friend TrailingObjects; |
3896 | |
3897 | // FunctionProtoType is followed by several trailing objects, some of |
3898 | // which optional. They are in order: |
3899 | // |
3900 | // * An array of getNumParams() QualType holding the parameter types. |
3901 | // Always present. Note that for the vast majority of FunctionProtoType, |
3902 | // these will be the only trailing objects. |
3903 | // |
3904 | // * Optionally if the function is variadic, the SourceLocation of the |
3905 | // ellipsis. |
3906 | // |
3907 | // * Optionally if some extra data is stored in FunctionTypeExtraBitfields |
3908 | // (see FunctionTypeExtraBitfields and FunctionTypeBitfields): |
3909 | // a single FunctionTypeExtraBitfields. Present if and only if |
3910 | // hasExtraBitfields() is true. |
3911 | // |
3912 | // * Optionally exactly one of: |
3913 | // * an array of getNumExceptions() ExceptionType, |
3914 | // * a single Expr *, |
3915 | // * a pair of FunctionDecl *, |
3916 | // * a single FunctionDecl * |
3917 | // used to store information about the various types of exception |
3918 | // specification. See getExceptionSpecSize for the details. |
3919 | // |
3920 | // * Optionally an array of getNumParams() ExtParameterInfo holding |
3921 | // an ExtParameterInfo for each of the parameters. Present if and |
3922 | // only if hasExtParameterInfos() is true. |
3923 | // |
3924 | // * Optionally a Qualifiers object to represent extra qualifiers that can't |
3925 | // be represented by FunctionTypeBitfields.FastTypeQuals. Present if and only |
3926 | // if hasExtQualifiers() is true. |
3927 | // |
3928 | // The optional FunctionTypeExtraBitfields has to be before the data |
3929 | // related to the exception specification since it contains the number |
3930 | // of exception types. |
3931 | // |
3932 | // We put the ExtParameterInfos last. If all were equal, it would make |
3933 | // more sense to put these before the exception specification, because |
3934 | // it's much easier to skip past them compared to the elaborate switch |
3935 | // required to skip the exception specification. However, all is not |
3936 | // equal; ExtParameterInfos are used to model very uncommon features, |
3937 | // and it's better not to burden the more common paths. |
3938 | |
3939 | public: |
3940 | /// Holds information about the various types of exception specification. |
3941 | /// ExceptionSpecInfo is not stored as such in FunctionProtoType but is |
3942 | /// used to group together the various bits of information about the |
3943 | /// exception specification. |
3944 | struct ExceptionSpecInfo { |
3945 | /// The kind of exception specification this is. |
3946 | ExceptionSpecificationType Type = EST_None; |
3947 | |
3948 | /// Explicitly-specified list of exception types. |
3949 | ArrayRef<QualType> Exceptions; |
3950 | |
3951 | /// Noexcept expression, if this is a computed noexcept specification. |
3952 | Expr *NoexceptExpr = nullptr; |
3953 | |
3954 | /// The function whose exception specification this is, for |
3955 | /// EST_Unevaluated and EST_Uninstantiated. |
3956 | FunctionDecl *SourceDecl = nullptr; |
3957 | |
3958 | /// The function template whose exception specification this is instantiated |
3959 | /// from, for EST_Uninstantiated. |
3960 | FunctionDecl *SourceTemplate = nullptr; |
3961 | |
3962 | ExceptionSpecInfo() = default; |
3963 | |
3964 | ExceptionSpecInfo(ExceptionSpecificationType EST) : Type(EST) {} |
3965 | }; |
3966 | |
3967 | /// Extra information about a function prototype. ExtProtoInfo is not |
3968 | /// stored as such in FunctionProtoType but is used to group together |
3969 | /// the various bits of extra information about a function prototype. |
3970 | struct ExtProtoInfo { |
3971 | FunctionType::ExtInfo ExtInfo; |
3972 | bool Variadic : 1; |
3973 | bool HasTrailingReturn : 1; |
3974 | Qualifiers TypeQuals; |
3975 | RefQualifierKind RefQualifier = RQ_None; |
3976 | ExceptionSpecInfo ExceptionSpec; |
3977 | const ExtParameterInfo *ExtParameterInfos = nullptr; |
3978 | SourceLocation EllipsisLoc; |
3979 | |
3980 | ExtProtoInfo() : Variadic(false), HasTrailingReturn(false) {} |
3981 | |
3982 | ExtProtoInfo(CallingConv CC) |
3983 | : ExtInfo(CC), Variadic(false), HasTrailingReturn(false) {} |
3984 | |
3985 | ExtProtoInfo withExceptionSpec(const ExceptionSpecInfo &ESI) { |
3986 | ExtProtoInfo Result(*this); |
3987 | Result.ExceptionSpec = ESI; |
3988 | return Result; |
3989 | } |
3990 | }; |
3991 | |
3992 | private: |
3993 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<QualType>) const { |
3994 | return getNumParams(); |
3995 | } |
3996 | |
3997 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<SourceLocation>) const { |
3998 | return isVariadic(); |
3999 | } |
4000 | |
4001 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<FunctionTypeExtraBitfields>) const { |
4002 | return hasExtraBitfields(); |
4003 | } |
4004 | |
4005 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<ExceptionType>) const { |
4006 | return getExceptionSpecSize().NumExceptionType; |
4007 | } |
4008 | |
4009 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<Expr *>) const { |
4010 | return getExceptionSpecSize().NumExprPtr; |
4011 | } |
4012 | |
4013 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<FunctionDecl *>) const { |
4014 | return getExceptionSpecSize().NumFunctionDeclPtr; |
4015 | } |
4016 | |
4017 | unsigned numTrailingObjects(OverloadToken<ExtParameterInfo>) const { |
4018 | return hasExtParameterInfos() ? getNumParams() : 0; |
4019 | } |
4020 | |
4021 | /// Determine whether there are any argument types that |
4022 | /// contain an unexpanded parameter pack. |
4023 | static bool containsAnyUnexpandedParameterPack(const QualType *ArgArray, |
4024 | unsigned numArgs) { |
4025 | for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < numArgs; ++Idx) |
4026 | if (ArgArray[Idx]->containsUnexpandedParameterPack()) |
4027 | return true; |
4028 | |
4029 | return false; |
4030 | } |
4031 | |
4032 | FunctionProtoType(QualType result, ArrayRef<QualType> params, |
4033 | QualType canonical, const ExtProtoInfo &epi); |
4034 | |
4035 | /// This struct is returned by getExceptionSpecSize and is used to |
4036 | /// translate an ExceptionSpecificationType to the number and kind |
4037 | /// of trailing objects related to the exception specification. |
4038 | struct ExceptionSpecSizeHolder { |
4039 | unsigned NumExceptionType; |
4040 | unsigned NumExprPtr; |
4041 | unsigned NumFunctionDeclPtr; |
4042 | }; |
4043 | |
4044 | /// Return the number and kind of trailing objects |
4045 | /// related to the exception specification. |
4046 | static ExceptionSpecSizeHolder |
4047 | getExceptionSpecSize(ExceptionSpecificationType EST, unsigned NumExceptions) { |
4048 | switch (EST) { |
4049 | case EST_None: |
4050 | case EST_DynamicNone: |
4051 | case EST_MSAny: |
4052 | case EST_BasicNoexcept: |
4053 | case EST_Unparsed: |
4054 | case EST_NoThrow: |
4055 | return {0, 0, 0}; |
4056 | |
4057 | case EST_Dynamic: |
4058 | return {NumExceptions, 0, 0}; |
4059 | |
4060 | case EST_DependentNoexcept: |
4061 | case EST_NoexceptFalse: |
4062 | case EST_NoexceptTrue: |
4063 | return {0, 1, 0}; |
4064 | |
4065 | case EST_Uninstantiated: |
4066 | return {0, 0, 2}; |
4067 | |
4068 | case EST_Unevaluated: |
4069 | return {0, 0, 1}; |
4070 | } |
4071 | llvm_unreachable("bad exception specification kind")__builtin_unreachable(); |
4072 | } |
4073 | |
4074 | /// Return the number and kind of trailing objects |
4075 | /// related to the exception specification. |
4076 | ExceptionSpecSizeHolder getExceptionSpecSize() const { |
4077 | return getExceptionSpecSize(getExceptionSpecType(), getNumExceptions()); |
4078 | } |
4079 | |
4080 | /// Whether the trailing FunctionTypeExtraBitfields is present. |
4081 | static bool hasExtraBitfields(ExceptionSpecificationType EST) { |
4082 | // If the exception spec type is EST_Dynamic then we have > 0 exception |
4083 | // types and the exact number is stored in FunctionTypeExtraBitfields. |
4084 | return EST == EST_Dynamic; |
4085 | } |
4086 | |
4087 | /// Whether the trailing FunctionTypeExtraBitfields is present. |
4088 | bool hasExtraBitfields() const { |
4089 | return hasExtraBitfields(getExceptionSpecType()); |
4090 | } |
4091 | |
4092 | bool hasExtQualifiers() const { |
4093 | return FunctionTypeBits.HasExtQuals; |
4094 | } |
4095 | |
4096 | public: |
4097 | unsigned getNumParams() const { return FunctionTypeBits.NumParams; } |
4098 | |
4099 | QualType getParamType(unsigned i) const { |
4100 | assert(i < getNumParams() && "invalid parameter index")((void)0); |
4101 | return param_type_begin()[i]; |
4102 | } |
4103 | |
4104 | ArrayRef<QualType> getParamTypes() const { |
4105 | return llvm::makeArrayRef(param_type_begin(), param_type_end()); |
4106 | } |
4107 | |
4108 | ExtProtoInfo getExtProtoInfo() const { |
4109 | ExtProtoInfo EPI; |
4110 | EPI.ExtInfo = getExtInfo(); |
4111 | EPI.Variadic = isVariadic(); |
4112 | EPI.EllipsisLoc = getEllipsisLoc(); |
4113 | EPI.HasTrailingReturn = hasTrailingReturn(); |
4114 | EPI.ExceptionSpec = getExceptionSpecInfo(); |
4115 | EPI.TypeQuals = getMethodQuals(); |
4116 | EPI.RefQualifier = getRefQualifier(); |
4117 | EPI.ExtParameterInfos = getExtParameterInfosOrNull(); |
4118 | return EPI; |
4119 | } |
4120 | |
4121 | /// Get the kind of exception specification on this function. |
4122 | ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const { |
4123 | return static_cast<ExceptionSpecificationType>( |
4124 | FunctionTypeBits.ExceptionSpecType); |
4125 | } |
4126 | |
4127 | /// Return whether this function has any kind of exception spec. |
4128 | bool hasExceptionSpec() const { return getExceptionSpecType() != EST_None; } |
4129 | |
4130 | /// Return whether this function has a dynamic (throw) exception spec. |
4131 | bool hasDynamicExceptionSpec() const { |
4132 | return isDynamicExceptionSpec(getExceptionSpecType()); |
4133 | } |
4134 | |
4135 | /// Return whether this function has a noexcept exception spec. |
4136 | bool hasNoexceptExceptionSpec() const { |
4137 | return isNoexceptExceptionSpec(getExceptionSpecType()); |
4138 | } |
4139 | |
4140 | /// Return whether this function has a dependent exception spec. |
4141 | bool hasDependentExceptionSpec() const; |
4142 | |
4143 | /// Return whether this function has an instantiation-dependent exception |
4144 | /// spec. |
4145 | bool hasInstantiationDependentExceptionSpec() const; |
4146 | |
4147 | /// Return all the available information about this type's exception spec. |
4148 | ExceptionSpecInfo getExceptionSpecInfo() const { |
4149 | ExceptionSpecInfo Result; |
4150 | Result.Type = getExceptionSpecType(); |
4151 | if (Result.Type == EST_Dynamic) { |
4152 | Result.Exceptions = exceptions(); |
4153 | } else if (isComputedNoexcept(Result.Type)) { |
4154 | Result.NoexceptExpr = getNoexceptExpr(); |
4155 | } else if (Result.Type == EST_Uninstantiated) { |
4156 | Result.SourceDecl = getExceptionSpecDecl(); |
4157 | Result.SourceTemplate = getExceptionSpecTemplate(); |
4158 | } else if (Result.Type == EST_Unevaluated) { |
4159 | Result.SourceDecl = getExceptionSpecDecl(); |
4160 | } |
4161 | return Result; |
4162 | } |
4163 | |
4164 | /// Return the number of types in the exception specification. |
4165 | unsigned getNumExceptions() const { |
4166 | return getExceptionSpecType() == EST_Dynamic |
4167 | ? getTrailingObjects<FunctionTypeExtraBitfields>() |
4168 | ->NumExceptionType |
4169 | : 0; |
4170 | } |
4171 | |
4172 | /// Return the ith exception type, where 0 <= i < getNumExceptions(). |
4173 | QualType getExceptionType(unsigned i) const { |
4174 | assert(i < getNumExceptions() && "Invalid exception number!")((void)0); |
4175 | return exception_begin()[i]; |
4176 | } |
4177 | |
4178 | /// Return the expression inside noexcept(expression), or a null pointer |
4179 | /// if there is none (because the exception spec is not of this form). |
4180 | Expr *getNoexceptExpr() const { |
4181 | if (!isComputedNoexcept(getExceptionSpecType())) |
4182 | return nullptr; |
4183 | return *getTrailingObjects<Expr *>(); |
4184 | } |
4185 | |
4186 | /// If this function type has an exception specification which hasn't |
4187 | /// been determined yet (either because it has not been evaluated or because |
4188 | /// it has not been instantiated), this is the function whose exception |
4189 | /// specification is represented by this type. |
4190 | FunctionDecl *getExceptionSpecDecl() const { |
4191 | if (getExceptionSpecType() != EST_Uninstantiated && |
4192 | getExceptionSpecType() != EST_Unevaluated) |
4193 | return nullptr; |
4194 | return getTrailingObjects<FunctionDecl *>()[0]; |
4195 | } |
4196 | |
4197 | /// If this function type has an uninstantiated exception |
4198 | /// specification, this is the function whose exception specification |
4199 | /// should be instantiated to find the exception specification for |
4200 | /// this type. |
4201 | FunctionDecl *getExceptionSpecTemplate() const { |
4202 | if (getExceptionSpecType() != EST_Uninstantiated) |
4203 | return nullptr; |
4204 | return getTrailingObjects<FunctionDecl *>()[1]; |
4205 | } |
4206 | |
4207 | /// Determine whether this function type has a non-throwing exception |
4208 | /// specification. |
4209 | CanThrowResult canThrow() const; |
4210 | |
4211 | /// Determine whether this function type has a non-throwing exception |
4212 | /// specification. If this depends on template arguments, returns |
4213 | /// \c ResultIfDependent. |
4214 | bool isNothrow(bool ResultIfDependent = false) const { |
4215 | return ResultIfDependent ? canThrow() != CT_Can : canThrow() == CT_Cannot; |
4216 | } |
4217 | |
4218 | /// Whether this function prototype is variadic. |
4219 | bool isVariadic() const { return FunctionTypeBits.Variadic; } |
4220 | |
4221 | SourceLocation getEllipsisLoc() const { |
4222 | return isVariadic() ? *getTrailingObjects<SourceLocation>() |
4223 | : SourceLocation(); |
4224 | } |
4225 | |
4226 | /// Determines whether this function prototype contains a |
4227 | /// parameter pack at the end. |
4228 | /// |
4229 | /// A function template whose last parameter is a parameter pack can be |
4230 | /// called with an arbitrary number of arguments, much like a variadic |
4231 | /// function. |
4232 | bool isTemplateVariadic() const; |
4233 | |
4234 | /// Whether this function prototype has a trailing return type. |
4235 | bool hasTrailingReturn() const { return FunctionTypeBits.HasTrailingReturn; } |
4236 | |
4237 | Qualifiers getMethodQuals() const { |
4238 | if (hasExtQualifiers()) |
4239 | return *getTrailingObjects<Qualifiers>(); |
4240 | else |
4241 | return getFastTypeQuals(); |
4242 | } |
4243 | |
4244 | /// Retrieve the ref-qualifier associated with this function type. |
4245 | RefQualifierKind getRefQualifier() const { |
4246 | return static_cast<RefQualifierKind>(FunctionTypeBits.RefQualifier); |
4247 | } |
4248 | |
4249 | using param_type_iterator = const QualType *; |
4250 | using param_type_range = llvm::iterator_range<param_type_iterator>; |
4251 | |
4252 | param_type_range param_types() const { |
4253 | return param_type_range(param_type_begin(), param_type_end()); |
4254 | } |
4255 | |
4256 | param_type_iterator param_type_begin() const { |
4257 | return getTrailingObjects<QualType>(); |
4258 | } |
4259 | |
4260 | param_type_iterator param_type_end() const { |
4261 | return param_type_begin() + getNumParams(); |
4262 | } |
4263 | |
4264 | using exception_iterator = const QualType *; |
4265 | |
4266 | ArrayRef<QualType> exceptions() const { |
4267 | return llvm::makeArrayRef(exception_begin(), exception_end()); |
4268 | } |
4269 | |
4270 | exception_iterator exception_begin() const { |
4271 | return reinterpret_cast<exception_iterator>( |
4272 | getTrailingObjects<ExceptionType>()); |
4273 | } |
4274 | |
4275 | exception_iterator exception_end() const { |
4276 | return exception_begin() + getNumExceptions(); |
4277 | } |
4278 | |
4279 | /// Is there any interesting extra information for any of the parameters |
4280 | /// of this function type? |
4281 | bool hasExtParameterInfos() const { |
4282 | return FunctionTypeBits.HasExtParameterInfos; |
4283 | } |
4284 | |
4285 | ArrayRef<ExtParameterInfo> getExtParameterInfos() const { |
4286 | assert(hasExtParameterInfos())((void)0); |
4287 | return ArrayRef<ExtParameterInfo>(getTrailingObjects<ExtParameterInfo>(), |
4288 | getNumParams()); |
4289 | } |
4290 | |
4291 | /// Return a pointer to the beginning of the array of extra parameter |
4292 | /// information, if present, or else null if none of the parameters |
4293 | /// carry it. This is equivalent to getExtProtoInfo().ExtParameterInfos. |
4294 | const ExtParameterInfo *getExtParameterInfosOrNull() const { |
4295 | if (!hasExtParameterInfos()) |
4296 | return nullptr; |
4297 | return getTrailingObjects<ExtParameterInfo>(); |
4298 | } |
4299 | |
4300 | ExtParameterInfo getExtParameterInfo(unsigned I) const { |
4301 | assert(I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range")((void)0); |
4302 | if (hasExtParameterInfos()) |
4303 | return getTrailingObjects<ExtParameterInfo>()[I]; |
4304 | return ExtParameterInfo(); |
4305 | } |
4306 | |
4307 | ParameterABI getParameterABI(unsigned I) const { |
4308 | assert(I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range")((void)0); |
4309 | if (hasExtParameterInfos()) |
4310 | return getTrailingObjects<ExtParameterInfo>()[I].getABI(); |
4311 | return ParameterABI::Ordinary; |
4312 | } |
4313 | |
4314 | bool isParamConsumed(unsigned I) const { |
4315 | assert(I < getNumParams() && "parameter index out of range")((void)0); |
4316 | if (hasExtParameterInfos()) |
4317 | return getTrailingObjects<ExtParameterInfo>()[I].isConsumed(); |
4318 | return false; |
4319 | } |
4320 | |
4321 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
4322 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
4323 | |
4324 | void printExceptionSpecification(raw_ostream &OS, |
4325 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy) const; |
4326 | |
4327 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4328 | return T->getTypeClass() == FunctionProto; |
4329 | } |
4330 | |
4331 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Ctx); |
4332 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Result, |
4333 | param_type_iterator ArgTys, unsigned NumArgs, |
4334 | const ExtProtoInfo &EPI, const ASTContext &Context, |
4335 | bool Canonical); |
4336 | }; |
4337 | |
4338 | /// Represents the dependent type named by a dependently-scoped |
4339 | /// typename using declaration, e.g. |
4340 | /// using typename Base<T>::foo; |
4341 | /// |
4342 | /// Template instantiation turns these into the underlying type. |
4343 | class UnresolvedUsingType : public Type { |
4344 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
4345 | |
4346 | UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *Decl; |
4347 | |
4348 | UnresolvedUsingType(const UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *D) |
4349 | : Type(UnresolvedUsing, QualType(), |
4350 | TypeDependence::DependentInstantiation), |
4351 | Decl(const_cast<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *>(D)) {} |
4352 | |
4353 | public: |
4354 | UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *getDecl() const { return Decl; } |
4355 | |
4356 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
4357 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
4358 | |
4359 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4360 | return T->getTypeClass() == UnresolvedUsing; |
4361 | } |
4362 | |
4363 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
4364 | return Profile(ID, Decl); |
4365 | } |
4366 | |
4367 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, |
4368 | UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *D) { |
4369 | ID.AddPointer(D); |
4370 | } |
4371 | }; |
4372 | |
4373 | class TypedefType : public Type { |
4374 | TypedefNameDecl *Decl; |
4375 | |
4376 | private: |
4377 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
4378 | |
4379 | TypedefType(TypeClass tc, const TypedefNameDecl *D, QualType underlying, |
4380 | QualType can); |
4381 | |
4382 | public: |
4383 | TypedefNameDecl *getDecl() const { return Decl; } |
4384 | |
4385 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
4386 | QualType desugar() const; |
4387 | |
4388 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Typedef; } |
4389 | }; |
4390 | |
4391 | /// Sugar type that represents a type that was qualified by a qualifier written |
4392 | /// as a macro invocation. |
4393 | class MacroQualifiedType : public Type { |
4394 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
4395 | |
4396 | QualType UnderlyingTy; |
4397 | const IdentifierInfo *MacroII; |
4398 | |
4399 | MacroQualifiedType(QualType UnderlyingTy, QualType CanonTy, |
4400 | const IdentifierInfo *MacroII) |
4401 | : Type(MacroQualified, CanonTy, UnderlyingTy->getDependence()), |
4402 | UnderlyingTy(UnderlyingTy), MacroII(MacroII) { |
4403 | assert(isa<AttributedType>(UnderlyingTy) &&((void)0) |
4404 | "Expected a macro qualified type to only wrap attributed types.")((void)0); |
4405 | } |
4406 | |
4407 | public: |
4408 | const IdentifierInfo *getMacroIdentifier() const { return MacroII; } |
4409 | QualType getUnderlyingType() const { return UnderlyingTy; } |
4410 | |
4411 | /// Return this attributed type's modified type with no qualifiers attached to |
4412 | /// it. |
4413 | QualType getModifiedType() const; |
4414 | |
4415 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
4416 | QualType desugar() const; |
4417 | |
4418 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4419 | return T->getTypeClass() == MacroQualified; |
4420 | } |
4421 | }; |
4422 | |
4423 | /// Represents a `typeof` (or __typeof__) expression (a GCC extension). |
4424 | class TypeOfExprType : public Type { |
4425 | Expr *TOExpr; |
4426 | |
4427 | protected: |
4428 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
4429 | |
4430 | TypeOfExprType(Expr *E, QualType can = QualType()); |
4431 | |
4432 | public: |
4433 | Expr *getUnderlyingExpr() const { return TOExpr; } |
4434 | |
4435 | /// Remove a single level of sugar. |
4436 | QualType desugar() const; |
4437 | |
4438 | /// Returns whether this type directly provides sugar. |
4439 | bool isSugared() const; |
4440 | |
4441 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == TypeOfExpr; } |
4442 | }; |
4443 | |
4444 | /// Internal representation of canonical, dependent |
4445 | /// `typeof(expr)` types. |
4446 | /// |
4447 | /// This class is used internally by the ASTContext to manage |
4448 | /// canonical, dependent types, only. Clients will only see instances |
4449 | /// of this class via TypeOfExprType nodes. |
4450 | class DependentTypeOfExprType |
4451 | : public TypeOfExprType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
4452 | const ASTContext &Context; |
4453 | |
4454 | public: |
4455 | DependentTypeOfExprType(const ASTContext &Context, Expr *E) |
4456 | : TypeOfExprType(E), Context(Context) {} |
4457 | |
4458 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
4459 | Profile(ID, Context, getUnderlyingExpr()); |
4460 | } |
4461 | |
4462 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, |
4463 | Expr *E); |
4464 | }; |
4465 | |
4466 | /// Represents `typeof(type)`, a GCC extension. |
4467 | class TypeOfType : public Type { |
4468 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
4469 | |
4470 | QualType TOType; |
4471 | |
4472 | TypeOfType(QualType T, QualType can) |
4473 | : Type(TypeOf, can, T->getDependence()), TOType(T) { |
4474 | assert(!isa<TypedefType>(can) && "Invalid canonical type")((void)0); |
4475 | } |
4476 | |
4477 | public: |
4478 | QualType getUnderlyingType() const { return TOType; } |
4479 | |
4480 | /// Remove a single level of sugar. |
4481 | QualType desugar() const { return getUnderlyingType(); } |
4482 | |
4483 | /// Returns whether this type directly provides sugar. |
4484 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
4485 | |
4486 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == TypeOf; } |
4487 | }; |
4488 | |
4489 | /// Represents the type `decltype(expr)` (C++11). |
4490 | class DecltypeType : public Type { |
4491 | Expr *E; |
4492 | QualType UnderlyingType; |
4493 | |
4494 | protected: |
4495 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
4496 | |
4497 | DecltypeType(Expr *E, QualType underlyingType, QualType can = QualType()); |
4498 | |
4499 | public: |
4500 | Expr *getUnderlyingExpr() const { return E; } |
4501 | QualType getUnderlyingType() const { return UnderlyingType; } |
4502 | |
4503 | /// Remove a single level of sugar. |
4504 | QualType desugar() const; |
4505 | |
4506 | /// Returns whether this type directly provides sugar. |
4507 | bool isSugared() const; |
4508 | |
4509 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Decltype; } |
4510 | }; |
4511 | |
4512 | /// Internal representation of canonical, dependent |
4513 | /// decltype(expr) types. |
4514 | /// |
4515 | /// This class is used internally by the ASTContext to manage |
4516 | /// canonical, dependent types, only. Clients will only see instances |
4517 | /// of this class via DecltypeType nodes. |
4518 | class DependentDecltypeType : public DecltypeType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
4519 | const ASTContext &Context; |
4520 | |
4521 | public: |
4522 | DependentDecltypeType(const ASTContext &Context, Expr *E); |
4523 | |
4524 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
4525 | Profile(ID, Context, getUnderlyingExpr()); |
4526 | } |
4527 | |
4528 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, |
4529 | Expr *E); |
4530 | }; |
4531 | |
4532 | /// A unary type transform, which is a type constructed from another. |
4533 | class UnaryTransformType : public Type { |
4534 | public: |
4535 | enum UTTKind { |
4536 | EnumUnderlyingType |
4537 | }; |
4538 | |
4539 | private: |
4540 | /// The untransformed type. |
4541 | QualType BaseType; |
4542 | |
4543 | /// The transformed type if not dependent, otherwise the same as BaseType. |
4544 | QualType UnderlyingType; |
4545 | |
4546 | UTTKind UKind; |
4547 | |
4548 | protected: |
4549 | friend class ASTContext; |
4550 | |
4551 | UnaryTransformType(QualType BaseTy, QualType UnderlyingTy, UTTKind UKind, |
4552 | QualType CanonicalTy); |
4553 | |
4554 | public: |
4555 | bool isSugared() const { return !isDependentType(); } |
4556 | QualType desugar() const { return UnderlyingType; } |
4557 | |
4558 | QualType getUnderlyingType() const { return UnderlyingType; } |
4559 | QualType getBaseType() const { return BaseType; } |
4560 | |
4561 | UTTKind getUTTKind() const { return UKind; } |
4562 | |
4563 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4564 | return T->getTypeClass() == UnaryTransform; |
4565 | } |
4566 | }; |
4567 | |
4568 | /// Internal representation of canonical, dependent |
4569 | /// __underlying_type(type) types. |
4570 | /// |
4571 | /// This class is used internally by the ASTContext to manage |
4572 | /// canonical, dependent types, only. Clients will only see instances |
4573 | /// of this class via UnaryTransformType nodes. |
4574 | class DependentUnaryTransformType : public UnaryTransformType, |
4575 | public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
4576 | public: |
4577 | DependentUnaryTransformType(const ASTContext &C, QualType BaseType, |
4578 | UTTKind UKind); |
4579 | |
4580 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
4581 | Profile(ID, getBaseType(), getUTTKind()); |
4582 | } |
4583 | |
4584 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType BaseType, |
4585 | UTTKind UKind) { |
4586 | ID.AddPointer(BaseType.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
4587 | ID.AddInteger((unsigned)UKind); |
4588 | } |
4589 | }; |
4590 | |
4591 | class TagType : public Type { |
4592 | friend class ASTReader; |
4593 | template <class T> friend class serialization::AbstractTypeReader; |
4594 | |
4595 | /// Stores the TagDecl associated with this type. The decl may point to any |
4596 | /// TagDecl that declares the entity. |
4597 | TagDecl *decl; |
4598 | |
4599 | protected: |
4600 | TagType(TypeClass TC, const TagDecl *D, QualType can); |
4601 | |
4602 | public: |
4603 | TagDecl *getDecl() const; |
4604 | |
4605 | /// Determines whether this type is in the process of being defined. |
4606 | bool isBeingDefined() const; |
4607 | |
4608 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4609 | return T->getTypeClass() == Enum || T->getTypeClass() == Record; |
4610 | } |
4611 | }; |
4612 | |
4613 | /// A helper class that allows the use of isa/cast/dyncast |
4614 | /// to detect TagType objects of structs/unions/classes. |
4615 | class RecordType : public TagType { |
4616 | protected: |
4617 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
4618 | |
4619 | explicit RecordType(const RecordDecl *D) |
4620 | : TagType(Record, reinterpret_cast<const TagDecl*>(D), QualType()) {} |
4621 | explicit RecordType(TypeClass TC, RecordDecl *D) |
4622 | : TagType(TC, reinterpret_cast<const TagDecl*>(D), QualType()) {} |
4623 | |
4624 | public: |
4625 | RecordDecl *getDecl() const { |
4626 | return reinterpret_cast<RecordDecl*>(TagType::getDecl()); |
4627 | } |
4628 | |
4629 | /// Recursively check all fields in the record for const-ness. If any field |
4630 | /// is declared const, return true. Otherwise, return false. |
4631 | bool hasConstFields() const; |
4632 | |
4633 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
4634 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
4635 | |
4636 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Record; } |
4637 | }; |
4638 | |
4639 | /// A helper class that allows the use of isa/cast/dyncast |
4640 | /// to detect TagType objects of enums. |
4641 | class EnumType : public TagType { |
4642 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
4643 | |
4644 | explicit EnumType(const EnumDecl *D) |
4645 | : TagType(Enum, reinterpret_cast<const TagDecl*>(D), QualType()) {} |
4646 | |
4647 | public: |
4648 | EnumDecl *getDecl() const { |
4649 | return reinterpret_cast<EnumDecl*>(TagType::getDecl()); |
4650 | } |
4651 | |
4652 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
4653 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
4654 | |
4655 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Enum; } |
4656 | }; |
4657 | |
4658 | /// An attributed type is a type to which a type attribute has been applied. |
4659 | /// |
4660 | /// The "modified type" is the fully-sugared type to which the attributed |
4661 | /// type was applied; generally it is not canonically equivalent to the |
4662 | /// attributed type. The "equivalent type" is the minimally-desugared type |
4663 | /// which the type is canonically equivalent to. |
4664 | /// |
4665 | /// For example, in the following attributed type: |
4666 | /// int32_t __attribute__((vector_size(16))) |
4667 | /// - the modified type is the TypedefType for int32_t |
4668 | /// - the equivalent type is VectorType(16, int32_t) |
4669 | /// - the canonical type is VectorType(16, int) |
4670 | class AttributedType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
4671 | public: |
4672 | using Kind = attr::Kind; |
4673 | |
4674 | private: |
4675 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
4676 | |
4677 | QualType ModifiedType; |
4678 | QualType EquivalentType; |
4679 | |
4680 | AttributedType(QualType canon, attr::Kind attrKind, QualType modified, |
4681 | QualType equivalent) |
4682 | : Type(Attributed, canon, equivalent->getDependence()), |
4683 | ModifiedType(modified), EquivalentType(equivalent) { |
4684 | AttributedTypeBits.AttrKind = attrKind; |
4685 | } |
4686 | |
4687 | public: |
4688 | Kind getAttrKind() const { |
4689 | return static_cast<Kind>(AttributedTypeBits.AttrKind); |
4690 | } |
4691 | |
4692 | QualType getModifiedType() const { return ModifiedType; } |
4693 | QualType getEquivalentType() const { return EquivalentType; } |
4694 | |
4695 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
4696 | QualType desugar() const { return getEquivalentType(); } |
4697 | |
4698 | /// Does this attribute behave like a type qualifier? |
4699 | /// |
4700 | /// A type qualifier adjusts a type to provide specialized rules for |
4701 | /// a specific object, like the standard const and volatile qualifiers. |
4702 | /// This includes attributes controlling things like nullability, |
4703 | /// address spaces, and ARC ownership. The value of the object is still |
4704 | /// largely described by the modified type. |
4705 | /// |
4706 | /// In contrast, many type attributes "rewrite" their modified type to |
4707 | /// produce a fundamentally different type, not necessarily related in any |
4708 | /// formalizable way to the original type. For example, calling convention |
4709 | /// and vector attributes are not simple type qualifiers. |
4710 | /// |
4711 | /// Type qualifiers are often, but not always, reflected in the canonical |
4712 | /// type. |
4713 | bool isQualifier() const; |
4714 | |
4715 | bool isMSTypeSpec() const; |
4716 | |
4717 | bool isCallingConv() const; |
4718 | |
4719 | llvm::Optional<NullabilityKind> getImmediateNullability() const; |
4720 | |
4721 | /// Retrieve the attribute kind corresponding to the given |
4722 | /// nullability kind. |
4723 | static Kind getNullabilityAttrKind(NullabilityKind kind) { |
4724 | switch (kind) { |
4725 | case NullabilityKind::NonNull: |
4726 | return attr::TypeNonNull; |
4727 | |
4728 | case NullabilityKind::Nullable: |
4729 | return attr::TypeNullable; |
4730 | |
4731 | case NullabilityKind::NullableResult: |
4732 | return attr::TypeNullableResult; |
4733 | |
4734 | case NullabilityKind::Unspecified: |
4735 | return attr::TypeNullUnspecified; |
4736 | } |
4737 | llvm_unreachable("Unknown nullability kind.")__builtin_unreachable(); |
4738 | } |
4739 | |
4740 | /// Strip off the top-level nullability annotation on the given |
4741 | /// type, if it's there. |
4742 | /// |
4743 | /// \param T The type to strip. If the type is exactly an |
4744 | /// AttributedType specifying nullability (without looking through |
4745 | /// type sugar), the nullability is returned and this type changed |
4746 | /// to the underlying modified type. |
4747 | /// |
4748 | /// \returns the top-level nullability, if present. |
4749 | static Optional<NullabilityKind> stripOuterNullability(QualType &T); |
4750 | |
4751 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
4752 | Profile(ID, getAttrKind(), ModifiedType, EquivalentType); |
4753 | } |
4754 | |
4755 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, Kind attrKind, |
4756 | QualType modified, QualType equivalent) { |
4757 | ID.AddInteger(attrKind); |
4758 | ID.AddPointer(modified.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
4759 | ID.AddPointer(equivalent.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
4760 | } |
4761 | |
4762 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4763 | return T->getTypeClass() == Attributed; |
4764 | } |
4765 | }; |
4766 | |
4767 | class TemplateTypeParmType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
4768 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
4769 | |
4770 | // Helper data collector for canonical types. |
4771 | struct CanonicalTTPTInfo { |
4772 | unsigned Depth : 15; |
4773 | unsigned ParameterPack : 1; |
4774 | unsigned Index : 16; |
4775 | }; |
4776 | |
4777 | union { |
4778 | // Info for the canonical type. |
4779 | CanonicalTTPTInfo CanTTPTInfo; |
4780 | |
4781 | // Info for the non-canonical type. |
4782 | TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPDecl; |
4783 | }; |
4784 | |
4785 | /// Build a non-canonical type. |
4786 | TemplateTypeParmType(TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPDecl, QualType Canon) |
4787 | : Type(TemplateTypeParm, Canon, |
4788 | TypeDependence::DependentInstantiation | |
4789 | (Canon->getDependence() & TypeDependence::UnexpandedPack)), |
4790 | TTPDecl(TTPDecl) {} |
4791 | |
4792 | /// Build the canonical type. |
4793 | TemplateTypeParmType(unsigned D, unsigned I, bool PP) |
4794 | : Type(TemplateTypeParm, QualType(this, 0), |
4795 | TypeDependence::DependentInstantiation | |
4796 | (PP ? TypeDependence::UnexpandedPack : TypeDependence::None)) { |
4797 | CanTTPTInfo.Depth = D; |
4798 | CanTTPTInfo.Index = I; |
4799 | CanTTPTInfo.ParameterPack = PP; |
4800 | } |
4801 | |
4802 | const CanonicalTTPTInfo& getCanTTPTInfo() const { |
4803 | QualType Can = getCanonicalTypeInternal(); |
4804 | return Can->castAs<TemplateTypeParmType>()->CanTTPTInfo; |
4805 | } |
4806 | |
4807 | public: |
4808 | unsigned getDepth() const { return getCanTTPTInfo().Depth; } |
4809 | unsigned getIndex() const { return getCanTTPTInfo().Index; } |
4810 | bool isParameterPack() const { return getCanTTPTInfo().ParameterPack; } |
4811 | |
4812 | TemplateTypeParmDecl *getDecl() const { |
4813 | return isCanonicalUnqualified() ? nullptr : TTPDecl; |
4814 | } |
4815 | |
4816 | IdentifierInfo *getIdentifier() const; |
4817 | |
4818 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
4819 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
4820 | |
4821 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
4822 | Profile(ID, getDepth(), getIndex(), isParameterPack(), getDecl()); |
4823 | } |
4824 | |
4825 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, unsigned Depth, |
4826 | unsigned Index, bool ParameterPack, |
4827 | TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPDecl) { |
4828 | ID.AddInteger(Depth); |
4829 | ID.AddInteger(Index); |
4830 | ID.AddBoolean(ParameterPack); |
4831 | ID.AddPointer(TTPDecl); |
4832 | } |
4833 | |
4834 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4835 | return T->getTypeClass() == TemplateTypeParm; |
4836 | } |
4837 | }; |
4838 | |
4839 | /// Represents the result of substituting a type for a template |
4840 | /// type parameter. |
4841 | /// |
4842 | /// Within an instantiated template, all template type parameters have |
4843 | /// been replaced with these. They are used solely to record that a |
4844 | /// type was originally written as a template type parameter; |
4845 | /// therefore they are never canonical. |
4846 | class SubstTemplateTypeParmType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
4847 | friend class ASTContext; |
4848 | |
4849 | // The original type parameter. |
4850 | const TemplateTypeParmType *Replaced; |
4851 | |
4852 | SubstTemplateTypeParmType(const TemplateTypeParmType *Param, QualType Canon) |
4853 | : Type(SubstTemplateTypeParm, Canon, Canon->getDependence()), |
4854 | Replaced(Param) {} |
4855 | |
4856 | public: |
4857 | /// Gets the template parameter that was substituted for. |
4858 | const TemplateTypeParmType *getReplacedParameter() const { |
4859 | return Replaced; |
4860 | } |
4861 | |
4862 | /// Gets the type that was substituted for the template |
4863 | /// parameter. |
4864 | QualType getReplacementType() const { |
4865 | return getCanonicalTypeInternal(); |
4866 | } |
4867 | |
4868 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
4869 | QualType desugar() const { return getReplacementType(); } |
4870 | |
4871 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
4872 | Profile(ID, getReplacedParameter(), getReplacementType()); |
4873 | } |
4874 | |
4875 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, |
4876 | const TemplateTypeParmType *Replaced, |
4877 | QualType Replacement) { |
4878 | ID.AddPointer(Replaced); |
4879 | ID.AddPointer(Replacement.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
4880 | } |
4881 | |
4882 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4883 | return T->getTypeClass() == SubstTemplateTypeParm; |
4884 | } |
4885 | }; |
4886 | |
4887 | /// Represents the result of substituting a set of types for a template |
4888 | /// type parameter pack. |
4889 | /// |
4890 | /// When a pack expansion in the source code contains multiple parameter packs |
4891 | /// and those parameter packs correspond to different levels of template |
4892 | /// parameter lists, this type node is used to represent a template type |
4893 | /// parameter pack from an outer level, which has already had its argument pack |
4894 | /// substituted but that still lives within a pack expansion that itself |
4895 | /// could not be instantiated. When actually performing a substitution into |
4896 | /// that pack expansion (e.g., when all template parameters have corresponding |
4897 | /// arguments), this type will be replaced with the \c SubstTemplateTypeParmType |
4898 | /// at the current pack substitution index. |
4899 | class SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
4900 | friend class ASTContext; |
4901 | |
4902 | /// The original type parameter. |
4903 | const TemplateTypeParmType *Replaced; |
4904 | |
4905 | /// A pointer to the set of template arguments that this |
4906 | /// parameter pack is instantiated with. |
4907 | const TemplateArgument *Arguments; |
4908 | |
4909 | SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(const TemplateTypeParmType *Param, |
4910 | QualType Canon, |
4911 | const TemplateArgument &ArgPack); |
4912 | |
4913 | public: |
4914 | IdentifierInfo *getIdentifier() const { return Replaced->getIdentifier(); } |
4915 | |
4916 | /// Gets the template parameter that was substituted for. |
4917 | const TemplateTypeParmType *getReplacedParameter() const { |
4918 | return Replaced; |
4919 | } |
4920 | |
4921 | unsigned getNumArgs() const { |
4922 | return SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypeBits.NumArgs; |
4923 | } |
4924 | |
4925 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
4926 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
4927 | |
4928 | TemplateArgument getArgumentPack() const; |
4929 | |
4930 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID); |
4931 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, |
4932 | const TemplateTypeParmType *Replaced, |
4933 | const TemplateArgument &ArgPack); |
4934 | |
4935 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4936 | return T->getTypeClass() == SubstTemplateTypeParmPack; |
4937 | } |
4938 | }; |
4939 | |
4940 | /// Common base class for placeholders for types that get replaced by |
4941 | /// placeholder type deduction: C++11 auto, C++14 decltype(auto), C++17 deduced |
4942 | /// class template types, and constrained type names. |
4943 | /// |
4944 | /// These types are usually a placeholder for a deduced type. However, before |
4945 | /// the initializer is attached, or (usually) if the initializer is |
4946 | /// type-dependent, there is no deduced type and the type is canonical. In |
4947 | /// the latter case, it is also a dependent type. |
4948 | class DeducedType : public Type { |
4949 | protected: |
4950 | DeducedType(TypeClass TC, QualType DeducedAsType, |
4951 | TypeDependence ExtraDependence) |
4952 | : Type(TC, |
4953 | // FIXME: Retain the sugared deduced type? |
4954 | DeducedAsType.isNull() ? QualType(this, 0) |
4955 | : DeducedAsType.getCanonicalType(), |
4956 | ExtraDependence | (DeducedAsType.isNull() |
4957 | ? TypeDependence::None |
4958 | : DeducedAsType->getDependence() & |
4959 | ~TypeDependence::VariablyModified)) {} |
4960 | |
4961 | public: |
4962 | bool isSugared() const { return !isCanonicalUnqualified(); } |
4963 | QualType desugar() const { return getCanonicalTypeInternal(); } |
4964 | |
4965 | /// Get the type deduced for this placeholder type, or null if it's |
4966 | /// either not been deduced or was deduced to a dependent type. |
4967 | QualType getDeducedType() const { |
4968 | return !isCanonicalUnqualified() ? getCanonicalTypeInternal() : QualType(); |
4969 | } |
4970 | bool isDeduced() const { |
4971 | return !isCanonicalUnqualified() || isDependentType(); |
4972 | } |
4973 | |
4974 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
4975 | return T->getTypeClass() == Auto || |
4976 | T->getTypeClass() == DeducedTemplateSpecialization; |
4977 | } |
4978 | }; |
4979 | |
4980 | /// Represents a C++11 auto or C++14 decltype(auto) type, possibly constrained |
4981 | /// by a type-constraint. |
4982 | class alignas(8) AutoType : public DeducedType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
4983 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
4984 | |
4985 | ConceptDecl *TypeConstraintConcept; |
4986 | |
4987 | AutoType(QualType DeducedAsType, AutoTypeKeyword Keyword, |
4988 | TypeDependence ExtraDependence, ConceptDecl *CD, |
4989 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TypeConstraintArgs); |
4990 | |
4991 | const TemplateArgument *getArgBuffer() const { |
4992 | return reinterpret_cast<const TemplateArgument*>(this+1); |
4993 | } |
4994 | |
4995 | TemplateArgument *getArgBuffer() { |
4996 | return reinterpret_cast<TemplateArgument*>(this+1); |
4997 | } |
4998 | |
4999 | public: |
5000 | /// Retrieve the template arguments. |
5001 | const TemplateArgument *getArgs() const { |
5002 | return getArgBuffer(); |
5003 | } |
5004 | |
5005 | /// Retrieve the number of template arguments. |
5006 | unsigned getNumArgs() const { |
5007 | return AutoTypeBits.NumArgs; |
5008 | } |
5009 | |
5010 | const TemplateArgument &getArg(unsigned Idx) const; // in TemplateBase.h |
5011 | |
5012 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> getTypeConstraintArguments() const { |
5013 | return {getArgs(), getNumArgs()}; |
5014 | } |
5015 | |
5016 | ConceptDecl *getTypeConstraintConcept() const { |
5017 | return TypeConstraintConcept; |
5018 | } |
5019 | |
5020 | bool isConstrained() const { |
5021 | return TypeConstraintConcept != nullptr; |
5022 | } |
5023 | |
5024 | bool isDecltypeAuto() const { |
5025 | return getKeyword() == AutoTypeKeyword::DecltypeAuto; |
5026 | } |
5027 | |
5028 | AutoTypeKeyword getKeyword() const { |
5029 | return (AutoTypeKeyword)AutoTypeBits.Keyword; |
5030 | } |
5031 | |
5032 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context) { |
5033 | Profile(ID, Context, getDeducedType(), getKeyword(), isDependentType(), |
5034 | getTypeConstraintConcept(), getTypeConstraintArguments()); |
5035 | } |
5036 | |
5037 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, |
5038 | QualType Deduced, AutoTypeKeyword Keyword, |
5039 | bool IsDependent, ConceptDecl *CD, |
5040 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Arguments); |
5041 | |
5042 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
5043 | return T->getTypeClass() == Auto; |
5044 | } |
5045 | }; |
5046 | |
5047 | /// Represents a C++17 deduced template specialization type. |
5048 | class DeducedTemplateSpecializationType : public DeducedType, |
5049 | public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
5050 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
5051 | |
5052 | /// The name of the template whose arguments will be deduced. |
5053 | TemplateName Template; |
5054 | |
5055 | DeducedTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template, |
5056 | QualType DeducedAsType, |
5057 | bool IsDeducedAsDependent) |
5058 | : DeducedType(DeducedTemplateSpecialization, DeducedAsType, |
5059 | toTypeDependence(Template.getDependence()) | |
5060 | (IsDeducedAsDependent |
5061 | ? TypeDependence::DependentInstantiation |
5062 | : TypeDependence::None)), |
5063 | Template(Template) {} |
5064 | |
5065 | public: |
5066 | /// Retrieve the name of the template that we are deducing. |
5067 | TemplateName getTemplateName() const { return Template;} |
5068 | |
5069 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
5070 | Profile(ID, getTemplateName(), getDeducedType(), isDependentType()); |
5071 | } |
5072 | |
5073 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, TemplateName Template, |
5074 | QualType Deduced, bool IsDependent) { |
5075 | Template.Profile(ID); |
5076 | ID.AddPointer(Deduced.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
5077 | ID.AddBoolean(IsDependent); |
5078 | } |
5079 | |
5080 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
5081 | return T->getTypeClass() == DeducedTemplateSpecialization; |
5082 | } |
5083 | }; |
5084 | |
5085 | /// Represents a type template specialization; the template |
5086 | /// must be a class template, a type alias template, or a template |
5087 | /// template parameter. A template which cannot be resolved to one of |
5088 | /// these, e.g. because it is written with a dependent scope |
5089 | /// specifier, is instead represented as a |
5090 | /// @c DependentTemplateSpecializationType. |
5091 | /// |
5092 | /// A non-dependent template specialization type is always "sugar", |
5093 | /// typically for a \c RecordType. For example, a class template |
5094 | /// specialization type of \c vector<int> will refer to a tag type for |
5095 | /// the instantiation \c std::vector<int, std::allocator<int>> |
5096 | /// |
5097 | /// Template specializations are dependent if either the template or |
5098 | /// any of the template arguments are dependent, in which case the |
5099 | /// type may also be canonical. |
5100 | /// |
5101 | /// Instances of this type are allocated with a trailing array of |
5102 | /// TemplateArguments, followed by a QualType representing the |
5103 | /// non-canonical aliased type when the template is a type alias |
5104 | /// template. |
5105 | class alignas(8) TemplateSpecializationType |
5106 | : public Type, |
5107 | public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
5108 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
5109 | |
5110 | /// The name of the template being specialized. This is |
5111 | /// either a TemplateName::Template (in which case it is a |
5112 | /// ClassTemplateDecl*, a TemplateTemplateParmDecl*, or a |
5113 | /// TypeAliasTemplateDecl*), a |
5114 | /// TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParmPack, or a |
5115 | /// TemplateName::SubstTemplateTemplateParm (in which case the |
5116 | /// replacement must, recursively, be one of these). |
5117 | TemplateName Template; |
5118 | |
5119 | TemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName T, |
5120 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args, |
5121 | QualType Canon, |
5122 | QualType Aliased); |
5123 | |
5124 | public: |
5125 | /// Determine whether any of the given template arguments are dependent. |
5126 | /// |
5127 | /// The converted arguments should be supplied when known; whether an |
5128 | /// argument is dependent can depend on the conversions performed on it |
5129 | /// (for example, a 'const int' passed as a template argument might be |
5130 | /// dependent if the parameter is a reference but non-dependent if the |
5131 | /// parameter is an int). |
5132 | /// |
5133 | /// Note that the \p Args parameter is unused: this is intentional, to remind |
5134 | /// the caller that they need to pass in the converted arguments, not the |
5135 | /// specified arguments. |
5136 | static bool |
5137 | anyDependentTemplateArguments(ArrayRef<TemplateArgumentLoc> Args, |
5138 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Converted); |
5139 | static bool |
5140 | anyDependentTemplateArguments(const TemplateArgumentListInfo &, |
5141 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Converted); |
5142 | static bool anyInstantiationDependentTemplateArguments( |
5143 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgumentLoc> Args); |
5144 | |
5145 | /// True if this template specialization type matches a current |
5146 | /// instantiation in the context in which it is found. |
5147 | bool isCurrentInstantiation() const { |
5148 | return isa<InjectedClassNameType>(getCanonicalTypeInternal()); |
5149 | } |
5150 | |
5151 | /// Determine if this template specialization type is for a type alias |
5152 | /// template that has been substituted. |
5153 | /// |
5154 | /// Nearly every template specialization type whose template is an alias |
5155 | /// template will be substituted. However, this is not the case when |
5156 | /// the specialization contains a pack expansion but the template alias |
5157 | /// does not have a corresponding parameter pack, e.g., |
5158 | /// |
5159 | /// \code |
5160 | /// template<typename T, typename U, typename V> struct S; |
5161 | /// template<typename T, typename U> using A = S<T, int, U>; |
5162 | /// template<typename... Ts> struct X { |
5163 | /// typedef A<Ts...> type; // not a type alias |
5164 | /// }; |
5165 | /// \endcode |
5166 | bool isTypeAlias() const { return TemplateSpecializationTypeBits.TypeAlias; } |
5167 | |
5168 | /// Get the aliased type, if this is a specialization of a type alias |
5169 | /// template. |
5170 | QualType getAliasedType() const { |
5171 | assert(isTypeAlias() && "not a type alias template specialization")((void)0); |
5172 | return *reinterpret_cast<const QualType*>(end()); |
5173 | } |
5174 | |
5175 | using iterator = const TemplateArgument *; |
5176 | |
5177 | iterator begin() const { return getArgs(); } |
5178 | iterator end() const; // defined inline in TemplateBase.h |
5179 | |
5180 | /// Retrieve the name of the template that we are specializing. |
5181 | TemplateName getTemplateName() const { return Template; } |
5182 | |
5183 | /// Retrieve the template arguments. |
5184 | const TemplateArgument *getArgs() const { |
5185 | return reinterpret_cast<const TemplateArgument *>(this + 1); |
5186 | } |
5187 | |
5188 | /// Retrieve the number of template arguments. |
5189 | unsigned getNumArgs() const { |
5190 | return TemplateSpecializationTypeBits.NumArgs; |
5191 | } |
5192 | |
5193 | /// Retrieve a specific template argument as a type. |
5194 | /// \pre \c isArgType(Arg) |
5195 | const TemplateArgument &getArg(unsigned Idx) const; // in TemplateBase.h |
5196 | |
5197 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> template_arguments() const { |
5198 | return {getArgs(), getNumArgs()}; |
5199 | } |
5200 | |
5201 | bool isSugared() const { |
5202 | return !isDependentType() || isCurrentInstantiation() || isTypeAlias(); |
5203 | } |
5204 | |
5205 | QualType desugar() const { |
5206 | return isTypeAlias() ? getAliasedType() : getCanonicalTypeInternal(); |
5207 | } |
5208 | |
5209 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Ctx) { |
5210 | Profile(ID, Template, template_arguments(), Ctx); |
5211 | if (isTypeAlias()) |
5212 | getAliasedType().Profile(ID); |
5213 | } |
5214 | |
5215 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, TemplateName T, |
5216 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args, |
5217 | const ASTContext &Context); |
5218 | |
5219 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
5220 | return T->getTypeClass() == TemplateSpecialization; |
5221 | } |
5222 | }; |
5223 | |
5224 | /// Print a template argument list, including the '<' and '>' |
5225 | /// enclosing the template arguments. |
5226 | void printTemplateArgumentList(raw_ostream &OS, |
5227 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args, |
5228 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy, |
5229 | const TemplateParameterList *TPL = nullptr); |
5230 | |
5231 | void printTemplateArgumentList(raw_ostream &OS, |
5232 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgumentLoc> Args, |
5233 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy, |
5234 | const TemplateParameterList *TPL = nullptr); |
5235 | |
5236 | void printTemplateArgumentList(raw_ostream &OS, |
5237 | const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args, |
5238 | const PrintingPolicy &Policy, |
5239 | const TemplateParameterList *TPL = nullptr); |
5240 | |
5241 | /// The injected class name of a C++ class template or class |
5242 | /// template partial specialization. Used to record that a type was |
5243 | /// spelled with a bare identifier rather than as a template-id; the |
5244 | /// equivalent for non-templated classes is just RecordType. |
5245 | /// |
5246 | /// Injected class name types are always dependent. Template |
5247 | /// instantiation turns these into RecordTypes. |
5248 | /// |
5249 | /// Injected class name types are always canonical. This works |
5250 | /// because it is impossible to compare an injected class name type |
5251 | /// with the corresponding non-injected template type, for the same |
5252 | /// reason that it is impossible to directly compare template |
5253 | /// parameters from different dependent contexts: injected class name |
5254 | /// types can only occur within the scope of a particular templated |
5255 | /// declaration, and within that scope every template specialization |
5256 | /// will canonicalize to the injected class name (when appropriate |
5257 | /// according to the rules of the language). |
5258 | class InjectedClassNameType : public Type { |
5259 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
5260 | friend class ASTNodeImporter; |
5261 | friend class ASTReader; // FIXME: ASTContext::getInjectedClassNameType is not |
5262 | // currently suitable for AST reading, too much |
5263 | // interdependencies. |
5264 | template <class T> friend class serialization::AbstractTypeReader; |
5265 | |
5266 | CXXRecordDecl *Decl; |
5267 | |
5268 | /// The template specialization which this type represents. |
5269 | /// For example, in |
5270 | /// template <class T> class A { ... }; |
5271 | /// this is A<T>, whereas in |
5272 | /// template <class X, class Y> class A<B<X,Y> > { ... }; |
5273 | /// this is A<B<X,Y> >. |
5274 | /// |
5275 | /// It is always unqualified, always a template specialization type, |
5276 | /// and always dependent. |
5277 | QualType InjectedType; |
5278 | |
5279 | InjectedClassNameType(CXXRecordDecl *D, QualType TST) |
5280 | : Type(InjectedClassName, QualType(), |
5281 | TypeDependence::DependentInstantiation), |
5282 | Decl(D), InjectedType(TST) { |
5283 | assert(isa<TemplateSpecializationType>(TST))((void)0); |
5284 | assert(!TST.hasQualifiers())((void)0); |
5285 | assert(TST->isDependentType())((void)0); |
5286 | } |
5287 | |
5288 | public: |
5289 | QualType getInjectedSpecializationType() const { return InjectedType; } |
5290 | |
5291 | const TemplateSpecializationType *getInjectedTST() const { |
5292 | return cast<TemplateSpecializationType>(InjectedType.getTypePtr()); |
5293 | } |
5294 | |
5295 | TemplateName getTemplateName() const { |
5296 | return getInjectedTST()->getTemplateName(); |
5297 | } |
5298 | |
5299 | CXXRecordDecl *getDecl() const; |
5300 | |
5301 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
5302 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
5303 | |
5304 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
5305 | return T->getTypeClass() == InjectedClassName; |
5306 | } |
5307 | }; |
5308 | |
5309 | /// The kind of a tag type. |
5310 | enum TagTypeKind { |
5311 | /// The "struct" keyword. |
5312 | TTK_Struct, |
5313 | |
5314 | /// The "__interface" keyword. |
5315 | TTK_Interface, |
5316 | |
5317 | /// The "union" keyword. |
5318 | TTK_Union, |
5319 | |
5320 | /// The "class" keyword. |
5321 | TTK_Class, |
5322 | |
5323 | /// The "enum" keyword. |
5324 | TTK_Enum |
5325 | }; |
5326 | |
5327 | /// The elaboration keyword that precedes a qualified type name or |
5328 | /// introduces an elaborated-type-specifier. |
5329 | enum ElaboratedTypeKeyword { |
5330 | /// The "struct" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier. |
5331 | ETK_Struct, |
5332 | |
5333 | /// The "__interface" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier. |
5334 | ETK_Interface, |
5335 | |
5336 | /// The "union" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier. |
5337 | ETK_Union, |
5338 | |
5339 | /// The "class" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier. |
5340 | ETK_Class, |
5341 | |
5342 | /// The "enum" keyword introduces the elaborated-type-specifier. |
5343 | ETK_Enum, |
5344 | |
5345 | /// The "typename" keyword precedes the qualified type name, e.g., |
5346 | /// \c typename T::type. |
5347 | ETK_Typename, |
5348 | |
5349 | /// No keyword precedes the qualified type name. |
5350 | ETK_None |
5351 | }; |
5352 | |
5353 | /// A helper class for Type nodes having an ElaboratedTypeKeyword. |
5354 | /// The keyword in stored in the free bits of the base class. |
5355 | /// Also provides a few static helpers for converting and printing |
5356 | /// elaborated type keyword and tag type kind enumerations. |
5357 | class TypeWithKeyword : public Type { |
5358 | protected: |
5359 | TypeWithKeyword(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, TypeClass tc, |
5360 | QualType Canonical, TypeDependence Dependence) |
5361 | : Type(tc, Canonical, Dependence) { |
5362 | TypeWithKeywordBits.Keyword = Keyword; |
5363 | } |
5364 | |
5365 | public: |
5366 | ElaboratedTypeKeyword getKeyword() const { |
5367 | return static_cast<ElaboratedTypeKeyword>(TypeWithKeywordBits.Keyword); |
5368 | } |
5369 | |
5370 | /// Converts a type specifier (DeclSpec::TST) into an elaborated type keyword. |
5371 | static ElaboratedTypeKeyword getKeywordForTypeSpec(unsigned TypeSpec); |
5372 | |
5373 | /// Converts a type specifier (DeclSpec::TST) into a tag type kind. |
5374 | /// It is an error to provide a type specifier which *isn't* a tag kind here. |
5375 | static TagTypeKind getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(unsigned TypeSpec); |
5376 | |
5377 | /// Converts a TagTypeKind into an elaborated type keyword. |
5378 | static ElaboratedTypeKeyword getKeywordForTagTypeKind(TagTypeKind Tag); |
5379 | |
5380 | /// Converts an elaborated type keyword into a TagTypeKind. |
5381 | /// It is an error to provide an elaborated type keyword |
5382 | /// which *isn't* a tag kind here. |
5383 | static TagTypeKind getTagTypeKindForKeyword(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword); |
5384 | |
5385 | static bool KeywordIsTagTypeKind(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword); |
5386 | |
5387 | static StringRef getKeywordName(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword); |
5388 | |
5389 | static StringRef getTagTypeKindName(TagTypeKind Kind) { |
5390 | return getKeywordName(getKeywordForTagTypeKind(Kind)); |
5391 | } |
5392 | |
5393 | class CannotCastToThisType {}; |
5394 | static CannotCastToThisType classof(const Type *); |
5395 | }; |
5396 | |
5397 | /// Represents a type that was referred to using an elaborated type |
5398 | /// keyword, e.g., struct S, or via a qualified name, e.g., N::M::type, |
5399 | /// or both. |
5400 | /// |
5401 | /// This type is used to keep track of a type name as written in the |
5402 | /// source code, including tag keywords and any nested-name-specifiers. |
5403 | /// The type itself is always "sugar", used to express what was written |
5404 | /// in the source code but containing no additional semantic information. |
5405 | class ElaboratedType final |
5406 | : public TypeWithKeyword, |
5407 | public llvm::FoldingSetNode, |
5408 | private llvm::TrailingObjects<ElaboratedType, TagDecl *> { |
5409 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
5410 | friend TrailingObjects; |
5411 | |
5412 | /// The nested name specifier containing the qualifier. |
5413 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS; |
5414 | |
5415 | /// The type that this qualified name refers to. |
5416 | QualType NamedType; |
5417 | |
5418 | /// The (re)declaration of this tag type owned by this occurrence is stored |
5419 | /// as a trailing object if there is one. Use getOwnedTagDecl to obtain |
5420 | /// it, or obtain a null pointer if there is none. |
5421 | |
5422 | ElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, |
5423 | QualType NamedType, QualType CanonType, TagDecl *OwnedTagDecl) |
5424 | : TypeWithKeyword(Keyword, Elaborated, CanonType, |
5425 | // Any semantic dependence on the qualifier will have |
5426 | // been incorporated into NamedType. We still need to |
5427 | // track syntactic (instantiation / error / pack) |
5428 | // dependence on the qualifier. |
5429 | NamedType->getDependence() | |
5430 | (NNS ? toSyntacticDependence( |
5431 | toTypeDependence(NNS->getDependence())) |
5432 | : TypeDependence::None)), |
5433 | NNS(NNS), NamedType(NamedType) { |
5434 | ElaboratedTypeBits.HasOwnedTagDecl = false; |
5435 | if (OwnedTagDecl) { |
5436 | ElaboratedTypeBits.HasOwnedTagDecl = true; |
5437 | *getTrailingObjects<TagDecl *>() = OwnedTagDecl; |
5438 | } |
5439 | assert(!(Keyword == ETK_None && NNS == nullptr) &&((void)0) |
5440 | "ElaboratedType cannot have elaborated type keyword "((void)0) |
5441 | "and name qualifier both null.")((void)0); |
5442 | } |
5443 | |
5444 | public: |
5445 | /// Retrieve the qualification on this type. |
5446 | NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const { return NNS; } |
5447 | |
5448 | /// Retrieve the type named by the qualified-id. |
5449 | QualType getNamedType() const { return NamedType; } |
5450 | |
5451 | /// Remove a single level of sugar. |
5452 | QualType desugar() const { return getNamedType(); } |
5453 | |
5454 | /// Returns whether this type directly provides sugar. |
5455 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
5456 | |
5457 | /// Return the (re)declaration of this type owned by this occurrence of this |
5458 | /// type, or nullptr if there is none. |
5459 | TagDecl *getOwnedTagDecl() const { |
5460 | return ElaboratedTypeBits.HasOwnedTagDecl ? *getTrailingObjects<TagDecl *>() |
5461 | : nullptr; |
5462 | } |
5463 | |
5464 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
5465 | Profile(ID, getKeyword(), NNS, NamedType, getOwnedTagDecl()); |
5466 | } |
5467 | |
5468 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, |
5469 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, QualType NamedType, |
5470 | TagDecl *OwnedTagDecl) { |
5471 | ID.AddInteger(Keyword); |
5472 | ID.AddPointer(NNS); |
5473 | NamedType.Profile(ID); |
5474 | ID.AddPointer(OwnedTagDecl); |
5475 | } |
5476 | |
5477 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == Elaborated; } |
5478 | }; |
5479 | |
5480 | /// Represents a qualified type name for which the type name is |
5481 | /// dependent. |
5482 | /// |
5483 | /// DependentNameType represents a class of dependent types that involve a |
5484 | /// possibly dependent nested-name-specifier (e.g., "T::") followed by a |
5485 | /// name of a type. The DependentNameType may start with a "typename" (for a |
5486 | /// typename-specifier), "class", "struct", "union", or "enum" (for a |
5487 | /// dependent elaborated-type-specifier), or nothing (in contexts where we |
5488 | /// know that we must be referring to a type, e.g., in a base class specifier). |
5489 | /// Typically the nested-name-specifier is dependent, but in MSVC compatibility |
5490 | /// mode, this type is used with non-dependent names to delay name lookup until |
5491 | /// instantiation. |
5492 | class DependentNameType : public TypeWithKeyword, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
5493 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
5494 | |
5495 | /// The nested name specifier containing the qualifier. |
5496 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS; |
5497 | |
5498 | /// The type that this typename specifier refers to. |
5499 | const IdentifierInfo *Name; |
5500 | |
5501 | DependentNameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, |
5502 | const IdentifierInfo *Name, QualType CanonType) |
5503 | : TypeWithKeyword(Keyword, DependentName, CanonType, |
5504 | TypeDependence::DependentInstantiation | |
5505 | toTypeDependence(NNS->getDependence())), |
5506 | NNS(NNS), Name(Name) {} |
5507 | |
5508 | public: |
5509 | /// Retrieve the qualification on this type. |
5510 | NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const { return NNS; } |
5511 | |
5512 | /// Retrieve the type named by the typename specifier as an identifier. |
5513 | /// |
5514 | /// This routine will return a non-NULL identifier pointer when the |
5515 | /// form of the original typename was terminated by an identifier, |
5516 | /// e.g., "typename T::type". |
5517 | const IdentifierInfo *getIdentifier() const { |
5518 | return Name; |
5519 | } |
5520 | |
5521 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
5522 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
5523 | |
5524 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
5525 | Profile(ID, getKeyword(), NNS, Name); |
5526 | } |
5527 | |
5528 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, |
5529 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, const IdentifierInfo *Name) { |
5530 | ID.AddInteger(Keyword); |
5531 | ID.AddPointer(NNS); |
5532 | ID.AddPointer(Name); |
5533 | } |
5534 | |
5535 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
5536 | return T->getTypeClass() == DependentName; |
5537 | } |
5538 | }; |
5539 | |
5540 | /// Represents a template specialization type whose template cannot be |
5541 | /// resolved, e.g. |
5542 | /// A<T>::template B<T> |
5543 | class alignas(8) DependentTemplateSpecializationType |
5544 | : public TypeWithKeyword, |
5545 | public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
5546 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
5547 | |
5548 | /// The nested name specifier containing the qualifier. |
5549 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS; |
5550 | |
5551 | /// The identifier of the template. |
5552 | const IdentifierInfo *Name; |
5553 | |
5554 | DependentTemplateSpecializationType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, |
5555 | NestedNameSpecifier *NNS, |
5556 | const IdentifierInfo *Name, |
5557 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args, |
5558 | QualType Canon); |
5559 | |
5560 | const TemplateArgument *getArgBuffer() const { |
5561 | return reinterpret_cast<const TemplateArgument*>(this+1); |
5562 | } |
5563 | |
5564 | TemplateArgument *getArgBuffer() { |
5565 | return reinterpret_cast<TemplateArgument*>(this+1); |
5566 | } |
5567 | |
5568 | public: |
5569 | NestedNameSpecifier *getQualifier() const { return NNS; } |
5570 | const IdentifierInfo *getIdentifier() const { return Name; } |
5571 | |
5572 | /// Retrieve the template arguments. |
5573 | const TemplateArgument *getArgs() const { |
5574 | return getArgBuffer(); |
5575 | } |
5576 | |
5577 | /// Retrieve the number of template arguments. |
5578 | unsigned getNumArgs() const { |
5579 | return DependentTemplateSpecializationTypeBits.NumArgs; |
5580 | } |
5581 | |
5582 | const TemplateArgument &getArg(unsigned Idx) const; // in TemplateBase.h |
5583 | |
5584 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> template_arguments() const { |
5585 | return {getArgs(), getNumArgs()}; |
5586 | } |
5587 | |
5588 | using iterator = const TemplateArgument *; |
5589 | |
5590 | iterator begin() const { return getArgs(); } |
5591 | iterator end() const; // inline in TemplateBase.h |
5592 | |
5593 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
5594 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
5595 | |
5596 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context) { |
5597 | Profile(ID, Context, getKeyword(), NNS, Name, {getArgs(), getNumArgs()}); |
5598 | } |
5599 | |
5600 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, |
5601 | const ASTContext &Context, |
5602 | ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, |
5603 | NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, |
5604 | const IdentifierInfo *Name, |
5605 | ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> Args); |
5606 | |
5607 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
5608 | return T->getTypeClass() == DependentTemplateSpecialization; |
5609 | } |
5610 | }; |
5611 | |
5612 | /// Represents a pack expansion of types. |
5613 | /// |
5614 | /// Pack expansions are part of C++11 variadic templates. A pack |
5615 | /// expansion contains a pattern, which itself contains one or more |
5616 | /// "unexpanded" parameter packs. When instantiated, a pack expansion |
5617 | /// produces a series of types, each instantiated from the pattern of |
5618 | /// the expansion, where the Ith instantiation of the pattern uses the |
5619 | /// Ith arguments bound to each of the unexpanded parameter packs. The |
5620 | /// pack expansion is considered to "expand" these unexpanded |
5621 | /// parameter packs. |
5622 | /// |
5623 | /// \code |
5624 | /// template<typename ...Types> struct tuple; |
5625 | /// |
5626 | /// template<typename ...Types> |
5627 | /// struct tuple_of_references { |
5628 | /// typedef tuple<Types&...> type; |
5629 | /// }; |
5630 | /// \endcode |
5631 | /// |
5632 | /// Here, the pack expansion \c Types&... is represented via a |
5633 | /// PackExpansionType whose pattern is Types&. |
5634 | class PackExpansionType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
5635 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these |
5636 | |
5637 | /// The pattern of the pack expansion. |
5638 | QualType Pattern; |
5639 | |
5640 | PackExpansionType(QualType Pattern, QualType Canon, |
5641 | Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions) |
5642 | : Type(PackExpansion, Canon, |
5643 | (Pattern->getDependence() | TypeDependence::Dependent | |
5644 | TypeDependence::Instantiation) & |
5645 | ~TypeDependence::UnexpandedPack), |
5646 | Pattern(Pattern) { |
5647 | PackExpansionTypeBits.NumExpansions = |
5648 | NumExpansions ? *NumExpansions + 1 : 0; |
5649 | } |
5650 | |
5651 | public: |
5652 | /// Retrieve the pattern of this pack expansion, which is the |
5653 | /// type that will be repeatedly instantiated when instantiating the |
5654 | /// pack expansion itself. |
5655 | QualType getPattern() const { return Pattern; } |
5656 | |
5657 | /// Retrieve the number of expansions that this pack expansion will |
5658 | /// generate, if known. |
5659 | Optional<unsigned> getNumExpansions() const { |
5660 | if (PackExpansionTypeBits.NumExpansions) |
5661 | return PackExpansionTypeBits.NumExpansions - 1; |
5662 | return None; |
5663 | } |
5664 | |
5665 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
5666 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
5667 | |
5668 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
5669 | Profile(ID, getPattern(), getNumExpansions()); |
5670 | } |
5671 | |
5672 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType Pattern, |
5673 | Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions) { |
5674 | ID.AddPointer(Pattern.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
5675 | ID.AddBoolean(NumExpansions.hasValue()); |
5676 | if (NumExpansions) |
5677 | ID.AddInteger(*NumExpansions); |
5678 | } |
5679 | |
5680 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
5681 | return T->getTypeClass() == PackExpansion; |
5682 | } |
5683 | }; |
5684 | |
5685 | /// This class wraps the list of protocol qualifiers. For types that can |
5686 | /// take ObjC protocol qualifers, they can subclass this class. |
5687 | template <class T> |
5688 | class ObjCProtocolQualifiers { |
5689 | protected: |
5690 | ObjCProtocolQualifiers() = default; |
5691 | |
5692 | ObjCProtocolDecl * const *getProtocolStorage() const { |
5693 | return const_cast<ObjCProtocolQualifiers*>(this)->getProtocolStorage(); |
5694 | } |
5695 | |
5696 | ObjCProtocolDecl **getProtocolStorage() { |
5697 | return static_cast<T*>(this)->getProtocolStorageImpl(); |
5698 | } |
5699 | |
5700 | void setNumProtocols(unsigned N) { |
5701 | static_cast<T*>(this)->setNumProtocolsImpl(N); |
5702 | } |
5703 | |
5704 | void initialize(ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols) { |
5705 | setNumProtocols(protocols.size()); |
5706 | assert(getNumProtocols() == protocols.size() &&((void)0) |
5707 | "bitfield overflow in protocol count")((void)0); |
5708 | if (!protocols.empty()) |
5709 | memcpy(getProtocolStorage(), protocols.data(), |
5710 | protocols.size() * sizeof(ObjCProtocolDecl*)); |
5711 | } |
5712 | |
5713 | public: |
5714 | using qual_iterator = ObjCProtocolDecl * const *; |
5715 | using qual_range = llvm::iterator_range<qual_iterator>; |
5716 | |
5717 | qual_range quals() const { return qual_range(qual_begin(), qual_end()); } |
5718 | qual_iterator qual_begin() const { return getProtocolStorage(); } |
5719 | qual_iterator qual_end() const { return qual_begin() + getNumProtocols(); } |
5720 | |
5721 | bool qual_empty() const { return getNumProtocols() == 0; } |
5722 | |
5723 | /// Return the number of qualifying protocols in this type, or 0 if |
5724 | /// there are none. |
5725 | unsigned getNumProtocols() const { |
5726 | return static_cast<const T*>(this)->getNumProtocolsImpl(); |
5727 | } |
5728 | |
5729 | /// Fetch a protocol by index. |
5730 | ObjCProtocolDecl *getProtocol(unsigned I) const { |
5731 | assert(I < getNumProtocols() && "Out-of-range protocol access")((void)0); |
5732 | return qual_begin()[I]; |
5733 | } |
5734 | |
5735 | /// Retrieve all of the protocol qualifiers. |
5736 | ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> getProtocols() const { |
5737 | return ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *>(qual_begin(), getNumProtocols()); |
5738 | } |
5739 | }; |
5740 | |
5741 | /// Represents a type parameter type in Objective C. It can take |
5742 | /// a list of protocols. |
5743 | class ObjCTypeParamType : public Type, |
5744 | public ObjCProtocolQualifiers<ObjCTypeParamType>, |
5745 | public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
5746 | friend class ASTContext; |
5747 | friend class ObjCProtocolQualifiers<ObjCTypeParamType>; |
5748 | |
5749 | /// The number of protocols stored on this type. |
5750 | unsigned NumProtocols : 6; |
5751 | |
5752 | ObjCTypeParamDecl *OTPDecl; |
5753 | |
5754 | /// The protocols are stored after the ObjCTypeParamType node. In the |
5755 | /// canonical type, the list of protocols are sorted alphabetically |
5756 | /// and uniqued. |
5757 | ObjCProtocolDecl **getProtocolStorageImpl(); |
5758 | |
5759 | /// Return the number of qualifying protocols in this interface type, |
5760 | /// or 0 if there are none. |
5761 | unsigned getNumProtocolsImpl() const { |
5762 | return NumProtocols; |
5763 | } |
5764 | |
5765 | void setNumProtocolsImpl(unsigned N) { |
5766 | NumProtocols = N; |
5767 | } |
5768 | |
5769 | ObjCTypeParamType(const ObjCTypeParamDecl *D, |
5770 | QualType can, |
5771 | ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols); |
5772 | |
5773 | public: |
5774 | bool isSugared() const { return true; } |
5775 | QualType desugar() const { return getCanonicalTypeInternal(); } |
5776 | |
5777 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
5778 | return T->getTypeClass() == ObjCTypeParam; |
5779 | } |
5780 | |
5781 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID); |
5782 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, |
5783 | const ObjCTypeParamDecl *OTPDecl, |
5784 | QualType CanonicalType, |
5785 | ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols); |
5786 | |
5787 | ObjCTypeParamDecl *getDecl() const { return OTPDecl; } |
5788 | }; |
5789 | |
5790 | /// Represents a class type in Objective C. |
5791 | /// |
5792 | /// Every Objective C type is a combination of a base type, a set of |
5793 | /// type arguments (optional, for parameterized classes) and a list of |
5794 | /// protocols. |
5795 | /// |
5796 | /// Given the following declarations: |
5797 | /// \code |
5798 | /// \@class C<T>; |
5799 | /// \@protocol P; |
5800 | /// \endcode |
5801 | /// |
5802 | /// 'C' is an ObjCInterfaceType C. It is sugar for an ObjCObjectType |
5803 | /// with base C and no protocols. |
5804 | /// |
5805 | /// 'C<P>' is an unspecialized ObjCObjectType with base C and protocol list [P]. |
5806 | /// 'C<C*>' is a specialized ObjCObjectType with type arguments 'C*' and no |
5807 | /// protocol list. |
5808 | /// 'C<C*><P>' is a specialized ObjCObjectType with base C, type arguments 'C*', |
5809 | /// and protocol list [P]. |
5810 | /// |
5811 | /// 'id' is a TypedefType which is sugar for an ObjCObjectPointerType whose |
5812 | /// pointee is an ObjCObjectType with base BuiltinType::ObjCIdType |
5813 | /// and no protocols. |
5814 | /// |
5815 | /// 'id<P>' is an ObjCObjectPointerType whose pointee is an ObjCObjectType |
5816 | /// with base BuiltinType::ObjCIdType and protocol list [P]. Eventually |
5817 | /// this should get its own sugar class to better represent the source. |
5818 | class ObjCObjectType : public Type, |
5819 | public ObjCProtocolQualifiers<ObjCObjectType> { |
5820 | friend class ObjCProtocolQualifiers<ObjCObjectType>; |
5821 | |
5822 | // ObjCObjectType.NumTypeArgs - the number of type arguments stored |
5823 | // after the ObjCObjectPointerType node. |
5824 | // ObjCObjectType.NumProtocols - the number of protocols stored |
5825 | // after the type arguments of ObjCObjectPointerType node. |
5826 | // |
5827 | // These protocols are those written directly on the type. If |
5828 | // protocol qualifiers ever become additive, the iterators will need |
5829 | // to get kindof complicated. |
5830 | // |
5831 | // In the canonical object type, these are sorted alphabetically |
5832 | // and uniqued. |
5833 | |
5834 | /// Either a BuiltinType or an InterfaceType or sugar for either. |
5835 | QualType BaseType; |
5836 | |
5837 | /// Cached superclass type. |
5838 | mutable llvm::PointerIntPair<const ObjCObjectType *, 1, bool> |
5839 | CachedSuperClassType; |
5840 | |
5841 | QualType *getTypeArgStorage(); |
5842 | const QualType *getTypeArgStorage() const { |
5843 | return const_cast<ObjCObjectType *>(this)->getTypeArgStorage(); |
5844 | } |
5845 | |
5846 | ObjCProtocolDecl **getProtocolStorageImpl(); |
5847 | /// Return the number of qualifying protocols in this interface type, |
5848 | /// or 0 if there are none. |
5849 | unsigned getNumProtocolsImpl() const { |
5850 | return ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumProtocols; |
5851 | } |
5852 | void setNumProtocolsImpl(unsigned N) { |
5853 | ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumProtocols = N; |
5854 | } |
5855 | |
5856 | protected: |
5857 | enum Nonce_ObjCInterface { Nonce_ObjCInterface }; |
5858 | |
5859 | ObjCObjectType(QualType Canonical, QualType Base, |
5860 | ArrayRef<QualType> typeArgs, |
5861 | ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols, |
5862 | bool isKindOf); |
5863 | |
5864 | ObjCObjectType(enum Nonce_ObjCInterface) |
5865 | : Type(ObjCInterface, QualType(), TypeDependence::None), |
5866 | BaseType(QualType(this_(), 0)) { |
5867 | ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumProtocols = 0; |
5868 | ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumTypeArgs = 0; |
5869 | ObjCObjectTypeBits.IsKindOf = 0; |
5870 | } |
5871 | |
5872 | void computeSuperClassTypeSlow() const; |
5873 | |
5874 | public: |
5875 | /// Gets the base type of this object type. This is always (possibly |
5876 | /// sugar for) one of: |
5877 | /// - the 'id' builtin type (as opposed to the 'id' type visible to the |
5878 | /// user, which is a typedef for an ObjCObjectPointerType) |
5879 | /// - the 'Class' builtin type (same caveat) |
5880 | /// - an ObjCObjectType (currently always an ObjCInterfaceType) |
5881 | QualType getBaseType() const { return BaseType; } |
5882 | |
5883 | bool isObjCId() const { |
5884 | return getBaseType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCId); |
5885 | } |
5886 | |
5887 | bool isObjCClass() const { |
5888 | return getBaseType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCClass); |
5889 | } |
5890 | |
5891 | bool isObjCUnqualifiedId() const { return qual_empty() && isObjCId(); } |
5892 | bool isObjCUnqualifiedClass() const { return qual_empty() && isObjCClass(); } |
5893 | bool isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass() const { |
5894 | if (!qual_empty()) return false; |
5895 | if (const BuiltinType *T = getBaseType()->getAs<BuiltinType>()) |
5896 | return T->getKind() == BuiltinType::ObjCId || |
5897 | T->getKind() == BuiltinType::ObjCClass; |
5898 | return false; |
5899 | } |
5900 | bool isObjCQualifiedId() const { return !qual_empty() && isObjCId(); } |
5901 | bool isObjCQualifiedClass() const { return !qual_empty() && isObjCClass(); } |
5902 | |
5903 | /// Gets the interface declaration for this object type, if the base type |
5904 | /// really is an interface. |
5905 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *getInterface() const; |
5906 | |
5907 | /// Determine whether this object type is "specialized", meaning |
5908 | /// that it has type arguments. |
5909 | bool isSpecialized() const; |
5910 | |
5911 | /// Determine whether this object type was written with type arguments. |
5912 | bool isSpecializedAsWritten() const { |
5913 | return ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumTypeArgs > 0; |
5914 | } |
5915 | |
5916 | /// Determine whether this object type is "unspecialized", meaning |
5917 | /// that it has no type arguments. |
5918 | bool isUnspecialized() const { return !isSpecialized(); } |
5919 | |
5920 | /// Determine whether this object type is "unspecialized" as |
5921 | /// written, meaning that it has no type arguments. |
5922 | bool isUnspecializedAsWritten() const { return !isSpecializedAsWritten(); } |
5923 | |
5924 | /// Retrieve the type arguments of this object type (semantically). |
5925 | ArrayRef<QualType> getTypeArgs() const; |
5926 | |
5927 | /// Retrieve the type arguments of this object type as they were |
5928 | /// written. |
5929 | ArrayRef<QualType> getTypeArgsAsWritten() const { |
5930 | return llvm::makeArrayRef(getTypeArgStorage(), |
5931 | ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumTypeArgs); |
5932 | } |
5933 | |
5934 | /// Whether this is a "__kindof" type as written. |
5935 | bool isKindOfTypeAsWritten() const { return ObjCObjectTypeBits.IsKindOf; } |
5936 | |
5937 | /// Whether this ia a "__kindof" type (semantically). |
5938 | bool isKindOfType() const; |
5939 | |
5940 | /// Retrieve the type of the superclass of this object type. |
5941 | /// |
5942 | /// This operation substitutes any type arguments into the |
5943 | /// superclass of the current class type, potentially producing a |
5944 | /// specialization of the superclass type. Produces a null type if |
5945 | /// there is no superclass. |
5946 | QualType getSuperClassType() const { |
5947 | if (!CachedSuperClassType.getInt()) |
5948 | computeSuperClassTypeSlow(); |
5949 | |
5950 | assert(CachedSuperClassType.getInt() && "Superclass not set?")((void)0); |
5951 | return QualType(CachedSuperClassType.getPointer(), 0); |
5952 | } |
5953 | |
5954 | /// Strip off the Objective-C "kindof" type and (with it) any |
5955 | /// protocol qualifiers. |
5956 | QualType stripObjCKindOfTypeAndQuals(const ASTContext &ctx) const; |
5957 | |
5958 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
5959 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
5960 | |
5961 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
5962 | return T->getTypeClass() == ObjCObject || |
5963 | T->getTypeClass() == ObjCInterface; |
5964 | } |
5965 | }; |
5966 | |
5967 | /// A class providing a concrete implementation |
5968 | /// of ObjCObjectType, so as to not increase the footprint of |
5969 | /// ObjCInterfaceType. Code outside of ASTContext and the core type |
5970 | /// system should not reference this type. |
5971 | class ObjCObjectTypeImpl : public ObjCObjectType, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
5972 | friend class ASTContext; |
5973 | |
5974 | // If anyone adds fields here, ObjCObjectType::getProtocolStorage() |
5975 | // will need to be modified. |
5976 | |
5977 | ObjCObjectTypeImpl(QualType Canonical, QualType Base, |
5978 | ArrayRef<QualType> typeArgs, |
5979 | ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols, |
5980 | bool isKindOf) |
5981 | : ObjCObjectType(Canonical, Base, typeArgs, protocols, isKindOf) {} |
5982 | |
5983 | public: |
5984 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID); |
5985 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, |
5986 | QualType Base, |
5987 | ArrayRef<QualType> typeArgs, |
5988 | ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> protocols, |
5989 | bool isKindOf); |
5990 | }; |
5991 | |
5992 | inline QualType *ObjCObjectType::getTypeArgStorage() { |
5993 | return reinterpret_cast<QualType *>(static_cast<ObjCObjectTypeImpl*>(this)+1); |
5994 | } |
5995 | |
5996 | inline ObjCProtocolDecl **ObjCObjectType::getProtocolStorageImpl() { |
5997 | return reinterpret_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl**>( |
5998 | getTypeArgStorage() + ObjCObjectTypeBits.NumTypeArgs); |
5999 | } |
6000 | |
6001 | inline ObjCProtocolDecl **ObjCTypeParamType::getProtocolStorageImpl() { |
6002 | return reinterpret_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl**>( |
6003 | static_cast<ObjCTypeParamType*>(this)+1); |
6004 | } |
6005 | |
6006 | /// Interfaces are the core concept in Objective-C for object oriented design. |
6007 | /// They basically correspond to C++ classes. There are two kinds of interface |
6008 | /// types: normal interfaces like `NSString`, and qualified interfaces, which |
6009 | /// are qualified with a protocol list like `NSString<NSCopyable, NSAmazing>`. |
6010 | /// |
6011 | /// ObjCInterfaceType guarantees the following properties when considered |
6012 | /// as a subtype of its superclass, ObjCObjectType: |
6013 | /// - There are no protocol qualifiers. To reinforce this, code which |
6014 | /// tries to invoke the protocol methods via an ObjCInterfaceType will |
6015 | /// fail to compile. |
6016 | /// - It is its own base type. That is, if T is an ObjCInterfaceType*, |
6017 | /// T->getBaseType() == QualType(T, 0). |
6018 | class ObjCInterfaceType : public ObjCObjectType { |
6019 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
6020 | friend class ASTReader; |
6021 | friend class ObjCInterfaceDecl; |
6022 | template <class T> friend class serialization::AbstractTypeReader; |
6023 | |
6024 | mutable ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl; |
6025 | |
6026 | ObjCInterfaceType(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) |
6027 | : ObjCObjectType(Nonce_ObjCInterface), |
6028 | Decl(const_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl*>(D)) {} |
6029 | |
6030 | public: |
6031 | /// Get the declaration of this interface. |
6032 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *getDecl() const { return Decl; } |
6033 | |
6034 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
6035 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
6036 | |
6037 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
6038 | return T->getTypeClass() == ObjCInterface; |
6039 | } |
6040 | |
6041 | // Nonsense to "hide" certain members of ObjCObjectType within this |
6042 | // class. People asking for protocols on an ObjCInterfaceType are |
6043 | // not going to get what they want: ObjCInterfaceTypes are |
6044 | // guaranteed to have no protocols. |
6045 | enum { |
6046 | qual_iterator, |
6047 | qual_begin, |
6048 | qual_end, |
6049 | getNumProtocols, |
6050 | getProtocol |
6051 | }; |
6052 | }; |
6053 | |
6054 | inline ObjCInterfaceDecl *ObjCObjectType::getInterface() const { |
6055 | QualType baseType = getBaseType(); |
6056 | while (const auto *ObjT = baseType->getAs<ObjCObjectType>()) { |
6057 | if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(ObjT)) |
6058 | return T->getDecl(); |
6059 | |
6060 | baseType = ObjT->getBaseType(); |
6061 | } |
6062 | |
6063 | return nullptr; |
6064 | } |
6065 | |
6066 | /// Represents a pointer to an Objective C object. |
6067 | /// |
6068 | /// These are constructed from pointer declarators when the pointee type is |
6069 | /// an ObjCObjectType (or sugar for one). In addition, the 'id' and 'Class' |
6070 | /// types are typedefs for these, and the protocol-qualified types 'id<P>' |
6071 | /// and 'Class<P>' are translated into these. |
6072 | /// |
6073 | /// Pointers to pointers to Objective C objects are still PointerTypes; |
6074 | /// only the first level of pointer gets it own type implementation. |
6075 | class ObjCObjectPointerType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
6076 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
6077 | |
6078 | QualType PointeeType; |
6079 | |
6080 | ObjCObjectPointerType(QualType Canonical, QualType Pointee) |
6081 | : Type(ObjCObjectPointer, Canonical, Pointee->getDependence()), |
6082 | PointeeType(Pointee) {} |
6083 | |
6084 | public: |
6085 | /// Gets the type pointed to by this ObjC pointer. |
6086 | /// The result will always be an ObjCObjectType or sugar thereof. |
6087 | QualType getPointeeType() const { return PointeeType; } |
6088 | |
6089 | /// Gets the type pointed to by this ObjC pointer. Always returns non-null. |
6090 | /// |
6091 | /// This method is equivalent to getPointeeType() except that |
6092 | /// it discards any typedefs (or other sugar) between this |
6093 | /// type and the "outermost" object type. So for: |
6094 | /// \code |
6095 | /// \@class A; \@protocol P; \@protocol Q; |
6096 | /// typedef A<P> AP; |
6097 | /// typedef A A1; |
6098 | /// typedef A1<P> A1P; |
6099 | /// typedef A1P<Q> A1PQ; |
6100 | /// \endcode |
6101 | /// For 'A*', getObjectType() will return 'A'. |
6102 | /// For 'A<P>*', getObjectType() will return 'A<P>'. |
6103 | /// For 'AP*', getObjectType() will return 'A<P>'. |
6104 | /// For 'A1*', getObjectType() will return 'A'. |
6105 | /// For 'A1<P>*', getObjectType() will return 'A1<P>'. |
6106 | /// For 'A1P*', getObjectType() will return 'A1<P>'. |
6107 | /// For 'A1PQ*', getObjectType() will return 'A1<Q>', because |
6108 | /// adding protocols to a protocol-qualified base discards the |
6109 | /// old qualifiers (for now). But if it didn't, getObjectType() |
6110 | /// would return 'A1P<Q>' (and we'd have to make iterating over |
6111 | /// qualifiers more complicated). |
6112 | const ObjCObjectType *getObjectType() const { |
6113 | return PointeeType->castAs<ObjCObjectType>(); |
6114 | } |
6115 | |
6116 | /// If this pointer points to an Objective C |
6117 | /// \@interface type, gets the type for that interface. Any protocol |
6118 | /// qualifiers on the interface are ignored. |
6119 | /// |
6120 | /// \return null if the base type for this pointer is 'id' or 'Class' |
6121 | const ObjCInterfaceType *getInterfaceType() const; |
6122 | |
6123 | /// If this pointer points to an Objective \@interface |
6124 | /// type, gets the declaration for that interface. |
6125 | /// |
6126 | /// \return null if the base type for this pointer is 'id' or 'Class' |
6127 | ObjCInterfaceDecl *getInterfaceDecl() const { |
6128 | return getObjectType()->getInterface(); |
6129 | } |
6130 | |
6131 | /// True if this is equivalent to the 'id' type, i.e. if |
6132 | /// its object type is the primitive 'id' type with no protocols. |
6133 | bool isObjCIdType() const { |
6134 | return getObjectType()->isObjCUnqualifiedId(); |
6135 | } |
6136 | |
6137 | /// True if this is equivalent to the 'Class' type, |
6138 | /// i.e. if its object tive is the primitive 'Class' type with no protocols. |
6139 | bool isObjCClassType() const { |
6140 | return getObjectType()->isObjCUnqualifiedClass(); |
6141 | } |
6142 | |
6143 | /// True if this is equivalent to the 'id' or 'Class' type, |
6144 | bool isObjCIdOrClassType() const { |
6145 | return getObjectType()->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass(); |
6146 | } |
6147 | |
6148 | /// True if this is equivalent to 'id<P>' for some non-empty set of |
6149 | /// protocols. |
6150 | bool isObjCQualifiedIdType() const { |
6151 | return getObjectType()->isObjCQualifiedId(); |
6152 | } |
6153 | |
6154 | /// True if this is equivalent to 'Class<P>' for some non-empty set of |
6155 | /// protocols. |
6156 | bool isObjCQualifiedClassType() const { |
6157 | return getObjectType()->isObjCQualifiedClass(); |
6158 | } |
6159 | |
6160 | /// Whether this is a "__kindof" type. |
6161 | bool isKindOfType() const { return getObjectType()->isKindOfType(); } |
6162 | |
6163 | /// Whether this type is specialized, meaning that it has type arguments. |
6164 | bool isSpecialized() const { return getObjectType()->isSpecialized(); } |
6165 | |
6166 | /// Whether this type is specialized, meaning that it has type arguments. |
6167 | bool isSpecializedAsWritten() const { |
6168 | return getObjectType()->isSpecializedAsWritten(); |
6169 | } |
6170 | |
6171 | /// Whether this type is unspecialized, meaning that is has no type arguments. |
6172 | bool isUnspecialized() const { return getObjectType()->isUnspecialized(); } |
6173 | |
6174 | /// Determine whether this object type is "unspecialized" as |
6175 | /// written, meaning that it has no type arguments. |
6176 | bool isUnspecializedAsWritten() const { return !isSpecializedAsWritten(); } |
6177 | |
6178 | /// Retrieve the type arguments for this type. |
6179 | ArrayRef<QualType> getTypeArgs() const { |
6180 | return getObjectType()->getTypeArgs(); |
6181 | } |
6182 | |
6183 | /// Retrieve the type arguments for this type. |
6184 | ArrayRef<QualType> getTypeArgsAsWritten() const { |
6185 | return getObjectType()->getTypeArgsAsWritten(); |
6186 | } |
6187 | |
6188 | /// An iterator over the qualifiers on the object type. Provided |
6189 | /// for convenience. This will always iterate over the full set of |
6190 | /// protocols on a type, not just those provided directly. |
6191 | using qual_iterator = ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator; |
6192 | using qual_range = llvm::iterator_range<qual_iterator>; |
6193 | |
6194 | qual_range quals() const { return qual_range(qual_begin(), qual_end()); } |
6195 | |
6196 | qual_iterator qual_begin() const { |
6197 | return getObjectType()->qual_begin(); |
6198 | } |
6199 | |
6200 | qual_iterator qual_end() const { |
6201 | return getObjectType()->qual_end(); |
6202 | } |
6203 | |
6204 | bool qual_empty() const { return getObjectType()->qual_empty(); } |
6205 | |
6206 | /// Return the number of qualifying protocols on the object type. |
6207 | unsigned getNumProtocols() const { |
6208 | return getObjectType()->getNumProtocols(); |
6209 | } |
6210 | |
6211 | /// Retrieve a qualifying protocol by index on the object type. |
6212 | ObjCProtocolDecl *getProtocol(unsigned I) const { |
6213 | return getObjectType()->getProtocol(I); |
6214 | } |
6215 | |
6216 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
6217 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
6218 | |
6219 | /// Retrieve the type of the superclass of this object pointer type. |
6220 | /// |
6221 | /// This operation substitutes any type arguments into the |
6222 | /// superclass of the current class type, potentially producing a |
6223 | /// pointer to a specialization of the superclass type. Produces a |
6224 | /// null type if there is no superclass. |
6225 | QualType getSuperClassType() const; |
6226 | |
6227 | /// Strip off the Objective-C "kindof" type and (with it) any |
6228 | /// protocol qualifiers. |
6229 | const ObjCObjectPointerType *stripObjCKindOfTypeAndQuals( |
6230 | const ASTContext &ctx) const; |
6231 | |
6232 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
6233 | Profile(ID, getPointeeType()); |
6234 | } |
6235 | |
6236 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType T) { |
6237 | ID.AddPointer(T.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
6238 | } |
6239 | |
6240 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
6241 | return T->getTypeClass() == ObjCObjectPointer; |
6242 | } |
6243 | }; |
6244 | |
6245 | class AtomicType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
6246 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
6247 | |
6248 | QualType ValueType; |
6249 | |
6250 | AtomicType(QualType ValTy, QualType Canonical) |
6251 | : Type(Atomic, Canonical, ValTy->getDependence()), ValueType(ValTy) {} |
6252 | |
6253 | public: |
6254 | /// Gets the type contained by this atomic type, i.e. |
6255 | /// the type returned by performing an atomic load of this atomic type. |
6256 | QualType getValueType() const { return ValueType; } |
6257 | |
6258 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
6259 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
6260 | |
6261 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
6262 | Profile(ID, getValueType()); |
6263 | } |
6264 | |
6265 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType T) { |
6266 | ID.AddPointer(T.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
6267 | } |
6268 | |
6269 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
6270 | return T->getTypeClass() == Atomic; |
6271 | } |
6272 | }; |
6273 | |
6274 | /// PipeType - OpenCL20. |
6275 | class PipeType : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
6276 | friend class ASTContext; // ASTContext creates these. |
6277 | |
6278 | QualType ElementType; |
6279 | bool isRead; |
6280 | |
6281 | PipeType(QualType elemType, QualType CanonicalPtr, bool isRead) |
6282 | : Type(Pipe, CanonicalPtr, elemType->getDependence()), |
6283 | ElementType(elemType), isRead(isRead) {} |
6284 | |
6285 | public: |
6286 | QualType getElementType() const { return ElementType; } |
6287 | |
6288 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
6289 | |
6290 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
6291 | |
6292 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
6293 | Profile(ID, getElementType(), isReadOnly()); |
6294 | } |
6295 | |
6296 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, QualType T, bool isRead) { |
6297 | ID.AddPointer(T.getAsOpaquePtr()); |
6298 | ID.AddBoolean(isRead); |
6299 | } |
6300 | |
6301 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
6302 | return T->getTypeClass() == Pipe; |
6303 | } |
6304 | |
6305 | bool isReadOnly() const { return isRead; } |
6306 | }; |
6307 | |
6308 | /// A fixed int type of a specified bitwidth. |
6309 | class ExtIntType final : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
6310 | friend class ASTContext; |
6311 | unsigned IsUnsigned : 1; |
6312 | unsigned NumBits : 24; |
6313 | |
6314 | protected: |
6315 | ExtIntType(bool isUnsigned, unsigned NumBits); |
6316 | |
6317 | public: |
6318 | bool isUnsigned() const { return IsUnsigned; } |
6319 | bool isSigned() const { return !IsUnsigned; } |
6320 | unsigned getNumBits() const { return NumBits; } |
6321 | |
6322 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
6323 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
6324 | |
6325 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
6326 | Profile(ID, isUnsigned(), getNumBits()); |
6327 | } |
6328 | |
6329 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, bool IsUnsigned, |
6330 | unsigned NumBits) { |
6331 | ID.AddBoolean(IsUnsigned); |
6332 | ID.AddInteger(NumBits); |
6333 | } |
6334 | |
6335 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { return T->getTypeClass() == ExtInt; } |
6336 | }; |
6337 | |
6338 | class DependentExtIntType final : public Type, public llvm::FoldingSetNode { |
6339 | friend class ASTContext; |
6340 | const ASTContext &Context; |
6341 | llvm::PointerIntPair<Expr*, 1, bool> ExprAndUnsigned; |
6342 | |
6343 | protected: |
6344 | DependentExtIntType(const ASTContext &Context, bool IsUnsigned, |
6345 | Expr *NumBits); |
6346 | |
6347 | public: |
6348 | bool isUnsigned() const; |
6349 | bool isSigned() const { return !isUnsigned(); } |
6350 | Expr *getNumBitsExpr() const; |
6351 | |
6352 | bool isSugared() const { return false; } |
6353 | QualType desugar() const { return QualType(this, 0); } |
6354 | |
6355 | void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) { |
6356 | Profile(ID, Context, isUnsigned(), getNumBitsExpr()); |
6357 | } |
6358 | static void Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID, const ASTContext &Context, |
6359 | bool IsUnsigned, Expr *NumBitsExpr); |
6360 | |
6361 | static bool classof(const Type *T) { |
6362 | return T->getTypeClass() == DependentExtInt; |
6363 | } |
6364 | }; |
6365 | |
6366 | /// A qualifier set is used to build a set of qualifiers. |
6367 | class QualifierCollector : public Qualifiers { |
6368 | public: |
6369 | QualifierCollector(Qualifiers Qs = Qualifiers()) : Qualifiers(Qs) {} |
6370 | |
6371 | /// Collect any qualifiers on the given type and return an |
6372 | /// unqualified type. The qualifiers are assumed to be consistent |
6373 | /// with those already in the type. |
6374 | const Type *strip(QualType type) { |
6375 | addFastQualifiers(type.getLocalFastQualifiers()); |
6376 | if (!type.hasLocalNonFastQualifiers()) |
6377 | return type.getTypePtrUnsafe(); |
6378 | |
6379 | const ExtQuals *extQuals = type.getExtQualsUnsafe(); |
6380 | addConsistentQualifiers(extQuals->getQualifiers()); |
6381 | return extQuals->getBaseType(); |
6382 | } |
6383 | |
6384 | /// Apply the collected qualifiers to the given type. |
6385 | QualType apply(const ASTContext &Context, QualType QT) const; |
6386 | |
6387 | /// Apply the collected qualifiers to the given type. |
6388 | QualType apply(const ASTContext &Context, const Type* T) const; |
6389 | }; |
6390 | |
6391 | /// A container of type source information. |
6392 | /// |
6393 | /// A client can read the relevant info using TypeLoc wrappers, e.g: |
6394 | /// @code |
6395 | /// TypeLoc TL = TypeSourceInfo->getTypeLoc(); |
6396 | /// TL.getBeginLoc().print(OS, SrcMgr); |
6397 | /// @endcode |
6398 | class alignas(8) TypeSourceInfo { |
6399 | // Contains a memory block after the class, used for type source information, |
6400 | // allocated by ASTContext. |
6401 | friend class ASTContext; |
6402 | |
6403 | QualType Ty; |
6404 | |
6405 | TypeSourceInfo(QualType ty) : Ty(ty) {} |
6406 | |
6407 | public: |
6408 | /// Return the type wrapped by this type source info. |
6409 | QualType getType() const { return Ty; } |
6410 | |
6411 | /// Return the TypeLoc wrapper for the type source info. |
6412 | TypeLoc getTypeLoc() const; // implemented in TypeLoc.h |
6413 | |
6414 | /// Override the type stored in this TypeSourceInfo. Use with caution! |
6415 | void overrideType(QualType T) { Ty = T; } |
6416 | }; |
6417 | |
6418 | // Inline function definitions. |
6419 | |
6420 | inline SplitQualType SplitQualType::getSingleStepDesugaredType() const { |
6421 | SplitQualType desugar = |
6422 | Ty->getLocallyUnqualifiedSingleStepDesugaredType().split(); |
6423 | desugar.Quals.addConsistentQualifiers(Quals); |
6424 | return desugar; |
6425 | } |
6426 | |
6427 | inline const Type *QualType::getTypePtr() const { |
6428 | return getCommonPtr()->BaseType; |
6429 | } |
6430 | |
6431 | inline const Type *QualType::getTypePtrOrNull() const { |
6432 | return (isNull() ? nullptr : getCommonPtr()->BaseType); |
6433 | } |
6434 | |
6435 | inline SplitQualType QualType::split() const { |
6436 | if (!hasLocalNonFastQualifiers()) |
6437 | return SplitQualType(getTypePtrUnsafe(), |
6438 | Qualifiers::fromFastMask(getLocalFastQualifiers())); |
6439 | |
6440 | const ExtQuals *eq = getExtQualsUnsafe(); |
6441 | Qualifiers qs = eq->getQualifiers(); |
6442 | qs.addFastQualifiers(getLocalFastQualifiers()); |
6443 | return SplitQualType(eq->getBaseType(), qs); |
6444 | } |
6445 | |
6446 | inline Qualifiers QualType::getLocalQualifiers() const { |
6447 | Qualifiers Quals; |
6448 | if (hasLocalNonFastQualifiers()) |
6449 | Quals = getExtQualsUnsafe()->getQualifiers(); |
6450 | Quals.addFastQualifiers(getLocalFastQualifiers()); |
6451 | return Quals; |
6452 | } |
6453 | |
6454 | inline Qualifiers QualType::getQualifiers() const { |
6455 | Qualifiers quals = getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.getLocalQualifiers(); |
6456 | quals.addFastQualifiers(getLocalFastQualifiers()); |
6457 | return quals; |
6458 | } |
6459 | |
6460 | inline unsigned QualType::getCVRQualifiers() const { |
6461 | unsigned cvr = getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.getLocalCVRQualifiers(); |
6462 | cvr |= getLocalCVRQualifiers(); |
6463 | return cvr; |
6464 | } |
6465 | |
6466 | inline QualType QualType::getCanonicalType() const { |
6467 | QualType canon = getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType; |
6468 | return canon.withFastQualifiers(getLocalFastQualifiers()); |
6469 | } |
6470 | |
6471 | inline bool QualType::isCanonical() const { |
6472 | return getTypePtr()->isCanonicalUnqualified(); |
6473 | } |
6474 | |
6475 | inline bool QualType::isCanonicalAsParam() const { |
6476 | if (!isCanonical()) return false; |
6477 | if (hasLocalQualifiers()) return false; |
6478 | |
6479 | const Type *T = getTypePtr(); |
6480 | if (T->isVariablyModifiedType() && T->hasSizedVLAType()) |
6481 | return false; |
6482 | |
6483 | return !isa<FunctionType>(T) && !isa<ArrayType>(T); |
6484 | } |
6485 | |
6486 | inline bool QualType::isConstQualified() const { |
6487 | return isLocalConstQualified() || |
6488 | getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.isLocalConstQualified(); |
6489 | } |
6490 | |
6491 | inline bool QualType::isRestrictQualified() const { |
6492 | return isLocalRestrictQualified() || |
6493 | getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.isLocalRestrictQualified(); |
6494 | } |
6495 | |
6496 | |
6497 | inline bool QualType::isVolatileQualified() const { |
6498 | return isLocalVolatileQualified() || |
6499 | getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.isLocalVolatileQualified(); |
6500 | } |
6501 | |
6502 | inline bool QualType::hasQualifiers() const { |
6503 | return hasLocalQualifiers() || |
6504 | getCommonPtr()->CanonicalType.hasLocalQualifiers(); |
6505 | } |
6506 | |
6507 | inline QualType QualType::getUnqualifiedType() const { |
6508 | if (!getTypePtr()->getCanonicalTypeInternal().hasLocalQualifiers()) |
6509 | return QualType(getTypePtr(), 0); |
6510 | |
6511 | return QualType(getSplitUnqualifiedTypeImpl(*this).Ty, 0); |
6512 | } |
6513 | |
6514 | inline SplitQualType QualType::getSplitUnqualifiedType() const { |
6515 | if (!getTypePtr()->getCanonicalTypeInternal().hasLocalQualifiers()) |
6516 | return split(); |
6517 | |
6518 | return getSplitUnqualifiedTypeImpl(*this); |
6519 | } |
6520 | |
6521 | inline void QualType::removeLocalConst() { |
6522 | removeLocalFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Const); |
6523 | } |
6524 | |
6525 | inline void QualType::removeLocalRestrict() { |
6526 | removeLocalFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Restrict); |
6527 | } |
6528 | |
6529 | inline void QualType::removeLocalVolatile() { |
6530 | removeLocalFastQualifiers(Qualifiers::Volatile); |
6531 | } |
6532 | |
6533 | inline void QualType::removeLocalCVRQualifiers(unsigned Mask) { |
6534 | assert(!(Mask & ~Qualifiers::CVRMask) && "mask has non-CVR bits")((void)0); |
6535 | static_assert((int)Qualifiers::CVRMask == (int)Qualifiers::FastMask, |
6536 | "Fast bits differ from CVR bits!"); |
6537 | |
6538 | // Fast path: we don't need to touch the slow qualifiers. |
6539 | removeLocalFastQualifiers(Mask); |
6540 | } |
6541 | |
6542 | /// Check if this type has any address space qualifier. |
6543 | inline bool QualType::hasAddressSpace() const { |
6544 | return getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace(); |
6545 | } |
6546 | |
6547 | /// Return the address space of this type. |
6548 | inline LangAS QualType::getAddressSpace() const { |
6549 | return getQualifiers().getAddressSpace(); |
6550 | } |
6551 | |
6552 | /// Return the gc attribute of this type. |
6553 | inline Qualifiers::GC QualType::getObjCGCAttr() const { |
6554 | return getQualifiers().getObjCGCAttr(); |
6555 | } |
6556 | |
6557 | inline bool QualType::hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() const { |
6558 | if (auto *RD = getTypePtr()->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAsRecordDecl()) |
6559 | return hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion(RD); |
6560 | return false; |
6561 | } |
6562 | |
6563 | inline bool QualType::hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() const { |
6564 | if (auto *RD = getTypePtr()->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAsRecordDecl()) |
6565 | return hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion(RD); |
6566 | return false; |
6567 | } |
6568 | |
6569 | inline bool QualType::hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion() const { |
6570 | if (auto *RD = getTypePtr()->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAsRecordDecl()) |
6571 | return hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion(RD); |
6572 | return false; |
6573 | } |
6574 | |
6575 | inline FunctionType::ExtInfo getFunctionExtInfo(const Type &t) { |
6576 | if (const auto *PT = t.getAs<PointerType>()) { |
6577 | if (const auto *FT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>()) |
6578 | return FT->getExtInfo(); |
6579 | } else if (const auto *FT = t.getAs<FunctionType>()) |
6580 | return FT->getExtInfo(); |
6581 | |
6582 | return FunctionType::ExtInfo(); |
6583 | } |
6584 | |
6585 | inline FunctionType::ExtInfo getFunctionExtInfo(QualType t) { |
6586 | return getFunctionExtInfo(*t); |
6587 | } |
6588 | |
6589 | /// Determine whether this type is more |
6590 | /// qualified than the Other type. For example, "const volatile int" |
6591 | /// is more qualified than "const int", "volatile int", and |
6592 | /// "int". However, it is not more qualified than "const volatile |
6593 | /// int". |
6594 | inline bool QualType::isMoreQualifiedThan(QualType other) const { |
6595 | Qualifiers MyQuals = getQualifiers(); |
6596 | Qualifiers OtherQuals = other.getQualifiers(); |
6597 | return (MyQuals != OtherQuals && MyQuals.compatiblyIncludes(OtherQuals)); |
6598 | } |
6599 | |
6600 | /// Determine whether this type is at last |
6601 | /// as qualified as the Other type. For example, "const volatile |
6602 | /// int" is at least as qualified as "const int", "volatile int", |
6603 | /// "int", and "const volatile int". |
6604 | inline bool QualType::isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(QualType other) const { |
6605 | Qualifiers OtherQuals = other.getQualifiers(); |
6606 | |
6607 | // Ignore __unaligned qualifier if this type is a void. |
6608 | if (getUnqualifiedType()->isVoidType()) |
6609 | OtherQuals.removeUnaligned(); |
6610 | |
6611 | return getQualifiers().compatiblyIncludes(OtherQuals); |
6612 | } |
6613 | |
6614 | /// If Type is a reference type (e.g., const |
6615 | /// int&), returns the type that the reference refers to ("const |
6616 | /// int"). Otherwise, returns the type itself. This routine is used |
6617 | /// throughout Sema to implement C++ 5p6: |
6618 | /// |
6619 | /// If an expression initially has the type "reference to T" (8.3.2, |
6620 | /// 8.5.3), the type is adjusted to "T" prior to any further |
6621 | /// analysis, the expression designates the object or function |
6622 | /// denoted by the reference, and the expression is an lvalue. |
6623 | inline QualType QualType::getNonReferenceType() const { |
6624 | if (const auto *RefType = (*this)->getAs<ReferenceType>()) |
6625 | return RefType->getPointeeType(); |
6626 | else |
6627 | return *this; |
6628 | } |
6629 | |
6630 | inline bool QualType::isCForbiddenLValueType() const { |
6631 | return ((getTypePtr()->isVoidType() && !hasQualifiers()) || |
6632 | getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); |
6633 | } |
6634 | |
6635 | /// Tests whether the type is categorized as a fundamental type. |
6636 | /// |
6637 | /// \returns True for types specified in C++0x [basic.fundamental]. |
6638 | inline bool Type::isFundamentalType() const { |
6639 | return isVoidType() || |
6640 | isNullPtrType() || |
6641 | // FIXME: It's really annoying that we don't have an |
6642 | // 'isArithmeticType()' which agrees with the standard definition. |
6643 | (isArithmeticType() && !isEnumeralType()); |
6644 | } |
6645 | |
6646 | /// Tests whether the type is categorized as a compound type. |
6647 | /// |
6648 | /// \returns True for types specified in C++0x [basic.compound]. |
6649 | inline bool Type::isCompoundType() const { |
6650 | // C++0x [basic.compound]p1: |
6651 | // Compound types can be constructed in the following ways: |
6652 | // -- arrays of objects of a given type [...]; |
6653 | return isArrayType() || |
6654 | // -- functions, which have parameters of given types [...]; |
6655 | isFunctionType() || |
6656 | // -- pointers to void or objects or functions [...]; |
6657 | isPointerType() || |
6658 | // -- references to objects or functions of a given type. [...] |
6659 | isReferenceType() || |
6660 | // -- classes containing a sequence of objects of various types, [...]; |
6661 | isRecordType() || |
6662 | // -- unions, which are classes capable of containing objects of different |
6663 | // types at different times; |
6664 | isUnionType() || |
6665 | // -- enumerations, which comprise a set of named constant values. [...]; |
6666 | isEnumeralType() || |
6667 | // -- pointers to non-static class members, [...]. |
6668 | isMemberPointerType(); |
6669 | } |
6670 | |
6671 | inline bool Type::isFunctionType() const { |
6672 | return isa<FunctionType>(CanonicalType); |
6673 | } |
6674 | |
6675 | inline bool Type::isPointerType() const { |
6676 | return isa<PointerType>(CanonicalType); |
6677 | } |
6678 | |
6679 | inline bool Type::isAnyPointerType() const { |
6680 | return isPointerType() || isObjCObjectPointerType(); |
6681 | } |
6682 | |
6683 | inline bool Type::isBlockPointerType() const { |
6684 | return isa<BlockPointerType>(CanonicalType); |
6685 | } |
6686 | |
6687 | inline bool Type::isReferenceType() const { |
6688 | return isa<ReferenceType>(CanonicalType); |
6689 | } |
6690 | |
6691 | inline bool Type::isLValueReferenceType() const { |
6692 | return isa<LValueReferenceType>(CanonicalType); |
6693 | } |
6694 | |
6695 | inline bool Type::isRValueReferenceType() const { |
6696 | return isa<RValueReferenceType>(CanonicalType); |
6697 | } |
6698 | |
6699 | inline bool Type::isObjectPointerType() const { |
6700 | // Note: an "object pointer type" is not the same thing as a pointer to an |
6701 | // object type; rather, it is a pointer to an object type or a pointer to cv |
6702 | // void. |
6703 | if (const auto *T = getAs<PointerType>()) |
6704 | return !T->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType(); |
6705 | else |
6706 | return false; |
6707 | } |
6708 | |
6709 | inline bool Type::isFunctionPointerType() const { |
6710 | if (const auto *T = getAs<PointerType>()) |
6711 | return T->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType(); |
6712 | else |
6713 | return false; |
6714 | } |
6715 | |
6716 | inline bool Type::isFunctionReferenceType() const { |
6717 | if (const auto *T = getAs<ReferenceType>()) |
6718 | return T->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType(); |
6719 | else |
6720 | return false; |
6721 | } |
6722 | |
6723 | inline bool Type::isMemberPointerType() const { |
6724 | return isa<MemberPointerType>(CanonicalType); |
6725 | } |
6726 | |
6727 | inline bool Type::isMemberFunctionPointerType() const { |
6728 | if (const auto *T = getAs<MemberPointerType>()) |
6729 | return T->isMemberFunctionPointer(); |
6730 | else |
6731 | return false; |
6732 | } |
6733 | |
6734 | inline bool Type::isMemberDataPointerType() const { |
6735 | if (const auto *T = getAs<MemberPointerType>()) |
6736 | return T->isMemberDataPointer(); |
6737 | else |
6738 | return false; |
6739 | } |
6740 | |
6741 | inline bool Type::isArrayType() const { |
6742 | return isa<ArrayType>(CanonicalType); |
6743 | } |
6744 | |
6745 | inline bool Type::isConstantArrayType() const { |
6746 | return isa<ConstantArrayType>(CanonicalType); |
6747 | } |
6748 | |
6749 | inline bool Type::isIncompleteArrayType() const { |
6750 | return isa<IncompleteArrayType>(CanonicalType); |
6751 | } |
6752 | |
6753 | inline bool Type::isVariableArrayType() const { |
6754 | return isa<VariableArrayType>(CanonicalType); |
6755 | } |
6756 | |
6757 | inline bool Type::isDependentSizedArrayType() const { |
6758 | return isa<DependentSizedArrayType>(CanonicalType); |
6759 | } |
6760 | |
6761 | inline bool Type::isBuiltinType() const { |
6762 | return isa<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType); |
6763 | } |
6764 | |
6765 | inline bool Type::isRecordType() const { |
6766 | return isa<RecordType>(CanonicalType); |
6767 | } |
6768 | |
6769 | inline bool Type::isEnumeralType() const { |
6770 | return isa<EnumType>(CanonicalType); |
6771 | } |
6772 | |
6773 | inline bool Type::isAnyComplexType() const { |
6774 | return isa<ComplexType>(CanonicalType); |
6775 | } |
6776 | |
6777 | inline bool Type::isVectorType() const { |
6778 | return isa<VectorType>(CanonicalType); |
6779 | } |
6780 | |
6781 | inline bool Type::isExtVectorType() const { |
6782 | return isa<ExtVectorType>(CanonicalType); |
6783 | } |
6784 | |
6785 | inline bool Type::isMatrixType() const { |
6786 | return isa<MatrixType>(CanonicalType); |
6787 | } |
6788 | |
6789 | inline bool Type::isConstantMatrixType() const { |
6790 | return isa<ConstantMatrixType>(CanonicalType); |
6791 | } |
6792 | |
6793 | inline bool Type::isDependentAddressSpaceType() const { |
6794 | return isa<DependentAddressSpaceType>(CanonicalType); |
6795 | } |
6796 | |
6797 | inline bool Type::isObjCObjectPointerType() const { |
6798 | return isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(CanonicalType); |
6799 | } |
6800 | |
6801 | inline bool Type::isObjCObjectType() const { |
6802 | return isa<ObjCObjectType>(CanonicalType); |
6803 | } |
6804 | |
6805 | inline bool Type::isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType() const { |
6806 | return isa<ObjCInterfaceType>(CanonicalType) || |
6807 | isa<ObjCObjectType>(CanonicalType); |
6808 | } |
6809 | |
6810 | inline bool Type::isAtomicType() const { |
6811 | return isa<AtomicType>(CanonicalType); |
6812 | } |
6813 | |
6814 | inline bool Type::isUndeducedAutoType() const { |
6815 | return isa<AutoType>(CanonicalType); |
6816 | } |
6817 | |
6818 | inline bool Type::isObjCQualifiedIdType() const { |
6819 | if (const auto *OPT = getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) |
6820 | return OPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType(); |
6821 | return false; |
6822 | } |
6823 | |
6824 | inline bool Type::isObjCQualifiedClassType() const { |
6825 | if (const auto *OPT = getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) |
6826 | return OPT->isObjCQualifiedClassType(); |
6827 | return false; |
6828 | } |
6829 | |
6830 | inline bool Type::isObjCIdType() const { |
6831 | if (const auto *OPT = getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) |
6832 | return OPT->isObjCIdType(); |
6833 | return false; |
6834 | } |
6835 | |
6836 | inline bool Type::isObjCClassType() const { |
6837 | if (const auto *OPT = getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) |
6838 | return OPT->isObjCClassType(); |
6839 | return false; |
6840 | } |
6841 | |
6842 | inline bool Type::isObjCSelType() const { |
6843 | if (const auto *OPT = getAs<PointerType>()) |
6844 | return OPT->getPointeeType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCSel); |
6845 | return false; |
6846 | } |
6847 | |
6848 | inline bool Type::isObjCBuiltinType() const { |
6849 | return isObjCIdType() || isObjCClassType() || isObjCSelType(); |
6850 | } |
6851 | |
6852 | inline bool Type::isDecltypeType() const { |
6853 | return isa<DecltypeType>(this); |
6854 | } |
6855 | |
6856 | #define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) \ |
6857 | inline bool Type::is##Id##Type() const { \ |
6858 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Id); \ |
6859 | } |
6860 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def" |
6861 | |
6862 | inline bool Type::isSamplerT() const { |
6863 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLSampler); |
6864 | } |
6865 | |
6866 | inline bool Type::isEventT() const { |
6867 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLEvent); |
6868 | } |
6869 | |
6870 | inline bool Type::isClkEventT() const { |
6871 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLClkEvent); |
6872 | } |
6873 | |
6874 | inline bool Type::isQueueT() const { |
6875 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLQueue); |
6876 | } |
6877 | |
6878 | inline bool Type::isReserveIDT() const { |
6879 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::OCLReserveID); |
6880 | } |
6881 | |
6882 | inline bool Type::isImageType() const { |
6883 | #define IMAGE_TYPE(ImgType, Id, SingletonId, Access, Suffix) is##Id##Type() || |
6884 | return |
6885 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLImageTypes.def" |
6886 | false; // end boolean or operation |
6887 | } |
6888 | |
6889 | inline bool Type::isPipeType() const { |
6890 | return isa<PipeType>(CanonicalType); |
6891 | } |
6892 | |
6893 | inline bool Type::isExtIntType() const { |
6894 | return isa<ExtIntType>(CanonicalType); |
6895 | } |
6896 | |
6897 | #define EXT_OPAQUE_TYPE(ExtType, Id, Ext) \ |
6898 | inline bool Type::is##Id##Type() const { \ |
6899 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Id); \ |
6900 | } |
6901 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def" |
6902 | |
6903 | inline bool Type::isOCLIntelSubgroupAVCType() const { |
6904 | #define INTEL_SUBGROUP_AVC_TYPE(ExtType, Id) \ |
6905 | isOCLIntelSubgroupAVC##Id##Type() || |
6906 | return |
6907 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def" |
6908 | false; // end of boolean or operation |
6909 | } |
6910 | |
6911 | inline bool Type::isOCLExtOpaqueType() const { |
6912 | #define EXT_OPAQUE_TYPE(ExtType, Id, Ext) is##Id##Type() || |
6913 | return |
6914 | #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLExtensionTypes.def" |
6915 | false; // end of boolean or operation |
6916 | } |
6917 | |
6918 | inline bool Type::isOpenCLSpecificType() const { |
6919 | return isSamplerT() || isEventT() || isImageType() || isClkEventT() || |
6920 | isQueueT() || isReserveIDT() || isPipeType() || isOCLExtOpaqueType(); |
6921 | } |
6922 | |
6923 | inline bool Type::isTemplateTypeParmType() const { |
6924 | return isa<TemplateTypeParmType>(CanonicalType); |
6925 | } |
6926 | |
6927 | inline bool Type::isSpecificBuiltinType(unsigned K) const { |
6928 | if (const BuiltinType *BT = getAs<BuiltinType>()) { |
6929 | return BT->getKind() == static_cast<BuiltinType::Kind>(K); |
6930 | } |
6931 | return false; |
6932 | } |
6933 | |
6934 | inline bool Type::isPlaceholderType() const { |
6935 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(this)) |
6936 | return BT->isPlaceholderType(); |
6937 | return false; |
6938 | } |
6939 | |
6940 | inline const BuiltinType *Type::getAsPlaceholderType() const { |
6941 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(this)) |
6942 | if (BT->isPlaceholderType()) |
6943 | return BT; |
6944 | return nullptr; |
6945 | } |
6946 | |
6947 | inline bool Type::isSpecificPlaceholderType(unsigned K) const { |
6948 | assert(BuiltinType::isPlaceholderTypeKind((BuiltinType::Kind) K))((void)0); |
6949 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(K); |
6950 | } |
6951 | |
6952 | inline bool Type::isNonOverloadPlaceholderType() const { |
6953 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(this)) |
6954 | return BT->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType(); |
6955 | return false; |
6956 | } |
6957 | |
6958 | inline bool Type::isVoidType() const { |
6959 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Void); |
6960 | } |
6961 | |
6962 | inline bool Type::isHalfType() const { |
6963 | // FIXME: Should we allow complex __fp16? Probably not. |
6964 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Half); |
6965 | } |
6966 | |
6967 | inline bool Type::isFloat16Type() const { |
6968 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Float16); |
6969 | } |
6970 | |
6971 | inline bool Type::isBFloat16Type() const { |
6972 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::BFloat16); |
6973 | } |
6974 | |
6975 | inline bool Type::isFloat128Type() const { |
6976 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Float128); |
6977 | } |
6978 | |
6979 | inline bool Type::isNullPtrType() const { |
6980 | return isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::NullPtr); |
6981 | } |
6982 | |
6983 | bool IsEnumDeclComplete(EnumDecl *); |
6984 | bool IsEnumDeclScoped(EnumDecl *); |
6985 | |
6986 | inline bool Type::isIntegerType() const { |
6987 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) |
6988 | return BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::Bool && |
6989 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::Int128; |
6990 | if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(CanonicalType)) { |
6991 | // Incomplete enum types are not treated as integer types. |
6992 | // FIXME: In C++, enum types are never integer types. |
6993 | return IsEnumDeclComplete(ET->getDecl()) && |
6994 | !IsEnumDeclScoped(ET->getDecl()); |
6995 | } |
6996 | return isExtIntType(); |
6997 | } |
6998 | |
6999 | inline bool Type::isFixedPointType() const { |
7000 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) { |
7001 | return BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::ShortAccum && |
7002 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::SatULongFract; |
7003 | } |
7004 | return false; |
7005 | } |
7006 | |
7007 | inline bool Type::isFixedPointOrIntegerType() const { |
7008 | return isFixedPointType() || isIntegerType(); |
7009 | } |
7010 | |
7011 | inline bool Type::isSaturatedFixedPointType() const { |
7012 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) { |
7013 | return BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::SatShortAccum && |
7014 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::SatULongFract; |
7015 | } |
7016 | return false; |
7017 | } |
7018 | |
7019 | inline bool Type::isUnsaturatedFixedPointType() const { |
7020 | return isFixedPointType() && !isSaturatedFixedPointType(); |
7021 | } |
7022 | |
7023 | inline bool Type::isSignedFixedPointType() const { |
7024 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) { |
7025 | return ((BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::ShortAccum && |
7026 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::LongAccum) || |
7027 | (BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::ShortFract && |
7028 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::LongFract) || |
7029 | (BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::SatShortAccum && |
7030 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::SatLongAccum) || |
7031 | (BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::SatShortFract && |
7032 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::SatLongFract)); |
7033 | } |
7034 | return false; |
7035 | } |
7036 | |
7037 | inline bool Type::isUnsignedFixedPointType() const { |
7038 | return isFixedPointType() && !isSignedFixedPointType(); |
7039 | } |
7040 | |
7041 | inline bool Type::isScalarType() const { |
7042 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) |
7043 | return BT->getKind() > BuiltinType::Void && |
7044 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::NullPtr; |
7045 | if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(CanonicalType)) |
7046 | // Enums are scalar types, but only if they are defined. Incomplete enums |
7047 | // are not treated as scalar types. |
7048 | return IsEnumDeclComplete(ET->getDecl()); |
7049 | return isa<PointerType>(CanonicalType) || |
7050 | isa<BlockPointerType>(CanonicalType) || |
7051 | isa<MemberPointerType>(CanonicalType) || |
7052 | isa<ComplexType>(CanonicalType) || |
7053 | isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(CanonicalType) || |
7054 | isExtIntType(); |
7055 | } |
7056 | |
7057 | inline bool Type::isIntegralOrEnumerationType() const { |
7058 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) |
7059 | return BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::Bool && |
7060 | BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::Int128; |
7061 | |
7062 | // Check for a complete enum type; incomplete enum types are not properly an |
7063 | // enumeration type in the sense required here. |
7064 | if (const auto *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(CanonicalType)) |
7065 | return IsEnumDeclComplete(ET->getDecl()); |
7066 | |
7067 | return isExtIntType(); |
7068 | } |
7069 | |
7070 | inline bool Type::isBooleanType() const { |
7071 | if (const auto *BT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(CanonicalType)) |
7072 | return BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Bool; |
7073 | return false; |
7074 | } |
7075 | |
7076 | inline bool Type::isUndeducedType() const { |
7077 | auto *DT = getContainedDeducedType(); |
7078 | return DT && !DT->isDeduced(); |
7079 | } |
7080 | |
7081 | /// Determines whether this is a type for which one can define |
7082 | /// an overloaded operator. |
7083 | inline bool Type::isOverloadableType() const { |
7084 | return isDependentType() || isRecordType() || isEnumeralType(); |
7085 | } |
7086 | |
7087 | /// Determines whether this type is written as a typedef-name. |
7088 | inline bool Type::isTypedefNameType() const { |
7089 | if (getAs<TypedefType>()) |
7090 | return true; |
7091 | if (auto *TST = getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) |
7092 | return TST->isTypeAlias(); |
7093 | return false; |
7094 | } |
7095 | |
7096 | /// Determines whether this type can decay to a pointer type. |
7097 | inline bool Type::canDecayToPointerType() const { |
7098 | return isFunctionType() || isArrayType(); |
7099 | } |
7100 | |
7101 | inline bool Type::hasPointerRepresentation() const { |
7102 | return (isPointerType() || isReferenceType() || isBlockPointerType() || |
7103 | isObjCObjectPointerType() || isNullPtrType()); |
7104 | } |
7105 | |
7106 | inline bool Type::hasObjCPointerRepresentation() const { |
7107 | return isObjCObjectPointerType(); |
7108 | } |
7109 | |
7110 | inline const Type *Type::getBaseElementTypeUnsafe() const { |
7111 | const Type *type = this; |
7112 | while (const ArrayType *arrayType = type->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()) |
7113 | type = arrayType->getElementType().getTypePtr(); |
7114 | return type; |
7115 | } |
7116 | |
7117 | inline const Type *Type::getPointeeOrArrayElementType() const { |
7118 | const Type *type = this; |
7119 | if (type->isAnyPointerType()) |
7120 | return type->getPointeeType().getTypePtr(); |
7121 | else if (type->isArrayType()) |
7122 | return type->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe(); |
7123 | return type; |
7124 | } |
7125 | /// Insertion operator for partial diagnostics. This allows sending adress |
7126 | /// spaces into a diagnostic with <<. |
7127 | inline const StreamingDiagnostic &operator<<(const StreamingDiagnostic &PD, |
7128 | LangAS AS) { |
7129 | PD.AddTaggedVal(static_cast<std::underlying_type_t<LangAS>>(AS), |
7130 | DiagnosticsEngine::ArgumentKind::ak_addrspace); |
7131 | return PD; |
7132 | } |
7133 | |
7134 | /// Insertion operator for partial diagnostics. This allows sending Qualifiers |
7135 | /// into a diagnostic with <<. |
7136 | inline const StreamingDiagnostic &operator<<(const StreamingDiagnostic &PD, |
7137 | Qualifiers Q) { |
7138 | PD.AddTaggedVal(Q.getAsOpaqueValue(), |
7139 | DiagnosticsEngine::ArgumentKind::ak_qual); |
7140 | return PD; |
7141 | } |
7142 | |
7143 | /// Insertion operator for partial diagnostics. This allows sending QualType's |
7144 | /// into a diagnostic with <<. |
7145 | inline const StreamingDiagnostic &operator<<(const StreamingDiagnostic &PD, |
7146 | QualType T) { |
7147 | PD.AddTaggedVal(reinterpret_cast<intptr_t>(T.getAsOpaquePtr()), |
7148 | DiagnosticsEngine::ak_qualtype); |
7149 | return PD; |
7150 | } |
7151 | |
7152 | // Helper class template that is used by Type::getAs to ensure that one does |
7153 | // not try to look through a qualified type to get to an array type. |
7154 | template <typename T> |
7155 | using TypeIsArrayType = |
7156 | std::integral_constant<bool, std::is_same<T, ArrayType>::value || |
7157 | std::is_base_of<ArrayType, T>::value>; |
7158 | |
7159 | // Member-template getAs<specific type>'. |
7160 | template <typename T> const T *Type::getAs() const { |
7161 | static_assert(!TypeIsArrayType<T>::value, |
7162 | "ArrayType cannot be used with getAs!"); |
7163 | |
7164 | // If this is directly a T type, return it. |
7165 | if (const auto *Ty = dyn_cast<T>(this)) |
7166 | return Ty; |
7167 | |
7168 | // If the canonical form of this type isn't the right kind, reject it. |
7169 | if (!isa<T>(CanonicalType)) |
7170 | return nullptr; |
7171 | |
7172 | // If this is a typedef for the type, strip the typedef off without |
7173 | // losing all typedef information. |
7174 | return cast<T>(getUnqualifiedDesugaredType()); |
7175 | } |
7176 | |
7177 | template <typename T> const T *Type::getAsAdjusted() const { |
7178 | static_assert(!TypeIsArrayType<T>::value, "ArrayType cannot be used with getAsAdjusted!"); |
7179 | |
7180 | // If this is directly a T type, return it. |
7181 | if (const auto *Ty = dyn_cast<T>(this)) |
7182 | return Ty; |
7183 | |
7184 | // If the canonical form of this type isn't the right kind, reject it. |
7185 | if (!isa<T>(CanonicalType)) |
7186 | return nullptr; |
7187 | |
7188 | // Strip off type adjustments that do not modify the underlying nature of the |
7189 | // type. |
7190 | const Type *Ty = this; |
7191 | while (Ty) { |
7192 | if (const auto *A = dyn_cast<AttributedType>(Ty)) |
7193 | Ty = A->getModifiedType().getTypePtr(); |
7194 | else if (const auto *E = dyn_cast<ElaboratedType>(Ty)) |
7195 | Ty = E->desugar().getTypePtr(); |
7196 | else if (const auto *P = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) |
7197 | Ty = P->desugar().getTypePtr(); |
7198 | else if (const auto *A = dyn_cast<AdjustedType>(Ty)) |
7199 | Ty = A->desugar().getTypePtr(); |
7200 | else if (const auto *M = dyn_cast<MacroQualifiedType>(Ty)) |
7201 | Ty = M->desugar().getTypePtr(); |
7202 | else |
7203 | break; |
7204 | } |
7205 | |
7206 | // Just because the canonical type is correct does not mean we can use cast<>, |
7207 | // since we may not have stripped off all the sugar down to the base type. |
7208 | return dyn_cast<T>(Ty); |
7209 | } |
7210 | |
7211 | inline const ArrayType *Type::getAsArrayTypeUnsafe() const { |
7212 | // If this is directly an array type, return it. |
7213 | if (const auto *arr = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(this)) |
7214 | return arr; |
7215 | |
7216 | // If the canonical form of this type isn't the right kind, reject it. |
7217 | if (!isa<ArrayType>(CanonicalType)) |
7218 | return nullptr; |
7219 | |
7220 | // If this is a typedef for the type, strip the typedef off without |
7221 | // losing all typedef information. |
7222 | return cast<ArrayType>(getUnqualifiedDesugaredType()); |
7223 | } |
7224 | |
7225 | template <typename T> const T *Type::castAs() const { |
7226 | static_assert(!TypeIsArrayType<T>::value, |
7227 | "ArrayType cannot be used with castAs!"); |
7228 | |
7229 | if (const auto *ty = dyn_cast<T>(this)) return ty; |
7230 | assert(isa<T>(CanonicalType))((void)0); |
7231 | return cast<T>(getUnqualifiedDesugaredType()); |
7232 | } |
7233 | |
7234 | inline const ArrayType *Type::castAsArrayTypeUnsafe() const { |
7235 | assert(isa<ArrayType>(CanonicalType))((void)0); |
7236 | if (const auto *arr = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(this)) return arr; |
7237 | return cast<ArrayType>(getUnqualifiedDesugaredType()); |
7238 | } |
7239 | |
7240 | DecayedType::DecayedType(QualType OriginalType, QualType DecayedPtr, |
7241 | QualType CanonicalPtr) |
7242 | : AdjustedType(Decayed, OriginalType, DecayedPtr, CanonicalPtr) { |
7243 | #ifndef NDEBUG1 |
7244 | QualType Adjusted = getAdjustedType(); |
7245 | (void)AttributedType::stripOuterNullability(Adjusted); |
7246 | assert(isa<PointerType>(Adjusted))((void)0); |
7247 | #endif |
7248 | } |
7249 | |
7250 | QualType DecayedType::getPointeeType() const { |
7251 | QualType Decayed = getDecayedType(); |
7252 | (void)AttributedType::stripOuterNullability(Decayed); |
7253 | return cast<PointerType>(Decayed)->getPointeeType(); |
7254 | } |
7255 | |
7256 | // Get the decimal string representation of a fixed point type, represented |
7257 | // as a scaled integer. |
7258 | // TODO: At some point, we should change the arguments to instead just accept an |
7259 | // APFixedPoint instead of APSInt and scale. |
7260 | void FixedPointValueToString(SmallVectorImpl<char> &Str, llvm::APSInt Val, |
7261 | unsigned Scale); |
7262 | |
7263 | } // namespace clang |
7264 | |
7265 | #endif // LLVM_CLANG_AST_TYPE_H |